Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2021.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Sonendo, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   3843   20-5041718

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

(949) 766-3636

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Bjarne Bergheim

President and Chief Executive Officer

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

(949) 766-3636

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

B. Shayne Kennedy

Brian J. Cuneo

J. Ross McAloon

Latham & Watkins LLP

650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

(714) 540-1235

 

Jacqueline Collins

General Counsel

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

(949) 766-3636

 

Ilir Mujalovic

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(212) 848-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate
offering price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000  

$9,270

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the offering price of shares of common stock that may be sold if the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion.

Preliminary Prospectus Dated October 8, 2021.

P R O S P E C T U S

            Shares

 

LOGO

Sonendo, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is Sonendo, Inc.’s initial public offering. We are selling            shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $            and $             per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SONX.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional             shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                 , 2021.

 

 

 

BofA Securities   Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC     Piper Sandler       Stifel  

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO

SONENDO OUR MISSION To Improve Quality of Life by Saving Teeth and Stopping the Progression of Tooth Decay


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE GENTLEWAVE(R) E SYSTEM Transforming Root Canal Therapy Automating and standardizing cleaning and disinfection of root canals. Enabling better outcomes and less post-op pain.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Market, Industry and Other Data

     ii  

Certain Trademarks

     ii  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     14  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     79  

Use of Proceeds

     81  

Capitalization

     82  

Dividend Policy

     84  

Dilution

     85  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     88  

Business

     111  

Management

     143  

Executive Compensation

     151  

Principal Stockholders

     167  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     170  

Description of Capital Stock

     173  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     178  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     180  

Underwriting

     184  

Legal Matters

     192  

Experts

     192  

Where You Can Find More Information

     192  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data that we prepared based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our clinician and dental customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets which we believe to be reasonable.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for the products we distribute. Market share data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. In addition, practice and consumer preferences are subject to change. References herein to the markets in which we conduct our business refer to the geographic metropolitan areas in which our clubs are located.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included elsewhere in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

CERTAIN TRADEMARKS

This prospectus includes trademarks and service marks owned by us, including Sonendo, TDO, GentleWave, SoundSeal and CleanFlow. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock and may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 88 of this prospectus and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “Sonendo,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our,” refer to Sonendo, Inc.

Our Company

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on saving teeth from tooth decay, the most prevalent chronic disease globally. We have developed the GentleWave System, an innovative technology platform designed to treat tooth decay by cleaning and disinfecting the microscopic spaces within teeth without the need to remove tooth structure. Our initial focus is on leveraging the GentleWave System, the first and only FDA-cleared system for root canal therapy, or RCT, that employs a sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, to transform RCT by addressing the limitations of conventional methods. The system utilizes our proprietary mechanism of action, which combines procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics, to debride and disinfect deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. The clinical benefits of our GentleWave System when compared to conventional methods of RCT include improved clinical outcomes, such as superior cleaning that is independent of root canal complexity and tooth anatomy, high and rapid rates of healing and minimal to no post-operative pain. In addition to the clinical benefits, the GentleWave System can improve the workflow and economics of dental practices. We began scaling commercialization of our current technology in 2017 and are focused on establishing the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT. As of June 30, 2021, we had an installed base of over 700 GentleWave Systems and have treated more than 600,000 patients.

RCT is a treatment for late-stage tooth decay that aims to save the patient’s tooth instead of removing it. Conventional methods of RCT depend primarily on instruments to manually scrape and remove tooth structure and open canals inside the tooth in order to remove and irrigate infected tissue. We believe that conventional methods of RCT do not adequately clean and disinfect the entire root canal system, primarily due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal and the inability of current endodontic technologies to effectively reach the microscopic spaces within the tooth. Conventional methods of RCT also generally require extensive use of instrumentation within the root canal system, which can result in the removal of substantial tooth structure, weaken the tooth and impact its long-term survival. This lack of sufficient cleaning and removal of substantial tooth structure can result in poor clinical outcomes, such as high treatment failure rates and significant post-operative pain. In addition, other limitations of conventional methods of performing RCT include: a frequent need for multiple visits to complete the procedure, a lack of standardized procedure protocols and a complex procedure that can be difficult to perform.

Our GentleWave System represents an innovative technology platform and approach to RCT. The GentleWave System is a Class II device and has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA. The key components of our GentleWave System are a sophisticated and mobile console and a pre-packaged, sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, or PI. The GentleWave System utilizes a proprietary mechanism of action that is designed to combine procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics to efficiently and effectively reach microscopic spaces within teeth and dissolve and remove tissue and bacteria with minimal or no removal of tooth structure. We have invested significant resources in establishing a broad


 

1


Table of Contents

intellectual property portfolio that protects the GentleWave Procedure and its unique mechanism of action, as well as future capabilities under development. We believe our GentleWave System transforms the patient and dental practitioner experience and addresses many of the limitations of conventional RCT.

We are committed to continuing to generate evidence to support the clinical benefits of the GentleWave System. These benefits have been demonstrated in-vivo and in-vitro across two prospective, multi-center clinical studies, in real-world, clinical practice and in over 30 peer-reviewed journal publications, including seven independent publications and more than 23 publications by our consultants or sponsored or funded by us. For example, results from our PURE study demonstrated a treatment success rate of 97% at the six- and 12-month follow-ups for patients treated using the GentleWave System.

In the United States and Canada, our direct sales force markets and sells the GentleWave System to dental practitioners performing a high volume of root canals as part of their practice. These practitioners are typically reimbursed, in part, for the cost of our products by third party payors or are otherwise paid directly by patients in connection with procedures performed. Our commercial strategy and sales model involves a focus on driving adoption of our GentleWave System by increasing our installed base of consoles and maximizing recurring PI revenue through increased utilization. We intend to expand the size of our sales and clinician support teams to support our efforts of driving adoption and utilization of the GentleWave System. We also plan to pursue marketing authorizations and similar certifications to enable marketing and engage in other market access initiatives over time in attractive international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity.

We generated revenue of $23.4 million and a net loss of $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to revenue of $34.7 million and a net loss of $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We generated revenue of $15.4 million and a net loss of $22.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to revenue of $8.5 million and a net loss of $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, our accumulated deficit was $285.6 million. The COVID-19 pandemic and the measures imposed impacted our financial results during 2020.

Our Addressable Market Opportunity

Tooth decay refers to the breakdown or damage of one or more layers of dental tissue and is referred to as cavities in the earlier stages and root canal infections in the later stages. Tooth decay is the most prevalent chronic disease globally. In the United States, 92% of adults between the ages of 20 and 64 having had dental cavities in their permanent teeth. The incidence of tooth decay has grown significantly over the past several decades, primarily driven by an aging population and unhealthy diets that are high in sugar and other carbohydrates. The United States spends approximately $148 billion annually on professional dental services, of which we estimate that approximately 55%, or $81 billion, of spending is directly associated with treating tooth decay.

We are focused on utilizing our GentleWave System to transform RCT, which we believe are antiquated and lead to poor clinical outcomes. Our commercial efforts are primarily focused on driving awareness and adoption of our system in our initial target markets of the United States and Canada, where we estimate that approximately 17 million root canal procedures are performed annually, accounting for approximately $17 billion in healthcare-related expenditures. Given the average selling price of our products and our estimates on replacement cycle, and the number of root canals performed annually, we estimate that our total annual addressable market in the United States and Canada is approximately $1.9 billion. We also believe there is a significant opportunity for our GentleWave System in RCT outside the United States and Canada, with more than 50 million root canal procedures performed annually on a global basis including the United States and Canada.

In addition, we are exploring opportunities to leverage our technology platform beyond RCT to treat cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay, for which we estimate there are approximately 175 million procedures performed in the United States each year.


 

2


Table of Contents

Overview and Limitations of Conventional Methods of Root Canal Therapy

Root canal procedures generally begin with preparing the tooth, which includes x-ray imaging, administration of a local anesthetic to numb the area and isolation of the tooth using a protective sheet to prevent salivary and bacterial contamination. Once the tooth is prepared, conventional methods of RCT are generally divided into three steps: access, shaping and irrigation, and obturation.

 

   

Access. Dental drills and burs are used to create an opening in the tooth, often referred to as an access cavity, which involves removing a portion of the enamel and dentin to provide access to the pulp chamber.

 

   

Shaping and Irrigation. Shaping and irrigation is a critical step of RCT that aims to remove bacteria, infection and damaged tissues, and can significantly impact the long-term success of the procedure. During this step, clinicians use a mechanical technique involving endodontic files, referred to as instrumentation, to mechanically scrape the root canal walls and remove tooth structure to reduce the amount of bacteria inside the root canal. Endodontic files are also used to enlarge the canal space to facilitate irrigation and to shape the canals to enable easier obturation later in the procedure. Clinicians then use irrigation to further disinfect the root canals by utilizing a variety of chemicals, techniques and devices to dissolve both organic and inorganic materials. The most common irrigation technique utilizes syringes and needles that are inserted directly into the root canals.

 

   

Obturation. Once shaping and irrigation is complete, the root canals are typically filled and sealed using an inert, biocompatible material called gutta percha as well as sealers in a process referred to as obturation. The goal of obturation is to create a strong seal for each root canal to prevent bacteria from seeping back into the tooth as well as entomb any residual bacteria that may not have been removed during the procedure. Following obturation, the tooth is restored and a dental crown is placed over the treated area.

While RCT enables treatment of late stage tooth decay without extracting the tooth, conventional methods of performing RCT, particularly shaping and irrigation, have a number of limitations, including:

 

   

Ineffective cleaning. We believe that conventional methods of RCT do not adequately clean and disinfect the entire root canal system, primarily due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal and the inability of current endodontic technologies to reach the microscopic spaces within the tooth. For example, studies have shown that instrumentation alone does not successfully remove all bacteria and infected tissue, and that approximately 74% of all root canal procedures show signs of residual tissue and bacteria post-procedure, most often occurring in regions of the root canal with complex anatomic features.

 

   

Extensive use of instrumentation. Conventional methods of performing RCT rely on extensive use of instrumentation to remove infected tissue and enlarge root canals in preparation for irrigation. Extensive use of instrumentation within the root canal system can weaken the tooth and impact its long-term survival and is also frequently associated with several risk factors and may increase the likelihood of procedural errors that can result in perforation or fracture and therefore loss of the tooth, or post-operative pain.

 

   

Poor clinical outcomes. The limitations of conventional methods of RCT may lead to poor clinical outcomes, such as treatment failure and post-operative pain. Published studies have shown that 28% to 74% of endodontic lesions can remain unhealed at 12 months after treatment with conventional methods of RCT. According to published studies, between 29% and 70% of patients undergoing conventional RCT report post-operative pain and the estimated weighted average success rate of conventional methods of RCT at 12+ months after treatment ranges between 68% and 85%.

 

   

Need for multiple visits. In many cases, conventional methods of performing RCT require multiple visits. Peer-reviewed data shows that approximately half of root canal procedures are completed in a single visit, with more complex cases typically requiring multiple visits.


 

3


Table of Contents
   

Lack of standardized procedure protocols. Given the uniqueness and complexity of the root canal system, there is generally a lack of standardized protocols for critical steps of conventional RCT, which we believe contributes to unpredictable procedure times and outcomes.

 

   

Complex procedure. RCT using conventional methods can be difficult to perform due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal system, which can lead to outcomes that are dependent on the experience of the clinician and drive large disparities in patient outcomes. General dentists also may elect not to perform some or all root canal procedures due to their complexity, instead referring those patients to endodontists for treatment. In addition, conventional methods of RCT utilize techniques and devices that create aerosols during the procedure, which has become an important issue for clinicians and patients during the COVID-19 pandemic due to the heightened sensitivity to the concerns associated with cross-contamination via aerosols.

Our Solution

We have developed a proprietary technology platform with an innovative approach to the treatment of tooth decay. Our GentleWave System is a Class II device and is FDA-cleared for preparing, cleaning and irrigating teeth indicated for RCT and is the first and only FDA-cleared system for RCT that employs a sterilized, single-use procedure instrument to automate the cleaning and disinfection of microscopic spaces within root canals without the need to remove tooth structure.

In addition to our GentleWave console and single-use procedure instruments, we also offer ancillary single-use products, such as SoundSeal and our Sonendo-branded liquid solution of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, or EDTA. SoundSeal is a material used during the GentleWave Procedure to build and create a sealing platform on the top of the crown, which facilitates an airtight seal between the PI and the tooth. Our company-branded EDTA is a liquid used during the GentleWave Procedure to help debride and disinfect the root canal system, and is introduced and circulated throughout the root canal system via the GentleWave System. We also offer our widely used TDO practice management software, which is designed to improve practice workflow and seamlessly integrate with the GentleWave System.

We believe our GentleWave System transforms the patient and clinician experience and addresses many of the limitations of conventional RCT by providing the following key benefits:

Clinical Outcome Benefits

 

   

Superior cleaning and disinfection. Utilizing our proprietary mechanism of action, the GentleWave System debrides and disinfects deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. Our innovative mechanism of action enables more consistent and complete cleaning and disinfection of the root canal system in a manner that is independent of its complexity and anatomy, and has been observed to clean significantly more debris as well as more complex anatomies compared to conventional methods of RCT.

 

   

Less invasive procedure. Our technology is designed to clean and disinfect multiple root canals within the root canal system simultaneously, without requiring insertion of our PI into each root canal, thereby reducing the need for instrumentation, removal of healthy tooth structure and common risk factors associated with the excessive use of instrumentation. For example, once the tooth is accessed using traditional access methods, the clinician will generally rely on the GentleWave System’s mechanism of action to debride and disinfect the root canal system. Based on our commercial experience, we have observed that clinicians using the GentleWave System require fewer and smaller files, and in some cases no files, instead of using many files to manually scrape and remove tooth structure and enlarge canals. In addition, in a published in-vitro study, the GentleWave System was observed to completely clean the root canal system of debris and tissue without any instrumentation while leaving the original tooth structure intact.


 

4


Table of Contents
   

High and rapid rates of healing. In our PURE study, 97% of patients treated using the GentleWave Procedure were healed or healing at the six-month follow-up, which was sustained through the 12-month follow-up. We believe our high and rapid healing rate is the result of the GentleWave System’s novel mechanism of action that enables cleaning and disinfection of microscopic spaces within root canals.

 

   

Minimal to no post-operative pain. In our PURE study, patients treated using the GentleWave Procedure experienced minimal to no post-operative pain. These results are supported by our commercial experience and clinician feedback, where patients are reporting less post-operative pain and are requiring fewer prescriptions for pain-relieving medications such as opioids. We believe this is due to the ability of our technology to remove and clean even the smallest spaces in the root canal system, the reduced need for and use of instrumentation and the negative pressure of the GentleWave System.

Practice & Clinician Benefits

 

   

More procedures completed in a single visit. Our GentleWave System empowers clinicians to perform even the most challenging cases in a single visit. We believe single-visit procedures enhance practice efficiency by enabling increased billable visits as well as delivering improved convenience for the patient.

 

   

Standardized protocol that enables procedure efficiency and predictable outcomes. The GentleWave System is designed to provide a consistent, automated and standardized cleaning and disinfection protocol, regardless of anatomy or complexity. We believe the standardization of this procedure enables clinicians to have a more predictable procedure time and outcome and reduces the number of personnel required for the procedure, freeing up time and improving efficiency.

 

   

Simple-to-use technology. We designed our technology to enable ease of use due to its standardized treatment protocol and intuitive touch screen interface. In our commercial experience, clinicians are generally able to independently perform procedures following a few days of training.

 

   

Low risk of cross-contamination. The console and PI together form a closed-loop fluid management system, whereby fluids are delivered via the PI and then collected and evacuated into the waste canister inside the console. The procedure is designed to generate virtually no aerosols, which is not only convenient, but can be comforting for clinicians and patients during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Practice differentiating technology with the ability to establish stronger referral relationships with general dentists and attract patients. Based on our commercial experience, we believe clinicians who use and promote our GentleWave System benefit from stronger referral relationships with other general dentists resulting in more profitable practices and differentiation relative to peers who do not use our system.

Our Success Factors

We believe the continued growth of our company will be driven by the following success factors:

 

   

Paradigm-shifting platform technology for tooth decay, with an initial focus on transforming root canal therapy.

 

   

Large market opportunity with significant need for innovation.

 

   

Compelling and growing body of clinical and real-world evidence.

 

   

Attractive value proposition for dental practitioners and their patients.

 

   

Transformative research and development capabilities and a robust intellectual property portfolio.

 

   

Established and growing digital infrastructure to enhance our business.

 

   

Recurring revenue business model.


 

5


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

Our mission is to improve quality of life by saving teeth and stopping the progression of tooth decay. Our goal is to establish the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for tooth decay, with an initial focus on transforming RCT. The key elements of our growth strategy are:

 

   

Drive adoption of the GentleWave System among dental practitioners, with an initial focus on endodontists.

 

   

Increase utilization of our GentleWave System by partnering with clinicians and increasing awareness among referring dentists and patients.

 

   

Continue to invest in research and development to drive future innovations and expand our addressable market.

 

   

Reduce product costs and improve production efficiency.

 

   

Grow our footprint into international markets.

Recent Developments

Preliminary Estimated Results as of and for the Three Months ended September 30, 2021

We expect preliminary unaudited total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020. Included in total revenue, we expect product revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020, and we expect software revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020. Included in product revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021, we expect revenue generated from the sale of GentleWave consoles will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020, and revenue generated from the sale of PIs will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020. We expect gross profit for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020, gross margin for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately     % to     %, as compared to     % for the same period in 2020, and loss from operations for the three months ended September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million to $             million, as compared to approximately $             million for the same period in 2020. We expect our preliminary unaudited cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million, and our unaudited indebtedness under our amended and restated credit agreement as of September 30, 2021 will be approximately $             million, with approximately $             million in available borrowing capacity under such agreement as of such date.

We have provided a range for the preliminary and unaudited financial results described above primarily because our financial closing procedures for the three months ended September 30, 2021 are not yet complete. The preliminary estimates for the three months ended September 30, 2021 presented above have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to these preliminary estimates or the accounting treatment thereof and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. As a result, there is a possibility that our final results will vary from these preliminary estimates. We undertake no obligation to update or supplement the information provided above until we release our results of operations as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2021, which will not occur until after this offering is completed. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance upon these preliminary financial results. For example, during the course of the preparation of the respective financial statements and related notes, additional items may be identified that would require material adjustments to be made to the preliminary estimated results presented


 

6


Table of Contents

above. There can be no assurance that these estimates will be realized, these estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and are not indicative of any future period. See the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Summary Risk Factors

We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors,” including the following risks, before investing in our common stock:

 

   

We are an early-stage company with a history of significant net losses, we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

   

Our revenue is primarily generated from sales of our GentleWave console and the accompanying single-use PIs, as well as TDO software, and we are therefore highly dependent on the success of those offerings.

 

   

The commercial success of our GentleWave System and the GentleWave Procedure will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of our products by dental practitioners and upon maintaining strong working relationships with our existing customers.

 

   

We have limited experience in training and marketing and selling our products and we may provide inadequate training, fail to increase our sales and marketing capabilities or fail to develop and maintain broad brand awareness in a cost-effective manner.

 

   

We have limited experience manufacturing our products in large-scale commercial quantities and we face a number of manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our manufacturing abilities which could delay, prevent or impair our growth.

 

   

We depend upon third-party suppliers, including contract manufacturers and single source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been adversely impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be adversely impacted.

 

   

Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering to finance our planned operations, and may not be able to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our product development programs and future commercialization efforts.

 

   

Our history of recurring losses and accumulated deficit raise substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern requires that we obtain sufficient funding to finance our operations.

 

   

Our TDO software and our internal computer systems, or those used by our contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, and such failure could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

The sizes of the addressable markets for our GentleWave System have not been established with precision and our potential market opportunity may be smaller than we estimate and may decline.

 

   

Our products and operations are subject to extensive government regulation and oversight in the United States.


 

7


Table of Contents

Our business also faces a number of other challenges and risks discussed throughout this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Our Corporate Information

We were initially formed under the laws of the state of Delaware in June 2006 under the name Dentatek Corporation. In March 2011, we changed our name to Sonendo, Inc. Our principal executive office is located at 26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102 Laguna Hills, CA 92653 and our telephone number is (949) 766-3636. Our website address is www.sonendo.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

   

the option to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding, advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation or on any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion; (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year; (iii) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

Emerging growth companies can also take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take


 

8


Table of Contents

advantage of this extended transition period and, as a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

As a result of these elections, some investors may find our common stock less attractive than they would have otherwise. The result may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and the price of our common stock may become more volatile.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.


 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $                million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to support the growth of our business, including to expand our commercial organization and increase our sales and marketing programs, to fund our research and development activities and clinical initiatives to support adoption of our products, and the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“SONX.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

Reserved share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to         % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting — Reserved Shares” for additional information.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 2,232,742 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, which includes                shares of our common


 

10


Table of Contents

stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and                 shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation upon completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share;

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $                per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

275,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock issued after June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2017 Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, and our 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, in each case, as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $                per share;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the 2021 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2021 Plan;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, issuable upon the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock units, to be granted to certain employees and directors under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

   

a                 -for-                stock split of our common stock to be effected on                , 2021;

 

   

the conversion of all                outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2021 into an equal number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, or the Preferred Stock Conversion;

 

   

the issuance of                shares of common stock in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation upon the completion of this offering, or the Forward Settlement;

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants referred to above; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.


 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We derived our summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2021 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal, recurring adjustments, that are necessary to present fairly the statement of financial position as of June 30, 2021 and our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and results for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period. You should read the following information in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019     2020     2020     2021  
                 (unaudited)  
Statement of Operations Data:    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Product revenue

   $ 29,156     $ 17,338       6,015       11,980  

Software revenue

     5,575       6,013       2,533       3,439  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     34,731       23,351       8,548       15,419  

Cost of sales

     25,662       19,466       7,619       11,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,069       3,885       929       3,835  

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     35,560       26,695       13,621       13,905  

Research and development

     18,967       20,461       9,631       9,677  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     620       (473     (508     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     55,147       46,683       22,744       23,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (46,078     (42,798     (21,815     (19,740

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest and financing costs, net

     (2,842     (3,961     (1,797     (2,148

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     225       346       67       (17

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     (600     (250     —         (150
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (49,295     (46,663     (23,545     (22,055

Income tax expense

     (2     (2     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (49,297   $ (46,665     (23,545     (22,055
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted(1)

   $ (23.28   $ (21.38     (10.82     (9.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted(1)

     2,117,707       2,182,598       2,176,980       2,211,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

     $         $    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

        
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share and weighted average shares of common stock outstanding.


 

12


Table of Contents
(2)

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Unaudited Pro Forma Information” for an explanation of the calculations of our pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
          

(unaudited)

 
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,729     $                    $                

Working capital(4)

     (4,004     

Total assets

     52,499       

Total liabilities

     46,107       

Warrant liabilities

     1,931       

Forward obligation

     2,900       

Convertible preferred stock

     281,342       

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (274,950     

 

(1)

Reflects (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, (ii) the Forward Settlement and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering.

(2)

Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of                shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $                , assuming the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus are sold at the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price, the number of shares we sell and other terms of this offering that will be determined at pricing.

(4)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.


 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We are an early-stage company with a history of significant net losses, we expect to continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant net losses in each reporting period since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had a net loss of $49.3 million and $46.7 million, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, we had a net loss of $22.1 million and $23.5 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur additional losses in the future. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $263.5 million and $285.6 million, respectively. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through net proceeds from the sale of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in private placements, indebtedness, including our credit agreement and, to a lesser extent, product and software revenue from sales of our GentleWave System and TDO business. The losses and accumulated deficit have primarily been due to the substantial investments we have made to develop our products and software, costs related to our sales and marketing efforts, including costs related to clinical and regulatory initiatives to obtain marketing clearance or approval, and infrastructure improvements.

We may also encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors and risks frequently experienced by early-stage medical technology companies in rapidly evolving fields. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Accordingly, we expect to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability in the future will make it more difficult to finance our capital requirements needed to operate our business and accomplish our strategic objectives, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our revenue is primarily generated from sales of our GentleWave console and the accompanying single-use PIs, as well as TDO software, and we are therefore highly dependent on the success of those offerings.

To date, substantially all of our revenue has been derived, and we expect it to continue to be substantially derived, from sales of our GentleWave console and the accompanying single-use PIs, as well as TDO software. Our GentleWave console and the accompanying single-use PIs are used to deliver the GentleWave Procedure, an advanced procedure used to treat tooth decay and save teeth by cleaning and disinfecting microscopic spaces within teeth. We began scaled commercialization of our current suite of products in the United States in 2017 and dental practitioner awareness of, and experience with, our products has been and is currently limited. As a result, our products have limited product and brand recognition within the dental industry as an alternative to the conventional methods of performing root canal therapy. We do not have a long history operating as a commercial company, and the novelty of our products, together with our limited commercialization experience, makes it

 

14


Table of Contents

difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future prospects with precision. These factors also make it difficult for us to forecast our financial performance and future growth, and such forecasts are subject to a number of uncertainties, including those outside of our control.

In addition, because we devote substantially all of our resources to our products and software and rely on these offerings as our primary source of revenue, any factors that negatively impact our offerings or result in a decrease in sales could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. This makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or any guidance we may provide.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenue, profitability and cash flow, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Such fluctuations in quarterly and annual operating results may decrease the value of our common stock. Because our quarterly operating results may fluctuate, period-to-period comparisons may not be the best indication of the underlying results of our business and should only be relied upon as one factor in determining how our business is performing. These fluctuations may occur due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the level of adoption of and demand for our offerings and the GentleWave Procedure;

 

   

positive or negative coverage in the media or clinical publications, or changes in public, patient and/or dental practitioner perception, of our products or competing products and treatments, including our brand reputation;

 

   

the degree of competition in our industry and any change in the competitive landscape, including consolidation among competitors or future partners;

 

   

any safety, reliability or effectiveness concerns that arise regarding our products or other procedures to treat tooth decay;

 

   

unanticipated pricing pressures in connection with the sale of our products and downward pressure on healthcare costs in general;

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, including our ability to deploy a sufficient number of qualified sales representatives to sell and market our products;

 

   

the timing of product orders or procedures using our products and the number of available selling days in any quarterly period, which can be impacted by holidays, the mix of products sold and the geographic mix of where products are sold;

 

   

changes in reimbursement rates by government or commercial payors;

 

   

unanticipated delays in product development or product launches;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our products, which may vary depending on the quantity of production, cost of labor and components and the terms of our arrangements with third-party suppliers;

 

   

our ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms, or at all, if needed to support the commercialization of our products;

 

   

disruptions to our business and operations or to the business and operations of our suppliers and other third parties with whom we conduct business resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic or other widespread health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

our ability to achieve and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our products and services;

 

   

our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our ability and our third-party suppliers’ ability to supply the components of our products in a timely manner, in accordance with our specifications, and in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements; and

 

   

introduction of new products, technologies or alternative treatments for tooth decay that compete with our products.

The cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. If our assumptions regarding the risks and uncertainties we face, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change due to circumstances in our business or our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could deviate materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failure to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, it will negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The terms of our credit agreement require us to meet certain operating and financial covenants and place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, the terms of any new debt could further restrict our ability to operate our business.

As of June 30, 2021, there was $30.0 million in principal outstanding under our credit agreement with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP. On August 23, 2021, we amended this credit agreement to transfer and assign the loans thereunder to Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP and entered into an amended and restated credit agreement and guaranty. Our indebtedness under this amended and restated agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets. The agreement contains a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants, including financial covenants, and the terms may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to certain changes in our business or industry, or take future actions. See the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.”

The amended and restated credit agreement contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative covenants and also contains certain restrictive covenants, related to, among others, limitations on the incurrence of additional debt, liens and other encumbrances on property, fundamental changes and acquisitions, including mergers, consolidations and liquidations, changes to our type of business, use of cash and investment activities, dividends and other payments in respect of our capital stock, payments and prepayments of certain debt, changes in our fiscal year, sales of assets transactions with affiliates, licensing arrangements, modifications to material agreements and foundational documents, sale and leaseback arrangements and handling of hazardous materials. The amended and restated credit agreement also includes financial covenants that require us to (i) maintain, at all times, a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash in one or more controlled accounts, and (ii) satisfy certain minimum revenue thresholds, measured for the twelve consecutive month period on each calendar quarter-end until June 30, 2026. These thresholds increase over time and range from $26.4 million for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021 to $95.3 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2026. Failure to satisfy these financial covenants would constitute an event of default under the agreement.

The credit agreement also contains customary events of default. If we fail to comply with our affirmative and restrictive covenants, including the financial covenants, payments or other terms of the agreement, our lender

 

16


Table of Contents

could declare an event of default, which would give it the right to terminate its commitments and declare all amounts outstanding under the amended and restated agreement immediately due and payable, together with accrued interest and all fees and other obligations. The amount of such repayment will include payment of any prepayment premium applicable due to the time of such payment. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any event of default, the applicable margin will increase by 3.00% per annum to 12.25%. In addition, our lender would have the right to proceed against the assets we provided as collateral. If the debt under the amended and restated credit agreement were accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash or be able to sell sufficient assets to repay this debt, which would harm our business and financial condition. Based on our current operating plan, we expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least 12 months from the date of this prospectus. This estimate is based on our current assumptions, including assumptions relating to our ability to manage our spending, that might prove to be wrong, and we could use available capital resources sooner than currently expected. If we do not have or are unable to generate sufficient cash to repay our debt obligations when they become due and payable, either upon maturity or in the event of a default, our assets could be foreclosed upon and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all, which may negatively impact our ability to operate and continue our business as a going concern. Moreover, regardless of a potential event of default, the debt under the amended and restated credit agreement matures on August 23, 2026. As a result, we may need to refinance or secure separate financing in order to repay amounts outstanding when due, however, no assurance can be given that an extension will be granted, that we will be able to renegotiate the terms of the agreement with the lender or that we will be able to secure separate debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all.

In order to service our indebtedness, we need to generate cash from our operating activities or additional equity or debt financing. Our ability to generate cash is subject, in part, to our ability to successfully execute our business strategy, as well as general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings or other financings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness and fund our other liquidity needs. To the extent we are required to use cash from operations or the proceeds of any future financing to service our indebtedness instead of funding working capital, capital expenditures or other general corporate purposes, we will be less able to plan for, or react to, changes in our business, industry and in the economy generally. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness.

Even if this offering is successful, we may need additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering to finance our planned operations, and may not be able to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate one or more of our product development programs and future commercialization efforts.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant net losses and expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. Since our inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds from the sale of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in private placements, indebtedness and, to a lesser extent, product revenue from sales of our GentleWave console and single-use PIs and software revenue from our TDO business. As of June 30, 2021, we had $25.7 million in cash and cash equivalents, and an accumulated deficit of $285.6 million. Based on our current operating plan, we currently believe that our cash and cash equivalents, anticipated revenue and available debt financing arrangements, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements and fund our operations through at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus. However, we have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, including our estimates regarding the amount of the net proceeds from this offering, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances could result in lower revenues or cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to raise capital sooner or in greater amounts than currently expected because of circumstances beyond our control.

 

17


Table of Contents

Even after the consummation of this offering, we may require additional capital in the future as we expect to continue to invest in expanding our sales and marketing organization, research and development of product improvements and future products, and clinical studies designed to support the adoption and utilization of our products. Moreover, we expect to incur additional expenses associated with operating as a public company, including legal, accounting, insurance, exchange listing and SEC compliance, investor relations and other expenses. To the extent additional capital is necessary, there are no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital on favorable terms or at all, and therefore we may not be able to execute our business plan. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of our current and future products and the GentleWave Procedure;

 

   

the scope and timing of investment in our sales force and expansion of our commercial organization;

 

   

the impact on our business from the ongoing and global COVID-19 pandemic and the end of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease;

 

   

the cost of our research and development activities;

 

   

the cost and timing of additional regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

   

the costs associated with any product recall that may occur;

 

   

the costs associated with the manufacturing of our products at increased production levels;

 

   

the costs of attaining, defending and enforcing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

whether we acquire third-party companies, products or technologies;

 

   

the terms and timing of any other collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the scope, rate of progress and cost of our any clinical studies and registries;

 

   

the emergence of competing new products, technologies or alternative treatments or other adverse market developments; and

 

   

the rate at which we expand internationally.

We may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings or debt financings and such additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, any additional equity or debt financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. For example, if we raise funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the issuance of such securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. Any equity securities issued may also provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline, and the price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share paid by investors in this offering.

In addition, the terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations including restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to pay dividends, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. For example, our current credit agreement prohibits us from incurring certain additional indebtedness without the consent of our lender. In the event that we enter into collaborations or licensing arrangements to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms, such as relinquishment or licensing of certain technologies or products that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves, or reserve for future potential arrangements when we might otherwise be able to achieve more favorable terms. In addition, we may be forced to work with a partner on one or more of our products or market development programs, which could lower the economic value of those programs to us.

 

18


Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, we may be required to terminate or delay the development of one or more of our products, delay clinical trials necessary to market our products, or delay establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities necessary to commercialize our products. If this were to occur, our ability to grow and support our business and to respond to market challenges could be significantly limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our history of recurring losses and accumulated deficit raise substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern requires that we obtain sufficient funding to finance our operations.

We have incurred operating losses to date and it is possible we will never generate profit. We have concluded that substantial doubt exists regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. Our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. These financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties related to our ability to operate on a going concern basis.

If we are unable to raise sufficient capital when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, and we will need to significantly modify our operational plans to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we might have to liquidate our assets and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Our lack of cash resources and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our share price and our ability to raise new capital or to enter into critical contractual relations with third parties due to concerns about our ability to meet our contractual obligations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The commercial success of our GentleWave System and the GentleWave Procedure will depend upon the degree of market acceptance of our products by dental practitioners.

Our success will depend, in large part, on the acceptance of our GentleWave System as effective, reliable, easy to use and cost-effective. We believe the GentleWave Procedure represents a new approach for treating tooth decay by effectively debriding and disinfecting deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. We believe that market acceptance will be driven primarily by dental practitioners, and if they do not adopt the concept of a less invasive, fluid-based technology and perceive such technology as having significant advantages over other surgical alternatives, patients will be less likely to accept or be offered the GentleWave Procedure and we will fail to meet our business objectives. Dental practitioners’ perceptions of such technology having significant advantages are likely to be based on a determination that, among other factors, our products are safe, effective, cost-effective and represent acceptable methods of treatment. Even if we can prove the effectiveness of the GentleWave Procedure through in vitro and clinical trials, there may not be broad adoption and use of our products and dental practitioners may elect not to use our products for any number of other reasons, including:

 

   

lack of experience with our products and concerns that we are relatively new to market;

 

   

perceived liability risk generally associated with the use of new products and treatment options, and with respect to converting from existing software and systems to our software offering;

 

   

lack or perceived lack of (i) sufficient clinical evidence regarding our claims of superior cleaning and disinfection in a less invasive procedure, high and fast rates of healing, minimal to no post-operative pain and (ii) long-term data, supporting clinical benefits or the cost-effectiveness of our products over existing treatment alternatives;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

the failure of key opinion leaders to provide recommendations regarding our products, or to assure dental practitioners and healthcare payors of the benefits of our products as an attractive alternative to other treatment options;

 

   

perception that our products are unproven in practice and our failure to maintain practice and dental practitioner benefits;

 

   

long-standing relationships with companies and distributors that sell other products or treatment options for treating tooth decay;

 

   

concerns over the capital investment required to purchase our GentleWave System and perform the GentleWave Procedure;

 

   

lack of availability of adequate third-party payor coverage or reimbursement;

 

   

pricing pressure, including from Dental Service Organizations;

 

   

competitive response and negative selling efforts from providers of alternative treatments;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling cleared or approved by the FDA or approved or certified by other authorities or bodies.

We believe that educating notable industry key opinion leaders and dental practitioners about the merits and benefits of our GentleWave System, such as safety, performance, ease of use and efficiency, is one of the key elements of increasing the adoption of our products. If they do not adopt our products for any reason, including those listed above, our ability to execute our growth strategy will be impaired, and it will negatively affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Even if our GentleWave System achieves widespread market acceptance, it may not maintain such level of market acceptance over the long term if competing products or technologies, which are more cost-effective or received more favorably, are introduced. In addition, our limited commercialization experience makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future prospects. We cannot predict how quickly, if at all, dental practitioners and patients will accept our GentleWave System or, if accepted, how frequently it will be used. Failure to achieve or maintain market acceptance and/or market share could materially and adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The continuing acceptance of our products depends upon maintaining strong working relationships with our existing clinician and dental customers.

The development, marketing, and sale of our products depends upon our ability to maintain strong working relationships with dental practitioners and other key opinion leaders. We rely on these professionals’ knowledge and experience for the development and sale of our products. Among other things, dental practitioners assist us in product development matters and provide public presentations at trade conferences regarding our products. If we cannot maintain our strong working relationships with these professionals and continue to receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Demand for our products may not increase as rapidly as we anticipate or may decrease due to a variety of factors, including resistance to non-conventional treatment methods.

Consumer spending habits are affected by, among other things, pandemics, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, debt obligations, discretionary income, consumer confidence and consumer perception of current and future economic conditions. A decrease in U.S. or certain international economies or an uncertain economic outlook, both of which have or are occurring as a result of the COVID-19

 

20


Table of Contents

pandemic, would adversely affect consumer spending habits which may, among other things, result in reduced patient traffic in dental practitioners’ offices or a reduction in the demand for dental services generally, which may result in dental practitioners postponing investments in capital equipment, such as our GentleWave System, and less demand for our single-use PIs, both of which would adversely affect our sales and operating results.

In addition, the GentleWave Procedure is a novel procedure and represents a change from conventional RCT. Clinicians and consumers may not find our products or the GentleWave Procedure cost-effective or preferable to conventional methods of treatment, or may believe the GentleWave Procedure is appropriate for only a limited percentage of patients. In addition, they may be reluctant to adopt our novel GentleWave Procedure due to a lack of long-term data, supporting clinical benefits or the cost-effectiveness of our products over existing and conventional treatment alternatives. Increased market acceptance of our products depends in part upon the recommendations of dental professionals, as well as other factors including effectiveness, safety, ease of use, reliability, safety, and price compared to competing products and treatment methods.

Our future success is dependent upon our ability to increase penetration in our existing markets and expand into adjacent markets.

Currently, we are focused on leveraging our GentleWave System to transform conventional methods of performing RCT, which we believe are antiquated and lead to poor clinical outcomes. Our success will depend upon our ability to increase our market penetration. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to further penetrate our existing markets or that these markets will be able to sustain our current and future product and service offerings. Any failure to increase penetration in our existing markets would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.

The extent of our success will also depend on our ability to further expand into adjacent markets, such as the treatment of cavities and earlier-stage tooth decay. We plan to generate supporting publications and data for such alternative treatment, as well as pursue any required regulatory clearances and approvals. We may be unsuccessful in receiving such regulatory clearances and approvals or supporting data and our efforts to expand the application of our GentleWave System may fail. Our failure to further expand in new markets and attract new customers could adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.

We have limited experience in training and marketing and selling our products and we may provide inadequate training, fail to increase our sales and marketing capabilities or fail to develop and maintain broad brand awareness in a cost-effective manner.

We have limited experience marketing and selling our products. We currently rely on our direct sales force to sell our products in targeted geographic regions and territories, and any failure to maintain and grow our direct sales force could harm our business. The members of our direct sales force are adequately trained and possess technical expertise, which we believe is critical in driving the awareness and adoption of our products. The members of our sales force are at-will employees. The loss of these personnel to competitors, or otherwise, could materially harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of comparable expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such expertise in replacement personnel, our product sales, revenues and results of operations could be materially harmed.

In order to generate future growth, we plan to continue to significantly expand and leverage our commercial infrastructure to increase our base of clinicians and increase awareness and adoption by existing clinician and dental customers to drive our growth. Identifying and recruiting qualified sales and marketing professionals and training them on our products and the GentleWave Procedure, on applicable federal and state laws and regulations and on our internal policies and procedures requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months or more before a sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our sales force may subject us to higher fixed costs than those of companies with competing products or treatments that can utilize independent third parties, placing us at a competitive disadvantage. Our business may be harmed if our efforts to

 

21


Table of Contents

expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in product sales and revenue, and our higher fixed costs may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products. Any failure to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or timely reduce fixed costs, could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to increase our base of clinicians and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to expand our sales and marketing and educational efforts. We plan to dedicate significant resources to our sales and marketing and educational programs. Our business may be harmed if these efforts and expenditures do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue.

In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining broad awareness of the GentleWave Procedure in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving broad acceptance of our products and reaching new dental practitioners and patients. Promotion and educational activities may not generate dental practitioner awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the costs and expenses we incur. If we fail to successfully promote the GentleWave Procedure in a cost-effective manner, we may fail to attract or retain the market acceptance necessary to realize a sufficient return on our promotional and educational efforts, or to achieve broad adoption of our products.

We may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate levels of third-party coverage and reimbursement, and third parties may rescind or modify their coverage or delay payments related to our products.

We derive the majority of our revenue from sales of our GentleWave console and single-use PIs to dental practitioners. Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the procedures using our products are covered and reimbursed by third-party payors, including private insurers and government healthcare programs such as Medicare Advantage plans and plans purchased through the ACA marketplace. Where third-party payor coverage is not available, patients are responsible for all of the costs associated with treatment using our products. Even if a third-party payor covers a particular treatment that uses our products, the resulting reimbursement rate may not be adequate to cover a provider’s cost to purchase our products or ensure such purchase is profitable for the provider.

Coverage and reimbursement by governmental and third-party payors may depend upon a number of factors, including the determination that the product or service and its use or administration for a particular patient is:

 

   

a covered benefit;

 

   

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

supported by guidelines established by the relevant professional societies;

 

   

cost-effective; and

 

   

neither experimental nor investigational.

Our clinician and dental customers typically bill third-party payors for the costs and fees associated with the procedures in which our products are used. Because there is often no separate reimbursement for supplies used in a root canal procedure or for the purchase of the capital equipment needed to perform a procedure, the additional cost associated with the use of our products can affect the profit margin of the dental practitioner. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our products in light of potential additional associated cost. In addition, clinicians that perform the procedure may be subject to reimbursement claim denials upon submission of the claim. Clinicians may also be subject to recovery of overpayments if a payor makes payment for the claim and subsequently determines that the payor’s coding, billing or coverage policies were not followed. These

 

22


Table of Contents

events, or any other decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our clinician and dental customers, could make it difficult for existing customers to continue using or to adopt our products and could create additional pricing pressure for us. If we are forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins will decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to grow our business.

Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular products. In addition, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for procedures using our products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for procedures using our products can differ significantly from payor to payor. Obtaining coverage and reimbursement can be a time-consuming process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to satisfy governmental and third-party payors that procedures using our products should be covered and reimbursed.

Payors continually review new and existing technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny or reverse coverage for new or existing products and procedures. There can be no assurance that third-party payor policies will provide coverage for procedures in which our products are used. Many third-party payors do not currently cover our products and the related procedures because they have determined that our products and the related procedures are experimental or investigational. When our products and the related procedures are reimbursed, they are reimbursed primarily on a per-patient prior authorization basis for patients covered by commercial insurers.

Further, future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions, such as additional prior authorization requirements, both in the United States and in relevant international markets in which we plan to operate. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for procedures using our products or any of our products in development for which we may receive regulatory clearance, approval or certification may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets. Further, other root canal treatments may be more widely covered or subject to different co-pay policies and requirements, which could impact demand for our products. If dental practitioner and/or patient demand for our products is adversely affected by changes in third-party reimbursement policies and decisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to achieve or maintain satisfactory pricing and margins for our products.

Manufacturers of medical devices have a history of price competition, and we can give no assurance that we will be able to achieve satisfactory prices for our current or any new products or maintain prices at the levels we have historically achieved. For example, any decline in the amount that payors reimburse clinicians for our products could make it difficult for them to continue using, or to adopt, our products and could create additional pricing pressure for us. If we are forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins will decrease, which will adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business. If we are unable to maintain our prices, including during any international expansion, or if our costs increase and we are unable to offset such increase with an increase in our prices, our margins could erode. Additionally, some parts of the dental market continue to be impacted by price competition which are driven in part by the consolidation of dental practices, innovation and product advancements, and the price sensitivity of consumers and patients. We will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face competition from many sources, including larger companies, and we may be unable to compete successfully.

We operate in a highly competitive industry that is significantly affected by the introduction of new products and technologies and other activities of industry participants. Our products and the GentleWave

 

23


Table of Contents

Procedure represent an innovative approach to the treatment of tooth decay and, as a result, our treatment method competes directly against conventional methods of treating root canals, including sonic, ultrasonic and laser-assisted irrigation devices. We compete with manufacturers and suppliers of devices, instruments and other supplies used in connection with such conventional treatments. The market for these devices and instruments is highly fragmented with primary supply chains concentrated across a few larger manufacturers and distributors, such as Dentsply Sirona, Envista and Henry Schein.

Many of our competitors have longer, more established operating histories, and significantly greater name recognition and financial, technical, marketing, sales, distribution and other resources, which may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration or improved operating results. These companies may enjoy several other competitive advantages, including established relationships with dental practitioners who are familiar with other alternatives for performing root canals, additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage and established sales, marketing and worldwide distribution networks.

We believe the primary competitive factors for companies that market new or alternative treatments and solutions in dental applications include acceptance by leading clinicians, patient outcomes and adverse event rates, patient experience and treatment time, ease-of-use and reliability, patient recovery time and level of discomfort, economic benefits and cost savings, intellectual property protection and the development of successful sales and marketing channels. One of the major hurdles to widespread adoption of our solutions will be overcoming established treatment patterns, which will require education of patients, clinicians and their referral sources.

In addition, we may compete with additional competitors and products outside the United States and Canada when we pursue plans to market our products internationally. Among other competitive advantages, such companies may have more established sales and marketing programs and networks, established relationships with clinicians and greater name recognition in such markets.

If we are unable to continue to innovate and improve our GentleWave System, we could lose market share.

Our success will depend on our ability to keep ahead of innovative developments in the treatment of tooth decay and performance of root canal treatments. It is critical to our competitiveness that we continue to innovate and make improvements to our GentleWave System’s functionality and efficiency. If we fail to make improvements to our GentleWave System’s functionality over time, our competitors may develop products that offer features and functionality similar or superior to those of our GentleWave System or that are more cost-effective than our GentleWave System. Our failure to make continuous improvements to our GentleWave System to keep ahead of the products of our competitors could result in the loss of market share that would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

New product development involves a lengthy and complex process and we may be unable to develop or commercialize products on a timely basis, or at all.

Products from our research and development programs will take time and considerable resources to develop, and may include improvements or changes to our current products, and we may not be able to complete development and commercialization of new or enhanced products on a timely basis, or at all. There can be no assurance that our research and development efforts will produce commercially viable products and technologies. Commercializing new products requires expending significant funds to, for example:

 

   

conduct substantial research and development;

 

   

obtain necessary regulatory clearance or approval;

 

   

further develop and scale our engineering, manufacturing and packaging processes to accommodate different products;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

source and enter into agreements with new suppliers; and

 

   

further develop and scale our infrastructure.

Our product development processes involve a high degree of risk, and these efforts may be delayed or fail for many reasons, including failure of the product to perform as expected and failure to reliably demonstrate the advantages of the product.

Even if we are successful in developing new products, it will require us to make significant additional investments in marketing and selling resources to commercialize any such products. As a result, we may be unsuccessful in commercializing new products that we develop, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our products may become obsolete in the future.

The medical device industry is characterized by rapid and significant change. There can be no assurance that other companies will not succeed in developing or marketing devices or products that are more effective than our products or that would render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. Additionally, new root canal therapies could be developed that replace or reduce the importance of our products. Accordingly, our success will depend in part on our ability to respond quickly to medical and other changes through the development and introduction of new products. Product development involves a high degree of risk, and there can be no assurance that our new product development efforts will result in any commercially successful products.

We have limited experience manufacturing our products in large-scale commercial quantities and we face a number of manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our manufacturing abilities which could delay, prevent or impair our growth.

Our growth strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and future products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis to meet demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory quality system requirements and managing manufacturing costs in our current manufacturing facility or any future manufacturing facilities. We have a sole manufacturing facility located in Laguna Hills, California, where we manufacture, assemble, test, package and ship our products. We currently assemble all of our GentleWave console and single-use PIs at this one facility, and we do not have additional facilities. If this facility, or any of our future manufacturing facilities, suffers damage, or a force majeure event, such damage or event could materially impact our ability to operate, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial performance.

We are also subject to numerous other risks relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including:

 

   

quality and reliability of components, sub-assemblies and materials that we source from third-party suppliers, who are required to meet our quality specifications, some of whom are single or sole source suppliers for the items and materials that they supply;

 

   

our inability to secure components, sub-assemblies and materials in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

our inability to maintain compliance with quality system requirements or pass regulatory quality inspections;

 

   

our failure to increase production capacity or volumes to meet demand;

 

   

potential risks associated with disruptions in our supply chain, such as on account of the COVID-19 pandemic or other macroeconomic events;

 

   

longer than expected lead times associated with securing key components;

 

   

our inability to design or modify production processes to enable us to produce future products efficiently or implement changes in current products in response to design or regulatory requirements; and

 

25


Table of Contents
   

difficulty identifying and qualifying, and obtaining new regulatory clearances or approvals, for alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner.

These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our current products and manufacturing processes. As demand for our products increases, we will have to invest additional resources to purchase components, sub-assemblies and materials, hire and train employees and enhance our manufacturing processes. If we fail to increase our production capacity efficiently, we may not be able to fill orders on a timely basis, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, although some future products may share product features, components, sub-assemblies and materials with our existing products, the manufacture of these products may require modification of our current production processes or unique production processes, the hiring of specialized employees, the identification of new suppliers for specific components, sub-assemblies and materials or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these products commercially viable or to maintain current operating margins, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As we continue to scale the commercial production of our products and increase our manufacturing capacity, we may encounter quality issues that could result in product defects, errors or recalls. Manufacturing delays related to quality control could negatively impact our ability to bring our products to market, harm our reputation and decrease our revenue. Further, in the past, we have voluntarily replaced certain of our products, including based on design iterations and customer feedback, and no assurance can be given that such events or actual product recalls will not occur in the future. Any defects, errors, recalls or other replacement of products could be expensive and generate negative publicity, which could impair our ability to market or sell our products, and adversely affect our results of operations.

Furthermore, we may be unable to renew our lease or find a new facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we were unable or unwilling to renew at the proposed rates, relocating our manufacturing facility would involve significant expense in connection with the movement and installation of key manufacturing equipment and any necessary recertification with regulatory bodies, and we cannot assure investors that such a move would not delay or otherwise adversely affect our manufacturing activities or operating results. If our manufacturing capabilities were impaired by our move, we may not be able to manufacture and ship our products in a timely manner, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend upon third-party suppliers, including contract manufacturers and single and sole source suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers, including in some instances single or sole source suppliers, to provide us with certain components, sub-assemblies and finished products for our products. These components, sub-assemblies and finished products are critical and, for a small number of items, there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. For example, our GentleWave console includes a number of components, including high pressure lines, high pressure pumps, fluid temperature control systems, degassing systems and user interface control systems, most of which we source externally from third party suppliers. We rely on Teledyne SSI to supply our high pressure pump, Marlow Industries, Inc. for our fluid temperature control systems and Idex Health & Science LLC for our degassing components. We do not currently have long-term supply contracts with certain of the sole and single source suppliers of these key components, and there are no minimum purchase or payment requirements. Additionally, we believe we are not a major customer to many of our suppliers. Our suppliers may therefore give other customers’ needs higher priority than ours, and we may not be able to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. These single or sole source suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply the necessary materials and components or manufacture and assemble our products in a reliable manner and at the levels we anticipate or at levels adequate to satisfy demand for our products. While our suppliers have generally met our demand for their

 

26


Table of Contents

products and services on a timely basis in the past, we cannot guarantee that they will in the future be able to meet our demand for such products, either because of acts of nature, the nature of our agreements with those suppliers or our relative importance to them as a customer, and our suppliers may decide in the future to discontinue or reduce the level of business they conduct with us.

We have not been qualified or obtained necessary regulatory clearances for additional suppliers for most of these components, sub-assemblies and materials. While we currently believe that alternative sources of supply or sterilization may be available, we cannot be certain whether they will be available if and when we need them, or that any alternative suppliers or providers would be able to provide the quantity and quality of components, materials and sterilization that we would need to manufacture and ship our products if our existing suppliers and providers were unable to satisfy our requirements. To utilize other sources, we would need to identify and qualify new providers to our quality standards and obtain any additional regulatory clearances or approvals required to change providers, which could result in manufacturing delays and increase our expenses.

Although we believe that we have stable relationships with our existing suppliers, we cannot assure you that we will be able to secure a stable supply of components or materials going forward. In the event that any adverse developments occur with our suppliers, in particular for those components that are single or sole sourced, or if any of our suppliers modifies any of the components they supply to us, our ability to supply our products may be temporarily or permanently interrupted. Obtaining substitute components could be difficult, time and resource-consuming and costly. Also, there can be no assurance that we will be able to secure a supply of alternative components at reasonable prices without experiencing interruptions in our business operations. In addition, quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar government orders related to the COVID-19 pandemic or other infectious disease outbreaks, or the perception that such orders, shutdowns or other restrictions on the conduct of business operations could occur, could impact the suppliers upon which we rely, or the availability or cost of materials, which could disrupt the supply chain for our products.

Our dependence on third-parties subjects us to a number of risks that could impact our ability to manufacture our products and harm our business, including:

 

   

interruption of supply or sterilization resulting from modifications to, or discontinuation of, a third party’s operations;

 

   

delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects or errors, reliability issues or a third party’s failure to produce components or complete sterilizations that consistently meet our quality specifications;

 

   

price fluctuations due to a lack of long-term supply arrangements with our third parties for key components or sterilization requirements;

 

   

inability to obtain adequate supply or services in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms;

 

   

difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative third parties for the supply of components or for sterilization of our products in a timely manner;

 

   

inability of third parties to comply with applicable provisions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulations, or QSR, or other applicable laws or regulations enforced by the FDA, state and global regulatory authorities;

 

   

inability to ensure the quality of products manufactured or sterilization conducted by third parties;

 

   

production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products and services from alternative third parties and corresponding regulatory qualifications;

 

   

trends towards consolidation within the medical device manufacturing supplier industry; and

 

   

delays in delivery by our suppliers and service providers.

 

27


Table of Contents

Although we require our third-party suppliers and providers to supply us with components and services that meet our specifications and other applicable legal and regulatory requirements in our agreements and contracts, and we perform incoming inspection, testing or other acceptance activities to ensure the components meet our requirements, there is a risk that these third parties will not always act consistent with our best interests, and may not always supply components or provide services that meet our requirements or in a timely manner. In addition, we cannot assure you that our suppliers have obtained and will be able to obtain or maintain all licenses, permits, clearances and approvals necessary for their operations or comply with all applicable laws and regulations, and failure to do so by them may lead to interruption in their business operations, which in turn may result in shortages of components supplied to us.

Shipping is a critical part of our business and any changes in our shipping arrangements or damages or losses sustained during shipping could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We currently rely on third-party vendors for our shipping. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these entities or they experience performance problems or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our operating results and the experience of our clinical and dental customers. Additionally, our manufacturing operations and growing business may require global shipping services which are subject to certain factors outside of our control, such as delays passing through customs and disruptions to global shipping routes. We have also experienced shipping delays and difficulties due to the COVID-19 pandemic and may again experience such delays or difficulties due to future quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar government orders related to the COVID-19 pandemic or other infectious disease outbreaks or natural disasters. Moreover, there is no guarantee that our systems will not become damaged or lost in transit, and we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, delivery difficulties. If a system is damaged in transit, it may result in a substantial delay in the fulfillment of the order, and depending on the type and extent of the damage and whether the incident is covered by insurance, it may result in clinician dissatisfaction and a substantial financial loss for us. If our products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are lost during the delivery process, clinicians could also become dissatisfied and cease using our products or services, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we receive a significant number of warranty claims or our GentleWave Systems require significant amounts of service after sale, our operating expenses may substantially increase and our business and financial results will be adversely affected.

We currently warrant each GentleWave System against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of approximately 24 months from receipt of our product by a customer. We also expect to provide technical and other services beyond the warranty period pursuant to a supplemental service plan that we sell for our GentleWave System. We have a limited history of commercial placements from which to judge our rate of warranty claims, and we expect that the number of warranty claims we receive may increase as we scale our operations and as our existing commercial placements age. If product returns or warranty claims are significant or exceed our expectations, we could incur unanticipated reductions in sales or additional operating expenditures for parts and service. In addition, our reputation could be damaged and our products may not achieve the level of market acceptance that we are targeting in order to achieve and maintain profitability. Unforeseen warranty exposure could negatively impact our business and financial results.

We need to ensure strong product performance and reliability to maintain and grow our business.

We need to maintain and continuously improve the performance and reliability of our GentleWave System to achieve our profitability objectives. Poor product performance and reliability could lead to clinician dissatisfaction, adversely affect our reputation and revenues, and increase our service and distribution costs and working capital requirements. In addition, software and hardware incorporated into our GentleWave System may contain errors or defects, especially when first introduced and while we have made efforts to test this software and hardware extensively, we cannot assure that the software and hardware, or software and hardware developed in the future, will not experience errors or performance problems.

 

28


Table of Contents

We believe that our clinicians and consumers are sensitive to product defects and errors. Our reputation and the public image of our products, services and technologies may be impaired if our products or services fail to perform as expected. If our products do not perform, or are perceived to not have performed, as expected or favorably in comparison to competitive products, our operating results, reputation, and business will suffer, including due to the costs associated with replacing products and decreased demand for our product offering. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Although our products are tested prior to shipment, defects or errors could nonetheless occur. Our operating results depend on our ability to execute and, when necessary, improve our quality management strategy and systems and our ability to effectively train and maintain our employee base with respect to quality management. A failure of our quality control systems or those of our third party suppliers could result in problems with facility operations or preparation or provision of products. In each case, such problems could arise for a variety of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with off-the-shelf materials, sub-assemblies, parts and other components or environmental factors and damage to, or loss of, manufacturing operations.

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been adversely impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be adversely impacted.

We are subject to risks related to the public health crises such as the global pandemic associated with COVID-19. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our operations and revenues and overall financial condition by decreasing the number of root canal procedures generally, which has slowed adoption of our GentleWave System during the course of the pandemic. For a period of time in the United States, governmental authorities recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments and potential infection with COVID-19. These measures and challenges may continue or resume for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and may negatively impact our revenue growth while the pandemic continues.

Numerous state and local jurisdictions have imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders, and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel, and business operations, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in our headquarters closing, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions, and cancellation of training and other events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Employees whose tasks can be performed offsite have been encouraged to work from home. Additionally, if the COVID-19 situation persists or worsens in certain geographies around the world, shutdowns and continued government restrictions may impact our sales activities, supply chain, and business.

Identifying and recruiting qualified sales and marketing personnel and training them has been, and continues to be, more difficult as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic as many of these activities must be conducted remotely, and we believe that some candidates are reluctant to change jobs during the pandemic. In addition, even when we are able to hire additional sales and marketing personnel, we must then train them on our product, applicable federal and state laws, and regulations, and on our internal policies and procedures. This training process was initially conducted remotely, which made training more challenging. We recently resumed partial in-person training with respect to training sales and marketing personnel, among others. Upon completion of the training, the lead time that our capital sales representatives typically require in the field to grow their network of accounts and achieve the productivity levels we expect them to reach in any individual territory, has been, and continues to be, prolonged during and as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We have also experienced disruptions, and may experience future disruptions, including: delays in capital sales representatives becoming fully trained and productive; challenges in analyzing capital sales representative performance and in recruiting and hiring new employees;

 

29


Table of Contents

difficulties and delays in dental practitioner outreach and training dental practitioners to use our GentleWave System; restrictions on personnel to travel; delays in initiation, enrollment and follow-ups of our clinical studies; challenges with maintaining adequate supply from third-party manufacturers of components and finished goods and distribution providers; and access to dental practitioners for training and case support.

In addition, clinicians and dental practitioners have experienced financial hardship and some of them may not fully recover. This could lead to some of these practices temporarily or permanently shutting down, filing for bankruptcy, or being acquired by larger health systems, leading to reduced procedures or additional pricing pressure on our products.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We have experienced substantial growth in our operations, and we expect to experience continued substantial growth in our business. Over the next several years, we expect to increase significantly the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of manufacturing, sales and support, research and development, product development, regulatory affairs, marketing and other functional areas, including finance, accounting, quality control, and legal, especially as we transition to operating as a public company. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational quality and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources, we may not be able to manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel in an effective manner. In addition, the physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Our results of operations will be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast demand for, and utilization of, our GentleWave System and manage our inventory.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and manufacture our GentleWave System console and the single-use PIs based on our estimates of future demand for, and utilization of, our GentleWave System. Our ability to accurately forecast demand and utilization could be negatively affected by many factors, including our failure to accurately manage our expansion strategy, product introductions by competitors, an increase or decrease in demand for our products or for products of our competitors, our failure to accurately forecast acceptance of new products, unanticipated changes in general market conditions or regulatory matters and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Inventory levels in excess of demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs, which would cause our gross margin to be adversely affected and could impair the strength of our brand. Conversely, if we underestimate demand and utilization, our supply chain, manufacturing partners and/or internal manufacturing team may not be able to deliver components and products to meet our requirements, and this could result in damage to our reputation and relationships with clinicians and dental practitioners. In addition, if we experience a significant increase in demand or utilization, additional supplies of off-the-shelf materials, sub-assemblies, parts and other components or additional manufacturing capacity may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or suppliers may not be able to allocate sufficient capacity in order to meet our increased requirements, which will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our TDO software and our internal computer systems, or those used by our contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, and such failure could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our TDO practice management software is designed to improve practice workflow and seamlessly integrate with the GentleWave System. The continued development, maintenance and operation of our software are important factors impacting the success of our offerings and level of market acceptance and adoption of products. These efforts are expensive and complex and may involve unforeseen difficulties, including material

 

30


Table of Contents

performance problems and undetected defects or other technical or human errors. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our software and technologies from operating properly. If our software or technologies, individually or collectively, do not function reliably or fail to meet clinician, payor or patient expectations of performance or outcomes, then clinicians may stop using or offering our solutions, payors could attempt to cancel their contracts with us and patients may generate negative publicity about their experience or our products.

Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. Our TDO practice management software may contain errors or vulnerabilities. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or other vulnerabilities discovered in our existing or new software could result in negative publicity and damage to our reputation, loss of customers, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, loss of revenue or liability for damages, overpayments and/or underpayments, any of which could harm our business and results of operation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, use, disclose, transfer, process and store sensitive data, including legally protected individually identifiable health information in the United States, credit card, and other financial information, insurance information, and other potentially personally identifiable information. We also process and store, and use additional third parties to process and store, sensitive intellectual property and other proprietary business information, including that of our customers.

We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including the manufacture, distribution and maintenance of our products, as well as for accounting, data storage, compliance, purchasing, inventory management and other related functions. We do not have redundant information technology in all aspects of our systems at this time. Despite the implementation of security and back-up measures, our internal computer, server, and other information technology systems as well as those of our third-party consultants, contractors, suppliers, and service providers, may be vulnerable to damage from physical, electronic or technical break-ins, accidental or intentional exposure of our data by employees or others with authorized access to our networks, computer viruses, malware, ransomware, supply chain attacks, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failure, denial of service, “phishing attacks” and other cyberattacks or disruptive incidents that could result in unauthorized access to, use or disclosure of, corruption of, or loss of sensitive, and/or proprietary data, including personal information, including health-related information, and could subject us to significant liabilities and regulatory and enforcement actions, and reputational damage. Additionally, theft of our intellectual property or proprietary business information could require substantial expenditures to remedy. Such theft could also lead to loss of intellectual property rights through disclosure of our proprietary business information, and such loss may not be capable of remedying. We have also outsourced elements of our information technology infrastructure, and as a result a number of third-party vendors may or could have access to our confidential information. If we or our third-party consultants, contractors, vendors, suppliers, or service providers were to suffer an attack or breach, for example, that resulted in the unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of personal or health information, we may have to notify consumers, partners, collaborators, government authorities, and the media, and may be subject to investigations, civil penalties, administrative and enforcement actions, and litigation, any of which could harm our business and reputation. Likewise, we rely on third parties to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems and networks could also have a material adverse effect on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic has generally increased the risk of cybersecurity intrusions. Our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. For example, there has been an increase in phishing and spam emails as well as social engineering attempts from “hackers” hoping to use the recent COVID-19 pandemic to their advantage. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. If our systems are damaged or cease to function properly due to any number of causes, ranging from catastrophic events to power outages to security breaches, and our business

 

31


Table of Contents

continuity plans do not effectively compensate timely, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to manage operations, and would also be exposed to a risk of loss, including financial assets or litigation and potential liability. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or systems or data or systems of our commercial partners, or inappropriate or unauthorized access to or disclosure or use of confidential, proprietary, or other sensitive, personal, or health information, we could incur liability and suffer reputational harm. Failure to maintain or protect our information technology systems effectively could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot assure that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim relating to a security lapse or breach. While we maintain certain insurance coverage, our insurance may be insufficient or may not cover all liabilities incurred by such attacks. We also cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results and reputation.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business, including by causing delays in production or an increase in costs, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our employee base, and our research and development, manufacturing and administrative facility and infrastructure are centralized in Southern California. We do not currently have additional operational facilities. Should our facility be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, wildfires, floods, nuclear disasters, riots, acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, public health emergencies such as infectious disease outbreaks, including the COVID-19 pandemic, power outages and other infrastructure failures, it could take months to relocate or rebuild, during which time our employees may seek other positions, our research, development and manufacturing capabilities would cease or be delayed and our products may be unavailable. To the extent any additional facilities are available and operational at the time of such events, transitioning manufacturing capacity to offset the loss of our manufacturing facility in Laguna Hills may not be possible or may not be cost effective. Moreover, the use of a new facility or new manufacturing, quality control, or environmental control equipment or systems may require regulatory review and approval of the new facility prior to commencing full-scale production and commercialization. Because of the time required to register and/or authorize manufacturing in a new facility under FDA, state and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, we may not be able to resume production on a timely basis even if we are able to replace production capacity in the event that we lose our manufacturing capacity. Any disruptions in our operations could adversely affect our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Moreover, although we have disaster recovery plans, they may prove inadequate. We may not carry sufficient business insurance to compensate for losses that may occur. The inability to perform our research and development and manufacturing activities, combined with our limited inventory of materials and components and manufactured products, may cause dental practitioners to discontinue using our products or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with such dental practitioners in the future. Consequently, a catastrophic event at our facility could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the facilities of our suppliers may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

The sizes of the addressable markets for our GentleWave System have not been established with precision and our potential market opportunity may be smaller than we estimate and may decline.

Our estimates of the potential annual total addressable market for our GentleWave System are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, including, without limitation, the assumed prices at which we can sell our GentleWave console and the single-use PIs. While we believe our assumptions and the data underlying our estimates are reasonable, these assumptions and estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our assumptions or estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market for our GentleWave System may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of dental practitioners in our target markets, the number of RCT procedures performed each year, the price at which we can sell our GentleWave System, or the total addressable market for our GentleWave System is smaller than we have estimated, it may impair our sales growth and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our growth strategy involves launching new products or features and expanding sales of existing products into new markets and geographies in which we have limited experience. Sales of new or existing products into new market opportunities may take several years to develop and mature, and we cannot be certain that these market opportunities will develop as we expect. As a result, the sizes of the annual total addressable market for new markets and new products are even more difficult to predict.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit or halt the marketing and sale of our products. The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for liabilities resulting from our products could harm us and our ability to sell our products.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the marketing and sale of our products. For example, we may be sued if our GentleWave System, the single-use consumable or any of their component parts causes, or is perceived to cause, injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during manufacturing, marketing or sale. We may also be subject to product liability claims if our products or services are deemed non-compliant with applicable laws or regulations. Any such product liability claim may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. In addition, we may be subject to claims against us even if the apparent injury is due to the actions of others or the pre-existing health conditions of the patient. We may also be subject to claims that are caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those who provide us with components and sub-assemblies, or manufacturers who produce our GentleWave console and the single-use PIs.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit or halt the marketing and sale of our products. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for our products;

 

   

harm to our reputation;

 

   

initiation of investigations by regulators, which could result in enforcement action against us or our contract manufacturers;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources.

 

33


Table of Contents

The risk of a product liability lawsuit may increase if our products were deemed to be non-compliant with applicable laws and regulation. In the event we face a product liability lawsuit, we believe we have adequate product liability insurance, but it may not prove to be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Our insurance policy contains various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. The potential inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the marketing and sale of our products. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, harm our reputation in the industry, significantly increase our expenses and reduce product sales.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which leaves us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Although we have general and product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate, this insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, coverage may not be adequate to protect us against any future product liability claims. Similarly, we have limited insurance coverage regarding hazardous waste and cybersecurity events. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees or as executive officers. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may seek strategic alliances, joint ventures or collaborations, or enter into licensing or partnership arrangements in the future and may not be successful in doing so, and even if we are, we may not realize the benefits or costs of such relationships.

We may form or seek strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into licensing or partnership arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our sales and marketing efforts with respect to our GentleWave System. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such collaborations. Any of these relationships may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic alliance or other alternative arrangements for our products. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic alliance or similar arrangement, we will achieve the revenue or specific net income that justifies such transaction. In addition, any potential future collaborations may be terminable by our collaborators, and we may not be able to adequately protect our rights under these agreements. Any termination of collaborations we enter into in the future, or delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements could delay tour sales and marketing efforts, which would harm our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34


Table of Contents

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with our current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators or any future collaborators devote to our collaborators’ or our future products and technologies.

As international expansion of our business occurs in future years, it will expose us to market, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

Our long-term strategy is to increase our international presence, including securing regulatory clearances or approvals in targeted countries outside the United States. This strategy may include establishing and maintaining dental practitioner outreach and education capabilities outside of the United States and expanding our relationships with international payors. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing our international operations;

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as tax laws, privacy laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental clearances, approvals, permits and licenses;

 

   

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

   

obtaining regulatory clearance, approval or certification where required for our products in various countries;

 

   

requirements to maintain data and the processing of that data on servers located within such countries;

 

   

complexities associated with managing multiple payor reimbursement regimes, government payors or patient self-pay systems;

 

   

limits on our ability to penetrate international markets if we are required to manufacture our products locally;

 

   

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, foreign tax laws and complexities of foreign value-added tax systems, the effect of local and regional financial pressures on demand and payment for our products and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

restrictions on the site-of-service for use of our products and the economics related thereto for dental practitioners, providers and payors;

 

   

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other market restrictions; and

 

   

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over activities subject to regulation under the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act of 2010 and comparable laws and regulations in other countries.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

35


Table of Contents

We are highly dependent on our senior management team and key personnel, and our business could be harmed if we are unable to attract and retain personnel necessary for our success.

We are highly dependent on our senior management, including our chief executive officer, Bjarne Bergheim, and other key personnel. Our success will depend on our ability to retain senior management and to attract, recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified personnel in the future, particularly with respect to an expected increase in hiring in connection with becoming a public company, including sales and marketing professionals, scientists, clinical specialists, engineers and other highly skilled personnel and to integrate current and additional personnel in all departments. The loss of members of our senior management, sales and marketing professionals, scientists, clinical and regulatory specialists and engineers could result in delays in product development and harm our business. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition for skilled personnel in our market is intense and may limit our ability to hire and retain highly qualified personnel on acceptable terms, or at all. To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, we have issued and may continue to issue equity awards that vest over time, in addition to salary and cash incentives. The value to employees of equity awards that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Our employment arrangements with our employees provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. Other than with respect to our chief executive officer, we generally do not maintain “key man” insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws, as well as violations of export or import controls or economic sanctions laws and regulations. Any investigation, and the outcome of any investigation, by government agencies of possible violations by us of such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute in 18 U.S.C. 201, the International Travel Act of 1961, as amended, or the U.S. Travel Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in jurisdictions in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, and intermediaries from corruptly authorizing, promising, providing, or offering, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to government officials and persons in the private sector for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. In addition, an organization that fails to prevent bribery by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act, unless the organization can establish the defense of having implemented adequate procedures to prevent bribery.

We are also subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products and services may require us to obtain licenses and authorizations prior to export, create delays in the introduction of our products and services in certain international markets or, in some cases, prevent the export of our products and services to some countries altogether. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions.

In the future, we may operate in parts of the world that pose a heightened corruption risk, and we will review policies to ensure compliance by us and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants

 

36


Table of Contents

and agents with the FCPA, the Bribery Act, OFAC laws and regulations, and other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations as needed. Moreover, because of the significant role government entities play in the regulation of many foreign healthcare markets, we may be exposed to heightened FCPA and similar risks arising from our efforts to seek regulatory approval of and reimbursement for our products in such countries. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from improper acts committed by our employees or agents, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in improper conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce, State and Treasury and other federal agencies and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals for violations of anti-corruption laws, economic sanctions laws, and export control and import laws. In addition, violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, would significantly disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may seriously harm our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could affect the tax treatment of any of our future earnings. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us, possibly on a retroactive basis.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $245.4 million and $145.0 million, respectively, and U.S. federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $2.9 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Certain federal NOLs incurred in taxable years beginning before December 31, 2017, and certain state NOLs will begin to expire in the calendar year 2026, unless previously utilized. In addition, certain federal research and development credit carryforwards will begin to expire in the calendar year 2032. NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards subject to expiration could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future taxable income or income tax liabilities, as applicable. Federal NOLs incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the utilization of such federal NOLs to offset taxable income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 is limited to 80% of current year taxable income. For state income tax purposes, the extent to which states will conform to federal laws is uncertain and there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. For example, California imposed limits on the usability of California state NOLs and tax credits in tax years beginning after 2019 and before 2023.

In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point cumulative change by value in its equity ownership by certain stockholders (or groups of stockholders) over a rolling three-year period, is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOL carryforwards and its pre-change research and development credit carryforwards (and certain other tax attributes) to offset post-change taxable income or income tax liabilities, as applicable. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Although we have not completed a formal analysis as to whether past ownership changes have resulted in limitations on our use of our NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code, we expect this offering to trigger an ownership change and result in such limitations going forward. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which might be beyond our control, could also result in ownership changes under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. For the foregoing

 

37


Table of Contents

reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOL carryforwards or research and development credit carryforwards, even if we attain profitability.

The tax benefit of NOL carryforwards and research and development credit carryforwards are required to be recorded as an asset to the extent that we assess that realization is more likely than not. We believe that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from these future tax benefits is not likely to be realized and, accordingly, have provided a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax asset.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could fail to result in a commercial product or net sales, divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our business.

Although we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transactions and are not involved in negotiations to do so, we may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our portfolio, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. However, we cannot assure you that we would be able to successfully complete any acquisition we choose to pursue, or that we would be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

To date, the growth of our operations has been largely organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses or technologies. We may not be able to successfully integrate any acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following an acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.

Risks Related to Governmental Regulation

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent the commercial success of our GentleWave System.

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that may harm our future revenues and profitability and the demand for our GentleWave System. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. Current and future legislative and regulatory proposals to further reform healthcare or reduce healthcare costs may limit coverage of or lower reimbursement for the procedures associated with the use of our GentleWave System. The cost containment measures that payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any healthcare reform initiative implemented in the future could impact our revenue from the sale of our GentleWave System.

By way of example, in the United States, the ACA was enacted in March 2010 and substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts our industry. The ACA contained a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which have impacted existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. Since its enactment, there have been numerous amendments to the ACA and revisions to implementing regulations, along with judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the Supreme Court ruled that states and individuals lacked standing to challenge the constitutionality of the ACA’s individual

 

38


Table of Contents

mandate, post-repeal of its associated tax penalty. Additionally, President Biden issued an executive order that initiated a special enrollment period for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace, which began on February 15, 2021 and will remain open through August 15, 2021. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. Additional legislative changes, regulatory changes and judicial challenges related to the ACA remain possible. We cannot predict what effect further changes related to the ACA, including under the Biden administration, will have on our business.

The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare may harm:

 

   

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our GentleWave System;

 

   

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability; and

 

   

the availability of capital.

The current presidential administration and Congress may continue to pursue significant changes to the current healthcare laws. We cannot predict what other laws and regulations will ultimately be enacted and implemented at the federal or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the United States on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Future changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our current and future solutions, decrease our revenue and impact sales of and pricing for our current and future products.

We must comply with anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, and other healthcare laws and regulations.

Our current and future operations are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws and regulations. These laws affect our sales, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with hospitals, dental practitioners or other potential purchasers or users, including patients, of medical devices and services. They also impose additional administrative and compliance burdens on us. In particular, these laws influence, among other things, how we structure our sales, placement and rental offerings, including discount practices, clinician support, education and training programs and dental practitioner consulting and other service arrangements. The laws that affect our practices and arrangements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, and the government can establish a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute without proving that a person or entity had actual knowledge of, or a specific intent to violate, the law. The Anti-Kickback Statute is subject to evolving interpretations and has been applied by government enforcement officials to a number of common business arrangements in the medical device industry. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution; however, those exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and there is no exception or safe harbor for many common business activities. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute, but the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on the totality of the facts and circumstances. Practices that involve

 

39


Table of Contents
 

remuneration to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend medical device products, including discounts, or engaging individuals as speakers, consultants, or advisors, may be subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability;

 

   

the U.S. federal civil False Claims Act, which prohibits any person from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment of government funds; knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to an obligation to pay money to the government or knowingly and improperly avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the U.S. federal government. In addition, any claims submitted as a result of a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitute false claims and are subject to enforcement under the False Claims Act. Actions under the False Claims Act may be brought by the government or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government and to share in any monetary recovery. Qui tam actions are filed under seal and impose a mandatory duty on the U.S. Department of Justice to investigate such allegations. False Claims Act liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides for treble damages and significant mandatory penalties (adjusted annually for inflation) per false claim or statement for violations. Because of the potential for large monetary exposure, healthcare companies often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant and sometimes large settlement amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages and per claim penalties that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Many device manufacturers have resolved investigations of alleged improper activities, including causing false claims to be submitted as a result of the marketing of their products for unapproved and thus non reimbursable uses, and other interactions with prescribers and others including those that may have affected their billing or coding practices and submission to the federal government. Moreover, to avoid the risk of exclusion from federal healthcare programs as a result of a False Claims Act settlement, companies may enter into corporate integrity agreements with the government, which may impose substantial costs on companies to ensure compliance. There are also criminal penalties, including imprisonment and criminal fines, for making or presenting a false or fictitious or fraudulent claim or statement to the federal government;

 

   

criminal healthcare statutes that were added by HIPAA and its implementing regulations, which impose criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement, in connection with the delivery of, or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services by a healthcare benefit program, which includes both government and privately funded benefits programs; similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate them in order to have committed a violation;

 

   

the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, or Sunshine Act, and its implementing regulations, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies that are reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the CMS information related to certain payments made in the preceding calendar year and other transfers of value to dental practitioners and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by dental practitioners and their immediate family members. Beginning January 1, 2022, manufacturers will also be required to report payments and other transfers of value made during the prior calendar year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and anesthesiology assistants; and

 

   

foreign and state laws and regulations, including state payment reporting, anti-kickback and false claims laws, that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including private insurers; foreign and state laws that require medical device companies to comply with the medical device industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the U.S. federal government and other national governments, or otherwise restrict payments that

 

40


Table of Contents
 

may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; and foreign and state laws and regulations that require drug and device manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to dental practitioners and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The scope and enforcement of these laws is substantial and subject to rapid change. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust compliance programs, systems, and processes to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that we may run afoul of one or more of the requirements or that federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether or not retroactive. We have a variety of arrangements with clinicians that could implicate these laws, including, among others, our practice of loaning instrument sets at no additional cost and certain sales and marketing programs such as our GPS Program. We have also entered into consulting agreements with dental practitioners, including some who have ownership interests in us and/or influence the ordering of or use our products in procedures they perform. Compensation under some of these arrangements includes the provision of stock or stock options. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies determine our financial relationships with such dental practitioners to be in violation of applicable laws. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions or safe harbors, it is possible that some of our activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any government investigation, even if we are able to successfully defend against it, will require the expenditure of significant resources, is likely to generate negative publicity, harm our reputation and potentially our financial condition and divert the attention of our management. Moreover, any investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity and require a costly and time-consuming response. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment of individuals, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imposition of compliance obligations and monitoring, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary clearances, approvals or certifications from the FDA, other applicable foreign regulatory authorities and notified bodies, if clearances, approvals or certifications for future products, product modifications or enhancements, and indications are delayed or not issued, or if there are state, federal or international level regulatory changes, our commercial operations could be harmed.

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation in the United States by the FDA and by corresponding state regulatory agencies and authorities. Likewise, our products are subject to extensive medical device regulations in other countries, such as Canada, by applicable regulatory agencies. To the extent we intend to market and sell our products in the European Union, or EU, our products will also be subject to extensive regulation by EU institutions as well as EU member states regulatory authorities and notified bodies. These regulations pertain to the design, development, evaluation, manufacturing, testing, labeling, marketing, sale, advertising, promotion, distribution, shipping and servicing of our products. These entities regulate and oversee record-keeping procedures, safety alerts, recalls, market withdrawals, removals and field corrective actions, post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to reoccur, could lead to death or serious injury, and product import and export.

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. Such regulations, and interpretations thereof, may limit our ability to market our products. Further, the FDA, foreign regulatory agencies and U.S. state agencies have broad enforcement powers, and our failure to comply with state, federal and international regulations could lead to the issuance of warning letters or untitled letters, the imposition of injunctions, suspensions or loss of regulatory

 

41


Table of Contents

clearance or approvals, product recalls, safety alerts, termination of distribution, product seizures, consent decrees, civil penalties or import detention. In the most extreme cases, criminal sanctions or closure of our manufacturing facilities are possible.

In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for or significant modification to an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, or approval of a pre-market approval application, or PMA, from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the process of obtaining PMA approval, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. To date, our products have received marketing authorization pursuant to the 510(k) clearance process.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally require FDA approval. Similarly, certain modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k) clearance. Both the PMA approval and the 510(k) clearance process can be expensive, lengthy and uncertain. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but can last longer.

The process of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances, approvals or certifications to market a medical device in the United States and other countries can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain or maintain these clearances, approvals or certifications on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, regulations regarding the development, manufacturing and sale of our products are subject to change. We cannot predict the impact, if any, that such changes might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in existing laws or requirements or adoption of new laws or requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will not incur significant costs to comply with applicable laws and requirements in the future or that applicable laws and requirements will not have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The FDA, applicable foreign regulatory entity or notified body can delay, limit or deny clearance, approval or certification of a device for many reasons, including:

 

   

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable regulatory entity or notified body that our products are substantially equivalent, in the case of a 510(k) clearance, or safe or effective for their intended uses, in the case of a PMA;

 

   

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body with the design or implementation of our clinical trials (including, for purposes of the EU, clinical investigations) or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, as applicable and to the extent required to support marketing authorization or certification;

 

   

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

 

   

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and

 

   

the potential for policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data, as applicable, and/or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance, approval or certification.

 

42


Table of Contents

Per FDA regulations, the scope of marketing claims we can make about a cleared device is limited to the indications that were previously 510(k)-cleared. Other countries have similar laws and regulations restricting marketing to cleared indications. If a regulatory agency determines that any of our marketing claims exceed the cleared indications in a particular country, we may be subject to enforcement action and/or we may be required to cease making the challenged marketing claims, issue corrective communications, pay fines or stop selling products until the incorrect claims have been corrected.

In addition, if any regulatory agency determines that our marketing claims are false or misleading, or suggest a clinical benefit that is not supported in the studies applicable to such products, we may be required to cease making the challenged marketing claims, issue corrective communications, pay fines or stop selling products until the objectionable claims have been corrected, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any regulatory action or penalty could lead to private party actions, or private parties could seek to challenge our claims even in the absence of formal regulatory actions, which could also harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To the extent we intend to sell our products in member states of the EU, our products must comply with the general safety and performance requirements of the EU Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation (EU) No 2017/745). Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the European Conformity, or CE, mark to our products, without which they cannot be sold or marketed in the EU. All medical devices placed on the market in the EU must meet the general safety and performance requirements laid down in Annex I to the EU Medical Devices Regulation including the requirement that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that, during normal conditions of use, it is suitable for its intended purpose. Medical devices must be safe and effective and must not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and – where applicable – other persons, provided that any risks which may be associated with their use constitute acceptable risks when weighed against the benefits to the patient and are compatible with a high level of protection of health and safety, taking into account the generally acknowledged state of the art.

To demonstrate compliance with the general safety and performance requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its risk classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can self-assess of the conformity of its products with the general safety and performance requirements (except for any parts which relate to sterility, metrology or reuse aspects), a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. See “Business—Government Regulation—Regulation of Medical Devices in the European Union.”

Sales of our products outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country, and such regulatory requirements have been changing and increasing in some countries. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and obtaining regulatory clearance, approvals or certifications is not certain. We may be unable to maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances, approvals or certifications in these countries or to obtain clearances, approvals or certifications in other countries. We may incur significant costs in attempting to obtain, renew, or modify foreign regulatory clearances or approvals, qualifications or certifications. If we experience difficulties in receiving, maintaining, renewing or modifying necessary qualifications, clearances, approvals or certifications to market our products outside the United States, or if we fail to receive, renew, modify or maintain those qualifications, clearances, approvals or certifications, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in certain international markets effectively, or at all.

Regulatory clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure marketing authorization or similar registration, clearance, approval or certification by regulatory authorities in other countries, and such marketing authorization, registration, clearance, approval, or certification by one or more foreign regulatory authorities does not ensure marketing authorization or similar registration, clearance, approval, or certification by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining marketing

 

43


Table of Contents

authorization, registration, clearance, approval, or certification in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop, receive regulatory clearance or approval for, and introduce new products that will be accepted by the market in a timely manner. There is no guarantee that the FDA will grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of our future products on a timely basis, if at all, and failure to obtain necessary clearances or approvals for our future products would adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

It is important to our business that we build a pipeline of product offerings. As such, our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products. However, we may not be able to successfully develop and obtain regulatory clearance or approval for product enhancements, or new products for any number of reasons, including due to the cost associated with certain regulatory approval requirements, or these products may not be accepted by dental practitioners or users.

The success of any new product offering or enhancement to an existing product will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to, among others:

 

   

identify and anticipate dental practitioner and patient needs properly;

 

   

develop and introduce new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;

 

   

avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;

 

   

demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new products with data from clinical studies;

 

   

obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for new products or product enhancements;

 

   

comply fully with the FDA and foreign regulations on marketing of new products or modified products; and

 

   

provide adequate training to potential users of our GentleWave System.

If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand, or if there is insufficient demand for these products or enhancements, or if our competitors introduce new products with functionalities that are superior to ours, our results of operations will suffer.

Some of our future products will require FDA clearance of a 510(k). Other products may require the approval of a PMA. In addition, some of our future products may require clinical trials to support regulatory approval and we may not successfully complete these clinical trials. The FDA may not approve or clear these products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization. Indeed, the FDA may refuse our requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA of new products. Failure to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.

New legislation and regulations and legislative and regulatory reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our new and modified products, or to manufacture, market and distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in the legislative bodies of the countries in which we sell or intend to sell our products to revise the process for regulatory approval, clearance, authorization, certification, manufacture and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA, EU and other applicable foreign regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the applicable competent authority in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. For example, over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult for

 

44


Table of Contents

manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. In November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intended to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Among other things, the FDA announced that it planned to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway, and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old. In May 2019, the FDA solicited public feedback on these proposals. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation. Accordingly, it is unclear the extent to which any proposals, if adopted, could impose additional regulatory requirements on us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances, or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

More recently, in September 2019, the FDA finalized guidance describing an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, thereby obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA has developed and maintains a list device types appropriate for the “safety and performance based” pathway and announced that it intends to continue to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such device type, as well as the testing methods recommended in the guidance documents, where feasible. The FDA may establish performance criteria for classes of devices for which we or our competitors seek or currently have received clearance, and it is unclear the extent to which such performance standards, if established, could impact our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new statutes, regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of any future products or make it more difficult to obtain clearance or approval for, manufacture, market or distribute our products. We cannot determine what effect changes in regulations, statutes, legal interpretation or policies, when and if promulgated, enacted or adopted may have on our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require: additional testing prior to obtaining clearance or approval; changes to manufacturing methods; recall, replacement or discontinuance of our products; or additional record keeping.

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be promulgated that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory clearance or approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. For example, certain policies of the Trump administration may impact our business and industry. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

In addition, the EU landscape concerning medical devices in the EU recently evolved. On May 25, 2017, the EU Medical Devices Regulation entered into force, which repeals and replaces the EU Medical Devices Directive and the Active Implantable Medical Devices Directive. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EU for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation.

 

45


Table of Contents

The EU Medical Devices Regulation became effective on May 26, 2021. The new regulation among other things:

 

   

strengthens the rules on placing devices on the market (e.g. reclassification of certain devices and wider scope than the EU Medical Devices Directive) and reinforces surveillance once they are available;

 

   

establishes explicit provisions on manufacturers’ responsibilities for the follow up of the quality, performance and safety of devices placed on the market;

 

   

imposes an obligation to identify a responsible person who is ultimately responsible for all aspects of compliance with the requirements of the new regulation;

 

   

improves the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end user or patient through the introduction of a unique identification number, to increase the ability of manufacturers and regulatory authorities to trace specific devices through the supply chain and to facilitate the prompt and efficient recall of medical devices that have been found to present a safety risk;

 

   

sets up a central database (Eudamed) to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the EU; and

 

   

strengthens the rules for the assessment of certain high risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo a clinical evaluation consultation procedure by experts before they are placed on the market.

These modifications may have an effect on the way we intend to develop our business in the EU and EEA. For example, as a result of the transition towards the new regime, notified body review times have lengthened, and product introductions could be delayed or canceled, which could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

We sell our products to licensed practitioners, including dentists and endodontists. Current laws and regulations could change at any time, disallowing sales of our products to dentists or endodontists and other non-physician providers, imposing additional educational or regulatory requirements on dentists and endodontists and other non-physician providers and limiting the ability of a dentist, endodontist, and non-physicians to operate our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of future products or limit our ability to sell to clinicians. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or if regulations, guidance or interpretations will change and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Modifications to our products may require new clearances, premarket approvals or new or amended certifications, and may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances, approvals or the relevant certifications are obtained.

In the United States, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review such determinations and may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 510(k)-cleared products and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA regulations and guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or PMAs are not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k)s or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified products until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Similar requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions.

 

46


Table of Contents

Consistent with regulatory requirements, we often seek marketing authorizations such as clearance from the FDA, or other marketing authorizations from Health Canada, and certifications by our notified body for additional indications for use. Clinical trials in support of such clearances, approvals and certifications by our notified body may be costly and time-consuming. In the event that we do not obtain additional clearances or approvals from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities or certifications from our notified body, our ability to market products in the United States, Canada, and the EU and EEA and revenue derived therefrom may be adversely affected. Medical devices subject to premarket review may be marketed only for the indications for which they are approved, cleared, or assessed, and if we are found to be marketing our products for off-label uses or indications for use that have not received the requisite clearances, approvals, certifications or assessments, we might be subject to FDA and other competent authorities’ enforcement action or have other resulting liability. In addition, if the FDA or the competent authorities in Canada and the EU member states and EEA countries determine that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of a use which is unapproved, not cleared or not covered by the CE mark or in compliance with other regulatory authorities’ requirements, they could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, an injunction, product seizures, consent decrees, civil fines, criminal penalties or import detention.

Clinical trials may be necessary to support a 510(k) clearance, comparable marketing authorization, or certification. Such trials may require the enrollment of large numbers of patients and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Delays or failures in our clinical trials may prevent us from commercializing modified or new products and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Initiating and completing the clinical trials necessary to support our current and future products will be time consuming and expensive and the outcome of any such clinical trials is uncertain. Moreover, the results of early clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future results, and any product we advance into clinical trials may not have favorable results in later clinical trials. Regulatory authorities or bodies may disagree with our interpretation of data and results from our clinical trials, and data are often susceptible to various interpretations and analyses. Many companies that have believed their products performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials have nonetheless failed to replicate results in later clinical trials. Failure can occur at any stage of clinical testing. Our clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and non-clinical testing in addition to those we have planned.

The initiation and completion of any of clinical studies may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons. We may experience delays in our clinical trials for a number of reasons, which could adversely affect the costs, timing or successful completion of our clinical trials, including related to the following:

 

   

we may be required for future products to submit an IDE application to FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing certain human clinical trials of medical devices, and FDA may reject our IDE application and notify us that we may not begin clinical trials; similar requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions;

 

   

regulators may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

   

regulators and/or institutional review boards, or IRBs, ethics committees or other reviewing bodies may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial, or to conduct or continue a clinical trial at a prospective or specific trial site;

 

   

we may not reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

47


Table of Contents
   

the number of subjects required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate, and the number of clinical trials being conducted at any given time may be high and result in fewer available subjects for any given clinical trial, or subjects may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors, including those manufacturing products or conducting clinical trials on our behalf, may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

we might have to suspend or terminate clinical trials for various reasons, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

we may have to amend clinical trial protocols or conduct additional studies to reflect changes in regulatory requirements or guidance, which we may be required to submit to an IRB or ethics committee and/or regulatory authorities for re-examination;

 

   

regulators, IRBs, or other parties may require or recommend that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including safety signals or noncompliance with regulatory requirements;

 

   

the cost of clinical trials may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

clinical sites may not adhere to the clinical protocol or may drop out of a clinical trial;

 

   

we may be unable to recruit a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;

 

   

regulators or other reviewing bodies may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with our manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreement for clinical and commercial supplies, the supply of devices or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply;

 

   

policies or regulations of FDA or applicable foreign regulatory agencies may change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for marketing authorization or certification; and

 

   

our current or future products may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics.

Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of marketing authorization of our product candidates.

Moreover, conducting successful clinical studies will require the enrollment of large numbers of patients and suitable patients may be difficult to identify and recruit. Patient enrollment in clinical trials and completion of patient participation and follow-up depends on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the attractiveness of, or the discomforts and risks associated with, the treatments received by enrolled subjects, the availability of appropriate clinical trial investigators and support staff, the proximity of patients to clinical trial sites, the availability of patients meeting the eligibility and exclusion criteria for participation in the clinical trial and patient compliance with the trial protocol. For example, patients may be discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment procedures or follow-up to assess the performance of our products, or if they determine that the treatments received under the trial protocols are not attractive or involve unacceptable risks or discomforts. Patients may also not participate in our clinical trials if they choose to participate in contemporaneous clinical trials of competitive products. In addition, patients participating in clinical trials may die before completion of the trial or suffer adverse medical events unrelated to the products being tested.

Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the laws and regulations of the FDA and/or other applicable regulatory authorities’ legal requirements, regulations or guidelines, and are subject to oversight by

 

48


Table of Contents

these governmental agencies and IRBs or ethics committees at the medical institutions where the clinical trials are conducted. In addition, clinical trials must be conducted with supplies of our devices produced under current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements and other regulations. We depend on our collaborators and on medical institutions and CROs to conduct our clinical trials in compliance with good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements. To the extent our collaborators or the CROs fail to enroll participants for our clinical trials, fail to conduct the study to GCP standards or are delayed for a significant time in the execution of trials, including achieving full enrollment, we may be affected by increased costs, program delays or both. In addition, clinical trials that are conducted in countries outside the United States may subject us to further delays and expenses as a result of increased shipment costs, additional regulatory requirements and the engagement of non-U.S. CROs, as well as expose us to risks associated with clinical investigators who are unknown to the FDA, and different standards of diagnosis, screening and medical care.

Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our product claims or that the FDA, other foreign regulatory authorities, or our notified body will agree with our conclusions regarding such trials. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for the proposed indications for use, or patients enrolled in the clinical trials may experience unanticipated adverse side effects, either of which could cause us to abandon or delay further development of a proposed product and may delay the development of other products. Furthermore, any delay or termination of our clinical trials will delay the filing of our product submissions to the relevant regulatory authorities or to our notified body and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize such product and generate revenues. In addition, despite considerable time and expense invested in our clinical trials, the FDA, foreign regulatory authorities, or our notified body may not consider our data adequate to support regulatory clearance, approval, certification of our products, or other required regulatory authorizations, as applicable. Such increased costs and delays or failures to complete our clinical trials or obtain the results we expect, delays in our ability to commercialize our products or the abandonment of proposed product lines in response to clinical trial results could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The safety and efficacy of some of our products are not yet supported by long-term clinical data, which could limit sales, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe or effective than initially thought.

The products that we market in the United States are regulated as medical devices by the FDA and have received premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. In the 510(k) clearance process, before a device may be marketed the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally-marketed “predicate” device, which includes a device that has been previously cleared through the 510(k) process, a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (preamendments device), a device that was originally on the U.S. market pursuant to an approved PMA application and later down-classified, or a 510(k)-exempt device. This process is typically shorter and generally requires the submission of less supporting documentation than the FDA’s PMA process and does not always require long-term clinical studies.

Given the foregoing regulatory environment in which we operate, we lack the breadth of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our products and the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with other marketing authorization pathways. For these reasons, clinicians may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our products, would significantly reduce our ability to achieve expected sales and could prevent us from achieving and maintaining profitability.

If future patient uses or clinical testing do not support our belief that our products offer a more advantageous treatment for their cleared and authorized indications for use, market acceptance of our products could fail to increase or could decrease and our business could be harmed. Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be

 

49


Table of Contents

subject to mandatory or voluntary product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of FDA or other governmental clearance or approval, significant legal liability or harm to our business reputation.

Our facilities and those of our suppliers and contract manufacturers are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and FDA implementing regulations as well as potential inspections by foreign regulatory authorities and audits.

The methods used in, and the facilities used for, the manufacture of our products must comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, process controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, handling, storage, distribution, installation, servicing and shipping of medical devices. Furthermore, we are required to verify that our suppliers maintain facilities, procedures and operations that comply with our quality standards and applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced or unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturing facilities, which may include the facilities of subcontractors. Our products are also subject to similar state regulations and various laws and regulations of foreign countries governing manufacturing.

Our operations could be harmed if regulatory authorities make determinations that we, or our vendors, are not in compliance with these regulations. If the FDA finds a violation of cGMPs, it may enjoin our manufacturing operations, seize product, restrict importation of goods, and impose administrative, civil or criminal penalties or take other enforcement actions, such as requesting or requiring recalls. Similar requirements may apply in foreign jurisdictions. If we or our contract manufacturers or suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, we or they could be required to take costly corrective actions, including suspending manufacturing operations, changing product designs, suspending sales, or initiating product recalls or market withdrawals. In addition, compliance with these regulations has increased and may further increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our products to ensure and maintain compliance. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Even after clearance, approval or certification for our products is obtained, we and our contract manufacturers are subject to extensive post-market regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities and the notified body. Our failure to meet strict regulatory requirements could result in our being required to stop sales of our products, conduct voluntary or mandatory product recalls, pay fines, incur other costs or even close our facilities.

Even after a device is cleared, approved, certified or authorized, there are significant post-market regulations with which we must comply. For example, we are required to comply with the FDA’s QSR, which covers the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the design, manufacture, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage, shipping, installation, distribution and servicing of our marketed products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing facilities. Any failure by us or our contract manufacturers to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection could result in enforcement actions against us or our contract manufacturers.

In the EU, if we were authorized to market, we would also be required to demonstrate compliance with similar quality system requirements which are laid down in the relevant Annexes to the EU Medical Devices Regulation. Such compliance can be supported by, among other things, a certificate of compliance with ISO 13485:2016. Demonstration of compliance with the ISO 13485:2016 standard permits manufacturers to benefit from a presumption of conformity with the corresponding quality system requirements laid down in such Annexes to EU Medical Devices Regulation. Failure to comply with such standards could adversely impact our business.

 

50


Table of Contents

Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including unanticipated adverse events, adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or manufacturing problems, may result in changes to labeling, restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, a requirement to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we manufacture or distribute, fines, import refusals, product seizures, injunctions, the suspension, variation or withdrawal of regulatory clearances, approvals, certifications or other regulatory authorizations or the imposition of civil, administrative or criminal penalties or other enforcement or regulatory actions, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities, such as Health Canada and the authorities of the EU member states, also have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Moreover, our notified body has the power to suspend, vary or withdraw our certifications in such circumstances. Manufacturers may, on their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found or conduct a market withdrawal such as the correction or removal of a device to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, to remedy a minor violation of law or even if no violation of law has occurred. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, manufacturing errors, other problems with design or labeling, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA, other applicable foreign regulatory authorities or our notified body may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals, clearances, or certifications for the product before we may market or distribute the corrected product. Seeking such approvals, clearances or certifications may delay our ability to replace the recalled or withdrawn products in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our products, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines. Companies often are required to maintain certain records of recalls and withdrawals, even if they are not reportable to the applicable regulatory authority. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA or other applicable foreign regulatory authorities. If such regulatory authority disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action.

Any future recalls or market withdrawals of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits. A future recall announcement could also potentially lead to product liability claims against us.

The FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations require us to report to the FDA and other foreign governmental authorities when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have experienced a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, or any other requirements of the FDA or other regulatory requirements, the FDA and other foreign governmental authorities or bodies could take action, including by issuing warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution,

 

51


Table of Contents

imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of a device clearance, approval or certification or failure to grant new clearances, approvals or certifications, seizure of our products or delay in clearance, approval or certification of future products, recalls, requirements for customer notifications or repairs, operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical trials and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance, approval, or other required regulatory authorizations or certifications to commercialize our products.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct all of our pre-clinical and clinical trials for our products without the participation of third parties. We must rely on third parties such as medical institutions and clinical investigators to conduct such trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or comply with regulatory obligations, including GCPs, or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to a failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control, including the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event of such extensions, delays, suspensions or terminations, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance, approval or other required regulatory authorizations or certifications for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Disruptions at the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA, foreign regulatory agencies such as Health Canada and the notified body, to review and clear, approve or certify new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees and statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at these organizations have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that oversee clearances and approvals and that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at these agencies and bodies may slow the time necessary for new devices to be reviewed and/or cleared, approved or certified, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities. Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed all domestic and foreign routine surveillance facility inspections. Subsequently, in July 2020, the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system and in May 2021, the FDA issued a new report outlining the agency’s plan to move toward a more consistent state of inspectional capacity and priorities for domestic and foreign inspections that were not performed during the pandemic. The FDA’s report continues to prioritize mission-critical inspections and higher priority inspections that are not considered mission-critical, such as for-cause inspections, as well as high-risk assignments based on FDA’s risk-based work plan, over lower priority inspections such as routine surveillance. Regulatory authorities and certification bodies outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions, inspection priorities or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic or rely on remote interactive evaluations, record

 

52


Table of Contents

requests or information from trusted regulatory partners if on-site inspections are not feasible. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA, other foreign regulatory authorities and certification bodies from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA, other regulatory authorities and certification bodies to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

For instance in the EU, notified bodies must be officially designated to certify products and services in accordance with the EU Medical Devices Regulation. While several notified body have been designated, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly slowed down their designation process and the current designated notified body are facing a large amount of requests with the new regulation, resulting in longer notified body review times. This situation could impact our ability to grow our business in the EU and EEA.

Any product we develop may cause or contribute to adverse medical events, which could interrupt, delay, or prevent its continued development. If certain events occur after marketing authorization or certification, we may be required to report them to the FDA or comparable regulatory authority, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our marketing authorizations, seizure of our products or delay in obtaining marketing authorizations or certifications for our product candidates.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. The FDA’s authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device could cause serious injury or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. For example, in October 2019, we initiated and subsequently completed a voluntary recall of the foot pedal component of our GentleWave console after determining that treatment fluid continuously cycled even after the foot pedal was released. The recall affected 460 foot pedals and there were no patient safety issues reported and no reports of adverse clinical events related to this issue and the issue has been corrected. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future.

Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities or bodies may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new clearances, approvals or certifications for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such clearances, approvals or certifications may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our devices, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA or foreign regulatory bodies warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.

 

53


Table of Contents

Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies. If the FDA or foreign regulatory bodies disagree with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with clinicians and dental practitioners, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

The FDA and other regulatory enforcement agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

The FDA and other regulatory enforcement agencies strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about medical devices. For example, devices authorized for marketing pursuant to a 510(k) clearance cannot be marketed for any intended use beyond the cleared indications. Dentists and endodontists nevertheless may use our products on their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the indications for use cleared by the FDA. The FDA does not restrict or regulate a dental practitioner’s use of a medical product within the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a dental practitioner from using our products for an off-label use. However, we cannot market for these off-label uses and we train our marketing personnel and direct sales force to not promote our devices for uses outside of the FDA-cleared indications.

The use of our products for indications other than those for which our products have been cleared by the FDA or approved, authorized or certified by a notified body or foreign regulatory enforcement authorities may not effectively treat the conditions not referenced in product indications, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among dental practitioners and patients. If we are found to have promoted such “off-label” uses, we may become subject to significant government fines and other related liability. For example, if the FDA or any foreign regulatory body determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance or imposition of an untitled letter, which is used for violators that do not necessitate a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action under other regulatory authority, such as false claims laws, if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment of our operations. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

In addition, dentists or endodontists may misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our devices are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by clinicians or their patients. As described above, product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizeable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance.

 

54


Table of Contents

Actual or perceived failure to comply with data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations, standards and other requirements could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to federal, state, and foreign data protection laws and regulations (i.e., laws and regulations that address privacy and data security). In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy laws, and consumer protection laws and regulations that govern the collection, processing, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners. For example, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and the regulations implemented thereunder, or collectively, HIPAA, imposes obligations on “covered entities,” including certain health care providers, health plans, and health care clearinghouses, and their respective “business associates” that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information, or PHI, for or on behalf of a covered entity, as well as their covered subcontractors with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA, whether as the result of a breach of unsecured PHI, a complaint about privacy practices, or an audit by the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal, and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to penalties if we violate HIPAA.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards.

In addition, certain state laws govern the privacy and security of health-related and other personal information in certain circumstances, some of which may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to protected health information than HIPAA, many of which may differ from each other, thus, complicating compliance efforts. Such laws and regulations will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us and our future customers and strategic partners. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which creates individual privacy rights for California consumers (as defined in the law), including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information, and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling certain personal data of consumers or households and may apply to us in the future. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. Further, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. The CCPA and CPRA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, as other states or the federal government may follow California’s lead and increase protections for U.S. residents. For example, on March 2, 2021, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, which will take effect on January 1, 2023, was signed into law. The CCPA has already prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state privacy legislation that, if passed, could increase our potential liability, add layers of complexity to compliance in the U.S. market, increase its compliance costs and adversely affect its business.

 

55


Table of Contents

Foreign data protection laws, including the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which went into effect in May 2018, may also apply to our processing of health-related and other personal data regardless of where the processing in question is carried out.

The GDPR imposes stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area, or EEA. The GDPR applies to any company established in the EEA as well as to those outside the EEA if they collect, process, and use personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to individuals in the EEA or the monitoring of their behavior. The GDPR, together with national legislation, regulations and guidelines of the EEA countries governing the processing of personal data, impose strict obligations and restrictions on the ability to collect, analyze and transfer personal data, including health data from clinical trials and adverse event reporting. In particular, these obligations and restrictions involve the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the transfer of personal data out of the EEA to jurisdictions deemed to have inadequate, security breach notifications, security and confidentiality of the personal data and imposition of substantial potential fines for breaches of the data protection obligations. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater.

Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personal data subject to the GDPR to third countries that have not been found to provide adequate protection to such personal data, including the United States, and the efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the European Union, or EU, and the United States remains uncertain. For example, in 2016, the EU and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EU to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but the Privacy Shield was invalidated in July 2020 by the Court of Justice of the European Union, or CJUE. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The CJEU went on to state that if a competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country and the required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer. The European Commission has published revised standard contractual clauses for data transfers from the EEA: the revised clauses must be used for relevant new data transfers from September 27, 2021; existing standard contractual clauses arrangements must be migrated to the revised clauses by December 27, 2022. If necessary, we will be required to implement the revised standard contractual clauses, in relation to relevant existing contracts and certain additional contracts and arrangements, within the relevant time frames. There is some uncertainty around whether the revised clauses can be used for all types of data transfers, particularly whether they can be relied on for data transfers to non-EEA entities subject to the GDPR.

Further, from January 1, 2021, companies have to comply with the GDPR and also the UK GDPR, which, together with the amended UK Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, e.g. fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The European Commission has adopted an adequacy decision in favor of the United Kingdom, enabling data transfers from EU member states to the United Kingdom without additional safeguards. However, the United Kingdom adequacy decision will automatically expire in June 2025 unless the European Commission re-assesses and renews/extends that decision, and remains under review by the Commission during this period. The relationship between the UK and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how UK data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer

 

56


Table of Contents

term, and how data transfers to and from the UK will be regulated in the long term. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.

Implementing mechanisms that endeavor to ensure compliance with the GDPR and relevant local legislation in EEA countries and the UK, if necessary, may be onerous and may interrupt or delay our development activities, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. While we have taken steps to comply with the GDPR where applicable, including by reviewing our security procedures, and entering into data processing agreements with relevant contractors, our efforts to achieve and remain in compliance may not be fully successful.

Further, in Canada, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, and similar provincial laws may impose obligations with respect to processing personal information. PIPEDA requires companies to obtain an individual’s consent when collecting, using or disclosing that individual’s personal information. Individuals have the right to access and challenge the accuracy of their personal information held by an organization, and personal information may only be used for the purposes for which it was collected. If an organization intends to use personal information for another purpose, it must again obtain that individual’s consent. Failure to comply with PIPEDA could result in significant fines and penalties.

Compliance with applicable US and foreign data protection, privacy and security laws, regulations and standards could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, require us to engage in costly compliance exercises, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our or our partners’ or suppliers’ ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Each of these constantly evolving laws can also be subject to varying interpretations. Any failure or perceived failure to comply could result in government investigations and enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), fines, private litigation, and/or adverse publicity, and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, patients about whom we or our partners obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

Our employees, collaborators, independent contractors and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, collaborators, independent contractors and consultants may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity with respect to our business. Misconduct by these persons could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates:

 

   

FDA requirements, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA authorities;

 

   

manufacturing standards;

 

   

federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations; or

 

   

laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data.

In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct by these parties could also involve individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. Any incidents or any other conduct that leads to an employee, contractor, or other agent, or our

 

57


Table of Contents

company, receiving an FDA debarment or exclusion by OIG could result in penalties, a loss of business from third parties, and severe reputational harm.

It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by our employees and other agents, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, treble damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and curtailment of our operations.

We must comply with environmental and occupational safety laws.

Our research and development programs as well as our manufacturing operations involve the controlled use of hazardous materials. Accordingly, we are subject to federal, state and local laws, as well as the laws of foreign countries, governing the use, handling and disposal of these materials. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with environmental or occupational safety laws, we could be held liable for resulting damages, and any such liability could exceed our insurance coverage.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent or other intellectual property protection for any products we develop or for our technology, or if the scope of the patent and other intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any products we may develop, and our technology, may be harmed.

In order to remain competitive, we must develop, maintain, and protect the proprietary aspects of our brands, technologies, data, and products. We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures, patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property laws to protect the proprietary aspects of our brands, technologies, data, and products. These legal measures afford only limited protection, and competitors or others may gain access to or use our intellectual property and proprietary information. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent and other intellectual property protection with respect to our products could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2021, our patent portfolio included 119 patents owned by us, including 26 in the United States. As of June 30, 2021, we had 98 pending patent applications globally, including 42 in the United States. We cannot assure you that our intellectual property position will not be challenged or that all patents for which we have applied will be granted. As with other medical device companies, our success depends, in part, on our ability to obtain, maintain, expand, enforce, and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio or other proprietary rights, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make in connection with the licensing, filing, maintaining, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights. The process of applying for and obtaining a patent is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patents or patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous, or we may not be able to protect our proprietary rights at all. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential or patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, suppliers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach such

 

58


Table of Contents

agreements and disclose such output before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek and obtain patent protection. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions, and under the laws of certain jurisdictions, patents or other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our products or research and development results before it is too late to obtain patent protection. In addition, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends in part on whether the differences between our inventions and the prior art allow our inventions to be patentable over the prior art. Furthermore, the publication of discoveries in scientific literature often lags behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen (18) months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may be able to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad, so even if we obtain patents, they may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantage against our competitors with similar products. Our patent applications may not result in issued patents and our patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology or to prevent competitive technologies. In addition, the laws of foreign jurisdictions may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, certain countries outside of the United States do not allow patents for methods of treating the human body. This may preclude us from obtaining method patents outside of the United States having similar scope to those we have obtained or may obtain in the future in the United States. Changes in either the patent laws or their interpretation in the United States and other countries may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value or validity of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. Additionally, we cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient protection from competitors or other third parties.

Moreover, even if we are able to obtain patent protection, such patent protection may be of insufficient scope to achieve our business objectives. The strength of patent rights generally, and particularly the patent position of medical device companies, involves complex legal, factual and scientific questions and can be uncertain, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law or rules in ways affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. Even if patents do successfully issue from our patent applications, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability, or scope of such patents, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable. Decisions by courts and governmental patent agencies may introduce uncertainty in the enforceability or scope of patents owned by or licensed to us. Furthermore, the issuance of a patent does not give us the right to practice the patented invention. Third parties may also have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our own products and practicing our own technology. We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights (for example, not be aware of a patent or not be aware of a patent’s scope) potentially relating to our products, product candidates or their intended uses, and as a result the impact of such third-party intellectual property rights upon the patentability of our own patents and patent applications, as well as the impact of such third-party intellectual property upon our ability to market our products without infringing third party patent rights, is highly uncertain. We cannot ensure that we do not infringe any patents or other proprietary rights held by others. If our products were found to infringe any proprietary right of another party, we could be required to pay significant damages or license fees to such party and/or cease production, marketing and distribution of those products. Litigation may also be necessary to defend infringement claims of third parties or to enforce patent rights we hold or protect trade secrets or techniques we own. Further, third parties may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend and/or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed; competitors may then be able to market products and use manufacturing and analytical processes that are

 

59


Table of Contents

substantially similar to ours. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

Our success will also depend, in part, on preserving our trade secrets, maintaining the security of our data and know-how, and obtaining and maintaining other intellectual property rights. We rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements for strategic purposes, to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. We may also rely on trade secret protection as temporary protection for concepts that may be included in a future patent filing. There can be no assurances that we can meaningfully protect or maintain intellectual property, trade secrets or other unpatented proprietary rights necessary to our business or in a form that provides us with a competitive advantage, or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology. In addition, our trade secrets, data, and know-how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure to unauthorized parties, despite our efforts to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, clients, and other vendors who have access to such information, and could otherwise become known or be independently developed or discovered by third parties. Our intellectual property, including trademarks, could be challenged, invalidated, infringed, and circumvented by third parties, and our trademarks could also be diluted, declared generic or found to be infringing other marks. If any of the foregoing occurs, we could be forced to re-brand our products, resulting in loss of brand recognition, and requiring us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands, and suffer other competitive harm. Third parties may also adopt trademarks similar to ours, which could harm our brand identity and lead to market confusion. Failure to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights necessary to our business and failure to protect, monitor and control the use of our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our ability to compete and cause us to incur significant expenses. The intellectual property laws and other statutory and contractual arrangements in the United States and other jurisdictions we depend upon may not provide sufficient protection in the future to prevent the infringement, use, violation or misappropriation of our trademarks, data, technology and other intellectual property and services, and may not provide an adequate remedy if our intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated.

Additionally, we may find it necessary or prudent to acquire or obtain licenses from third-party intellectual property holders. However, we may be unable to acquire or secure such licenses to any intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our products or any future products we may develop. The acquisition or licensing of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and our competitors may pursue strategies to acquire or license third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. Our competitors may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to acquire or license third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant product, and our customers may be forced to stop using the relevant product, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may, in the future, be a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that are very costly and time-consuming and could interfere with our ability to sell and market our products.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents, along with pending patent applications or trademarks controlled by third parties, may be alleged to cover

 

60


Table of Contents

our products, or that we may be accused of misappropriating third parties’ trade secrets. Additionally, our products include components that we purchase from vendors, and may include design components that are outside of our direct control. Our competitors, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios, trade secrets, trademarks, and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents or trademarks that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, import, and/or export our products (or components thereof) or to use our technologies or our product names.

Third parties, including our competitors, may currently have patents or obtain patents in the future and claim that the manufacture, use or sale of our products infringes these patents. We have not conducted an extensive search of patents issued or assigned to other parties, including our competitors, and no assurance can be given that patents containing claims relating to our products, parts of our products, technology or methods do not exist, have not been filed or could not be filed or issued. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue and because publication schedules for pending applications vary by jurisdiction, there may be applications now pending that may result in issued patents that our current or future products infringe. Also, because the claims of published patent applications can change between publication and patent grant, there may be published patent applications that may ultimately issue with claims that we infringe. As the number of competitors in our market grows and the number of patents issued in this area increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us escalates. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our products and business operations infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. The defense of these matters can be time-consuming, costly to defend, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses or make substantial payments. Vendors from which we purchase hardware or software may not indemnify us in the event that such hardware or software is accused of infringing a third-party’s patent or trademark or of misappropriating a third-party’s trade secret.

At least because patent applications are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our products. Competitors may also contest our patents in court, at an administrative agency, or at the patent office, if issued, by proving that the invention was not original, was not novel, was obvious, or was obtained without disclosing all pertinent material prior art information to the patent office, among other reasons. For example, in litigation, a competitor could claim that our patents, if issued, are not valid for a number of reasons or are unenforceable due to inequitable conduct. If a court agrees, we would lose our rights to those challenged patents.

In addition, we may in the future be subject to claims by our former employees or consultants asserting an ownership right in our patents or patent applications, as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. Although we generally require all of our employees and consultants and any other partners or collaborators who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to assign or grant similar rights to their inventions to us, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all parties who may have contributed to our intellectual property, nor can we be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy.

Further, if third party claims of patent or trademark infringement or trade secret misappropriation are successfully asserted against us, such claims may harm our business, result in injunctions preventing us from selling our products, and require payment of license fees, damages, attorneys’ fees, and court costs, which may be substantial and have a material adverse impact on our business. In addition, if we are found to have willfully infringed third-party patents or trademarks or to have misappropriated trade secrets, we could be required to pay treble damages in addition to other penalties. Although patent, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements,

 

61


Table of Contents

costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties that may substantially erode our margins. Further, we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our products to avoid infringement, and as such may need to stop selling the infringing products, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Similarly, interference, derivation, cancellation, and opposition proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) may be necessary to determine priority with respect to our patents, patent applications, trademarks, or trademark applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, derivation, interference, supplemental examination, cancellation or opposition proceedings before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or ability to make, use, and sell our products without infringing third-party intellectual property rights, or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical products and techniques without payment to us, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses or rights could prevent us from using, selling, manufacturing, or importing our products or using product names, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, we may file lawsuits or initiate other proceedings to protect or enforce our patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful. Former, current, or future licensees may violate the terms of their licenses and thereby infringe our intellectual property. Competitors may infringe our issued patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use by licensees, competitors, or other parties, we may be required to file infringement or misuse claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims or file administrative actions against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. Furthermore, even if our patents or trademarks are found to be valid and infringed, a court may refuse to grant injunctive relief against the infringer and instead grant us monetary damages and/or ongoing royalties. Such monetary compensation may be insufficient to adequately offset the damage to our business caused by the infringer’s competition in the market, and an adverse result in any litigation proceeding or administrative action could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, although we make efforts to comply with the patent marking provisions of 35 U.S.C. § 287(a), a court may decide that we have not met the requirements of the patent marking statute, which may prevent us from obtaining monetary damages that would otherwise have been due to us if we had complied with the marking statute.

Even if we are successful in defending against intellectual property claims, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to such claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Protracted litigation to defend or prosecute our intellectual property rights could also result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products until resolution of the litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial negative impact on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial

 

62


Table of Contents

resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of litigation or other intellectual property related proceedings could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or indemnify our customers for any costs associated with their own initiation or defense of infringement claims, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeeds or settles, we may be forced to pay damages or settlement payments on behalf of our customers or may be required to obtain licenses for the products they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products.

Obtaining and maintaining intellectual property, including patent protection, depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental agencies, and our intellectual property, including patent protection, could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The USPTO, United States Copyright Office (USCO) and various foreign governmental agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees often must be paid to the USPTO, USCO and foreign agencies over the lifetime of any registered or applied-for intellectual property rights we may obtain in the future. While an unintentional lapse of an intellectual property registration or application can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the registration or application, resulting in partial or complete loss of intellectual property rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a registration or application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the intellectual property registrations and applications covering our products, we may not be able to stop a competitor from developing or marketing products that are the same as or similar to our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We also have a duty to disclose to the USPTO any prior art known to us that may be material to the patentability of our patents. If we failed to submit any such material prior art, a court or administrative agency may deem one or more of our patents unenforceable. Additionally, certain of our patent applications relate to software inventions. Software-related patents in general are susceptible to validity or patentability challenges before the USPTO or in other judicial or quasi-judicial proceedings for being directed to non-statutory subject matter under 35 U.S.C. § 101.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. The terms of individual patents depend upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a utility patent is generally 20 years from its earliest non-provisional filing date in the applicable country. However, the actual protection afforded by a patent varies from country to country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, voluntary disclaimer of patent term to obtain a patent’s allowance, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our products are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be open to competition from competitive products, which may harm our business prospects. In addition, although upon issuance in the United States a patent’s term can be extended based on certain delays caused by the USPTO, this extension can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. If we do not

 

63


Table of Contents

have sufficient patent terms to protect our products, proprietary technologies and their uses, our business would be seriously harmed. As our patents expire, the scope of our patent protection will be reduced, which may reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage afforded by our patent portfolio. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Changes in patent law or its interpretation could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. In 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act) was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These also include provisions that switched the United States from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system, allow third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and set forth additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by the USPTO administered post-grant proceedings. Under a first-to-file system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective in 2013. A third-party that files a patent application in the USPTO after March 2013, but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third-party. This will require us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our products or invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

The Leahy-Smith Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third-party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third-party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third-party as a defendant in a district court action. Therefore, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. In addition, future actions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO could cause the laws and regulations governing patents to change in unpredictable ways. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our patent rights and other intellectual property may be subject to priority, ownership or inventorship disputes, interferences, and similar proceedings.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators, or other third parties have an interest in our patents and patent applications or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third-party co-owners’ interest in such patents and patent applications, such co-owners’ rights may be subject, or in the future subject, to assignment or license to other third parties, including our competitors. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such co-owners to enforce any such patents and any patents issuing from such patent applications against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in or inventorship of intellectual property we regard as our own, for example, based on claims that our agreements with employees or consultants obligating them to assign intellectual property to us are ineffective or in conflict with prior or competing contractual obligations to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity, despite our inclusion of valid, present-tense intellectual property assignment obligations. Litigation may be necessary to defend against claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim.

If we or our licensors are unsuccessful in any priority, validity (including any patent oppositions), ownership or inventorship disputes to which we or they are subject, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights through the loss of one or more of our patents, or such patent claims may be narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, or through loss of exclusive ownership of or the exclusive right to use our owned or in-licensed patents. In the event of loss of patent rights as a result of any of these disputes, we may be required to obtain and maintain licenses from third parties, including parties involved in any such interference proceedings or other priority or inventorship disputes. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture, and commercialization of one or more of the product candidates we may develop. An inability to incorporate technologies, features or other intellectual property that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business and competitive position. The loss of exclusivity or the narrowing of our patent claims could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and product candidates. Even if we are successful in priority, inventorship or ownership disputes, it could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. Any of the foregoing could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, advisors, or contractors have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of a non-competition or non-solicitation agreement with our competitors, and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own. Such claims could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As is common in the medical device industry, our employees, consultants, and advisors may be currently or previously employed or engaged at universities or other medical device or healthcare companies, including our competitors and potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants, advisors, and contractors may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure, and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, advisors, and contractors do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may in the future become subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of their current or former employers, competitors or other third parties. Also, we may in the future be subject to claims that these individuals are violating non-compete agreements with their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose

 

65


Table of Contents

valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees, vendors, and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, may be ineffective under current or future case law, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such defects in assignment or resulting claims could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to validly execute invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors involved in the development of intellectual property or are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, the value of our products our business and competitive position may be harmed.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on other proprietary rights, including protection of trade secrets, know-how, and other confidential and proprietary information that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect, and some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. To maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary information, we generally have confidentiality and invention assignment provisions in contracts with our employees, consultants, suppliers, contract manufacturers, collaborators, and others upon the commencement of their relationship with us. However, we may not enter into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by such third parties, despite the existence generally of these confidentiality restrictions. These contracts may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation, or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how, or other confidential or proprietary information. There can be no assurance that such third parties will not breach their agreements with us, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes will not otherwise become known or independently developed by competitors. We may need to share our proprietary information, including trade secrets, with future business partners, collaborators, contractors, and others located in countries at heightened risk of theft of trade secrets, including through direct intrusion by private parties or foreign actors, and those affiliated with or controlled by state actors. Despite the protections we do place on our intellectual property or other confidential and proprietary rights, monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology.

To the extent our intellectual property or other proprietary information protection is incomplete, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. A third-party could, without authorization, copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology, or develop similar technology. Our competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our products, brand, and business. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the differentiation of our products and harm our business, the value of our investment in research and development or acquisitions could be reduced, and third parties might make claims against us related to losses of their

 

66


Table of Contents

confidential or proprietary information. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology, and in such cases, we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our products that we consider proprietary. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our trade secret rights and related confidentiality and nondisclosure provisions. If we fail to obtain or maintain trade secret protection, or if our competitors obtain our trade secrets or independently develop technology similar to ours or competing technologies, our competitive market position could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, some courts are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets, and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might not be enforceable in certain cases. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and other confidential information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of confidential information and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated confidential information is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breach.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents or trademarks on our current and future products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability and trademarking may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from utilizing our inventions and trademarks in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies or trademarks in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent or trademark protection to develop or market their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent and trademark protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products or trademarks may compete with our current or future products or trademarks, and our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, may not favor the enforcement of patents, trademarks, and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents and trademarks or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent and trademark rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents and trademarks at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and many other countries, including India and China, have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

 

67


Table of Contents

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We rely on trademarks and trade names to build brand recognition and to promote, distinguish and market our products and services. Our current or future registered and unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, opposed, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive, determined to be not entitled to registration, or determined to be infringing other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names or logos, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, and our business may be adversely affected. We may in the future license our trademarks and trade names to third parties. Although these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade names, and service marks may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Trademark litigation can be expensive, and the outcome can be highly uncertain. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

If we are unable to obtain licenses from third parties on commercially reasonable terms or fail to comply with our obligations under such agreements, our business could be harmed.

It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to license such technology, on unfavorable terms, our business could be harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business, and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us.

 

68


Table of Contents

Moreover, some of our patents and patent applications in the future may be jointly owned with third parties. If we are unable to obtain an exclusive license to any such third party joint owners’ interest in such patents or patent applications, such joint owners may be able to license their rights to other third parties, including our competitors, who could market competing products and technology. In addition, we may need the cooperation of any such joint owners in order to enforce such patents against third parties, and such cooperation may not be provided to us. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our third-party manufacturers do not respect our intellectual property and trade secrets and produce or sell competitive products using our designs or intellectual property, our business, financial condition and results of operation would be harmed.

Although our agreements with third-party manufacturing partners generally seek to preclude them from misusing our intellectual property and trade secrets, or using our designs to manufacture products for our competitors, we may be unsuccessful in monitoring and enforcing our intellectual property rights and may find counterfeit goods in the market being sold as our products and any future products similar to ours produced for our competitors using our intellectual property. Additionally, any steps to stop counterfeits may not be successful and customers who purchase these counterfeit goods may experience product defects or failures, harming our reputation and brand and causing us to lose future sales. Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats, and limitations in intellectual property rights could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to our products or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of our patents or that incorporate certain technology in our products that is in the public domain;

 

   

we, or our future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the applicable issued patent or pending patent application that we own now or may own or license in the future;

 

   

we, or our future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

we, or our future licensors or collaborators, may fail to meet our obligations to the U.S. government regarding any future patents and patent applications funded by U.S. government grants, leading to the loss or unenforceability of patent rights;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our patents or patent applications omit individuals who should be listed as inventors or include individuals that should not be listed as inventors, which may cause these patents or patents issuing from these patent applications to be held invalid or unenforceable;

 

   

claims of our patents or patent applications, if and when issued, may not cover our products or technologies or competitive products or technologies;

 

   

the inventors of our patents or patent applications may become involved with competitors, develop products or processes that design around our patents, or become hostile to us or the patents or patent applications on which they are named as inventors;

 

69


Table of Contents
   

our competitors or other third parties might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we have engaged in scientific collaborations in the past and will continue to do so in the future and our collaborators may develop adjacent or competing products that are outside the scope of our patents;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; or

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third-party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Any of the foregoing could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering, and we may not be able to meet investor or analyst expectations.

Following this offering, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

variations between our actual operating results, or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us, and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;

 

   

any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

 

   

actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our Company or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

additional shares of our common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing stockholders sell shares into the market when applicable “lock-up” period ends;

 

   

hedging activities by market participants;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our competitors;

 

   

changes in third-party payor reimbursement policies;

 

   

an inability to obtain additional funding;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions, including price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market;

 

   

expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

   

developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from political conditions, election cycles, war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events, many of which are outside of our control.

 

70


Table of Contents

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect many life sciences and technology companies’ stock prices. Stock prices often fluctuate in ways unrelated or disproportionate to the companies’ operating performance. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. This risk is especially relevant for us because medical technology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and seriously harm our business.

Moreover, because of these fluctuations, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failure to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated revenue or earnings forecasts that we may provide.

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SONX,” an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us, and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. We cannot assure you that the market price following this offering will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time before this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock when desired or at or above the initial public offering price. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses or technologies using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on                  shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, on the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of common stock, including the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into                shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering unless purchased by our affiliates. Each of our directors, executive officers and other holders of substantially all our outstanding equity securities are subject to lock-up and market standoff agreements that restrict their ability to, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, sell or transfer their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to certain exceptions. However, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Piper Sandler & Co. may, in their sole discretion, waive the contractual lock-up before the lock-up agreements expire. After the lock-up agreements expire, all shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 (assuming the closing of the offering) will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which the shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market stand-off agreements, the perception that such sales may occur or early release of these agreements,

 

71


Table of Contents

could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition,                  shares of our common stock were issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2021. These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 of the Securities Act. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all the shares of common stock subject to stock options outstanding and reserved for issuance under our stock plans. That registration statement will become effective immediately on filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreement described above. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock of $         per share as of June 30, 2021. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This dilution is due to the substantially lower price paid by our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering as compared to the price offered to the public in this offering.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our amended and restated credit agreement with Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP restrict our ability to pay dividends to limited circumstances. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. It is possible that interpretation, industry practice and guidance involving estimates and assumptions may evolve or change over time. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, our operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below our publicly announced guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

 

72


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion in how we may use the net proceeds from this offering, and we may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and accordingly, investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to support the growth of our business, including to expand our commercial organization and increase our sales and marketing programs, research and development activities, clinical initiatives, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. We may also spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. If our management fails to use these funds effectively, our business could be seriously harmed.

After this offering, our principal stockholders and management will own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of June 30, 2021, our executive officers, directors and 5% or greater stockholders beneficially owned approximately     % of the outstanding shares of capital stock, and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us, including pursuant to our reserved share program). Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. The interests of these stockholders may not be the same as or may even conflict with your interests. For example, these stockholders could attempt to delay or prevent a change in control of us, even if such change in control would benefit our other stockholders, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of us or our assets, and might affect the prevailing market price of our common stock due to investors’ perceptions that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions after completion of this offering. As a result, this concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

Participation in this offering by our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities may reduce the public float for our common stock.

To the extent certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities participate in this offering (including through our reserved share program), such purchases would reduce the non-affiliate public float of our shares, meaning the number of shares of our common stock that are not held by officers, directors and principal stockholders. A reduction in the public float could reduce the number of shares that are available to be traded at any given time, thereby adversely impacting the liquidity of our common stock and depressing the price at which you may be able to sell shares of common stock purchased in this offering.

Future securities issuances could result in significant dilution to our stockholders and impair the market price of our common stock.

Future issuances of shares of our common stock, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and result in dilution to existing holders of our common stock. Also, to the extent outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or options, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards are issued or become vested, there will be further dilution. The amount of dilution could be substantial depending upon the size of the issuances or exercises. Furthermore, we may issue additional equity securities that could have rights senior to those of our common stock. As a result, purchasers of our common stock in this offering bear the risk that future issuances of debt or equity securities may reduce the value of our common stock and further dilute their ownership interest.

 

73


Table of Contents

Delaware law and provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions include the following:

 

   

establishing a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

   

permitting our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

 

   

providing that directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

   

requiring the approval of holders of two-thirds of our outstanding common stock to amend some provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

prohibiting stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, which has the effect of requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

   

restricting the forum for certain litigation involving us to Delaware or federal courts, as applicable; and

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. For information regarding these and other provisions, see section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that, unless we otherwise consent in writing, (A) (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of us to the us or the our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws (as either may be amended or restated) or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers exclusive jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, the federal district court of the State of Delaware; and (B) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of

 

74


Table of Contents

action arising under the Securities Act; however, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive forum provision shall not apply to claims seeking to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may also result in increased costs for stockholders to bring any such claim, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our certificate of incorporation (as may be amended or restated).

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices. Additionally, if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, which will increase our operating expenses. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain sufficient coverage. We cannot accurately predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to incur additional costs and obligations in order to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Under these rules, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K after we become a public company, we will be required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaging in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are designed and operating effectively, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting.

The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation to meet

 

75


Table of Contents

the detailed standards under the rules. During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or deficiencies which may not be remedied in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We must design our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. For example, our directors or executive officers could inadvertently fail to disclose a new relationship or arrangement causing us to fail to make a required related party transaction disclosure. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

We are an emerging growth company and a “smaller reporting company,” and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including:

 

   

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and annual report on Form 10-K; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

 

   

the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue;

 

   

the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer;”

 

   

the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

76


Table of Contents
   

the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded to emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, for new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, we will be subject to an extended transition period until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult.

Even after we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to continue to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including, among other things, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, presenting only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because medical technology companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

Our failure to meet the New York Stock Exchange’s continued listing requirements could result in a delisting of our common stock.

If, after listing, we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum closing bid price requirement, the New York Stock Exchange may take steps to delist our common stock. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of our common stock and would impair your ability to sell or purchase our common stock when you wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our common stock to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of our common stock, or prevent future non-compliance with the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the trading price or trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If one or more analysts initiate research with an unfavorable rating or downgrade our common stock, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

 

77


Table of Contents

Regardless of accuracy, unfavorable interpretations of our financial information and other public disclosures could have a negative impact on our stock price. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates, for any of the reasons discussed above or otherwise, or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price would likely decline.

Even if our common stock is actively covered by analysts, we do not have any control over the analysts or the measures that analysts or investors may rely upon to forecast our future results. Overreliance by analysts or investors on any particular metric to forecast our future results may lead to forecasts that differ significantly from our own.

General Risks

Litigation and other legal proceedings may adversely affect our business.

From time-to-time we may become involved in legal proceedings relating to patent and other intellectual property matters, product liability claims, employee claims, tort or contract claims, federal regulatory investigations, securities class action and other legal proceedings or investigations, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and can result in excessive or unanticipated verdicts and/or injunctive relief that affect how we operate our business. We could incur judgments or enter into settlements of claims for monetary damages or for agreements to change the way we operate our business, or both. There may be an increase in the scope of these matters or there may be additional lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Adverse publicity about regulatory or legal action against us could damage our reputation and brand image, undermine clinicians’ confidence and reduce long-term demand for our GentleWave System, even if the regulatory or legal action is unfounded or not material to our operations.

General economic and financial market conditions may exacerbate our business risks.

Global macroeconomic conditions and the world’s financial markets remain susceptible to significant stresses, resulting in reductions in available credit and government spending, economic downturn or stagnation, foreign currency fluctuations and volatility in the valuations of securities generally. Clinicians and distributors may respond to such economic pressures by reducing or deferring their capital spending or reducing staff. Furthermore, unfavorable changes in foreign exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar could increase our product and labor costs, thus reducing our gross profit.

 

78


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical facts, including statements regarding our business strategy, plans, market growth and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

estimates of our potential addressable market, future results of operations, financial position, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our business model and strategic plans for our products, software, technologies and business, including our implementation thereof;

 

   

competitive companies and technologies and our industry;

 

   

the impact on our business, financial condition and results of operation from the ongoing and global COVID-19 pandemic, or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide;

 

   

our ability to commercialize, manage and grow our business by expanding our commercial organization and increasing our sales to existing and new clinician and dental customers;

 

   

commercial success and market acceptance of our products and software;

 

   

our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and manage our inventory;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and software and avoid claims of infringement;

 

   

FDA or other U.S. or foreign regulatory actions affecting us or the healthcare industry generally, including healthcare reform measures in the United States and international markets;

 

   

the timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals or clearances;

 

   

our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including senior management and sales professionals;

 

   

our ability to anticipate and effectively respond to disruptions or inefficiencies in our distribution network or supply chain;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing in this or future offerings;

 

   

the volatility of the trading price of our common stock;

 

   

our expectations regarding the use of proceeds from this offering; and

 

   

our expectations about market trends.

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by

 

79


Table of Contents

these forward-looking statements. Furthermore, the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business operations and financial results and on the world economy as a whole may heighten the risks and uncertainties that affect our forward-looking statements described above. Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus.

 

80


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The principal purpose of this offering is to obtain additional capital to support the growth of our business. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, along with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $             million to expand our commercial organization and increase our sales and marketing programs;

 

   

approximately $             million to fund our research and development activities and clinical initiatives to support adoption of our products; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire, in-license or invest in products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our business. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty the specific allocations or all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon completion of this offering. The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as or plans and business conditions evolve. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application and specific allocation of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments or other securities.

 

81


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2021:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, (ii) the Forward Settlement and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above and (ii) the sale and issuance by us of            shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this information in conjunction with the sections titled “Use of Proceeds,” “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2021  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,729      $                $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Term loan, net of current maturities(1)

     28,798        

Forward obligation(2)

     2,900        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 31,989,056 shares authorized, 31,083,265 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     281,342        

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

        

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Common stock; $0.001 par value per share; 39,500,000 shares authorized, 2,317,950 shares issued and             shares outstanding actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued and shares outstanding pro forma, and              shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding,             pro forma as adjusted

     2        

Additional paid-in capital

     10,699        

Accumulated deficit

     (285,600      

Less: Treasury stock

     (51      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (274,950      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 38,090         $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents
(1)

Represents borrowings outstanding under our credit agreement.

(2)

Represents shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation, which shares will be issued and delivered in connection with the completion of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 2,232,742 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, which includes                shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and                 shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation upon completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $            per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

275,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock issued after June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

                 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2017 Plan and 2007 Plan, in each case, as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $            per share;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the 2021 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2021 Plan;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, issuable upon the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock units, to be granted to certain employees and directors under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

 

83


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently restricted by the terms of the agreement governing our credit facility. Our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock in the future may also be limited by the terms of any preferred securities we may issue or agreements governing any additional indebtedness we may incur.

 

84


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2021, our historical net tangible book deficit was $286.7 million, or $128.40 per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and our convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ deficit, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

As of June 30, 2021, our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) was $     million, or $     per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021 after giving effect to (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion, (ii) the Forward Settlement and (iii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to our sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 would have been approximately $     million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $     per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $     per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock

     $            

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2021

   $ (128.40  

Increase in historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to the pro forma effects described above

    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2021

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

    

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering

     $    

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            , or $             per share, and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            and decrease the dilution per share to new investors by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering

 

85


Table of Contents

price and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            and increase the dilution per share to new investors by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of June 30, 2021, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                $                             $            

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100     $                100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $            million and total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            million and $             per share, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $            million and total consideration paid by all stockholders and average price per share paid by all stockholders by $            million and $             per share, respectively, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus

The table above assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters fully exercise this option, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to                 shares of our common stock, or approximately        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 2,232,742 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, which includes                shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock and                 shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation upon completion of this offering, and excludes:

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $             per share;

 

   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $            per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

275,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock issued after June 30, 2021, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our 2017 Plan and 2007 Plan, in each case, as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of $            per share;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the 2021 Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2021 Plan;

 

   

                shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, as well as any shares that become issuable pursuant to the provisions of the ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under the ESPP; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, issuable upon the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock units, to be granted to certain employees and directors under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

To the extent any options, warrants or similar rights are granted and exercised in the future, there may be additional economic dilution to new investors.

In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

87


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information included in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on saving teeth from tooth decay, the most prevalent chronic disease globally. We have developed the GentleWave System, an innovative technology platform designed to treat tooth decay by cleaning and disinfecting the microscopic spaces within teeth without the need to remove tooth structure. Our initial focus is on leveraging the GentleWave System, the first and only FDA-cleared system for root canal therapy, or RCT, that employs a sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, to transform RCT, by addressing the limitations of conventional methods. The system utilizes our proprietary mechanism of action, which combines procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics, to debride and disinfect deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. The clinical benefits of our GentleWave System when compared to conventional methods of RCT include improved clinical outcomes, such as superior cleaning that is independent of root canal complexity and tooth anatomy, high and rapid rates of healing and minimal to no post-operative pain. In addition to the clinical benefits, the GentleWave System can improve the workflow and economics of dental practices. We began scaling commercialization of our current technology in 2017 and are focused on establishing the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT. As of June 30, 2021, we had an installed base of over 700 GentleWave Systems and have treated more than 600,000 patients.

RCT is a treatment for late-stage tooth decay that aims to save the patient’s tooth instead of removing it. Conventional methods of RCT depend primarily on instruments to manually scrape and remove tooth structure and open canals inside the tooth in order to remove and irrigate infected tissue. We believe that conventional methods of RCT do not adequately clean and disinfect the entire root canal system, primarily due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal and the inability of current endodontic technologies to effectively reach the microscopic spaces within the tooth. Conventional methods of RCT also generally require extensive use of instrumentation within the root canal system, which can result in the removal of substantial tooth structure, weaken the tooth and impact its long-term survival. This lack of sufficient cleaning and removal of substantial tooth structure can result in poor clinical outcomes, such as high treatment failure rates and significant post-operative pain. In addition, other limitations of conventional methods of performing RCT include: a frequent need for multiple visits to complete the procedure, a lack of standardized procedure protocols and a complex procedure that can be difficult to perform.

Our GentleWave System represents an innovative technology platform and approach to RCT. The GentleWave System is a Class II device and has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA. The key components of our GentleWave System are a sophisticated and mobile console and a pre-packaged, sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, or PI. The GentleWave System utilizes a proprietary mechanism of action that is designed to combine procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics to efficiently and effectively reach microscopic spaces within teeth and dissolve and remove tissue and bacteria with minimal or no removal of tooth structure. We have invested significant resources in establishing a broad intellectual property portfolio that protects the GentleWave Procedure and its unique mechanism of action, as well as future capabilities under development. We believe our GentleWave System transforms the patient and dental practitioner experience and addresses many of the limitations of conventional RCT.

 

88


Table of Contents

We are committed to continuing to generate evidence to support the clinical benefits of the GentleWave System. These benefits have been demonstrated in-vivo and in-vitro across two prospective, multi-center clinical studies, in real-world, clinical practice and in over 30 peer-reviewed journal publications, including seven independent publications and more than 23 publications by our consultants or sponsored or funded by us. For example, results from our PURE study demonstrated a treatment success rate of 97% at the six- and 12-month follow-ups for patients treated using the GentleWave System.

In the United States and Canada, our direct sales force markets and sells the GentleWave System to dental practitioners performing a high volume of root canals as part of their practice. Our commercial strategy and sales model involves a focus on driving adoption of our GentleWave System by increasing our installed base of consoles and maximizing recurring PI revenue through increased utilization. We intend to expand the size of our sales and clinician support teams to support our efforts of driving adoption and utilization of the GentleWave System. We also plan to pursue marketing authorizations and similar certifications to enable marketing and engage in other market access initiatives over time in attractive international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity.

To date, our primary sources of capital have been private placements of convertible preferred stock, debt financing agreements, and to a lesser extent, revenue from the sale of our products and related services and software. We have raised a total of $281.3 million in net proceeds from private placements of preferred stock, and approximately $4.0 million from issuances of common stock and stock option exercises. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.7 million, an accumulated deficit of $285.6 million, and $30.0 million in principal outstanding on our term loan facility. We generated revenue of $23.4 million and a net loss of $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to revenue of $34.7 million and a net loss of $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We generated revenue of $15.4 million and a net loss of $22.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to revenue of $8.5 million and a net loss of $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

We expect to continue to incur net losses for the next several years, in particular as we intend to continue to make significant investments in our sales and marketing organization by increasing the number of U.S. sales representatives and expanding our international marketing programs and expanding direct to clinician digital marketing efforts to help facilitate further adoption among existing accounts as well as broaden awareness and adoption of our products to new clinicians. We also expect to continue to make investments in research and development, regulatory affairs and clinical studies to develop future generations of our GentleWave products, support regulatory submissions and demonstrate the clinical efficacy of our new products. Moreover, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including legal, accounting, insurance, exchange listing and SEC compliance, investor relations, and other administrative and professional services expenses. As a result of these and other factors, we will require additional financing to fund our operations and planned growth.

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.7 million. We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements and fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure and meet our debt minimum liquidity covenant requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this offering. We may also seek additional financing opportunistically. We may seek to raise any additional capital by entering into partnerships or through public or private equity offerings or debt financings, credit or loan facilities or a combination of one or more of these funding sources. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. At this time, we do not have plans or intentions to raise additional funds by way of the sale of additional securities, other than pursuant to this offering.

Factors Affecting Our Performance and Key Business Metrics

We believe there are several important factors that impact our operating performance and results of operations. We also regularly review several operating and financial metrics to evaluate our business, measure

 

89


Table of Contents

our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate our business plan and make strategic decisions. We believe the following factors and key business metrics are important indicators of our performance:

 

   

Installed base of GentleWave Systems: In the United States and Canada, we are initially focused on driving adoption of the GentleWave System among dental practitioners, with an initial focus on RCT. Our sales force leverages third-party data of root canal procedure volumes by practitioner, in order to enable us to efficiently and effectively identify target accounts. We believe that our current targeting strategy identifies a well-defined customer base that is accessible by our direct sales organization. As of June 30, 2021, we had 16 capital sales representatives, and we plan to continue expanding our team of capital sales representatives.

 

   

System utilization: Our revenue is significantly impacted by the utilization of our GentleWave System. Our objective is to establish the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT. To accomplish this, we plan to continue expanding our team of consumable sales representatives who are partnering with our customers to provide onboarding, onsite training and continuing education, to enhance practice efficiency and clinical workflow and to drive patient referral volumes. In addition, in late 2021 we plan to launch the CleanFlow PI, which has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA and which we expect will further increase utilization. We expect to commercialize the CleanFlow PI in 2022.

 

   

Gross margins: Our results of operations depend, in part, on our ability to increase our gross margins by more effectively managing our costs to produce our GentleWave console and single-use PIs, and to scale our manufacturing operations efficiently. We expect to realize operating leverage through increased scale efficiencies as our commercial operations grow. We are undertaking continuous margin improvement programs, including implementing lean manufacturing methods and working with our suppliers to reduce material costs. We have also executed several product design improvements to reduce product cost. For example, we expect the CleanFlow PI to have a positive impact on the gross margin profile of our single-use PIs. We anticipate that the combination of these strategies will drive margin improvement.

 

   

Commercial organization: As of June 30, 2021, our sales and customer support team consisted of approximately 50 employees. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our commercial organization by increasing the number of employees in our commercial organization, as well as by expanding our marketing and training programs, to help facilitate further adoption of our products among existing and new customer accounts. Successfully recruiting and training a sufficient number of sales and customer support employees is required to achieve growth at the rate we expect. The rate at which we grow our commercial organization and the speed at which newly hired personnel become effective can impact our revenue growth or our costs incurred in anticipation of such growth.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

We are subject to the continuing risks related to the public health crises, primarily the global pandemic associated with COVID-19 and its variants. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our operations, revenue, and overall financial condition. In response to the pandemic, numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders, and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where our headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel, and business operations, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in our headquarters closing, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions, and cancellation of training and other events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting our operations. Additionally, in the United States, governmental authorities have recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical

 

90


Table of Contents

environments and potential infection with COVID-19 and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. Even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19 were significantly reduced in the second quarter of 2021, we continue to experience disruptions to our business, including customers continuing to be cautious in restarting procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.

The dental industry has been particularly challenged in part by desire of patients to avoid dental visits and potential exposure to COVID-19. These measures and challenges have generally decreased the number of root canal procedures performed, and consequently slowed adoption of the GentleWave Procedure and impacted our ability to sell our GentleWave System. We believe the number of our systems sold has been impacted as health care organizations have prioritized the treatment of patients with COVID-19. Procedures were cancelled or delayed as a result of local public health measures and dental office policies. We have also experienced disruptions, and may experience future disruptions, including: delays in capital and clinical sales representatives becoming fully trained and productive; difficulties and delays in dental practitioner outreach and training dental practitioners to use our GentleWave System; travel restrictions; delays in follow-ups of our clinical studies; challenges with maintaining adequate supply from third-party manufacturers of components and finished goods and distribution providers; and access to dental practitioners for training and case support.

While restrictions associated with COVID-19 are beginning to relax, subject to the increase in vaccination rates and reductions in COVID-19 infection rates, including those associated with new variants, the longevity and extent of the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain. These measures and challenges may continue for the duration of the pandemic and may negatively impact our revenue growth while the pandemic continues. The potential economic impact brought by and the duration of COVID-19 may be difficult to assess or predict. The widespread pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity. We expect any further shelter-in-place policies and restrictions on dental procedures to have a substantial near-term impact on our revenue. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our customers, including endodontists, have experienced financial hardship and some of them may not fully recover. This could lead to some of these customers temporarily or permanently shutting down, filing for bankruptcy or being acquired by larger health systems, leading to reduced procedures and/or additional pricing pressure on our products. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in a significant increase in unemployment in the United States which may continue even after the pandemic. The occurrence of any such events may lead to reduced disposable income and access to health insurance which could adversely affect the number of our GentleWave Systems sold after the pandemic has ended.

Potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, some of which we have already experienced, include those described throughout the “Risk Factors” section, including “Our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth have been adversely impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and may continue to be adversely impacted.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

Our revenue consists primarily of product revenue and software revenue. We generate product revenue on the capital sale of our GentleWave console and recurring sales of our single-use PIs, and accessories. To a lesser extent, we also derive product revenue from service and repair and extended warranty contracts with our existing customers. Software revenue relates to fees we receive for licensing our practice management tool, The Digital Office, to dental practitioners. We expect our product revenue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase adoption and utilization of the GentleWave System, though revenues may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Cost of sales consists primarily of manufacturing overhead costs, material costs, and direct labor to produce our products, warranty, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory, and other direct costs such as shipping and software support. A significant portion of our cost of sales currently consists of manufacturing overhead costs. These overhead costs include compensation for personnel, including stock-based compensation expenses, facilities, the cost of production equipment and operations supervision, quality control, material procurement and intangible assets amortization. We provide a two-year warranty on capital equipment, and we establish a reserve for warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred. Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of sales, are provided for at the time of shipment. We expect our cost of sales to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows, partially offset by lower unit product costs, though it may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily, product mix and the resulting average selling prices, production volumes, manufacturing costs and product yields, and the implementation of cost reduction strategies. Our software gross margin is generally higher than our product gross margin. As a result of these factors, we expect gross margin may fluctuate from quarter to quarter. We are engaged in various efforts to improve our gross margin by reducing unit product costs to the extent our production volumes increase, as well as through product design improvements, reducing material costs through negotiations with suppliers and optimizing the manufacturing process and reducing the costs to service our installed base.

Operating Expenses

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of compensation for personnel, including stock-based compensation, related to selling, marketing, professional education, administration, finance, information technology, legal, and human resource functions. SG&A expenses also include commissions, training, travel expenses, promotional activities, conferences, trade shows, professional services fees, audit fees, legal fees, insurance costs and general corporate expenses including allocated facilities-related expenses. We expect our SG&A expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we expand our commercial infrastructure and incur additional fees associated with operating as a public company, including legal, accounting, insurance, exchange listing and SEC compliance, investor relations, and other administrative and professional services expenses, though it may fluctuate from quarter to quarter. However, over time, we expect our SG&A expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue.

Research and Development

Research and development, or R&D, expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for proprietary R&D programs, and include costs of product engineering, product development, regulatory affairs, consulting services, materials, and depreciation, as well as other costs associated with products and technologies being developed. These expenses include employee and non-employee compensation, including stock-based compensation, supplies, materials, quality control expenses, consulting, related travel expenses and facilities expenses. We expect our R&D expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to develop, enhance, and commercialize new products and technologies. However, we expect our R&D expenses as a percentage of revenue to vary over time depending on the level and timing of initiating new product development efforts.

Changes in Fair Value of Contingent Earnout

Changes in fair value of contingent earnout consists of fair value adjustments from our contingent earnout liabilities recorded in connection with the 2018 acquisition of TDO. We recorded a liability related to the

 

92


Table of Contents

contingent earnout provisions, which are based on annual sales of licenses and units, as defined in the stock purchase agreement, for each of the years ending December 31, 2019 and 2020, and expect to record such liability for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest expense from our outstanding term loan, and the remeasurement to fair value each reporting period, of our preferred stock warrant liabilities and our forward obligation recorded in connection with an asset acquisition. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants until they are exercised, expire or at such time as the warrants are treated as equity for accounting. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the forward obligation until the earliest to occur of (i) an extraordinary event, as defined in the stock purchase agreement; (ii) a public offering of any of our securities in which our shares of Series D preferred stock are converted in accordance with our then effective certificate of incorporation, or if holders of the Series D preferred stock agree to convert their shares of series D preferred stock into conversion shares, as defined in the stock purchase agreement; or (iii) the seventh anniversary after the closing of the transaction, which occurred in December 2016.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock and the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation. The pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted for the year ended December 31, 2020 and six months ended June 30, 2021 were computed using the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the settlement of our outstanding forward obligation upon completion of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period, or their issuance dates if later. Pro forma net loss per share does not include the shares expected to be sold in this offering.

The following table sets forth the computation of the pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted for the periods presented.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
2021
 
     (in thousands, except share
and per-share amounts)
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

     

Net loss used in calculating pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $                $            

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     

Weighted-average convertible preferred stock

     

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

The following table shows our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, together with the dollar and percentage change in those items:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
     2020     2021     $      %  
     (unaudited)         
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 8,548     $ 15,419       6,871        80

Cost of sales

     7,619       11,584       3,965        52
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Gross profit

     929       3,835       2,906        313

Gross margin

     11     25     

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative

     13,621       13,905       284        2

Research and development

     9,631       9,677       46        0

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     (508     (7     501        (99 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total operating expenses

     22,744       23,575       831        4
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Loss from operations

     (21,815     (19,740     2,075        10

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest and financing costs, net

     (1,797     (2,148     (351      20

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     67       (17     (84      (125 )% 

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     —         (150     (150      (100 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Loss before income tax benefit

     (23,545     (22,055     1,490        6
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net loss

   $ (23,545   $ (22,055     1,490        6
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Revenue

Our breakdown of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, is summarized below:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
     2020      2021      $      %  
     (unaudited)         
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 6,015      $ 11,980      $ 5,965        99

Software revenue

     2,533        3,439        906        36
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total revenue

   $ 8,548      $ 15,419      $ 6,871        80
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Revenue increased $6.9 million, or 80%, to $15.4 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $8.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we generated $3.6 million and $7.0 million from the sale of GentleWave consoles and PIs, respectively, compared to $0.7 million and $4.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively. We attribute this increase primarily to lower sales as a result of the temporary dental and endodontic office closures impacted by the COVID-19 outbreak during 2020.

 

94


Table of Contents

Cost of sales and Gross margin

Cost of sales increased $4.0 million, or 52%, to $11.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $7.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase was primarily attributable to higher sales volume that was partially offset by lower unallocated manufacturing overhead expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2021, due to increased production volume in 2021. There were no significant changes in the Software segment cost of sales.

Gross margin increased to 25% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from 11% for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to change in revenue mix and resultant higher production volumes in our Product segment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

SG&A expenses increased $0.3 million, or 2%, to $13.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $13.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily driven by changes in our Product segment due to higher sales employee-related compensation and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, as a result of the expansion of our commercial infrastructure and increase in sales. There were no significant changes in the Software segment selling, general and administrative expenses.

Research and development expenses

R&D expenses were $9.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to $9.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020. There were no significant changes in any major components of the R&D expenses as described in the Components of Our Results of Operations above.

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

There were no significant changes in fair value of contingent earnout for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to a gain of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no significant changes in the inputs and estimates utilized by management in the estimation of fair value. The gain recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily due to lower financial sales projections.

Loss from operations

Loss from operations improved during the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 primarily due to growth in revenue. Specifically, revenue growth and higher gross margin in the Product segment exceeded the corresponding increases in operating expenses in the Product segment. As a result, loss from operations from the Product segment decreased $1.4 million, or 7%, to $20.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 from $21.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The Software segment recorded income from operations of $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to loss from operations of $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Interest and financing costs, net

Interest and financing costs, net, increased $0.4 million, or 20%, to $2.1 million during the six months ended June 30, 2021, from $1.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily attributable to lower interest income in 2021.

 

95


Table of Contents

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

There were no significant changes in fair value of warrant liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

Change in fair value of forward obligation

Change in fair value of forward obligation was an expense of $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as a result of changes in input assumptions used to remeasure the valuation of the forward obligation, primarily including estimated probabilities of various future outcomes and financial projections. There was no significant change in fair value of forward obligation for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table shows our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, together with the dollar and percentage change in those items:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2019     2020     $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Revenue

   $ 34,731     $ 23,351       (11,380      (33 )% 

Cost of sales

     25,662       19,466       (6,196      (24 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Gross profit

     9,069       3,885       (5,184      (57 )% 

Gross margin

     26     17     

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative

     35,560       26,695       (8,865      (25 )% 

Research and development

     18,967       20,461       1,494        8

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     620       (473     (1,093      (176 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total operating expenses

     55,147       46,683       (8,464      (15 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Loss from operations

     (46,078     (42,798     3,280        7

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest and financing costs, net

     (2,842     (3,961     (1,119      39

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     225       346       121        54

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     (600     (250     350        (58 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Loss before income tax benefit

     (49,295     (46,663     2,632        5

Income tax expense

     (2     (2     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net loss

   $ (49,297   $ (46,665     2,632        5
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

Revenue

Our breakdown of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, is summarized below:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2019      2020      $      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Product revenue

   $ 29,156      $ 17,338        (11,818      (41 )% 

Software revenue

     5,575        6,013        438        8
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total revenue

   $ 34,731      $ 23,351        (11,380      (33 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

96


Table of Contents

Revenue decreased $11.4 million, or 33%, to $23.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $34.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated $4.8 million and $10.4 million from the sale of GentleWave consoles and PIs, respectively, compared to $15.5 million and $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively. We attribute this decrease primarily to temporary dental and endodontic office closures caused by COVID-19 outbreak during 2020. The decrease in product revenue was partially offset by an increase in software revenue that was primarily attributable to increase in license sales of TDO practice management software.

Cost of sales and Gross margin

Cost of sales decreased $6.2 million, or 24%, to $19.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $25.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower sales volume as partially offset by an increase in cost on a per unit basis resulting from expensing higher unallocated manufacturing overhead costs due to reduced production volume in 2020. There were no significant changes in the Software segment cost of sales.

Gross margin decreased to 17% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 26% for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to change in revenue mix and resultant lower production volumes in our Product segment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

SG&A expenses decreased $8.9 million, or 25%, to $26.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $35.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. Lower SG&A expenses were primarily driven by changes in our Product segment due to a decrease of $3.6 million in employee-related compensation and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, a decrease of $3.3 million in commercial related expenditures, and other cost reduction measures implemented to minimize the impact of COVID-19 on our business. There were no significant changes in the Software segment selling, general and administrative expenses.    

Research and development expenses

R&D expenses increased $1.5 million, or 8%, to $20.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 from $19.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million in employee-related compensation and benefit expenses, including stock-based compensation, related to Product Segment R&D. There were no significant changes in the Software segment research and development expenses.

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

Change in fair value of contingent earnout was a gain of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to an expense of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The change in fair value of contingent earnout was primarily due to lower financial sales projections and a decrease in the discount rate to 7.6% during the year ended December 31, 2020 from 11.1% during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Loss from operations

Loss from operations improved during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to lower operating expenses as a result of cost reduction measures implemented to minimize the impact of COVID-19 in the Product segment. Specifically, such operating expense reduction in the Product segment exceeded the decrease in revenue and gross margin resulting from the impact of COVID-19 in the segment. As a result, loss from operations from the Product segment decreased $2.9 million, or 6%, to $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $46.0 million for the year ended December 31,

2019. The Software segment recorded income from operations of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to loss from operations of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

97


Table of Contents

Interest and financing costs, net

Interest and financing costs, net, increased $1.1 million, or 39%, to $4.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, from $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily attributable to incremental interest on an additional draw of $10 million on our term loan facility in October 2019.

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities was a gain of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to a gain of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as a result of changes in input assumptions used to remeasure the valuation of the warrant liabilities, primarily including the expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected term.

Change in fair value of forward obligation

Change in fair value of forward obligation was an expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to an expense of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as a result of changes in input assumptions used to remeasure the valuation of the forward obligation, primarily including estimated probabilities of various future outcomes and financial projections.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of liquidity

We have incurred significant operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception, and we anticipate that we will incur net losses for the next several years. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $51.7 million, an accumulated deficit of $263.5 million, and $30.0 million in principal outstanding on our term loan facility. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $25.7 million, an accumulated deficit of $285.6 million, and $30.0 million in principal outstanding on our term loan facility. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our net losses from operations were $49.3 million and $46.7 million, respectively, and our net cash used in operating activities was $49.1 million and $38.5 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our net losses from operations were $23.5 million and $22.1 million, respectively, and our net cash used in operating activities was $23.5 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Our primary sources of capital have been from private placements of convertible preferred stock, debt financing agreements, and to a lesser extent, revenue from the sale of our products and related services and software. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we have raised $281.3 million from private placements of convertible preferred securities from our investors.

Funding requirements

We expect our operating expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in expanding expand our sales and marketing infrastructure, programs to both drive and support anticipated sales growth and product development. In addition, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we hire personnel and expand our infrastructure to both drive and support the anticipated growth in our organization. We will also incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company and also expect to increase the size of our administrative function to support the growth of our business. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the degree and rate of market acceptance of our current and future products and the GentleWave Procedure;

 

   

the scope and timing of investment in our sales force and expansion of our commercial organization;

 

98


Table of Contents
   

the impact on our business from the ongoing and global COVID-19 pandemic and the end of the COVID-19 pandemic, or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease;

 

   

the cost of our research and development activities;

 

   

the cost and timing of additional regulatory clearances or approvals;

 

   

the costs associated with any product recall that may occur;

 

   

the costs associated with the manufacturing of our products at increased production levels;

 

   

the costs of attaining, defending and enforcing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

whether we acquire third-party companies, products or technologies;

 

   

the terms and timing of any other collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the scope, rate of progress and cost of our current or future clinical trials and registries;

 

   

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments;

 

   

the rate at which we expand internationally;

 

   

our ability to ability to raise additional funds to finance our operations;

 

   

debt service requirements; and

 

   

the cost associated with being a public company.

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared assuming we will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business, and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result from uncertainty related to our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements and fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Based upon our current operating plan, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure and meet our debt minimum liquidity covenant requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this offering.

We have based this estimate on estimates and assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may need to utilize additional available capital resources or seek additional financing opportunistically. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to successfully secure sources of financing and ultimately achieve profitable operations. If these sources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional public or private equity or debt securities or obtain an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and, in the case of preferred equity securities or convertible debt, those securities could provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional capital through collaborations agreements, licensing arrangements or marketing and distribution arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product or grant licenses that may not be favorable to us. Additional financing may not be available at all, or in amounts or on terms unacceptable to us. At this time, we do not have plans or intentions to raise additional funds by way of the sale of additional securities, other than pursuant to this offering.

 

99


Table of Contents

Indebtedness

On June 23, 2017, we entered into a credit agreement and guaranty, or the Credit Agreement, with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, which provided for a delayed-draw term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million. The initial loan of $10.0 million was made in a single borrowing on June 23, 2017. The interest rate for the loan is the greater of the 1-month LIBOR and 2.00% plus the applicable margin of 9.25%. In connection with the loan, we granted a security interest in substantially all of our assets. We are permitted to make voluntary prepayments of the loan, subject to a prepayment fee equal to 1.00% of the amount prepaid.

The Credit Agreement was amended in October 2018 to provide an additional tranche consisting of two borrowings, which were exercised on October 16, 2018 and October 7, 2019 in an aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million each. The Credit Agreement was amended in October 2019 to provide two additional tranches of delayed-draw term loans of $10.0 million each, and to modify the repayment provisions of the loan to require all principal to be due at maturity. The additional tranches were not exercised prior to their expiration on December 31, 2020. Both amendments were evaluated and accounted for as modifications.

As of June 30, 2021, there was an aggregate principal balance of $30.0 million outstanding under the Credit Agreement and we were in compliance with all covenants and conditions under the Credit Agreement.

On August 23, 2021, we amended the Credit Agreement to transfer and assign the loans thereunder to Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP. In connection with this transfer and assignment, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement and guaranty, or the New Credit Agreement, with Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, which provides for two additional tranches of delayed-draw term loans of $10.0 million each and extended the maturity date for repayment, including with respect to amounts owed in connection the existing delayed-draw term loan, to August 2026. The additional tranches are required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022, respectively.

The interest rate for amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement is the greater of the 1-month LIBOR and 2.00% plus the applicable margin of 9.25%. In connection with the New Credit Agreement, we also entered into an amended and restated security agreement and granted a security interest in substantially all of our assets. We are permitted to make voluntary prepayments, subject to a scaled prepayment premium that ranges from 7.0% to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding on such prepayment date for prepayments made after August 23, 2022 and before August 23, 2025. No prepayment premium is required for payments made after August 23, 2025.

The New Credit Agreement contains events of default, including, without limitation, events of default upon: (i) failure to make a payment pursuant to the terms of the agreement; (ii) violation of certain covenants; (iii) payment or other defaults on other indebtedness; (iv) material adverse change in the business or change in control; (v) insolvency; (vi) significant judgments; (vii) incorrectness of representations and warranties; (viii) regulatory matters; and (ix) failure by us to maintain a valid and perfected lien on the collateral securing the borrowing. In the event of an event of default, the lender may terminate its commitments and declare all amounts outstanding under the New Credit Agreement immediately due and payable, together with accrued interest and all fees and other obligations. The amount of such repayment will include payment of any prepayment premium applicable due to the time of such payment. In addition, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any event of default, the applicable margin will increase by 3.00% per annum to 12.25%.

The New Credit Agreement includes financial covenants that requires us to (i) maintain, at all times, a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash in one or more controlled accounts, and (ii) satisfy certain minimum revenue thresholds, measured for the twelve consecutive month period on each calendar quarter-end until June 30, 2026. These thresholds increase over time and range from $26.4 million for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021 to $95.3 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2026. Failure to satisfy these financial covenants would constitute an event of default under the New Credit Agreement.

 

100


Table of Contents

In connection with the New Credit Agreement, we issued a warrant to purchase 275,000 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $11.00 per share.

On April 22, 2020, we were granted a loan in an aggregate amount of $5.1 million pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program, or the PPP loan, under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020. On May 7, 2020, the PPP Loan was repaid in full.

Summary statement of cash flows

The following table summarizes the primary sources and uses of our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2019      2020      2020      2021  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

           

Operating activities

   $ (49,074    $ (38,544    $ (23,460    $ (23,865

Investing activities

     (3,695      (916      (359      (1,527

Financing activities

     111,976        (983      (978      (601
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 59,207      $ (40,443    $ (24,797    $ (25,993
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $23.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily consisting of our net loss of $22.1 million, non-cash items of $3.2 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $5.1 million. Non-cash items primarily consisted of $1.5 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.9 million in stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in inventory held due to higher production, a $0.7 million decrease in accrued compensation and related benefits due to lower headcount, and a $2.2 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities attributable to timing of payment.

Net cash used in operating activities was $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily consisting of our net loss of $23.5 million, non-cash items of $2.5 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $2.4 million. Non-cash items primarily consisted of $1.9 million in depreciation and amortization and $0.7 million in stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in accounts receivable due to lower sales and timing of customer collection and a $3.8 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities attributable to timing of payment.

Net cash used in operating activities was $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily consisting of our net loss of $46.7 million, non-cash items of $6.2 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $1.9 million. Non-cash items primarily consisted of $2.6 million in depreciation and amortization and $1.6 million in stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $1.7 million reduction in inventory held due to lower productions, a $1.4 million decrease in accrued compensation and related benefits due to lower headcount, and a $2.2 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities attributable to timing of payment.

 

101


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities was $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily consisting of our net loss of $49.3 million, non-cash items of $6.3 million and a net change in our net operating assets and liabilities of $6.1 million. Non-cash items primarily consisted of $2.2 million in depreciation and amortization and $1.1 million in stock-based compensation. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $2.7 million increase in inventory held to support the growth in our business, $1.4 million increase in accrued compensation and related benefits due to higher headcount, and a $2.1 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities attributable to timing of payment.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million and $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, as a result of an acquisition of intangible assets and purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities was $3.7 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, as a result of purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.0 million and $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, primarily due to payment of a contingent earnout upon achieving sales objectives.

Net cash used in financing activities was $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to payment of a contingent earnout upon achieving sales objectives.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $112.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily due to our issuance of Series E preferred stock for net proceeds of $101.5 million and an additional draw on our term loan for net proceeds of $9.8 million.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands), which have not materially changed as of June 30, 2021:

 

     Payments Due by Period as of December 31, 2020  
     Total      1 Year      2 Years      3 Years      4 Years      More than 4 Years  

Term Loan(1)

   $ 34,838      $ 3,422      $ 31,416      $ —        $ —        $ —    

Operating lease obligations(2)

     3,721        1,012        984        952        617        156  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,559      $ 4,434      $ 32,400      $ 952      $ 617      $ 156  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For more information, see Note 9 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

For more information, see Note 7 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our purchase commitments and obligations include all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, including commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers, for which we have not received the goods or services. A majority of these purchase obligations are due within a year. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services, and hence, have not been included in the table above.

 

102


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable regulations of the SEC, such as structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Cash and cash equivalents of $25.7 million as of June 30, 2021 consisted of securities carried at quoted market prices with an original maturity of three months or less and therefore there is minimal risk associated with fluctuating interest rates. We do not currently use or plan to use financial derivatives in our investment portfolio.

In addition, as described above under the subsection titled “Indebtedness,” amounts outstanding under our term loan facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to 9.25% plus the greater of 2% or 30-day LIBOR. As a result, we are exposed to risks from changes in interest rates. We do not believe that a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates or 30-day LIBOR would have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus at both periods.

Credit Risk

We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with two financial institutions in the United States, and our current deposits are likely in excess of insured limits. We have reviewed the financial statements of these institutions and believe it has sufficient assets and liquidity to conduct its operations in the ordinary course of business with little or no credit risk to us.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research and development contract costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Related Parties

For a description of our related party transactions, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, the revenue generated, and expenses incurred, and related disclosures, during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the

 

103


Table of Contents

process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when we transfer promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, we apply the following five core principles to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

Our performance obligations primarily arise from the manufacture and delivery of the GentleWave System, single-use PIs and other accessories and services as well as software license sales related to our practice management platform. Payment terms are typically on open credit terms consistent with industry practice and do not have significant financing components.

We consider the individual deliverables in our product offering as separate performance obligations and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. The total contract transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in no-contracted arrangements, and is allocated to the identified performance obligations based upon the relative standalone selling prices of the performance obligations. The stand-alone selling price, or SSP, is based on an observable price offered to other comparable customers. We estimate the SSP using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. We regularly review and updates SSP as necessary. The consideration we receive in exchange for our goods or services is only recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The consideration to which we expect to be entitled includes a stated list price, less various forms of variable consideration. We estimate related variable consideration at the point of sale, including discounts, product returns, refunds, and other similar obligations.

Revenue is recognized over time when the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by our performance. Revenue is recognized at a point in time if the criteria for recognizing revenue over time are not met, and we transferred control of the goods to the customer. Product revenue is recognized at a point in time when we have transferred control to the customer, which is generally when title of the goods transfers to the customer. Revenue from support and maintenance contracts and software license revenue is recognized as the output of the service is transferred to the customer over time, typically evenly over the contract term. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

We also sell extended service contracts on the GentleWave System. Sales of extended service contracts are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the standard warranty expires, which is generally up to two years from the date of sale. Service contract revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over time consistent with the life of the related service contract in proportion to the costs incurred in fulfilling performance obligations under the service contract.

Revenue for technical support and other services is recognized ratably over the performance obligation period.

 

104


Table of Contents

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

Our goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company in an acquisition of a business. We recorded $8.5 million of goodwill in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO in October 2018.

The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from business combinations and asset acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized; however, it is assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstance warrant such a review. The goodwill is considered to be impaired if we determine that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value.

We perform our goodwill impairment analysis at the reporting unit level, which aligns with our reporting structure and availability of discrete financial information. We perform our annual impairment analysis by either doing a qualitative assessment of the reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment to determine if there is potential impairment, or comparing the reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount. We may do a qualitative assessment when the results of the previous quantitative test indicated the reporting unit’s estimated fair value was significantly in excess of the carrying value of its net assets and we do not believe there have been significant changes in the reporting unit’s operations that would significantly decrease its estimated fair value or significantly increase its net assets. If a quantitative assessment is performed the evaluation includes management estimates of cash flow projections based on internal future projections and/or use of a market approach by looking at market values of comparable companies.

We estimate the fair value of the TDO reporting unit using the income approach and market approach. For the purposes of the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. Key assumptions for these projections require significant judgments by management and include revenue growth, future gross and operating margin growth, and its weighted cost of capital and terminal growth rates. The revenue and margin growth is based on increased sales of new and existing products as the Company maintains investments in research and development. Additional assumed value creators may include increased efficiencies from capital spending. The resulting cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. Operating mechanisms and requirements to ensure that growth and efficiency assumptions will ultimately be realized are also considered in the evaluation. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We also reconcile our discounted cash flow analysis to our indicated equity value allowing for a reasonable control premium. For purposes of the market approach, fair value is determined based on the guideline public company method and utilizes a number of factors such as publicly available information regarding the market capitalization of the selected guideline companies, as well as operating results, market multiples, and present value techniques. Under the market-based fair value methodology, judgment is required in evaluating market multiples and recent transactions. Management believes that the assumptions used for its impairment test are representative of those that would be used by market participants performing similar valuations of the TDO reporting unit.

Our annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill consists of the TDO reporting unit from which goodwill originated. In accordance with our policy, we completed our most recent annual evaluation for impairment as of December 31, 2020 using a quantitative method and determined that no impairment existed.

It is possible that our conclusions regarding impairment or recoverability of goodwill in the TDO reporting unit could change in future periods. There can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions used in our goodwill impairment testing performed as of December 31, 2020 will prove to be accurate predictions of the future, if, for example, (i) the business does not perform as projected, (ii) overall economic conditions in 2021 or future years vary from current assumptions (including changes in discount rates), (iii) business conditions or strategies for the TDO reporting unit change from current assumptions, including loss of major customers,

 

105


Table of Contents

(iv) investors require higher rates of return on equity investments in the marketplace or (v) enterprise values of comparable publicly traded companies, or actual sales transactions of comparable companies, were to decline, resulting in lower multiples of revenues and earnings before income tax depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). An impairment charge, if recorded in the future, could impact our consolidated balance sheets, as well as our consolidated statements of operations. If we were required to recognize an impairment charge in the future, the charge would not impact our consolidated cash flows, current liquidity, capital resources, and covenants under our existing term loan credit facility.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

Our intangible assets with a finite life are comprised primarily of developed technology, customer relationships, and tradenames acquired in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO in October 2018. We make significant judgments in relation to the valuation of intangible assets resulting from business combinations and asset acquisitions.

Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 5 to 10 years. We base the useful lives and related amortization expense on the period of time we estimate the assets will generate revenue or otherwise be used. We also periodically review the lives assigned to our intangible assets to ensure that our initial estimates do not exceed any revised estimated periods from which we expect to realize cash flows from the assets. If a change were to occur in any of the above-mentioned factors or estimates, the likelihood of a material change in our reported results would increase.

We evaluate our intangible assets with finite lives for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, we make an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the technology over the remaining amortization period, we reduce the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. No indicators of impairment were identified in the six months ended June 30, 2021 or years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Significant judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the discounted cash flow valuation models. It is possible that plans may change and estimates used may prove to be inaccurate. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We recognize the freestanding warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within our control. Therefore, the convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities.

We recorded the freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock on the date of issuance as liabilities at fair value upon. The warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date

 

106


Table of Contents

and any change in value is recognized in the statements of operations as the change in fair value of warrant liabilities.

We estimated the fair value of these liabilities using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and input assumptions that were based on the individual characteristics of the warrants on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for future financings, expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate. The significant unobservable input assumptions that most impact the valuation included expected volatility, dividend yield, risk-free interest rates and expected term.

We will continue to revalue the warrant liabilities for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, or the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of the preferred stock warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of our common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The exercise of the common stock warrant or consummation of a qualified initial public offering would result in the automatic conversion of all classes of our preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants would be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to remeasurement.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock options granted to employees and non-employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the grant date. We generally recognize grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees and non-employee service providers on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term of the respective awards. We determine the fair value of stock options with a service condition based on the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model for purposes of calculating stock-based compensation expense. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility based on historical volatilities of a group of industry peers, expected life estimated using the simplified method, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Each of these input assumptions is subjective and generally requires significant judgement at the time of measurement. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2021 was $         million, of which $         million related to vested options and $         million related to unvested options.

After the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of our common stock underlying our stock-based awards in order properly apply the option pricing model to value our issued stock options to employees, board members, and consultants. The fair value of our common stock is the most subjective input into this option pricing model.

 

107


Table of Contents

Since there has been no public market of our common stock to date, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying our stock-based awards at the time of issuance was estimated on each stock-based award date by our board of directors. To determine the fair value of our common stock, our board of directors considered input from management, valuations of our common stock prepared by independent valuation specialists using approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement on Standards for Valuation Services, and assessment of additional factors that they believed were relevant or that may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant.

These factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the price at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock to outside investors in arm’s length transactions

 

   

the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of such preferred stock;

 

   

our results of operations, financial position and capital resources;

 

   

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

   

our stage of development, business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences sector, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

   

trends and developments as well as external market conditions affecting the life sciences industry sector; and

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions.

The independent valuation specialist reports were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

The methodology used to determine the fair value of our common stock included first estimating the fair value of the enterprise using a weighting of (1) a market approach, which estimates the fair value of a company by including an estimation of the value of the business based on arm’s length transactions of our securities or guideline public companies, (2) a Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) method under the Income Approach for which inputs are based on management derived forward-looking projected financial results and discount rates, and (3) a Guideline Transaction Method (GTM) based on transactions of companies that have similar characteristics to us and appropriate financial data is available. The results of each of these methodologies are weighted by us based on the confidence and assessment of the reliability of each methodology considered.

Once the fair value of the enterprise is determined, the second step is to allocate this value to the various classes of our equity. The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. Accordingly, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by taking into account the preferred stockholders’ liquidation preferences, participation rights, dividend policy, and conversion rights to determine how proceeds from a liquidity event shall be distributed among the various ownership classes at a future date.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method. The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible future outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

 

108


Table of Contents

In allocating enterprise value among the various classes of stock prior to December 2020 (with the exception of June 30, 2019), we utilized the OPM, given the absence of a near term liquidity event.

For valuations performed as of June 30, 2019 and dates on and after December 2020, we used a PWERM approach for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock. Under the PWERM approach, the per share value calculated was weighted based on expected exit outcomes and the quality of the information specific to each allocation methodology to arrive at a final estimated fair value per share of the common stock.

As there is no public or ready market for our common stock, our board of directors also considered that our common stock could not be freely traded. Accordingly, we applied a discount to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. The assumptions underlying these valuations represented management’s best estimate, which involved inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an initial public offering or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. As a result, if we had used different assumptions or estimates, the fair value of our common stock and our stock-based compensation expense could have been materially different.

Following completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock-based awards and other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be based on the closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary exchange on which our common stock is traded.

JOBS Act Accounting Election and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, presenting only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, for new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, we will be subject to an extended transition period until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of our first fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million of the prior June 30th and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

 

109


Table of Contents

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

 

110


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage medical technology company focused on saving teeth from tooth decay, the most prevalent chronic disease globally. We have developed the GentleWave System, an innovative technology platform designed to treat tooth decay by cleaning and disinfecting the microscopic spaces within teeth without the need to remove tooth structure. Our initial focus is on leveraging the GentleWave System, the first and only FDA-cleared system for root canal therapy, or RCT, that employs a sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, to transform RCT by addressing the limitations of conventional methods. The system utilizes our proprietary mechanism of action, which combines procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics, to debride and disinfect deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. The clinical benefits of our GentleWave System when compared to conventional methods of RCT include improved clinical outcomes, such as superior cleaning that is independent of root canal complexity and tooth anatomy, high and rapid rates of healing and minimal to no post-operative pain. In addition to the clinical benefits, the GentleWave System can improve the workflow and economics of dental practices. We began scaling commercialization of our current technology in 2017 and are focused on establishing the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT. As of June 30, 2021, we had an installed base of over 700 GentleWave Systems and have treated more than 600,000 patients.

Tooth decay refers to the breakdown or damage of one or more layers of dental tissue and is referred to as cavities in the earlier stages and root canal infections in the later stages. In the United States, 92% of adults between the ages of 20 and 64 have had dental cavities in their permanent teeth. The United States spends approximately $148 billion annually on professional dental services, of which we estimate that approximately 55%, or $81 billion, of spending is directly associated with treating tooth decay.

Our initial commercial efforts are focused on utilizing our GentleWave System to transform RCT in the United States and Canada. We estimate that approximately 17 million root canal procedures are performed annually in our target markets, accounting for approximately $17 billion in healthcare-related expenditures. We estimate there are approximately 5,000 endodontists and 50,000 general dentists in our target markets that perform more than 75% of all root canal procedures, which represents a potential annual addressable market of approximately $1.9 billion. We also believe there is a significant opportunity for our GentleWave System to address RCT outside the United States and Canada, with approximately 50 million root canal procedures performed annually on a global basis including the United States and Canada. In addition, we are exploring opportunities to leverage our technology platform beyond RCT to treat cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay, for which we estimate there are approximately 175 million procedures performed in the United States each year.

RCT is a treatment for late-stage tooth decay that aims to save the patient’s tooth instead of removing it. Conventional methods of RCT depend primarily on instruments to manually scrape and remove tooth structure and open canals inside the tooth in order to remove and irrigate infected tissue. We believe that conventional methods of RCT do not adequately clean and disinfect the entire root canal system, primarily due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal and the inability of current endodontic technologies to effectively reach the microscopic spaces within the tooth. Conventional methods of RCT also generally require extensive use of instrumentation within the root canal system, which can result in the removal of substantial tooth structure, weaken the tooth and impact its long-term survival. This lack of sufficient cleaning and removal of substantial tooth structure can result in poor clinical outcomes, such as high treatment failure rates and significant post-operative pain. In addition, other limitations of conventional methods of performing RCT include: a frequent need for multiple visits to complete the procedure, a lack of standardized procedure protocols and a complex procedure that can be difficult to perform.

Our GentleWave System represents an innovative technology platform and approach to RCT. The GentleWave System is a Class II device and has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA. The key components of our GentleWave System are a sophisticated and mobile console and a pre-packaged, sterilized, single-use procedure instrument, or PI. The GentleWave System utilizes a proprietary mechanism of action that is designed

 

111


Table of Contents

to combine procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics to efficiently and effectively reach microscopic spaces within teeth and dissolve and remove tissue and bacteria with minimal or no removal of tooth structure. We have invested significant resources in establishing a broad intellectual property portfolio that protects the GentleWave Procedure and its unique mechanism of action, as well as future capabilities under development. As of June 30, 2021, we held 119 issued patents and there were 98 pending patent applications that include device, design, system and method claims.

We believe our GentleWave System transforms the patient and dental practitioner experience and addresses many of the limitations of conventional RCT by providing the following key benefits:

Clinical Outcome Benefits

 

   

Superior cleaning and disinfection.

 

   

Less invasive procedure.

 

   

High and rapid rates of healing.

 

   

Minimal to no post-operative pain.

Practice and Dental Practitioner Benefits

 

   

More procedures completed in a single visit.

 

   

Standardized protocol enabling procedure efficiency and predictable outcomes.

 

   

Simple to use technology.

 

   

Low risk of cross-contamination.

 

   

Practice differentiating technology with the ability to establish stronger referral relationships with general dentists and attract patients.

We are committed to continuing to generate evidence to support the clinical benefits of the GentleWave System. These benefits have been demonstrated in-vivo and in-vitro across two prospective, multi-center clinical studies, over 30 peer-reviewed journal publications and in real-world, clinical practice. For example, results from our PURE study demonstrated a treatment success rate of 97% at the six- and 12-month follow-ups for patients treated using the GentleWave System.

In the United States and Canada, our direct sales force markets and sells the GentleWave System to dental practitioners performing a high volume of root canals as part of their practice. These practitioners are typically reimbursed, in part, for the cost of our products by third party payors or are otherwise paid directly by patients in connection with procedures performed. Our commercial strategy and sales model involves a focus on driving adoption of our GentleWave System by increasing our installed base of consoles and maximizing recurring PI revenue through increased utilization. We intend to expand the size of our sales and clinician support teams to support our efforts of driving adoption and utilization of the GentleWave System. We also plan to pursue marketing authorizations and similar certifications to enable marketing and engage in other market access initiatives over time in attractive international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity.

We generated revenue of $23.4 million and a net loss of $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to revenue of $34.7 million and a net loss of $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We generated revenue of $15.4 million and a net loss of $22.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to revenue of $8.5 million and a net loss of $23.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2021, our accumulated deficit was $285.6 million. The COVID-19 pandemic and the measures imposed impacted our financial results during 2020.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our Success Factors

We believe the continued growth of our company will be driven by the following success factors:

 

   

Paradigm-shifting platform technology for tooth decay, with an initial focus on transforming root canal therapy. We have developed the GentleWave System, an innovative technology platform designed to treat tooth decay and save teeth by cleaning and disinfecting the microscopic spaces within teeth without the need to remove tooth structure. Our initial focus is on transforming RCT by addressing the limitations of conventional methods. Conventional methods of RCT depend primarily on instruments to manually scrape at and remove tooth structure and open the canals inside of the tooth in order to remove and irrigate infected tissue. These methods, however, are limited in their ability to clean the entire root canal system, which increases the risk of treatment failure, and are commonly associated with post-operative pain, which has contributed to patient fear of the procedure. Utilizing our proprietary mechanism of action, which combines fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics, the GentleWave System debrides and disinfects deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. The GentleWave Procedure has been shown to produce favorable clinical outcomes, which we believe provides us an opportunity to transform the patient experience and encourage more patients to choose the GentleWave Procedure. Our goal is to leverage our disruptive technology to establish the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT.

 

   

Large market opportunity with significant need for innovation. Tooth decay is the most prevalent chronic disease globally. In the United States, 92% of adults between the ages of 20 and 64 have had dental cavities in their permanent teeth. The United States spends approximately $148 billion annually on professional dental services, of which we estimate that approximately 55%, or $81 billion, of spending is directly associated with treating tooth decay. We are focused on leveraging our GentleWave System to transform conventional methods of performing RCT, which we believe are antiquated and lead to poor clinical outcomes. Our commercial efforts are primarily focused on commercializing the GentleWave System in the United States and Canada, where we estimate that approximately 17 million root canal procedures are performed annually, accounting for approximately $17 billion in healthcare-related expenditures. We estimate that the total annual addressable market for our GentleWave System, including our console and PI, is approximately $1.9 billion. In addition, we are exploring opportunities to leverage our technology platform beyond RCT to treat cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay, for which we estimate there are approximately 175 million procedures performed in the United States each year.

 

   

Compelling and growing body of clinical and real-world evidence. The clinical benefits delivered by our GentleWave System have been demonstrated in-vivo and in-vitro across two prospective, multi-center clinical studies, over 30 peer-reviewed journal publications and in real-world, clinical practice, with over 600,000 patients treated using the GentleWave System as of June 30, 2021. Our robust base of peer-reviewed research and clinical data shows that the GentleWave System has delivered strong clinical outcomes, including high and rapid healing rates with minimal to no post-operative pain, and provided superior cleaning of the entire root canal system in a less invasive procedure. For example, six- and 12-month results from our PURE study were published in the peer-reviewed Journal of Clinical and Experimental Dentistry and Journal of Endodontics, respectively, in which we observed a treatment success rate of 97% at follow-ups for patients treated using the GentleWave System. The GentleWave System has also been shown to drive procedure efficiency, enabling a greater proportion of root canal procedures to be completed in a single visit and reducing the need for endodontic files. Results from a survey of GentleWave users that we performed in 2020 indicated that then number of root canal procedures performed in a single visit increased from 57% to 90% following adoption of the GentleWave System. These survey results are supported by data from our peer-reviewed, prospective clinical studies as well as commercial experience. We believe our compelling and growing body of clinical data and real-world evidence will continue to serve as a catalyst for driving adoption of our GentleWave System.

 

113


Table of Contents
   

Attractive value proposition for dental practitioners and their patients. We believe the GentleWave System offers a myriad of benefits for dental practitioners and their patients that will facilitate adoption and incorporation into their clinical practice. The clinical benefits of the GentleWave System include superior cleaning and disinfection of the root canal system that is independent of complexity and anatomy, high and rapid rates of healing, minimal to no post-operative pain, a less invasive procedure that enables the preservation of tooth structure and a closed-loop system with a sterilized single-use PI. In addition to the clinical benefits, the GentleWave System offers dental practitioners several other benefits to improve the workflow and economics of their practice. For example, the GentleWave System provides a standardized protocol that promotes procedure efficiency and predictable, consistent outcomes. The GentleWave System also empowers dental practitioners to complete their root canal procedures in a single visit, which can increase practice efficiency and billable visits as well as convenience for patients. In addition, we designed the GentleWave System to be simple to use with an intuitive touchscreen interface, generally requiring only a few days of training before dental practitioners are able to independently perform procedures. We believe these benefits will allow our clinicians to establish stronger referral relationships with general dentists and attract more patients to their practice, resulting in improved practice economics.

 

   

Transformative research and development capabilities and a robust intellectual property portfolio. We are committed to developing break-through innovations that transform dentistry, with a focus on saving teeth. We have invested significant resources in establishing strong research and development capabilities that are focused on developing simple-to-use solutions that provide superior efficacy and deliver strong clinician and patient experiences and outcomes. We believe these capabilities will allow us to continue to develop new functionalities and upgrades to our system, enable us to innovate, enhance our competitive position and expand our addressable market. We have also invested significant resources in establishing a broad intellectual property portfolio that protects the GentleWave Procedure and its unique mechanism of action, as well as future capabilities under development. As of June 30, 2021, we held 119 issued patents and there were 98 pending patent applications that include device, design, system and method claims.

 

   

Established and growing digital infrastructure to enhance our business. We utilize technology to enhance all elements of our business, from how we engage with clinician to how we collect and use data. For example, we offer The Digital Office, or TDO, a practice management software designed to improve practice workflow and seamlessly integrate with the GentleWave System. As of June 30, 2021, approximately 50% of all GentleWave System clinicians used TDO. In the future, we intend to leverage TDO to allow referring general dentists and patients to schedule consultations and appointments directly with providers of the GentleWave Procedure from our website. In addition to TDO, we have integrated wireless connectivity capabilities into the GentleWave System, allowing for the real-time capture of data. This data is then fed to our proprietary data-warehouse via cloud reporting, providing us with the ability to analyze system usage and utilization. These capabilities also enable automatic software updates and remote diagnostic evaluation.

 

   

Recurring revenue business model. We generate revenue primarily from sales of our GentleWave console and related PIs and accessories. Our PIs are single-use, sterilized devices with embedded features that do no allow for reuse. Our business model of selling capital equipment that generates corresponding recurring utilization is designed to provide a stream of predictable, recurring revenue.

Our Growth Strategies

Our mission is to improve quality of life by saving teeth and stopping the progression of tooth decay. Our goal is to establish the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for tooth decay, with an initial focus on transforming RCT. The key elements of our growth strategy are:

 

   

Drive adoption of the GentleWave System among dental practitioners, with an initial focus on endodontists. In the United States and Canada, we are initially focused on driving adoption of the

 

114


Table of Contents
 

GentleWave Procedure among endodontists. We estimate that there are approximately 5,000 endodontists in these markets that perform approximately 28% of all root canal procedures annually. As of June 30, 2021, we had an installed base of over 700 GentleWave Systems. To drive further adoption of our system, we will increase our team of capital sales representatives, who are focused on system placement by directly engaging with endodontists and educating them about the compelling value proposition of the GentleWave Procedure. To facilitate the efforts of our capital sales team, we intend to increase awareness of the GentleWave Procedure among endodontists by communicating the benefits of our system through various marketing and educational initiatives, including publications and podium presentations at various industry conferences and scientific forums, organizing peer-to-peer dialogue and educational events and leveraging our strong network of supportive key opinion leaders. In addition, we believe there is further opportunity to leverage our relationship with clinicians using TDO who have not yet adopted the GentleWave System into their practices. Over time, we intend to gradually expand our focus to also include general dentists who perform a high volume of root canals as part of their practice.

 

   

Increase utilization of our GentleWave System by partnering with clinicians and increasing awareness among referring dentists and patients. We expect that most of our customers in the near term will be endodontists in the United States and Canada, which we estimate perform, on average, approximately 900 root canal procedures per year. Our goal is to drive utilization of the GentleWave System by capturing more of these procedures and establishing the GentleWave Procedure as the standard of care for RCT. To accomplish this, we will expand our team of consumable sales representatives. This team is focused on partnering with clinicians to provide onboarding, onsite training and continuing education to enhance practice efficiency and clinical workflow as well as establish stronger referral relationships with general dentists, thereby increasing utilization. We also partner with clinicians through various practice support programs, such as our GentleWave Practice Success Program, or GPS Program, which provides them with guidance on individualized and comprehensive staff training, expansive Sonendo-sponsored marketing initiatives and self-marketing strategies. We intend to increase awareness of the GentleWave Procedure among referring dentists and, in select markets where we establish a large installed base, directly with patients through various targeted direct-to-patient marketing initiatives. We believe these initiatives will drive a greater volume of root canal procedures to dental practitioners who offer the GentleWave Procedure, thereby increasing utilization of our system.

 

   

Continue to invest in research and development to drive future innovations and expand our addressable market. We are currently developing new features and next generation products to further improve the usability of the GentleWave System and enhance the efficiency and predictability of the GentleWave Procedure. We are also researching means to enable our system to perform other elements of a root canal procedure, including obturation, or filling of the root canal system. In late 2021, we expect to launch CleanFlow PI, our next generation, single-use PI, which is designed to enable our clinicians to clean the inside of the tooth from outside the tooth through the endodontic access opening, expand our indications for use and further improve the usability of our system. The CleanFlow PI has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA for use in cleaning molar and premolar teeth. We believe the launch of CleanFlow PI will contribute to increased utilization of our system. We expect to fully commercialize the CleanFlow PI in 2022. In the future, we intend to pursue marketing authorization to expand the application of our GentleWave System beyond RCT for use in treating cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay. By introducing our next-generation innovations, we believe we have an opportunity to leverage and expand our position in the market and add incremental revenue to our business.

 

   

Reduce product costs and improve production efficiency. We expect to realize operating leverage through increased scale efficiencies as our commercial operations grow. We are undertaking continuous margin improvement programs, including implementing lean manufacturing methods and collaborating with our suppliers to reduce material costs. We have also executed several product design improvements to reduce product cost. For example, we expect CleanFlow PI to have a positive impact

 

115


Table of Contents
 

on the gross margin profile of our PIs. We anticipate that the combination of these strategies will drive margin improvement.

 

   

Grow our footprint into international markets. While our current commercial focus is on the United States and Canada, we believe the GentleWave System can offer compelling benefits to the large population of patients suffering from tooth decay in other international markets. We plan to pursue marketing authorizations and related certifications, and engage in other market access initiatives in attractive international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity.

Market Overview

Our Addressable Market Opportunity in Tooth Decay

Tooth decay is the most prevalent chronic disease globally. In the United States, 92% of adults between the ages of 20 and 64 having had dental cavities in their permanent teeth. The incidence of tooth decay has grown significantly over the past several decades, primarily driven by an aging population and unhealthy diets that are high in sugar and other carbohydrates. The United States spends approximately $148 billion annually on professional dental services, of which we estimate that approximately 55%, or $81 billion, of spending is directly associated with treating tooth decay. If left untreated, tooth decay may progress and also result in a number of uncomfortable symptoms, including tooth discoloration, severe toothache or tooth sensitivity, and eventually lead to tooth loss. Additionally, studies have shown that poor oral health may impact overall health and is associated with diseases such as cardiovascular disease, pneumonia and pregnancy and birth complications.

We are focused on utilizing our GentleWave System to transform RCT. Our commercial efforts are primarily focused on driving awareness and adoption of our system in our initial target markets of the United States and Canada, where we estimate that approximately 17 million root canal procedures are performed annually, accounting for approximately $17 billion in healthcare-related expenditures. We estimate that there are approximately 5,000 endodontists and 176,000 general dentists in this market. Within the general dentist population, we estimate that a subset of approximately 50,000 general dentists perform approximately 90% of their root canal procedures instead of referring to a specialist. Collectively, we estimate that endodontists and this subset of non-referring general dentists perform more than 75% of all root canal procedures in the United States and Canada. Given the average selling price of our products and our estimates on replacement cycle, and the number of root canals performed annually, we estimate that our total annual addressable market in the United States and Canada is approximately $1.9 billion. We also believe there is a significant opportunity for our GentleWave System in RCT outside the United States and Canada, with more than 50 million root canal procedures performed annually on a global basis including the United States and Canada.

In addition, we are exploring opportunities to leverage our technology platform beyond RCT to treat cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay, for which we estimate there are approximately 175 million procedures performed in the United States each year. We believe that by utilizing our GentleWave System to treat cavities, the number of general dentists that we target can expand to include all 176,000 general dentists in the United States and Canada.

Overview of Tooth Anatomy

Teeth are hard, mineral-rich structures embedded in the jaw. Adults typically have 32 teeth that are separated into three categories – anteriors, premolars and molars – based on each tooth’s shape, location and function.

Every tooth has the same general structure and is divided into two major regions: the crown and the root. The crown is the functional part of the tooth that is visible above the gums, while the root extends below the gums and anchors the tooth to the jawbone. Teeth typically have between one and three roots depending on the category of tooth. At the center of each root are narrow, hollow spaces called root canals, which contain blood vessels, nerves and tissues. Each root has a minimum of one canal, but may contain multiple canals that may be

 

116


Table of Contents

interconnected. At the apex of the root is a small opening, called the apical foramen, which serves as an entry point for blood vessels and nerves.

Teeth are comprised of four layers of dental tissue, with each layer varying in composition, density and function. The outermost layer of tissue that covers the crown, called the enamel, acts as a barrier that protects the tooth from exogenous factors, including extreme temperatures, bacteria and acid that are encountered daily. Enamel is the hardest and most mineral-rich tissue in the human body but does not contain any living cells. Beneath the enamel is dentin, a bone-like layer of living tissue that extends almost the entire length of the tooth and forms the structural framework of the tooth. Dentin is comprised of hollow, microscopic channels, called dentin tubules, which lead directly to the innermost parts of the tooth, or pulp, and play a key role in transmitting pain signals and transporting nutrients within the tooth. The pulp is a living layer of soft tissue that fills the inside of the tooth and is comprised of blood vessels, connective tissue and nerves that provides nutrition to the tooth and acts as its nerve center. The pulp is in the pulp chamber – a space inside the crown below the dentin layer – and the root canals of the tooth. Collectively, the pulp chamber and all root canals, including the complex anatomies, within a tooth are referred to as the root canal system.

The root canal system is complex and unique for each person, tooth, and root, making it difficult to effectively treat or clean. Progressing from the orifice to the apex, root canals exhibit unpredictable three-dimensional curvature. At any point, a single root canal may bifurcate into multiple canals, or multiple root canals may converge into a single canal. Each root canal may also include branches such as accessory canals, or smaller canals that branch off from the main canal, and isthmuses, or narrow connections between separate root canals, for example c-shaped canals can be the most challenging anatomical variations to effectively treat and clean. Root canals generally narrow and grow increasingly complicated near the apex of the tooth. The formation and configuration of the root canal is influenced by a variety of factors, including type of tooth and patient demographic. The complexity of the root canal system contributes to the difficulty of effectively and efficiently cleaning all the spaces where diseased tissue and bacteria may exist.

Tooth Decay Overview

Tooth decay refers to the loss of mineral (demineralization) and breakdown of one or more layers of tooth tissue. It is generally caused by dental plaque or biofilm, a sticky, colorless film of bacteria that forms on teeth. Biofilm generally develops when foods containing carbohydrates, such as sugars and starches, are left on the teeth. Bacteria that live in the mouth thrive on these foods, producing acids as a result. Tooth decay starts with the interaction between the tooth, the biofilm at the tooth surface and dietary sugars which produce acids. Over time, if these acids are not removed, a cavity, or hole, may form in the tooth.

Tooth decay generally occurs in five distinct stages that are delineated by how deep the decay has penetrated within the various layers of tooth tissue. These stages are described below:

 

   

Initial stage decay. The first stage of tooth decay begins when bacteria in dental plaque produce acids which cause enamel to deteriorate. As enamel demineralizes, chalky white or yellow spots may appear on the surface of the tooth and are generally the first visible signs of tooth decay.

 

   

Enamel decay. If the process of tooth decay is allowed to continue, enamel will be further weakened, becoming soft and porous. As the enamel weakens, small cavities can form in this outer layer of the tooth and the chalky white or yellow spots may turn brown or black.

 

   

Dentin decay. When enough of the sub-surface enamel is weakened by the loss of minerals, the enamel collapses and a cavity in the dentin is formed. Once tooth decay reaches the dentin layer, the process will spread more quickly as the dentin is softer and less mineralized than enamel. Since dentin contains tubules that lead directly to the pulp, the tooth may become sensitive at this stage.

 

   

Pulp damage. Once the decay reaches the pulp, it may rapidly spread throughout the entire root canal system, causing pulp tissue to become inflamed. Inflammation of the pulp is often associated with intense toothache, requiring intervention to prevent further pain and complications.

 

117


Table of Contents
   

Abscess formation. In the final stage of tooth decay, bacteria and biofilm spreads inside the roots and infection from bacteria inside of the decaying pulp leads to an abscess, or pocket of pus, at the apex of the root. Tooth abscesses can cause severe pain that may radiate into the jaw. Other symptoms that may be present include swelling of the gums, face or jaw, fever and swollen lymph nodes in your neck. A tooth abscess requires prompt treatment, as the infection can spread into the jawbone as well as other areas of the head and neck. In some cases, treatment may involve removing the affected tooth.

Tooth decay is generally diagnosed by a general dentist during a routine dental examination. General dentists utilize a variety of methods to diagnose tooth decay, including examining and probing the mouth and teeth with dental instruments and using imaging modalities such as x-rays. The presence of symptoms associated with tooth decay is also taken into consideration during the examination. Based on the extent of decay, the dentist may perform a restorative procedure or refer the patient to be treated by a specialist, such as an endodontist, who specializes in diagnosing and treating tooth pain and performing RCT, or oral surgeon.

Treatment Options for Tooth Decay

While tooth decay may be prevented with good oral hygiene, once the infection breaches the enamel layer, intervention from a dental clinician is generally required. The main goal of treating tooth decay is to remove the debris, bacteria, and damaged tissues, while preserving as much of the tooth’s natural structure as possible. Tooth decay treatment is largely determined by the stage of the decay.

Earlier Stage Tooth Decay

A decay that has breached the enamel or dentin layers, but not yet the pulp, is typically treated by general dentists, and involves scraping of tooth structure using drills and burs to remove the infected tissues.

Later Stage Tooth Decay

Once the infection reaches the pulp, it will typically require more aggressive intervention. Two common procedures used to treat this stage of tooth decay include RCT or a tooth extraction that may lead to a dental implant procedure.

Root Canal Therapy. RCT is a treatment for late-stage tooth decay that aims to save the patient’s tooth instead of removing it. Preserving the tooth can provide several benefits to the patient, including maintaining functionality and preserving the natural appearance of the tooth and smile. During RCT, a clinician attempts to remove the infected pulp tissue from the root of the tooth. The clinician will then fill the root canals to prevent reinfection and place a dental crown on the tooth to protect and restore it. In conventional RCT, multiple visits may be required to complete a root canal procedure.

Tooth Extraction and Dental Implant Procedure. In cases of severe tooth decay or where other treatment options have failed, the diseased tooth may need to be extracted, or removed, from its socket in the bone. Tooth extraction can be associated with negative outcomes such as severe pain, inflammation, nerve injury, bone loss and infection. Tooth extraction is generally followed by the placement of a dental implant, which is intended to mimic the look and feel of a natural tooth. Placement of a dental implant is time intensive and requires multiple visits to complete, with the entire process often lasting upwards of a year. Due to the high cost of dental implants, some patients may choose not to fill the empty space where the tooth was previously located or may opt for an alternative such as a bridge or dentures, all of which are often associated with poor aesthetic and functional outcomes.

Overview of Conventional Methods of Root Canal Therapy

Root canal procedures generally begin with preparing the tooth, which includes x-ray imaging, administration of a local anesthetic to numb the area and isolation of the tooth using a protective sheet to prevent salivary and bacterial contamination. Once the tooth is prepared, conventional methods of RCT are generally divided into three steps: access, shaping and irrigation, and obturation.

 

118


Table of Contents

Access

Dental drills and burs are used to create an opening in the tooth, often referred to as an access cavity, which involves removing a portion of the enamel and dentin to provide access to the pulp chamber. Conventional access cavities provide visualization of the root canal system, create an unobstructed, straight-line path for instruments to reach the apex of each root and must be large enough to successfully identify and treat the root canals.

Shaping and Irrigation

Shaping and irrigation is a critical step of RCT that can significantly impact the long-term success of the procedure. During this step, clinicians use a mechanical technique, referred to as instrumentation, and a chemical technique, referred to as irrigation, in an attempt to remove bacteria, infection and damaged tissues.

Instrumentation involves the use of instruments called endodontic files to mechanically scrape the root canal walls and remove tooth structure to reduce the amount of bacteria inside the root canal. Endodontic files are used to enlarge the canal space to facilitate irrigation and to shape the canals to enable easier obturation later in the procedure. A series of endodontic files are typically used during RCT that increase in size throughout the procedure, which can lead to significant removal of tooth structure and may impact the long-term survival of the tooth.

Clinicians use irrigation to further disinfect the root canals by utilizing a variety of chemicals, techniques and devices to dissolve both organic and inorganic materials. A root canal is generally irrigated with multiple chemicals in between the use of files and reduces friction between the instruments and dentin. Irrigation is also used to remove materials dislodged during instrumentation as well as the smear layer, a paste-like mixture of dentin, pulp and bacteria that is created during instrumentation and adheres to the root canal walls. The most common irrigation technique utilizes syringes and needles that are inserted directly into the root canals. Several other devices, such as sonic, ultrasonic and laser-assisted irrigation devices, may also be used to improve irrigation by increasing the movement of the irrigant within the root canal. Sonic and ultrasonic activation use a vibrating metal or plastic tip to move fluids within the canal. This technology requires the tip to be inserted into each root canal, and can generate air bubbles inside the fluid that weaken or dampen the extent of cavitation. For laser activation, the root canal is filled with fluid and the tip of a laser is inserted inside the tooth. The tip pulses laser energy into the fluid, which creates acoustic waves and energy. This energy can have limited range and air bubbles that create the energy can weaken or dampen the extent of captivation. In addition, sonic, ultrasonic and laser technologies can generate heat buildup and aerosols, generally lack fluid refreshment during the procedure and require the separate injection and aspiration of procedure fluids throughout the procedure. Further, these methods are limited in their ability to reach deep regions of the root canal system and rely on extensive instrumentation to provide access to those regions.

Obturation

Once shaping and irrigation is complete, the root canals are typically filled and sealed using an inert, biocompatible material called gutta percha as well as sealers in a process referred to as obturation. The goal of obturation is to create a strong seal for each root canal to prevent bacteria from seeping back into the tooth as well as entomb any residual bacteria that may not have been removed during the procedure. Improper sealing may result in renewed infection and inflammation and require additional intervention. Following obturation, the tooth is restored and a dental crown is placed over the treated area.

Limitations of Conventional Methods of Root Canal Therapy

While RCT enables treatment of late stage tooth decay without extracting the tooth, conventional methods of performing RCT, particularly shaping and irrigation, have a number of limitations, including:

 

   

Ineffective cleaning. We believe that conventional methods of RCT do not adequately clean and disinfect the entire root canal system, primarily due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root

 

119


Table of Contents
 

canal and the inability of current endodontic technologies to reach the microscopic spaces within the tooth. For example, studies have shown that instrumentation alone does not successfully remove all bacteria and infected tissue, with endodontic files generally only able to reach between 35% and 65% of the surfaces within the root canal. In addition, studies have demonstrated that approximately 74% of all root canal procedures show signs of residual tissue and bacteria post-procedure, most often occurring in regions of the root canal with complex anatomic features.

 

   

Extensive use of instrumentation. Conventional methods of performing RCT rely on extensive use of instrumentation to remove infected tissue and enlarge root canals in preparation for irrigation, which may weaken the tooth and impact its long-term survival. Use of instrumentation within the root canal system during conventional RCT is also frequently associated with several risk factors and may increase the likelihood of procedural errors that can result in fracture and therefore loss of the tooth. For example, endodontic files may cause bacteria and debris to extrude into the periapical region around the apex of the root, causing post-operative pain and preventing the tooth from properly healing. Endodontic files may also perforate the wall of the root canal, at which point tooth extraction is required. Pieces of endodontic files can break off into the canal, which may cause additional inflammation and post-operative pain, and generally requires retreatment to remove the instrument fragments from the root canal.

 

   

Poor clinical outcomes. The limitations of conventional methods of RCT may lead to poor clinical outcomes, such as treatment failure and post-operative pain. Published studies have shown that 28% to 74% of endodontic lesions can remain unhealed at 12 months after treatment with conventional methods of RCT. These methods are also commonly associated with more frequent and more severe post-operative pain as compared to other dental procedures. According to published studies, between 29% and 70% of patients undergoing conventional RCT report post-operative pain and the estimated weighted average success rate of conventional methods of RCT at 12+ months after treatment ranges between 68% and 85%.

 

   

Need for multiple visits. In many cases, conventional methods of performing RCT require multiple visits, depending on a variety of factors such as the clinician experience, severity of the disease and anatomy of the root canal system being treated. Peer-reviewed data shows that approximately half of root canal procedures are completed in a single visit, with more complex cases typically requiring multiple visits. The need for multiple visits reduces patient convenience as well as billable visits for the practice, as payment is typically the same regardless of the number of visits.

 

   

Lack of standardized procedure protocols. Given the uniqueness and complexity of the root canal system, there is generally a lack of standardized protocols for critical steps of conventional RCT. For example, the chemical concentrations, techniques and devices utilized during irrigation can vary widely between clinicians. The concentration of the most important chemical used during irrigation – sodium hypochlorite – also varies between 3% and 8%, depending on the brand, season and method of storage. Clinicians typically select, manually mix and inject this and other chemicals during the procedure, which requires time and caution in administration and can result in inconsistent concentrations across procedures. Additionally, the amount of instrumentation, including the depth to which the root canal is instrumented, is determined on a case-by-case basis by each individual dental practitioner, and can vary significantly based on the complexity of the procedure. We believe this lack of standardization contributes to unpredictable procedure times and outcomes.

 

   

Complex procedure. RCT using conventional methods can be difficult to perform due to the complexity and uniqueness of each root canal system, which can lead to outcomes that are dependent on the experience of the clinician and drive large disparities in patient outcomes. For example, one of the challenges in conventional RCT is to locate all root canals within the tooth. This process is considered to be a crucial part of the procedure and is entirely technique-dependent. Peer-reviewed literature indicates that approximately 12% of root canal procedures miss at least one root canal, which has been shown to increase the likelihood of treatment failure by over six times. General dentists also

 

120


Table of Contents
 

may elect not to perform some or all root canal procedures due to their complexity, instead referring those patients to endodontists for treatment. In addition, conventional methods of RCT utilize techniques and devices that create aerosols during the procedure, which has become an important issue for clinicians and patients during the COVID-19 pandemic due to the heightened sensitivity to the concerns associated with cross-contamination via aerosols.

Our Solution

We have developed a proprietary technology platform with an innovative approach to the treatment of tooth decay. Our GentleWave System is a Class II device and is FDA-cleared for preparing, cleaning and irrigating teeth indicated for RCT and is the first and only FDA-cleared system for RCT that employs a sterilized, single-use procedure instrument to automate the cleaning and disinfection of microscopic spaces within root canals without the need to remove tooth structure.

In addition to our GentleWave console and single-use procedure instruments, we also offer ancillary single-use products, such as SoundSeal and our Sonendo-branded liquid solution of EDTA. SoundSeal is a material used during the GentleWave Procedure to build and create a sealing platform on the top of the crown, which facilitates an airtight seal between the PI and the tooth. Our company-branded EDTA is a liquid used during the GentleWave Procedure to help debride and disinfect the root canal system, and is introduced and circulated throughout the root canal system via the GentleWave System. We also offer our widely used TDO practice management software, which is designed to improve practice workflow and seamlessly integrate with the GentleWave System.

Benefits of the GentleWave System

We believe our GentleWave System transforms the patient and clinician experience and addresses many of the limitations of conventional RCT by providing the following key benefits:

Clinical Outcome Benefits

 

   

Superior cleaning and disinfection. Utilizing our proprietary mechanism of action that combines fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics, the GentleWave System debrides and disinfects deep regions of the complex root canal system in a less invasive procedure that preserves tooth structure. Our innovative mechanism of action enables more consistent and complete cleaning and disinfection of the root canal system in a manner that is independent of its complexity and anatomy. In multiple published in-vitro studies, the GentleWave System was observed to clean significantly more debris as well as more complex anatomies compared to conventional methods of RCT.

 

   

Less invasive procedure. Our technology is designed to clean and disinfect multiple root canals within the root canal system simultaneously, without requiring insertion of our PI into each root canal, thereby reducing the need for instrumentation and removal of healthy tooth structure. We believe this helps clinicians avoid common risk factors associated with the excessive use of files, such as extrusion, perforation or thinning of the root canal walls which may result in fracture and therefore loss of the tooth. For example, once the tooth is accessed using traditional access methods, the clinician will generally rely on the GentleWave System’s mechanism of action to debride and disinfect the root canal system. Based on our commercial experience, we have observed that clinicians using the GentleWave System require fewer and smaller files, and in some cases no files, instead of using many files to manually scrape and remove tooth structure and enlarge canals. In addition, in a published in-vitro study, the GentleWave System was observed to completely clean the root canal system of debris and tissue without any instrumentation while leaving the original tooth structure intact.

 

121


Table of Contents
   

High and rapid rates of healing. In our PURE study, 97% of patients treated using the GentleWave Procedure were healed or healing at the six-month follow-up, which was sustained through the 12-month follow-up. We believe our high and rapid healing rate is the result of the GentleWave System’s novel mechanism of action that enables cleaning and disinfection of microscopic spaces within root canals.

 

   

Minimal to no post-operative pain. In our PURE study, patients treated using the GentleWave Procedure experienced minimal to no post-operative pain. We believe this is due to the ability of our technology to remove and clean diseased tissue and bacteria from within even the smallest spaces in the root canal system. In addition, the risk of extrusion of debris, tissue and bacteria beyond the apex of the root is minimized by dramatically reduced or no use of files as well as the negative pressure of the GentleWave System. These results are supported by our commercial experience and clinician feedback, where patients are reporting less post-operative pain and are requiring fewer prescriptions for pain-relieving medications such as opioids.

Practice & Clinician Benefits

 

   

More procedures completed in a single visit. Our GentleWave System empowers clinicians to perform even the most challenging cases in a single visit. This was demonstrated by our PURE study, where 92% of GentleWave Procedures were completed in a single-visit procedure. These results were further supported by our survey of GentleWave users, which showed the number of RCT cases completed in a single visit increased 57% to 90% following adoption of the GentleWave System. We believe single-visit procedures enhance practice efficiency by enabling increased billable visits as well as delivering improved convenience for the patient.

 

   

Standardized protocol that enables procedure efficiency and predictable outcomes. The GentleWave System is designed to provide a consistent, automated and standardized cleaning and disinfection protocol, regardless of anatomy or complexity. Key parameters, such as the sequence and duration of delivery of each solution are pre-programmed and controlled by the software. For example, the system measures and adjusts procedure fluids, including distilled water, sodium hypochlorite and EDTA, for clinicians, thereby standardizing the concentration and mixing of procedure fluids across every procedure and delivering these fluids through the PI to a sealed root canal system. We believe the standardization of this procedure enables clinicians to have a more predictable procedure time and outcome and reduces the number of personnel required for the procedure, freeing up time and improving efficiency.

 

   

Simple-to-use technology. We designed our technology to enable ease of use due to its standardized treatment protocol and intuitive touch screen interface. In our commercial experience, clinicians are generally able to independently perform procedures following a few days of training.

 

   

Low risk of cross-contamination. The console and PI together form a closed-loop fluid management system, whereby fluids are delivered via the PI and then collected and evacuated into the waste canister inside the console. The procedure is designed to generate virtually no aerosols, which is not only convenient, but can be comforting for clinicians and patients during the COVID-19 pandemic with heightened sensitivity to the concerns associated with cross-contamination via aerosols. In addition, our PIs are pre-packaged, sterilized and single-use, which further reduces the risk of cross contamination.

 

   

Practice differentiating technology with the ability to establish stronger referral relationships with general dentists and attract patients. Based on our commercial experience, we believe clinicians who use and promote our GentleWave System benefit from stronger referral relationships with other general dentists resulting in more profitable practices and differentiation relative to peers who do not use our system.

 

122


Table of Contents

Components of the GentleWave System and Mechanism of Action

The key components of our GentleWave System are a sophisticated and mobile console and a sterilized single-use PI. We also offer ancillary single-use products such as SoundSeal and our company-branded EDTA. The console is a one-time capital equipment purchase, while PIs and ancillary single-use products are recurring consumable purchases based on the number of procedures performed and clinician need.

GentleWave Console

The console is designed to prepare and deliver procedure fluids into the PI via a high-pressure hose. The console includes fluid containers, electronics, software, corrosion-resistant tubes, a high-pressure pump, sensors, valves and a waste canister. The console is controlled by advanced software and operated via an intuitive touchscreen interface that simplifies procedure setup and treatment delivery. The console also collects the waste fluids delivered from the PI via a low-pressure evacuation tube. The console features an integrated RFID reader, which reads the RFID tag inside the PI and verifies that the correct PI is being used while also preventing re-use. The console is enabled with wireless connectivity capabilities that allow for automatic software updates, remote monitoring of the system to ensure reliability and real-time tracking of system utilization.

The image below depicts the console and its components:

 

 

LOGO

GentleWave Procedure Instrument

The PI is a pre-packaged, sterilized, single-use instrument connected to the console via a high-pressure hose that delivers optimized fluids from the console to the distal end of the PI. The distal end of the PI interacts with the tooth and is composed of four key components: an orifice, or nozzle, a flow-deflector, a sealing component and an evacuation tube. Currently, there is a PI for molar teeth, or a Molar PI, and one for anteriors and premolars, or an APM PI. The differences in design are driven by the anatomical differences in teeth. While our APM PI cleans the tooth without entering it, our current Molar PI requires the tip of the instrument to be placed inside the pulp chamber during treatment.

We have developed a next generation PI called CleanFlow PI, which has received 510(k) clearance by the FDA and has been approved by Health Canada. The CleanFlow PI utilizes the same mechanism of action as our

 

123


Table of Contents

existing PIs, but has been improved so that no components of the PI enter the tooth, regardless of tooth type. We believe the CleanFlow PI transforms the way root canal procedures are performed by cleaning the inside of the tooth from outside the tooth through the endodontic access opening, and will further simplify the GentleWave Procedure, expand our indications for use, improve user experience and enable clinicians to preserve even more tooth structure.

The image below depicts our Molar PI and CleanFlow PI and their respective mechanisms of action:

 

 

LOGO

GentleWave System Mechanism of Action

The GentleWave System mechanism of action is designed to clean and disinfect the entire root canal system simultaneously and remotely, or without requiring insertion of our PI into each root canal. The key components of the GentleWave System utilize a proprietary mechanism of action that combines procedure fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics to efficiently dissolve tissue and bacteria using minimal or no instrumentation.

The console enables a multi-stage process of optimizing procedure fluids, which include distilled water, sodium hypochlorite and EDTA, before they are delivered to the PI. Initially, the console extracts fluids from built-in containers and passes them through degassers, or components designed to reduce the fluid’s dissolved air content. In the absence of the console’s proprietary degassing process, air bubbles in the procedure fluids may act as barriers that inhibit the delivery of fluids and broad-spectrum acoustic energy throughout the root canal system. After degassing, the concentration of each procedure fluid is measured and adjusted precisely in preparation for delivery to the root canal system, thereby standardizing the concentration of procedure fluids, including sodium hypochlorite, across every procedure. The console detects and notifies the user if an incorrect or chemically degraded solution is being used, and also continuously refreshes procedure fluids during treatment.

The PI enables a process by which broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics are created within the root canal system. Once optimized and pressurized, procedure fluids are delivered from the console to the distal end of the PI via a high-pressure hose. In the distal end of the PI, a proprietary orifice converts the procedure fluids into a high-speed fluid jet. The fluid jet flows through the tip of the PI until it reaches openings that allow it to interact with accumulated stationary fluid inside the pulp chamber. This interaction creates a strong shear force, which causes continuous hydrodynamic cavitation in the form of a cavitation cloud containing

 

124


Table of Contents

thousands of cavitation bubbles. The continuous formation and implosion of cavitation bubbles generates shock waves and broad-spectrum acoustic energy that propagate throughout the root canal system. The hydrodynamic cavitation that is created generates a broad range of frequencies that enables the optimal delivery of acoustic energy into structures of various dimensions inside the root canal system. The tip of the PI is designed to deflect the fluid jet in a manner that generates a flow over the orifices of the root canal, which induces a vortical flow and negative pressure inside the root canals. The vortical flow is optimized to rapidly dissolve and remove tissue, bacteria and debris from the root canal system, while the negative pressure minimizes the possibility of extrusion of the procedure fluids beyond the apex of the root.

The GentleWave Procedure

We designed the GentleWave Procedure to be simple to learn, requiring only general dental skills to perform, and easy to integrate into a practice’s existing workflow. Certain steps of the GentleWave Procedure, including access and obturation and tooth restoration, are generally the same as conventional RCT. However, the GentleWave Procedure transforms cleaning and disinfection, the most important aspect of RCT, by replacing the cumbersome, ineffective and invasive step of shaping and irrigation with the following simpler, more effective and less-invasive steps:

 

   

Ensuring an unobstructed path within the root canal: Once the tooth is accessed using traditional access methods, the clinician may use endodontic files to ensure there is an open fluid path to the apex and to facilitate obturation later in the procedure. Based on our commercial experience, we are seeing clinicians move towards using only one file, and in some cases no files, for this step of the procedure, instead of using many files to scrape and remove tooth structure and enlarge canals.

 

   

Standardizing and automating cleaning and disinfection: Once a fluid pathway is established, a material, such as our SoundSeal product, is used to create a platform on top of the crown, which facilitates an airtight seal between the PI and the tooth. Once the PI is positioned on the tooth and a sealed environment is confirmed, the clinician uses the intuitive touchscreen interface on the GentleWave Console to select from a predefined set of treatment protocols. The foot pedal attached to the GentleWave Console is depressed to activate the GentleWave System, creating a closed loop fluid management system that seamlessly transitions between stages of the procedure, requiring minimal intervention from the clinician during treatment.

Peer-Reviewed Research and Clinical Studies

We are committed to continuing to generate evidence to support the clinical benefits of the GentleWave System. These benefits have been observed in-vivo and in-vitro across two prospective, multi-center clinical studies, over 30 peer-reviewed journal publications and by real-world, clinical practice, with over 600,000 patients treated using the GentleWave System as of June 30, 2021. Our robust base of research and clinical data supports our belief that the GentleWave System has delivered strong clinical outcomes, including high and rapid healing rates with minimal to no post-operative pain, and provided superior cleaning of the entire root canal system in a less invasive procedure. In addition, the GentleWave System has been observed to drive procedure efficiency, enabling a greater proportion of root canal procedures to be completed in a single visit and reducing the need for endodontic files. Other than the SUPREME study referred to below, we do not believe any studies were powered for statistical significance, which we believe is common in the field of endodontic and dental research.

Strong Clinical Outcomes

We have conducted two prospective, multi-center clinical studies to date, in which we have observed strong clinical outcomes and benefits for patients treated with the GentleWave System. For these studies, the primary effectiveness endpoint was treatment success, defined as teeth that were considered to be healed or healing. Healing was assessed using a composite endpoint that included both clinical and radiographic components. Post-

 

125


Table of Contents

operative pain was also assessed as a secondary endpoint using a visual analog scale, where each patient ranked their level of pain from zero to ten, with ten being the highest level of pain.

Healing Rates after Endodontic Treatment Using the GentleWave System

In 2013, we conducted a prospective, multi-center, non-significant risk clinical study to assess the long-term performance of the GentleWave System, or the PURE study, which evaluated healing rates for molars 12 months after root canal treatment. The study also included data evaluating healing rates at six months after treatment. Six-month results were published in the Journal of Clinical and Experimental Dentistry in 2016 and 12-month results were published in the Journal of Endodontics in 2016.

The study cohort was composed of 89 patients in need of endodontic therapy who were consented and received treatment via a GentleWave System from one of six private endodontic clinics in Southern California. The six endodontists that participated as investigators were trained to use the GentleWave System and performed a standardized treatment procedure at each respective clinical site. Additionally, 92.1% of the enrolled patients were treated in a single visit. Pre-operative, intra-operative and post-operative data were collected from the patients and assessed by two trained, blinded and independent evaluators. Seventy-seven patients, or 86.5%, returned for the six-month follow-up and 75 patients, or 84.2%, returned for the 12-month follow-up.

At the six-month follow-up, the cumulative success rate was 97.4%, with 77.9% classified as healed and 19.5% as healing. At the 12-month follow-up, the cumulative success rate was 97.3%, with 92.0% classified as healed and 5.3% as healing. The observed high, rapid and sustained healing rates in this study imply efficient cleaning of tissue debris, bacteria and biofilm from the root canal system in a single-visit procedure using the GentleWave System.

In addition to the high rate of healing, patients reported minimal to no post-operative pain. At two days after treatment, zero patients experienced severe post-operative pain and 3.8% experienced moderate post-operative pain. Zero patients reported any incidence of pain after 14 days following treatment.

Healing Rates of Periapical Lesions after Endodontic Treatment Using the GentleWave System

A study was published in the Journal of Endodontics in 2018 that included data from the PURE study and another prospective, multi-center study conducted in 2015 comparing healing after treatment with the GentleWave System as compared to a traditional root canal therapy literature control, or the SUPREME study. The published study evaluated healing rates for molars with significant periapical lesions 12 months after root canal treatment using the GentleWave System.

The study cohort was composed of 45 patients from the PURE and SUPREME studies with periapical lesions in need of endodontic therapy who were consented and received treatment via a GentleWave System from one of four private endodontic clinics in Southern California. The four endodontists that participated as investigators were trained to use the GentleWave System and performed a standardized treatment procedure at each respective clinical site. Additionally, 88.9% of the enrolled patients were treated in a single-visit procedure. Data were collected from the patients and assessed by two trained, blinded and independent evaluators. Forty-four patients, or 97.8%, returned for the 12-month follow-up.

At the 12-month follow-up, the cumulative success rate was 97.7%, with 81.8% classified as healed and 15.9% as healing. Further, all teeth that were treated successfully were considered completely functional and had resolution for measured indices of mobility, soft tissue lesions, sinus tract and furcation involvement. The exhibited healing rate in this study implies that the GentleWave System treats root canal infections, causing inflammation in or around the root canal system to abate, ultimately allowing periapical lesions to heal.

 

126


Table of Contents

In addition to the high rates of healing, patients reported minimal to no post-operative pain. At two days after treatment, zero patients experienced moderate or severe post-operative pain, and 15.6% reported mild pain. No patients reported post-operative pain at the six- and 12-month follow-up visits.

Superior Cleaning in a Less Invasive Procedure

Numerous in-vitro studies have been conducted that validate the novel mechanism of action of our GentleWave System. In these studies the GentleWave System successfully cleaned the root canal system, including complex anatomies, in a procedure that is less invasive than conventional methods.

Cleaning of Complex and Small Root Canal Anatomies Superior to Conventional Methods

A study supported by us and published in the Dentistry Journal in 2016 compared the penetration depth of treatment fluids using the GentleWave System with devices commonly used in conventional methods. Specifically, the conventional methods in the study used passive ultrasonic activation with a PiezonMaster 700 (EMS) with an ESI-tip and active ultrasonic activation using a PiezonMaster 700 with an ESI-tip with maximum irrigation rate. The in-vitro study included 40 extracted human molars. The GentleWave System achieved statistical significance in cleaning deeper into the dentinal tubules in the apical, middle and coronal regions, with treatment fluids cleaning dentinal tubules in the apical region between 4 and 8.5 times deeper than the other devices.

 

 

LOGO

Debridement of GentleWave Compared to Conventional Methods

A study published in the Journal of Endodontics in 2015 compared the debridement efficacy of the GentleWave System with a conventional method for cleaning root canals. This study was funded by us and our employees were involved in the design of the study. Study data was acquired and analyzed independently of us. The conventional method in the study used a 30G Max-i-Probe side-vented irrigation needle and NiTi rotary instruments (endodontic files). The in-vitro study included 45 freshly extracted molars. The GentleWave System showed a statistically significant greater cleaning capacity and reduction in residual debris compared to teeth that were cleaned conventionally. Conventional instrumentation and irrigation cleaned debris from 67.8% and 87.3% of the apical and middle regions of the root canal, respectively. The GentleWave System cleaned substantially more debris, removing 97.2% and 98.1% of the debris from the apical and middle regions, respectively. The

 

127


Table of Contents

GentleWave System also demonstrated more complete cleaning in complex anatomies. In teeth with isthmi, 98.3% of isthmi areas were free of tissue debris after the GentleWave Procedure, compared to 64.3% of isthmi areas after conventional methods.

 

 

LOGO

Removal of Biofilm and Bacteria Superior to Conventional Methods

A study funded by us and published in Materials in 2019 compared disinfection and biofilm removal efficacy using the GentleWave System with minimal instrumentation with a device commonly used in conventional methods with conventional instrumentation. The device used in conventional methods used passive ultrasonic activation with a PiezonMaster 700 with an ESI-tip together with conventional rotary instrumentation (endodontic files). The in-vitro study included 47 freshly extracted human molars. The GentleWave System showed an ability to remove biofilm and bacteria in complex anatomies, demonstrated by statistically significant greater biofilm removal in the apical and isthmus regions of the root canal compared with conventional methods. Independent evaluators assessed and scored treated teeth on a scale from zero to three, with zero representing no bacteria and three representing large colonies of bacteria with greater than 50% of the wall covered in biofilm. In the middle and isthmus regions of the root canal, teeth treated with the GentleWave System all received scores of zero while teeth treated conventionally received scores of two and three. In the apical region of the root canal, teeth treated with the GentleWave System received scores ranging from zero to one while teeth treated conventionally received scores ranging from two to three.

Ability to Preserve More of the Original Tooth Structure without Instrumentation

A study funded by us and published in the Journal of Endodontics in 2018 examined root canal wall anatomy in uninstrumented premolar teeth cleaned using the GentleWave System. The in vitro study included 24 freshly extracted human premolars. The GentleWave System fully cleaned the root canal system of organic material without any instrumentation while leaving the original tooth structure intact. No organic tissue remnants or dentin debris were detected following treatment.

Enhanced Procedure Efficiency

The GentleWave System has been shown to improve procedure efficiency by enabling clinicians to perform RCT in a single visit while reducing the need for instrumentation. In 2020, we conducted a survey of 35

 

128


Table of Contents

clinicians that focused on quantifying the practice benefits provided by our GentleWave System. The survey compared the percentage of single-visit RCT cases and per-patient endodontic file costs before and after adoption of the GentleWave System. The results of the survey showed an increase in the number of single-visit RCT cases from 57% to 90% of total root canal procedures following GentleWave System adoption. This increase in the proportion of single-visit RCT cases enabled by the GentleWave System was observed across cases of varying complexity. These survey results are supported by data from our peer-reviewed, prospective clinical studies as well as commercial experience. Our survey also demonstrated a reduction in the need for instrumentation, with users reporting an average reduction in per-patient endodontic file costs of 41% after adopting the GentleWave System. The results of this survey may not be representative of the entire dental population and are based on informal feedback we received in performing the survey.

Sales and Marketing

Our commercial strategy and sales model involves a focus on facilitating adoption of our GentleWave System by increasing our installed base of consoles and maximizing procedural instrument revenue through increased utilization. As of June 30, 2021, our sales and clinician support team consisted of approximately 50 employees working collaboratively across a range of clinician facing roles to support an installed base of over 700 GentleWave Systems. We have structured our sales and clinician support team with specialized roles, including 16 capital sales representatives, eight clinical training specialists, seven field service engineers and ten marketing team members. We intend to expand the size of our sales and clinician support teams and add a team focused on consumable sales to support our efforts for adoption and utilization of the GentleWave System.

Sales

In the United States and Canada, our direct sales force markets and sells the GentleWave System to clinicians performing a high volume of root canals as part of their practice. We estimate that there are approximately 5,000 endodontists and 176,000 general dentists in the United States and Canada. Endodontists perform approximately four million root canal procedures annually. Within the general dentist population, we estimate that a subset of approximately 50,000 general dentists perform approximately 90% of their root canal procedures, representing approximately nine million root canal procedures annually. Our sales force leverages third-party data on root canal procedure volumes by practitioner, thereby enabling us to efficiently and effectively identify target accounts. We believe that our current targeting strategy identifies a well-defined base of clinicians that is accessible by our direct sales organization.

Our capital sales representatives are responsible for generating demand for consoles both from new clinicians and broadening adoption among clinicians that already use our products. Our sales and marketing teams identify key opportunities that enable capital sales representatives to drive expansion of console placements across markets. Following the sale of a console, capital sales representatives participate in the onboarding process with the clinical training specialist.

Our clinical training specialists are dedicated to clinician onboarding, onsite training and continuing education. Our clinical training specialists lead comprehensive onsite training programs, which generally allow clinicians to perform procedures independently following a few days of training.

We are growing a team of consumable sales representatives that are focused on building relationships with clinician and dental practitioners, driving higher utilization and increasing PI revenue within the practice. Our consumable sales representatives will train and onboard new accounts and provide continuing education for existing accounts, absorbing these responsibilities from our clinical training specialists. Our consumable sales representatives will partner with clinicians to enhance practice efficiency and clinical workflow and increase patient volumes.

 

129


Table of Contents

Our field service engineers, augmented by a third party service partner, work closely with our sales team to ensure high uptime for the GentleWave Systems and a positive user experience by performing preventive maintenance and responding to on-site device needs. Field service engineers operate efficiently to ensure our console installed base remains well-maintained and capable of high utilization levels. The GentleWave System has continuous monitoring capabilities that we can use to remotely diagnose and proactively identify needed maintenance to maximize the efficiency of our targeted site visits.

The GentleWave System is currently authorized for sale within the United States and Canada. We plan to pursue regulatory clearances, certifications and other market access initiatives over time in attractive international regions in which we see significant potential opportunity. For these select international regions, we intend to explore the commercial opportunity either through distributors or direct sales.

Marketing

Our marketing team is focused on expanding awareness of the GentleWave System and its benefits among prospective patients and the broader dental practitioner community. Our professional marketing and educational initiatives include publications and podium presentations at industry conferences and scientific forums, organizing peer-to-peer dialogue and events to educate clinicians on the benefits of the GentleWave System and leveraging our strong network of supportive key opinion leaders. Moving forward, we will work to draw more attention to the GentleWave Procedure in select markets where we have established a large installed base by communicating the benefits of our system through targeted direct-to-patient marketing activities including social, digital and search optimization.

We partner with clinicians through various practice support programs, which focus on increasing awareness and strengthening referral relationships with general dentists. For example, through our GPS Program, we provide guidance to our partner practices on comprehensive staff training, expansive Sonendo-sponsored marketing initiatives and engaging self-marketing strategies. We also provide content for digital marketing and social media postings to educate patients on the GentleWave Procedure and increase new business for practices. We believe our marketing programs help differentiate the GentleWave System and are valuable in helping clinicians further grow their practices.

Research and Development

We are committed to developing innovations that transform dentistry, with a focus on saving teeth. We have established a dedicated research and development team comprised of 56 individuals as of June 30, 2021, with strong research and development capabilities in the treatment of tooth decay using fluid optimization, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and advanced fluid dynamics as well as integrating hardware and software to create an exceptional user and patient experience. A core part of our research and development strategy is engagement with our network of clinicians, which enables us to leverage real-world feedback to deliver meaningful innovation to clinicians. We believe our strategy will allow us to continue to develop new functionalities and upgrades to our GentleWave System, enable us to innovate, enhance our competitive position and expand our addressable market.

As we continue to transform RCT, our research and development efforts are focused on innovating our technologies to improve the usability of the GentleWave System, enhance the efficiency and predictability of the GentleWave Procedure and enable our system to perform other elements of root canal procedures, such as obturation of the root canal system. We expect to launch CleanFlow PI, our next-generation, single-use PI, which will enable us to clean the inside of the tooth from the outside, expand our indications for use and further improve the usability of our GentleWave System. We are also exploring development of next-generation technologies that expand the application of our GentleWave System beyond RCT for use in treating cavities in earlier-stage tooth decay.

 

130


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, we incurred research and development expenses of $19.0 million and $20.5 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we incurred research and development expenses of $9.6 million and $9.7 million, respectively.

Manufacturing and Supply Chain

We currently manufacture, assemble, test and ship our GentleWave System, which includes our console and single-use PI, at our approximately 55,000 square foot facility in Laguna Hills, California. This facility provides approximately 10,000 square feet of space for our production operations, including receiving, manufacturing, quality control, inventory and shipping.

We use a combination of internally manufactured and externally-sourced components to produce our GentleWave System. Externally-sourced components include off-the-shelf materials, sub-assemblies and custom parts that are provided by approved suppliers. For certain of these components, there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. For example, our GentleWave console includes a number of components, including high pressure lines, high pressure pumps, fluid temperature control systems, degassing components and user interface control systems, most of which we source externally from third party suppliers. We rely on Teledyne SSI to supply our high pressure pump, Marlow Industries, Inc. for our fluid temperature control systems and Idex Health & Science LLC for our degassing components. While there may be other suppliers that could make or provide any one of our externally-sourced components, we seek to manage single-source supplier risk by regularly assessing the quality and capacity of our suppliers and actively managing lead times and inventory levels of sourced components. In addition, particularly as we expand our business and sales, we are continuously reviewing sources and approving alternative suppliers to dual or multi-source certain of our components. We generally seek to maintain sufficient supply levels to help mitigate any supply interruptions and enable us to find and qualify another source of supply. Finished single-use PIs are sterilized at one of two qualified suppliers. The manufacture of our ancillary single-use products, including our branded EDTA solution and SoundSeal Material, is outsourced to a contract manufacturer.

Our suppliers are evaluated, qualified and approved as part of our supplier quality program, which includes verification and monitoring procedures to ensure that our suppliers comply with FDA and ISO standards, as well as our own specifications and requirements. We inspect and verify externally sourced components under strict processes supported by internal policies and procedures.

We are undertaking continuous margin improvement programs, including implementing lean manufacturing methods and collaborating with our suppliers to reduce material costs, and have executed several product design improvements to reduce product cost. We are also currently working to optimize several parts of our manufacturing process as well as consolidate the manufacture of several of the components for our console and single-use PI to fewer third-party suppliers.

Competition

Our proprietary technology platform represents an innovative approach to the treatment of tooth decay. As a result, our treatment method competes directly against conventional methods of treating root canals. We compete with manufacturers and suppliers of devices, instruments and other supplies used in connection with such conventional treatments. The market for these devices and instruments is highly fragmented with primary supply chains concentrated across a few larger manufacturers and distributors, such as Dentsply Sirona, Envista and Henry Schein. Many of our competitors have longer, more established operating histories, and significantly greater name recognition and financial, technical, marketing, sales, distribution and other resources.

We believe the primary competitive factors for companies that market new or alternative treatments and solutions in dental applications include acceptance by leading clinicians, patient outcomes and adverse event rates, patient experience and treatment time, ease-of-use and reliability, patient recovery time and level of discomfort,

 

131


Table of Contents

economic benefits and cost savings, intellectual property protection and the development of successful sales and marketing channels. One of the major hurdles to widespread adoption of our solutions will be overcoming established treatment patterns, which will require education of patients, clinicians and their referral sources.

In addition, we may compete with additional competitors and products outside the United States and Canada when we pursue plans to market our products internationally. Among other competitive advantages, such companies may have more established sales and marketing programs and networks, established relationships with clinicians and greater name recognition in such markets.

We believe our ability to compete effectively will be dependent on our ability to build the commercial infrastructure necessary to demonstrate the value of the GentleWave Procedure, maintain and improve product quality and feature functionality, build the infrastructure to support the operating needs of the business and achieve cost reductions.

Intellectual Property

We actively seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, employment, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, and protective contractual provisions with our employees, contractors, consultants, suppliers, partners and other third parties, to protect our intellectual property rights.

As of June 30, 2021, we owned 26 U.S. patents, which are expected to expire between April 19, 2027 and April 18, 2038, and there were 42 pending U.S. patent applications. As of June 30, 2021, we had 93 total issued foreign patents in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, Great Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Switzerland, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Hong Kong, Israel, India, Japan, Mexico, Singapore, and South Africa, and there were 50 total pending foreign patent applications in Canada, China, Eurasia, Europe, Hong Kong, Israel, India, Japan, and South Korea, and 6 pending Patent Cooperation Treaty applications. The term of any individual patent depends on the relevant laws and regulations in the country in which it is granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term for a utility patent is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a nonprovisional patent application in the applicable country.

As of June 30, 2021, we owned 13 U.S. patents, 15 pending U.S. patent applications, 59 foreign patents in Australia, Canada, China, Europe, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hong Kong, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Singapore, Spain, and Switzerland, 11 pending foreign patent applications in Canada, China, Europe, and India, and 1 pending Patent Cooperation Treaty application that relate to our GentleWave console and procedure instruments. These patents and patent applications belong to patent families relating to the following technology areas:

 

   

Three utility-type patent families directed to procedure instruments with pressure wave generators and to the use of such instruments for dental procedures, the patents and patent applications (if issued) in these three patent families have anticipated expiration dates ranging from 2027 to 2031;

 

   

Four utility-type patent families directed to pressure waves and irrigational flow for dental procedures, the patents in these four patent families have anticipated expiration dates ranging from 2033 to 2035, and the patent applications in these four patent families—if issued—would have anticipated expiration dates ranging from 2033 to 2041;

 

   

Three design-type patent families directed to designs for a procedure instrument and console, the patents and patent applications (if issued) in these three patent families have anticipated expiration dates ranging from 2029 to at least 2036; and

 

   

One utility-type patent family directed to other aspects of our GentleWave products, including console features such as security, authentication, and fluid management, the patents and patent applications (if issued) in this patent family have anticipated expiration dates in 2034.

 

132


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2021, we owned 104 registered trademarks and 53 pending trademark applications worldwide, including trademark registrations for “Sonendo” and “GentleWave” in the United States and other countries.

Our pending patent and trademark applications may not result in issued patents or registered trademarks, and we cannot assure you that any current or subsequently issued patents or registered trademarks will protect our intellectual property rights, provide us with any competitive advantage or withstand or retain its original scope after a validity or enforceability challenge from a third party. Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could develop competitive products that are not covered by our intellectual property, and we may be unable to stop such competitor from commercializing such products. While there is no active litigation involving any of our patents or other intellectual property rights and we have not received any notices of patent or other intellectual property infringement, we may be required to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights against third parties in the future. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future products or technologies may be alleged to infringe. There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry. In the future, we may need to engage in litigation to enforce patents issued or licensed to us, protect our trade secrets or know-how, defend against claims of infringement of the rights of others or determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could be costly and could divert our attention from other functions and responsibilities. Furthermore, even if our patents are found to be valid and infringed, a court may refuse to grant injunctive relief against the infringer and instead grant us monetary damages and/or ongoing royalties. Such monetary compensation may be insufficient to adequately offset the damage to our business caused by the infringer’s competition in the market. Adverse determinations in litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, could require us to seek licenses from third parties and pay significant royalties to such third parties and could prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using our product or techniques, any of which could severely harm our business.

Our knowledge and experience, creative product development, marketing staff and trade secret information, with respect to manufacturing processes and product design, are important in maintaining our proprietary product lines. As a condition of employment, we require all employees and key contractors to execute an agreement obligating them to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information and assign to us inventions and other intellectual property created during their employment. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property” for additional information regarding these and other risks related to our intellectual property portfolio and their potential effect on us.

Government Regulation

Our products and our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other federal and state authorities in the United States, as well as comparable authorities in foreign jurisdictions. For example, our GentleWave device is subject to regulation as a medical device in the United States under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, as implemented and enforced by the FDA.

United States Regulation

The FDA regulates the development, design, non-clinical and clinical research, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, installation, servicing, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, adverse event reporting, advertising, promotion, marketing and distribution, and import and export of medical devices to ensure that medical devices distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses and otherwise meet the requirements of the FDCA.

FDA Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device commercially distributed in the United States requires either FDA clearance of a premarket notification submitted under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, or approval of a

 

133


Table of Contents

premarket approval application, or PMA. Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure its safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents.

While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life sustaining, life supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a PMA. Some pre-amendment devices are unclassified, but are subject to FDA’s premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially distributed. Our currently marketed GentleWave System, which includes our GentleWave console and PIs, is a Class II device and has received 510(k) clearance from the FDA.

510(k) Clearance Marketing Pathway

Our current products are subject to requirements for pre-market notification and clearance under section 510(k) of the FDCA. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit to the FDA a premarket notification submission demonstrating that the proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a legally marketed predicate device. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to twelve months, but may take longer. The FDA may require additional information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. In addition, FDA collects user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees and for medical device establishments.

If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent to a predicate device currently on the market, it will grant 510(k) clearance to commercially market the device. If the FDA determines that the device is “not substantially equivalent” to a previously cleared device, the device is automatically designated as a Class III device. The device sponsor must then fulfill more rigorous PMA requirements, or can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the “de novo” process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change or modification in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, PMA approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or request the recall of the modified device until such marketing authorization has been granted. Also, in these circumstances, the manufacturer may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

 

134


Table of Contents

Over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced steps that the FDA intended to take to modernize the 510(k) pathway. Among other things, the FDA announced that it planned to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway, and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, although the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation.

More recently, in September 2019, the FDA issued revised final guidance describing an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, thereby obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA has developed and maintains a list device types appropriate for the “safety and performance based” pathway and continues to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such device type, as well as the testing methods recommended in the guidance documents, where feasible.

PMA Approval Pathway

Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed, although some pre-amendment Class III devices for which FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process. In a PMA, the manufacturer must demonstrate that the device is safe and effective, and the PMA must be supported by extensive data, including data from preclinical studies and human clinical trials. The PMA must also contain a full description of the device and its components, a full description of the methods, facilities, and controls used for manufacturing, and proposed labeling. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of a PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. An advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will generally conduct a pre-approval inspection of the applicant or its third-party manufacturers’ or suppliers’ manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the QSR.

The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). The FDA may approve a PMA with post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, and collection of long-term follow-up data from patients in the clinical study that supported PMA approval or requirements to conduct additional clinical studies post-approval. The FDA may condition PMA approval on some form of post-market surveillance when deemed necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and efficacy data for the device in a larger population or for a longer period of use. In such cases, the manufacturer might be required to follow certain patient groups for a number of years and to make periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including withdrawal of the approval.

Certain changes to an approved device, such as changes in manufacturing facilities, methods, or quality control procedures, or changes in the design performance specifications, which affect the safety or effectiveness of the

 

135


Table of Contents

device, require submission of a PMA supplement. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as a PMA, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the original PMA and may not require as extensive clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel. Certain other changes to an approved device require the submission of a new PMA, such as when the design change causes a different intended use, mode of operation, and technical basis of operation, or when the design change is so significant that a new generation of the device will be developed, and the data that were submitted with the original PMA are not applicable for the change in demonstrating a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. None of our offerings are currently marketed pursuant to a PMA.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and de novo classification, and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. All clinical investigations of devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the FDA requires the device sponsor to submit an IDE application to the FDA, which must become effective prior to commencing human clinical trials. If the device under evaluation does not present a significant risk to human health, then the device sponsor is not required to submit an IDE application to the FDA before initiating human clinical trials, but must still comply with abbreviated IDE requirements when conducting such trials. A significant risk device is one that presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety or welfare of a patient and either is implanted, used in supporting or sustaining human life, substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or otherwise preventing impairment of human health, or otherwise presents a potential for serious risk to a subject. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE for which it requires modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval.

Regardless of the degree of risk presented by the medical device, clinical studies must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may impose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and complying with labeling and record-keeping requirements. In some cases, an IDE supplement must be submitted to, and approved by, the FDA before a sponsor or investigator may make a change to the investigational plan that may affect its scientific soundness, study plan or the rights, safety or welfare of human subjects.

During a study, the sponsor is required to comply with the applicable FDA requirements, including, for example, trial monitoring, selecting clinical investigators and providing them with the investigational plan, ensuring IRB review, adverse event reporting, record keeping and prohibitions on the promotion of investigational devices or on making safety or effectiveness claims for them. The clinical investigators in the clinical study are also subject to FDA’s regulations and must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of the investigational device, and comply with all reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Additionally, after a trial begins, we, the FDA or the IRB could suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the anticipated benefits.

 

136


Table of Contents

Post-market Regulation

After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

   

establishment registration and device listing with the FDA;

 

   

QSR requirements, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the design and manufacturing process;

 

   

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of investigational products, or the promotion of ‘‘off-label’’ uses of cleared or approved products;

 

   

requirements related to promotional activities;

 

   

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared devices that could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in intended use of one of our cleared devices, or approval of certain modifications to PMA-approved devices;

 

   

medical device reporting regulations, which require that a manufacturer report to the FDA if a device it markets may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or has malfunctioned and the device or a similar device that it markets would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, if the malfunction were to recur;

 

   

correction, removal and recall reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

   

the FDA’s recall authority, whereby the agency can order device manufacturers to recall from the market a product that is in violation of governing laws and regulations; and

 

   

post-market surveillance activities and regulations, which apply when deemed by the FDA to be necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Manufacturing processes for medical devices and accessories are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, we are subject to periodic scheduled and unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of marketed products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any marketed products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or approval, or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

The FDA has broad regulatory compliance and enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers and manufacturers. If the FDA determines that a manufacturer or supplier has failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it can take a variety of compliance or enforcement actions, which may result in any of the following sanctions:

 

   

warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

   

recalls, withdrawals, or administrative detention or seizure of our products;

 

   

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

137


Table of Contents
   

refusing or delaying requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products or modified products;

 

   

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

   

refusal to grant export approvals for our products; or

 

   

criminal prosecution.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the European Union

In the European Union, or EU, until May 25, 2021, medical devices were regulated by the Council Directive 93/42/EEC, or the EU Medical Devices Directive, which has been repealed and replaced by Regulation (EU) No 2017/745, or the EU Medical Devices Regulation. Unlike directives, regulations are directly applicable in all EU member states without the need for member states to implement into national law.

In the EU, there is currently no premarket government review of medical devices. However, all medical devices placed on the EU market must meet general safety and performance requirements, including the requirement that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that, during normal conditions of use, it is suitable for its intended purpose. Medical devices must be safe and effective and must not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and – where applicable – other persons, provided that any risks which may be associated with their use constitute acceptable risks when weighed against the benefits to the patient and are compatible with a high level of protection of health and safety, taking into account the generally acknowledged state of the art.

Compliance with the general safety and performance requirements is a prerequisite for European Conformity Marking, or CE-Mark, without which medical devices cannot be marketed or sold in the EU. To demonstrate compliance with the general safety and performance requirements medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its (risk) classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can self-assess the conformity of its products with the general safety and performance requirements (except for any parts which relate to sterility, metrology or reuse aspects), a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. Notified bodies are independent organizations designated by EU member states to assess the conformity of devices before being placed on the market. A notified body would typically audit and examine a product’s technical dossiers and the manufacturers’ quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant general safety and performance requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE Mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the market throughout the EU.

Throughout the term of the certificate of conformity, the manufacturer will be subject to periodic surveillance audits to verify continued compliance with the applicable requirements. In particular, there will be a new audit by the notified body before it will renew the relevant certificate(s).

All manufacturers placing medical devices into the market in the EU must comply with the EU medical device vigilance system. Under this system, serious incidents and Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, must be reported to the relevant authorities of the EU member states. Manufacturers are required to take FSCAs defined as any corrective action for technical or medical reasons to prevent or reduce a risk of a serious incident associated with the use of a medical device that is made available on the market. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device.

The aforementioned EU rules are generally applicable in the European Economic Area, or EEA, which consists of the 27 EU member states plus Norway, Liechtenstein and Iceland.

 

138


Table of Contents

Regulation of Medical Devices in Canada

Canada regulates the import and sale of medical devices through Health Canada, or HC. HC classifies medical devices into four classifications, with Class I being the lowest risk and Class IV being the highest. Class I and II devices are often cleared for sale after they are CE marked or listed on the company’s ISO certification and filed via fax-back applications for a Medical Device License. Higher classification risk devices (Class III and IV) require filing dossiers that resemble US 510(k) applications. These applications can range in cost and typically take longer for approval. Our Canadian medical device license (#101958) was issued in 2018 and, as a holder of such a license, we are subject to inspection by HC and must maintain a valid Medical Device Single Audit Program, or MDSAP, certificate. We were issued a MDSAP certificate by DQS Medizinprodukte GmbH in June 2020 and it remains valid through June 2023.

U.S. Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

In the United States, we are subject to a number of federal and state healthcare regulatory laws that restrict certain business practices in the healthcare industry. These laws include, but are not limited to, federal and state anti-kickback, false claims, transparency laws governing payments and other transfers of value made to physicians and other healthcare providers, and other healthcare fraud and abuse laws.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute includes statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors that protect certain arrangements. Failure to meet the requirements of the safe harbor, however, does not render an arrangement illegal. Rather, the government may evaluate such arrangements on a case-by-case basis, taking into account all facts and circumstances, including the parties’ intent and the arrangement’s potential for abuse, and may be subject to greater scrutiny by enforcement agencies.

The Federal False Claims Act, or FCA, prohibits a person from knowingly presenting, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or from making a false statement or using a false record to have a claim approved. The federal FCA further provides that a lawsuit thereunder may be initiated in the name of the United States by an individual, a “whistleblower,” who is an original source of the allegations. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act. Penalties for a violation of the FCA include fines for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages caused by each false claim.

Further, the Civil Monetary Penalties Statute authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties, assessments and exclusion against an individual or entity based on a variety of prohibited conduct, including, but not limited to offering remuneration to a federal health care program beneficiary that the individual or entity knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order or receive health care items or services from a particular provider.

HIPAA also established federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

 

139


Table of Contents

The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other healthcare professionals beginning in 2022, and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including patients and commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally funded healthcare program.

Violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that apply may result in significant penalties, including, without limitation, administrative civil and criminal penalties, damages, disgorgement, fines, additional reporting requirements and compliance oversight obligations, contractual damages, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs and/ or imprisonment.

U.S. Coverage and Reimbursement

Our customers are typically reimbursed, in part, for the cost of our products by third party payors or are otherwise paid directly by patients in connection with procedures performed. In the United States, approximately 50% of adults aged 18 to 64 with private health insurance have dental care coverage. Dental practitioners bill for the procedures using the applicable Code on Dental Procedures and Nomenclature, or CDT, established by the American Dental Association. Reimbursement rates vary by payor, however, based on the procedure performed and are unrelated to the costs actually incurred by the dental practitioner in that procedure. We believe that the reimbursement rates for RCT have remained stable and generally cover dental practitioners for the cost of the GentleWave Procedure under existing billing codes. Where patients are uninsured and are not otherwise covered by a third party payor, these patients are expected to pay their respective dental practitioner out-of-pocket for their RCT.

Further, in the United States, government healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, generally provide limited to no coverage and reimbursement for dental procedures in which our products are used. Where third-party payor coverage is not available, patients are responsible for all of the costs associated with treatment using our products. As a result, our success depends in part on the ability and willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket for treatment using our products. Certain commercial payors, Medicare Advantage plans and plans purchased through the ACA marketplace do, however, provide coverage and reimbursement for the procedures in which our products are used. No uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement among payors in the United States exists and coverage and reimbursement for procedures can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process can be a time consuming and costly process that may require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance. To contain costs of new technologies, third-party payors are increasingly scrutinizing new and existing treatments by requiring extensive evidence of favorable clinical outcomes. Dentists may not purchase our products if they do not receive sufficient reimbursement from payors for the cost of the product or procedures using our product. If third-party payors do not provide coverage or adequate reimbursement levels for procedures using our products, the demand for our products will not increase and/or there may be significant pricing pressure, either of which could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

 

140


Table of Contents

U.S. Healthcare Reform

In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system, many of which are intended to contain or reduce healthcare costs. By way of example, the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, executive and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden issued an executive order initiating a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare. It is unclear how other healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration or other efforts, if any, to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact the ACA or our business.

We expect additional state and federal healthcare reform measures to be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Numerous state, federal and foreign laws, including consumer protection laws and regulations, govern the collection, dissemination, use, access to, confidentiality, and security of personal information, including health-related information. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy and security laws, including HIPAA, and federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act) that govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our partners.

For example, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and regulations implemented thereunder (collectively, HIPAA) imposes privacy, security and breach notification obligations on certain health care providers, health plans, and health care clearinghouses, known as covered entities, as well as their business associates that perform certain services that involve creating, receiving, maintaining or transmitting individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of such covered entities. Entities that are found to be in violation of HIPAA as the result of a breach of unsecured protected health information, a complaint about privacy practices or an audit by HHS, may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative fines and penalties and/or additional reporting and oversight obligations if required to enter into a resolution agreement and corrective action plan with HHS to settle allegations of HIPAA non-compliance. Further, entities that knowingly obtain, use, or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA may be subject to criminal penalties.

Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities.

In addition, certain state and non-U.S. laws, such as the CCPA, the CPRA, and the GDPR, govern the privacy and security of personal information, including health-related information in certain circumstances, some of which are more stringent than HIPAA and many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may

 

141


Table of Contents

not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, where applicable, can result in the imposition of significant civil and/or criminal penalties and private litigation. Privacy and security laws, regulations, and other obligations are constantly evolving, may conflict with each other to make compliance efforts more challenging, and can result in investigations, proceedings, or actions that lead to significant penalties and restrictions on data processing.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters, which includes our manufacturing facility, is located in Laguna Hills, California, where we occupy approximately 55,000 square feet of space under a series of lease agreements. The lease agreement for our corporate headquarters expires in March 2025. We believe our current facilities are sufficient to meet our current and anticipated future needs and that suitable additional space is available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Human Capital Resources and Employees

We employ a growing and highly-skilled employee base, including our sales force, and promote a culture of innovation to continuously iterate and enhance our products, systems and commercial footprint. Our human capital objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and additional employees.

As of June 30, 2021, we had 203 employees. Employee turnover has not had a material impact on our operations. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a trade or labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

142


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of the date of this prospectus. With respect to our directors, each biography contains information regarding the person’s service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the past five years, information regarding involvement in certain legal or administrative proceedings and the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director of our Company.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers

     

Bjarne Bergheim

   47    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Roy T. Chen

   56    Chief Talent Officer

Jacqueline Collins

   53    Vice President, General Counsel

Mehrzad Khakpour, PhD

   45    Chief Technology Officer

Andrew Kirkpatrick

   58    Chief Operating Officer

Michael J. Smith

   41    Chief Commercial Officer

Michael P. Watts

   53    Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominees

W. Brooks Andrews(1)

   36    Director

Olav Bergheim

   71    Director

Anthony P. Bihl III

   65    Director

Alex C. Crisses(1)

   41    Director

Cory A. Eaves

   52    Director

Thomas R. Engels(1)

   73    Director

Daniel E. Even(1)

   69    Director

Chau Q. Khuong(1)

   45    Director

Paul S. Madera

   64    Director

Carolyn Beaver(2)

   63    Director Nominee

Sadie M. Stern(2)

   46    Director Nominee

Karen K. McGinnis(2)

   54    Director Nominee

 

(1)

Mr. Andrews, Mr. Crisses, Mr. Engels, Mr. Even and Mr. Khuong will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

(2)

Each individual will join our board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Executive Officers

Bjarne Bergheim has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Bergheim was our first employee and previously served as our Chief Operating Officer from 2006 to 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bergheim was a co-founder and a member of the management team of Fjord Ventures, LLC, a life science accelerator located in Laguna Hills, California focused on building and operating companies in the medical device, diagnostic and biopharmaceutical sectors. Previously, Mr. Bergheim was the first employee of 3F Therapeutics, Inc., which was acquired by ATS Medical and later by Medtronic, Inc. At 3F Therapeutics, Inc., Mr. Bergheim was responsible for building the research and development organization and also invented one of the trans-apical heart-valve delivery platforms. Mr. Bergheim received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of California, Irvine and an M.S. in mechanical engineering from the California Institute of Technology. Mr. Bergheim also studied cardiovascular and biomedical engineering at NTNU, Norway in collaboration with Stanford University and California Institute of Technology. We believe Mr. Bergheim’s extensive management experience in the medical device industry, and his understanding of our business, operations and strategy qualify him to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and on our board of directors.

 

143


Table of Contents

Roy T. Chen has served as our Chief Talent Officer since January 2018. From May 2012 to December 2017, Mr. Chen served as Vice President, Human Resources of Nobel Biocare USA LLC a division of Danaher Inc. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Chen was Executive Vice President Human Resources for Sybron Dental Specialties, a manufacturer of dental and medical products. Mr. Chen also worked at Johnson & Johnson for 16 years in a variety of Operations, Commercial and Human Resources roles. Mr. Chen currently serves on the board of directors of Ronald McDonald House Charities of Southern California. Mr. Chen received a B.A. in economics from Rutgers University, a B.S. in industrial engineering from Rutgers College of engineering and an M.S. in technology management from Stevens Institute of Technology.

Jacqueline Collins has served as our Vice President, General Counsel since October 2018. From December 2002 to February 2017, Ms. Collins served as the Vice President, General Counsel of Nobel Biocare North America, a subsidiary of Danaher, Inc. and a large dental implant and digital dentistry medical device manufacturer. From April 2014 to January 2016, Ms. Collins also served as the Head of Global Intellectual Property of Nobel Biocare Holding AG. Ms. Collins received a B.A. in political science from the University of Oregon, an M.A. in political science from Rutgers University, Eagleton Institute of Politics, and a J.D. from the University of Oregon School of Law.

Mehrzad Khakpour, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since September 2020. Dr. Khakpour previously served as our Vice President, R&D, from April 2016 to August 2020 and, from June 2008 to March 2016, Dr. Khakpour held several positions including Senior R&D Engineer and R&D Manager and R&D Director. Dr. Khakpour received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Sharif University of Technology, an M.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Minnesota and a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from the University of California, Riverside. His areas of research have included nanoparticle dynamics in turbulent reacting flows as well as cardiovascular fluid dynamics.

Andrew Kirkpatrick has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2020. From August 2007 to December 2019, Mr. Kirkpatrick served as the Chief Operating Officer of Accuray, Inc., or Accuray, a publicly traded global provider of cancer treatment technologies. Prior to Accuray, Mr. Kirkpatrick held a wide range of roles in manufacturing, service, product management and M&A at several technology companies. Mr. Kirkpatrick began his career as a nuclear engineer and submarine officer in the US Navy. From January 2011 to January 2017, Mr. Kirkpatrick served as a member of the board of directors of the Ronald McDonald House at Stanford University. He currently serves on the board of directors of Tau Science, Inc., a solar energy equipment supplier. Mr. Kirkpatrick received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the US Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Michael J. Smith has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since June 2021. From March 2017 to June 2021, Mr. Smith served as Vice President of Global Product, Marketing, Innovation and Ortho Channel at Align Technology Inc., the manufacturer of the Invisalign system and previously as their Director of Sales for EMEA. From June 2014 to March 2017, Mr. Smith served as a co-founder and director of Developed Edge Ltd. (UK), a specialist training and development organization that works exclusively with medical companies. Previously, Mr. Smith has served in a range of sales, marketing and management roles at Vygon UK (a manufacturer to single-use medical devices) and DePuy Synthes, Inc. (Johnson & Johnson’s orthopedic company). Mr. Smith received a B.S. in biochemistry from the University of Leeds, United Kingdom, and an M.B.A. from the Warwick Business School, United Kingdom.

Michael P. Watts has served as our Chief Financial Officer since November 2017. From March 2013 to October 2017, Mr. Watts served as the Chief Financial Officer of The HydraFacial Company, a manufacturer and marketer of non-invasive equipment and consumables used in aesthetic skin health treatments. From August 2011 to March 2013, Mr. Watts served as Senior Finance Director at Sybron Dental Specialties, a dental manufacturer and supplier. From October 2007 to July 2011, Mr. Watts served as the Vice President of Finance and New Business Development at Zimmer Spine, a division of Zimmer Holdings, Inc. Prior to this, Mr. Watts worked for Johnson and Johnson from April 1998 to October 2007, where he held several financial leadership

 

144


Table of Contents

positions. Mr. Watts began his career in public accounting and is a Certified Public Accountant (Massachusetts). Mr. Watts received a B.S. in accounting from the University of Massachusetts and an M.S. from Bentley College.

Non-Employee Directors and Director Nominees

W. Brooks Andrews has served on our board of directors since December 2019. Mr. Andrews is a Partner with EW Healthcare Partners, which he joined in September 2013. Before joining EW Healthcare Partners, Mr. Andrews was an investor with Roark Capital and FFL Partners, and he began his career as an investment banker with Barclays Capital. Mr. Andrews currently serves as a director on the boards of Xenex Disinfection Services, Inc. and BreatheAmerica Inc. Mr. Andrews has also served as a board observer for Axogen Inc., a publicly traded medical device company focused on peripheral nerve repair, since August 2015, and as a board observer for EyePoint Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company focused on ophthalmology, since March 2018. Mr. Andrews received a B.B.A. and M.A. from the University of Georgia and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. Mr. Andrews will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Olav Bergheim has served as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded our company in June 2006. Mr. Bergheim has over 30 years of experience in creating and managing life science companies. In addition to co-founding our company, he is a founder of Volcano Corporation, 3F Therapeutics (acquired by Medtronic), Glaukos Corporation, Vessix Corporaton, Adagio Medical, Inc., YAP Therapeutics, Inc., Anaxiom Corporation, Kato Pharmaceutical, Inc., Otello Medical, Inc., Prelude Corporation and Metronom Health, Inc. Mr. Bergheim is also the founder and principal partner of Fjord Ventures LLC, a life science accelerator located in Laguna Hills, California. Prior to starting Fjord Ventures in 2005, Mr. Bergheim spent 10 years at Domain Associates LLC as a company creator and general partner. Prior to Domain, Mr. Bergheim served as a Corporate Vice President of Baxter Healthcare, where he spent 18 years in leadership and operating roles at U.S. and international locations. Mr. Bergheim previously served on the board of directors of Glaukos Corporation from 1999 to 2016, Volcano Corporation from 1999 to 2009 and Vessix Corporation from 2006 to 2012. Mr. Bergheim also serves and has served on the board of directors for several privately held companies, including Metronom Health, Inc., Prelude Corporation, Adagio Medical, Inc., Kato Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Anaxiom Corporation, Otello Medical, Inc. and YAP Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Bergheim received a B.S. and an M.S. in pharmacy from the University of Oslo and completed the Executive M.B.A. program at the University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business. We believe Mr. Bergheim’s role as a founder of our company, combined with his more than 30 years of experience in founding and managing life science companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Anthony P. Bihl III has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2020. Prior to joining our board of directors, Mr. Bihl served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of managers of Bioventus, LLC from December 2013 to April 2020. From June 2011 through June 2012, Mr. Bihl was Group President of American Medical Systems, or AMS, a subsidiary of Endo Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Bihl was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of AMS from April 2008 until Endo acquired AMS in June 2011. Mr. Bihl also served as Chief Executive Officer of the Diagnostics Division of Siemens Medical Solutions from January to November 2007, and as President of the Diagnostics Division of Bayer HealthCare from 2004 through 2006.

Mr. Bihl is currently Chairman of the board of directors of Spectral Medical, Inc., a publicly-traded Canadian company and has served as a member of the board of directors of Spectral Medical, Inc. since April 2008. In addition, since July 2020, Mr. Bihl has served on the board of directors of Meridian Bioscience Inc. From March 2016 to May 2020, Mr. Bihl served as a member of the board of directors of Nuvectra Corporation and, prior to March 2016, served on the board of directors of Integer Holdings Corporation before it spun off Nuvectra. In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Bihl also serves and has served on the board of directors for several privately held companies, and is a member of the board of directors of the Arthritis Foundation. Mr. Bihl received a B.S. in business administration from the Pennsylvania State University. We believe that Mr. Bihl is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in finance, operations and business unit leadership across the global medical device market and his experience serving on the board of directors of other companies.

 

145


Table of Contents

Alex C. Crisses has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Mr. Crisses has served as a Managing Director at General Atlantic LLC since January 2016, where he focuses on investments in the technology sector. Mr. Crisses serves as the Global Head of New Investment Sourcing and The Co-Head of General Atlantic’s Emerging Growth Initiative across all sectors and geographies. Before joining General Atlantic LLC in 2016, Mr. Crisses was a managing director at Insight Venture Partners from June 2002 to January 2015, where he focused on software investments globally. Mr. Crisses currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies, including: General Atlantic LLC, GPCY Holdings (Gympass), Benevity Inc., Pymetrics, Inc. and AppsFlyer Ltd. In addition, Mr. Crisses currently serves on the Board of Advisors for the Hospital For Special Surgery and as a member of the Founder’s Council of Cradles to Crayons New York. Mr. Crisses received a B.S. in economics from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Crisses will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Cory A. Eaves has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Mr. Eaves is an Operating Partner at General Atlantic LLC, providing strategic support and advice to the firm’s investment teams and portfolio companies with a focus on technology, operations and digital transformation. Before joining General Atlantic LLC in 2009, he was Executive Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and Chief Information Officer at Misys plc. Prior to this, he served as Chief Technology Officer of SSA Global, a global enterprise software provider. Mr. Eaves currently serves on the board of directors of Caremetx, LLC, and previously served on the boards of directors of CitiusTech Healthcare Technology Private Limited from March 2014 to September 2016 and eviCore Healthcare from March 2014 to December 2017. He currently serves as chairman of the board for the Marfan Foundation and advisor for NetHope. Mr. Eaves received a B.S. in electrical engineering from the University of Iowa and an M.B.A. from Babson College, and is a graduate of the Harvard Business School’s Advanced Management Program. We believe that Mr. Eaves is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and the member of the board of multiple healthcare technology companies

Thomas R. Engels has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2007. Mr. Engels is a retired executive of 3M Corporation, having worked in various assignments at the company from 1968 to 2007, including 15 years in executive business management. While at 3M, Mr. Engels served as vice president for the 3M ESPE Dental Division from March 2001 to August 2007. Mr. Engels also served as managing director of 3M’s Mexico subsidiary and vice president/general manager of the Medical Device Division. The majority of Mr. Engels’ career was spent in various R&D, manufacturing and business management assignments spanning a wide range of medical supply, medical device and dental businesses. Mr. Engels has held various board positions, including with Minnesota-based Medical Alley, the Mexico American Chamber of Commerce and the Dental Trade Alliance, and he is currently an active board member of the National Children’s Oral Health Foundation. Mr. Engels received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology. Mr. Engels will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Daniel E. Even has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2012, and served as the Chairman of our board of directors from September 2015 to June 2021. Mr. Even is a retired executive of Sybron Dental Specialties, a large dental manufacturing company, having worked in various assignments at the company from 1978 to 2011. While at Sybron Dental Specialties, Mr. Even served as president from 2006 to 2011. Before being appointed to president, Mr. Even served in various roles of increasing responsibility. Mr. Even serves and has previously served on the boards of directors of several privately held companies, including Mavrik Dental Systems since January 2020 and Perimetrics LLC from January 2013 to January 2020. Mr. Even received a B.S. in economics from the University of California, Davis, and received an M.B.A. in business from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona. Mr. Even will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

146


Table of Contents

Chau Q. Khuong has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2020. Mr. Khuong has served as a private equity partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, a venture capital and asset management firm, since 2003. Mr. Khuong currently serves as a director of several publicly traded life sciences companies, including Fusion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since March 2019, Galecto, Inc. since October 2018, NextCure, Inc. since December 2015 and Synlogic, Inc. since February 2016. Mr. Khuong previously served as a director of BELLUS Health Inc. from December 2018 to May 2020, Aerpio Therapeutics Inc. from April 2014 to June 2020, Inspire Medical Systems, Inc. from April 2014 to October 2020, Nabriva Therapeutics plc (formerly Nabriva Therapeutics AG) from April 2015 to August 2017, Otonomy, Inc. from August 2013 to July 2016 and Pieris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from July 2014 to November 2017. Mr. Khuong also serves and has served on the board of directors for several privately held companies. Mr. Khuong received a B.S. in molecular biology with concentration in biotechnology and a M.P.H. with concentration in infectious diseases from Yale University. Mr. Khuong will resign from our board of directors immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Paul S. Madera has served on our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Madera is Managing Director of Meritech Capital Partners, a position he has held since he co-founded the fund in 1999. Prior to co-founding Meritech, Mr. Madera was an investment banker with Montgomery Securities and Morgan Stanley, and he served in the US Air Force as an F-16 Instructor Pilot. Mr. Madera currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies, including DataStax, Inc., Filevine, Inc., ForgeRock, Inc., Icertis, Inc., Kinetica DB Inc. and Yubico AB. He also serves on the boards of directors of the Air Force Academy Foundation and on the board of trustees of the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Madera received a B.S. from the US Air Force Academy, and an M.B.A. from The Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Madera is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and the member of the board of multiple technology companies.

Carolyn Beaver will join our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Beaver has served as a director and member of the audit committee of MaxLinear, Inc. since December 2018 and as the chair of its audit committee since February 2021, and as a director and chair of the audit committee and member of the compensation and nominating and governance committees of MediciNova, Inc. since October 2020. Ms. Beaver served as a director of Organovo Holdings, Inc. from February 2019 to September 2020, where she chaired the audit committee and was a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee from September 2019 to September 2020. Ms. Beaver was a director of Commerce National Bank, Newport Beach, California, chair of its audit committee and a member of its asset/liability committee from 2005 until the bank was acquired in 2013. Ms. Beaver previously held several positions at Sequenom Inc., a life sciences testing company, including Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President from March 2015 to October 2016, Chief Financial Officer from June 2014 to March 2015, and Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer from June 2012 to June 2014. In addition, Ms. Beaver previously served as Corporate Vice President and Controller of Beckman Coulter, Inc., a biomedical laboratory instrument and test company, from August 2005 until June 2012, and was named Chief Accounting Officer in October 2005, a position she held until July 2011, following the acquisition of Beckman Coulter, Inc. by Danaher Corporation. She also served as interim Chief Financial Officer of Beckman Coulter from July 2006 through October 2006. Ms. Beaver served as an audit partner with KPMG LLP from 1987 to 2002. Ms. Beaver received a B.S. in business administration from California State Polytechnic University, Pomona. We believe Ms. Beaver’s extensive financial and accounting experience, as well as her role as a member of the board for multiple healthcare technology companies qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Sadie M. Stern will join our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Stern has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at DexCom, Inc. since September 2020. From October 2017 to September 2020, Ms. Stern was employed by 3D Systems Corporation, most recently as Executive Vice President, People and Culture. From January 2012 until October 2017, Ms. Stern served as Senior Director, Human Resources of Qualcomm Inc. Ms. Stern previously worked at LG Electronics and The Walt Disney Company. Ms. Stern received a B.A. in English from San Diego State University and an M.A. in higher education from the University of Denver. We believe Ms. Stern’s extensive experience in human resources and leadership qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

 

147


Table of Contents

Karen K. McGinnis, C.P.A. will join our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. McGinnis has served as director of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. since June 2019, of Absci Corp since August 2020 and of Biosplice Therapeutics, Inc. since March 2021. From November 2017 to April 2021, Ms. McGinnis served as Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Illumina, Inc. Ms. McGinnis previously served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Mad Catz Interactive Inc. from February 2016 to March 2017 and as Chief Financial Officer from June 2013 to February 2016. Ms. McGinnis previously served as Chief Accounting Officer of Cymer, Inc. from November 2009 to June 2013. Prior to this, Ms. McGinnis served in a variety of roles at Insight Enterprises, Inc., including as Chief Accounting Officer from September 2006 to March 2009. From 1997 to 2000, Ms. McGinnis served as the Chief Financial Officer of Horizon. Prior to Horizon, Ms. McGinnis was employed by KPMG LLP from 1989 to 1997 and served as its Senior Assurance Manager. Ms. McGinnis is a Certified Public Accountant and received a bachelor’s degree in accounting from the University of Oklahoma. We believe Ms. McGinnis’ extensive executive, accounting and financial expertise qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

Olav Bergheim is the father of Bjarne Bergheim. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers.

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the board of directors. Our board of directors will initially consist of eight directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors with staggered three year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Paul Madera and Cory Eaves, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Bjarne Bergheim, Karen McGinnis and Olav Bergheim, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Anthony P. Bihl III, Carolyn Beaver and Sadie Stern, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Director Independence

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under these rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

148


Table of Contents

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of this offering.

In connection with this offering, our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Carolyn Beaver, Sadie Stern, Karen McGinnis, Cory Eaves, Anthony P. Bihl III and Paul Madera are “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, representing six of our eight directors. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and current and prior relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and any transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the following committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. From time to time, our board of directors may also establish any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable.

Audit Committee. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to have an audit committee consisting of Carolyn Beaver, as chair and Paul Madera and Karen McGinnis. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act requires us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock, a majority of independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the effective date of this registration statement and an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the effective date of this registration statement. Carolyn Beaver qualifies as our “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of regulations adopted by the SEC. The audit committee appoints and reviews the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, prepares compensation committee reports to be included in proxy statements filed under SEC rules and reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, the results of the annual audit, accounting principles used in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures, the adequacy of our internal control procedures, the quality and integrity of our financial statements and investigations into matters related to audit functions. The audit committee is also responsible for overseeing risk management on behalf of our board of directors. See “—Risk Oversight.”

Compensation Committee. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to have a compensation committee consisting of Anthony P. Bihl III, as chair and Karen McGinnis and Sadie Stern. The principal responsibilities of the compensation committee are to review and approve matters involving executive and director compensation, recommend changes in employee benefit programs, authorize equity and other incentive arrangements, prepare compensation committee reports to be included in proxy statements filed under SEC rules and authorize our Company to enter into employment and other employee related agreements.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to have a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting of Cory Eaves, as chair and Sadie Stern. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become board members, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors, makes recommendations for nominees for committees, oversees the evaluation of the board of directors and management and develops, recommends to the board of directors and reviews our corporate governance principles.

 

149


Table of Contents

Risk Oversight

Our board of directors has extensive involvement in the oversight of risk management related to us and our business and accomplishes this oversight primarily through the audit committee. To that end, our audit committee will meet quarterly with our Chief Financial Officer and our independent auditors where it will receive regular updates regarding our management’s assessment of risk exposures including liquidity, credit and operational risks and the process in place to monitor such risks and review results of operations, financial reporting and assessments of internal controls over financial reporting.

Code of Ethics

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees. Our code of ethics will be available on the investor section of our website. Our code of ethics will be a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. In the event that we amend or waive certain provisions of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer that requires disclosure under applicable SEC rules, we intend to disclose the same on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between any member of our compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) and any executive, member of the board of directors or member of the compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) and of any other company.

 

150


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2020 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2020, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Bjarne Bergheim, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Andrew Kirkpatrick, Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

Mehrzad Khakpour, Ph.D., Chief Technology Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus ($)     Option
Awards
($)(2)
    Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Compensation ($)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Bjarne Bergheim

    2020       388,107       —         909,982       150,413       2,316 (3)      1,450,818  

Chief Executive Officer

             

Andrew Kirkpatrick

    2020       338,358       65,000 (4)      935,313       129,304       58,009 (5)      1,525,984  

Chief Operating Officer

             

Mehrzad Khakpour

    2020       291,702         705,768       84,350       1,802 (6)      1,083,622  

Chief Technology Officer

             

 

(1)

Amounts represent salary earned by the named executive officers in 2020. Each named executive officer took a voluntary 20% reduction in his base salary from April 5, 2020 through April 30, 2020.

(2)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2020 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to named executive officers in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)

Amount represents employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan ($984), and Mr. Bergheim’s cell phone allowance ($1,332).

(4)

Amount represents a relocation bonus paid to Mr. Kirkpatrick in connection with his commencement of employment as our Chief Operating Officer as of January 8, 2020.

(5)

Amount represents employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan ($583), Mr. Kirkpatrick’s cell phone allowance ($589), and a tax gross-up payment made to Mr. Kirkpatrick during 2020 for taxes incurred with respect to his relocation bonus ($56,837).

(6)

Amount represents employer matching contributions under our 401(k) plan ($602), and Dr. Khakpour’s cell phone allowance ($1,200).

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2020 Salaries

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

 

151


Table of Contents

In 2020, Mr. Bergheim was entitled to receive $393,750 annually, Mr. Kirkpatrick was entitled to receive $350,000 annually, and Dr. Khakpour was entitled to receive $310,000 annually. Each named executive officer took a voluntary 20% reduction in his base salary from April 5, 2020 through April 30, 2020. Dr. Khakpour’s base 2020 base salary was increased from $288,750, effective September 1, 2020, in connection with his promotion to Chief Technology Officer.

The 2021 base salaries for Messrs. Bergheim, Kirkpatrick and Khakpour are $409,500, $364,000 and $322,400, respectively.

The base salaries of Messrs. Bergheim, Kirkpatrick and Khakpour were adjusted in connection with this offering. See “IPO-Related Changes in Executive Compensation” below for additional information.

2020 Bonuses

The named executive officers were eligible to earn a cash incentive bonus based upon the achievement of pre-determined performance goals of the Company for 2020, including goals related to revenue, cash flow and milestone project completion (each weighted equally). For 2020, the target bonuses for Messrs. Bergheim, Kirkpatrick and Khakpour were 40%, 40% and 30%, respectively. Under the 2020 bonus program, participants were eligible to receive up to 100% of the participant’s target bonus opportunity.

We achieved above target for the revenue and cash flow goals, and below target for the milestone project completion goal. As a result, our board of directors approved bonus payouts under the 2020 bonus program equal to 95.5% of target. The actual annual cash bonuses awarded to each named executive officer for 2020 performance are set forth above in the 2020 Summary Compensation Table in the column titled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

The target bonuses for Messrs. Bergheim, Kirkpatrick and Khakpour were adjusted in connection with this offering. See “IPO-Related Changes in Executive Compensation” below for additional information.

Equity Compensation

We have historically granted stock options to our employees, including our named executive officers, under our 2017 Stock Incentive Plan and our 2007 Stock Plan, which we refer to as the 2017 Plan and 2007 Plan, respectively. On March 17, 2020, we granted stock options under the 2017 Plan to each of our named executive officers with an exercise price at $3.84 per share, which was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The stock options granted to each of Messrs. Bergheim and Khakpour vest in 48 equal monthly installments following March 17, 2020, subject to the executive’s continued employment with us through each applicable vesting date. The stock option granted to Mr. Kirkpatrick vests as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of January 8, 2020, and in equal monthly installments thereafter over the following three years, subject to the Mr. Kirkpatrick’s continued employment with us through each applicable vesting date. The stock options granted to our named executive officers have all been early-exercisable, meaning that the options may be exercised at any time following the date of grant, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable date of exercise, in exchange for shares of restricted stock, which would remain subject to the same vesting conditions of the option. As of December 31, 2020, none of our named executive officers have early-exercised their options in exchange for shares of restricted stock.

 

152


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of shares subject to stock options granted to our named executive officers in during 2020.

 

Named Executive Officer

   2020 Stock Options Granted  

Bjarne Bergheim

     365,381  

Andrew Kirkpatrick

     376,099  

Mehrzad Khakpour

     283,407  

For additional information about stock options held by our named executive officers, please see the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” below.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2021 Incentive Award Plan, referred to below as the 2021 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of our affiliates, and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the 2021 Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Incentive Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. Under this plan, we may make discretionary matching contributions equal to a percentage of the participants’ contributions up to a specified amount. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our named executive officers, in accordance with our compensation policies.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Health/Welfare Plans. During their employment, our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical, dental, vision, life, short- and long-term disability insurance benefits, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans.

Tax Gross-Ups

We generally do not make gross-up payments to cover our named executive officers’ taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by our company. However, in January 2020, we made a gross-up payment in the amount of $56,837 to Mr. Kirkpatrick to cover taxes arising from the relocation bonus that we paid to him in connection with his commencement of employment with us as our Chief Operating Officer. For more details regarding the tax gross-up, see the section entitled, “Executive Compensation Arrangements.”

 

153


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2020.

 

Name

  Grant Date     Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable(1)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Bjarne Bergheim

    12/18/2012       12/18/2012 (2)      40,000       0.55       12/17/2022  
    5/28/2013       5/28/2013 (2)      174,000       0.60       5/27/2023  
    2/14/2014       1/1/2014 (2)      48,250       0.60       2/13/2024  
    9/8/2017       9/30/2014 (2)(3)      227,000       2.20       10/22/2024  
    9/8/2017       6/6/2017 (3)(4)      103,124       2.20       6/5/2027  
    9/8/2017       6/6/2017 (2)(3)      90,368       2.20       6/5/2027  
    9/18/2018       9/18/2018 (5)      318,868       2.20       9/17/2028  
    3/17/2020       3/17/2020 (5)      365,381       3.84       3/16/2030  

Mehrzad Khakpour

    5/28/2013       5/28/2013 (2)      23,988       0.60       5/27/2023  
    9/8/2017       9/30/2014 (2)(3)      40,000       2.20       10/22/2024  
    9/8/2017       6/6/2017 (3)(5)      34,829       2.20       6/5/2027  
    9/18/2018       9/18/2018 (5)      60,000       2.20       9/17/2028  
    3/17/2020       3/17/2020 (5)      283,407       3.84       3/16/2030  

Andrew Kirkpatrick

    3/17/2020       1/8/2020 (2)      376,099       3.84       3/16/2030  

 

(1)

Amounts in this column represent options that are early-exercisable, meaning that they can be exercised before they vest subject to the same vesting provisions. The options in this column represent both vested and unvested options. For a description of the options, please see the section titled “Narratives to the Summary Compensation Table—Equity Compensation” above.

(2)

Represents options that vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/36th of the underlying shares on each monthly anniversary thereafter, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(3)

These options were repriced in September 2017 to reduce the exercise price per share for each option to $2.20. The grant date represents the date on which the repriced option was granted for accounting purposes.

(4)

Represents options that vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on each of the first four anniversaries following the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(5)

Represents options that vest as to 1/48th of the underlying shares on each monthly anniversary following the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

Bjarne Bergheim Offer Letter

Mr. Bergheim is employed pursuant to an employment offer letter entered into with us in connection with his hiring as our President and Chief Executive Officer as of July 1, 2012. Mr. Bergheim’s offer letter provides for an annual base salary and cash incentive bonus opportunity, eligibility to receive a grant of stock options, and participation in our standard benefit plans. Mr. Bergheim’s offer letter has no fixed term.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, if Mr. Bergheim’s employment is terminated by us without cause, as determined by the Company, Mr. Bergheim will be entitled to receive twelve months’ continued salary payments, based on his base salary on the date of such termination.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Bergheim also entered into a separate agreement pursuant to which he is subject standard invention assignment and confidential information covenants.

 

154


Table of Contents

Andrew Kirkpatrick Offer Letter

Mr. Kirkpatrick is employed pursuant to an employment offer letter entered into with us in connection with his hiring as our Chief Operating Officer, effective as of January 8, 2020. Mr. Kirkpatrick’s offer letter provides for an annual base salary and cash incentive bonus opportunity, eligibility to receive a grant of stock options, participation in our standard benefit plans, and a $65,000 relocation bonus with a gross-up to cover taxes arising from the relocation bonus. Mr. Kirkpatrick’s offer letter has no fixed term.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, if Mr. Kirkpatrick’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the offer letter), Mr. Kirkpatrick will be entitled to receive six months’ continued salary payments, based on his base salary on the date of such termination.

Pursuant to the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Kirkpatrick also entered into a separate agreement pursuant to which he is subject standard invention assignment and confidential information covenants.

Mehrzad Khakpour Offer Letter and Executive Severance Agreement Letter

Dr. Khakpour is employed pursuant to an employment offer letter entered into with us in connection with his hiring as our Senior Director of Research, Technology and Innovation, effective as of September 24, 2014, which continued to govern his employment in 2020 as our Chief Technology Officer. Dr. Khakpour’s offer letter provides for an annual base salary and cash incentive bonus opportunity, eligibility to receive a grant of stock options, and participation in our standard benefit plans. Dr. Khakpour’s offer letter has no fixed term.

On April 7, 2021, we entered into an executive severance agreement letter with Dr. Khakpour pursuant to which Dr. Khakpour will be entitled to receive six months’ continued salary payments, based on his base salary on the date of such termination if Dr. Khakpour’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the executive severance agreement).

IPO-Related Changes in Executive Compensation

In connection with this offering, we expect to approve certain changes to the compensation arrangements of some of our non-employee directors and employees, including certain of our named executive officers. Each of these arrangements is described in more detail below.

Changes to Annual Base Salary

Our board of directors approved increases to Messrs. Bergheim’s, Kirkpatrick’s and Khakpour’s annual base salaries to $440,000, $375,000 and $375,000, respectively, effective as of the date of this offering.

Changes to Target Bonus

Our board of directors approved increases to Messrs. Bergheim’s, Kirkpatrick’s and Khakpour’s target bonuses to 75%, 55% and 55%, respectively, effective as of the date of this offering.

IPO-Related Equity Awards

Our board of directors approved the grant of equity awards to certain of our directors and employees pursuant to the 2021 Plan in connection with this offering. The equity awards that our directors will receive are further described under the section titled, “Post-IPO Director Compensation—Director IPO Grants” below.

The awards granted to our named executive officers are comprised of restricted stock units and stock options. The value (determined using a Black-Scholes option value) of the options granted to each of Messrs.

 

155


Table of Contents

Bergheim, Kirkpatrick and Khakpour will be approximately $1,166,000, $471,000, and $688,800, respectively, and the dollar-denominated value of the restricted stock units granted to each of Messrs. Bergheim, Khakpour and Kirkpatrick will be approximately $1,166,000, $471,000, and $688,800, respectively.

The number of shares of our common stock subject to these awards will be determined based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering. The following table presents the number of stock options and restricted stock units that each named executive officer will receive in connection with this offering, in each case, based on the midpoint of the price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of the prospectus ($                per share), as well as the low and high points of the range.

 

Named Executive Officer

  

Value of Options or Restricted Stock
Units Granted

   Number of Shares  
     Price Per
Share - $
     Price Per
Share - $
     Price Per
Share - $
 
Bjarne Bergheim    $1,166,000 (1)                                                                        
Andy Kirkpatrick    $471,000 (1)         
Mehrzad Khakpour    $688,800 (1)         
Bjarne Bergheim    $1,166,000 (2)         
Andy Kirkpatrick    $471,000 (2)         
Mehrzad Khakpour    $688,800 (2)         

 

(1)

Represents a stock option.

(2)

Represents a restricted stock unit award.

The equity awards granted to our named executive officers will vest and become exercisable or settleable, as applicable, in substantially equal quarterly installments over four years following the applicable vesting commencement date, in each case, subject to the executive’s continued service with us through the applicable vesting date.

The stock option grants will become effective immediately following the determination of the initial public offering price per share of our common stock, and the restricted stock units awards will become effective on the completion of this offering. Each stock option will have a per share exercise price equal to that initial public offering price.

Executive Severance Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt the Executive Severance Plan, or the Severance Plan. The Severance Plan will be effective upon the completion of this offering, and will provide certain of our executives, including our named executive officers, eligibility to receive certain severance payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination with us.

In the event of a termination of the executive’s employment by us without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the Severance Plan), the executive will be eligible to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

 

   

With respect to Mr. Bergheim: (i) 12 months of the executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the qualifying termination, paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following such termination, (ii) the executive’s target cash performance bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, pro-rated based on the date of the termination and paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following such termination, and (iii) company-subsidized COBRA premiums for up to 12 months.

 

156


Table of Contents
   

With respect to Messrs. Kirkpatrick and Khakpour: (i) 6 months of the executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the qualifying termination, paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following such termination, and (ii) company-subsidized COBRA premiums for up to COBRA premiums for up to six months.

In the event of a termination of the executive’s employment without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason”, in either case during the one-year period beginning on the date of a change in control, the executive will be eligible to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

 

   

With respect to Mr. Bergheim: (i) 2.0 times the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and target cash performance bonus, in each case in effect immediately prior to termination, paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following such termination, (ii) accelerated vesting of 100% of the number of shares subject to each time-vesting equity-based award held by the executive, and (iii) company-subsidized COBRA premiums for up to COBRA premiums for up to the executive’s maximum COBRA period.

 

   

With respect to Messrs. Kirkpatrick and Khakpour: (i) the sum of 12 months of the executive’s annual base salary and 1.0 times the executive’s target cash performance bonus, in each case in effect immediately prior to termination, paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following such termination, (ii) accelerated vesting of 100% of the number of shares subject to each time-vesting equity-based award held by the executive, and (iii) company-subsidized COBRA premiums for up to COBRA premiums for up to 12 months.

All severance payments and benefits under the Severance Plan are subject to the executive’s execution and, to the extent applicable, non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of us at the time of the executive’s termination of employment, and the executive’s continued compliance with any applicable restrictive covenants. In addition, in the event that any payment under the Severance Plan, together with any other amounts paid to the executive by us, would subject such executive to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments will be reduced to the extent that such reduction would produce a better net after-tax result for the executive.

Director Compensation

We have not historically maintained a formal non-employee director compensation program; however, we have made stock option grants to non-employee directors from time to time. In 2020, certain of our directors received stock option grants.

2020 Director Compensation Table

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Thomas Engels

     —          12,599        —          12,599  

Dan Even

     —          24,869        —          24,869  

Anthony Bihl

     —          63,955        —          63,955  

Brooks Andrews

     —          —          —          —    

Olav Bergheim

     —          —          —          —    

Alex Crisses

     —          —          —          —    

Cory Eaves

     —          —          —          —    

Chau Khoung

     —          —          —          —    

 

(1)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2020 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option awards made to our directors in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

157


Table of Contents

The stock options granted to Messrs. Engels and Even vest in twelve equal monthly installments following the date of grant, such that the options become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary following the date of grant, subject to the individual’s continued service on our board on each applicable vesting date. The stock option granted to Mr. Bihl on June 16, 2020 vest in twelve equal monthly installments following the date of grant, such that the options become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary following the date of grant, and the stock option granted September 22, 2020 vest as to 1/48th of the underlying shares on each monthly anniversary following the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Bihl’s continued service through the applicable vesting date. The stock options granted to our non-employee directors in 2020 were early-exercisable, meaning that the options may be exercised at any time following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service through the applicable date of exercise, in exchange for shares of restricted stock, which would remain subject to the same vesting conditions of the option. As of December 31, 2020, none of our non-employee directors have early-exercised their options in exchange for shares of restricted stock.

The table below shows the aggregate numbers of stock options held as of December 31, 2020 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Options Outstanding at
Fiscal Year End
 

Thomas Engels

     15,000  

Anthony Bihl

     25,000  

Daniel Even

     90,000  

Post-IPO Director Compensation Program

Director IPO Grants

In connection with this offering, our board of directors approved the grant of equity awards pursuant to the 2021 Plan to our newly-appointed non-employee directors: Carolyn Beaver, Sadie Stern and Karen McGinnis. The stock option grants will become effective immediately following the determination of our initial public offering price per share of our common stock, and each has a value (determined using a Black-Scholes option value) of $240,000. The number of shares of our common stock subject to these awards will be determined based on the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering.

The following table presents the number of stock options that each will receive in connection with this offering, in each case, based on the midpoint of the price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of the prospectus ($                per share), as well as the low and high points of the range.

 

Non-Employee Director

  

Value of Options Granted

   Number of Shares  
     Price Per
Share - $
     Price Per
Share - $
     Price Per
Share - $
 
Carolyn Beaver    $240,000                                                                        
Sadie Stern    $240,000         
Karen McGinnis    $240,000         

Each stock option will vest in substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date. Each stock option will have a per share exercise price equal to that initial public offering price.

Post-IPO Director Compensation Program

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved a non-employee director compensation program, or the Director Compensation Program, which will become

 

158


Table of Contents

effective in connection with the completion of this offering. The Director Compensation Program will provide for annual retainer fees and long-term equity awards for certain of our non-employee directors, referred to herein as Eligible Directors. The material terms of the Director Compensation Program are summarized below.

The Director Compensation Program consists of the following components:

Cash Compensation

 

   

Annual Retainer: $40,000

 

   

Chairperson: $35,000

 

   

Lead independent director: $15,000

 

   

Audit Committee Chair: $20,000

 

   

Audit Committee Member: $10,000

 

   

Compensation Committee Chair: $15,000

 

   

Compensation Committee Member: $7,000

 

   

Nominating and Governance Committee Chair: $10,000

 

   

Nominating and Governance Committee Member: $5,000

Annual cash retainers will be paid in quarterly installments in arrears and will be pro-rated for any partial calendar quarter of service.

Equity Compensation

 

   

Initial Grant: Each Eligible Director who is initially elected or appointed to serve on the Board after the effective date of this offering automatically will be granted, on the date on which such Eligible Director is appointed or elected to serve on the Board, a stock option with a grant-date fair value of approximately $240,000. These initial grants will vest in substantially equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date, subject to such Eligible Director’s continued service through the applicable vesting date.

 

   

Annual Grant: An Eligible Director who has been serving on our board of directors for at least six months as of the date of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders each calendar year (beginning with calendar year 2022) and who continues to serve on our board through the date of such annual meeting will be granted, on such annual meeting date, a stock option with a grant-date fair value of approximately $60,000 and an RSU award with a value of approximately $60,000. Each annual grant will vest in full on the earlier to occur of (i) the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and (ii) the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date, subject to such Eligible Director’s continued service through the applicable vesting date

Stock options granted under the Director Compensation Program will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value our common stock on the date of grant and will expire not later than ten years after the date of grant.

In addition, each Initial Grant and Annual Grant will vest in full upon a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2021 Plan) if the Eligible Director will not become a member of the board of the Company or the ultimate parent of the Company as of immediately following such change in control.

Compensation under our Director Compensation Program will be subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan, as described in the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

 

159


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2021 Incentive Award Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2021 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2021 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and Administration. Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries, are eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. Following this offering, the 2021 Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2021 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2021 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available. An aggregate of                shares of our common stock are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan, which shares may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2021 Plan, no more than                shares of our common stock may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2021 Plan.

The number of shares available for issuance will be increased by (i) the number of shares which are represented by awards outstanding under our 2007 Plan or 2017 Plan, or the Prior Plans, as of the effective date that expire, lapse or are terminated, exchanged or settled in cash, surrendered, repurchased, cancelled without having been fully experienced or forfeited following the effective date of the 2021 Plan, and (ii) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2022 and ending on and including January 1, 2031, equal to the lesser of (A) 5% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors.

If an award under the 2021 Plan or any Prior Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for or settled for cash, surrendered, repurchased, cancelled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2021 Plan. Further, shares delivered to us to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an award under the 2021 Plan or any Prior Plan and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations (including shares retained by us from the award under the 2021 Plan or any Prior Plan being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will become or again be available for award grants under the 2021 Plan. The payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any awards under the 2021 Plan will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2021 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2021 Plan: (i) shares subject to stock appreciation rights, or SARs, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on exercise, and (ii) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

Awards granted under the 2021 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2021 Plan. The 2021 Plan provides that, commencing with the calendar year following the calendar year in which the effective date of the 2021 Plan

 

160


Table of Contents

occurs, the sum of any cash compensation and the aggregate grant date fair value (determined as of the date of the grant under ASC Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of all awards granted to a non-employee director as compensation for services as a non-employee director during any calendar year may not exceed the amount equal to $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of a non-employee director’s initial service as a non-employee director.

Awards. The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and other stock or cash awards. Certain awards under the 2021 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2021 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

   

Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

   

SARs. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

   

Restricted Stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Settlement of RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

   

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash based awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock may be granted under the 2021 Plan. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards.

 

   

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards

 

161


Table of Contents
 

other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator.

Performance Awards. Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals or other criteria the plan administrator may determine, which may or may not be objectively determinable. Performance criteria upon which performance goals are established by the plan administrator may include but are not limited to: (1) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (a) interest, (b) taxes, (c) depreciation, (d) amortization and (e) non-cash equity-based compensation expense); (2) gross or net sales or revenue; (3) net income (either before or after taxes); (4) adjusted net income; (5) operating earnings or profit; (6) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (7) return on assets; (8) return on capital; (9) return on stockholders’ equity; (10) total stockholder return; (11) return on sales; (12) gross or net profit or operating margin; (13) costs; (14) funds from operations; (15) expenses; (16) working capital; (17) earnings per share; (18) adjusted earnings per share; (19) price per share of our common stock; (20) regulatory achievements or compliance; (21) implementation or completion of critical projects; (22) market share; (23) economic value; (24) debt levels or reduction; (25) sales-related goals; (26) comparisons with other stock market indices; (27) operating efficiency; (28) employee satisfaction; (29) financing and other capital raising transactions; (30) recruiting and maintaining personnel; (31) year-end cash; and (32) human capital management goals or environmental, social and governance goals, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms for us or any operating unit of our company or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2021 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2021 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to continue, convert, assume or replace outstanding awards, then all such awards will become fully vested and exercisable in connection with the transaction. Upon or in anticipation of a change of control, the plan administrator may cause any outstanding awards to terminate at a specified time in the future and give the participant the right to exercise such awards during a period of time determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw- back policy implemented by our company to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2021 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2021 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2021 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in our capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2021 Plan. Stockholder

 

162


Table of Contents

approval is not required for any amendment that “reprices” any stock option or SAR, or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date on which our stockholders approved the 2021 Plan or the date on which our board of directors adopted the 2021 Plan.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

Shares Available; Administration. We expect a total of                shares of our common stock to be initially reserved for issuance under our ESPP. In addition, we expect that the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors. In no event will more than                shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the ESPP.

Our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. The compensation committee will be the administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility. The plan administrator may designate certain of our subsidiaries as participating “designated subsidiaries” in the ESPP and may change these designations from time to time. Employees of our company and our designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they meet the eligibility requirements under the ESPP established from time to time by the plan administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

If the grant of a purchase right under the ESPP to any eligible employee who is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a purchase right to such employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the ESPP to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the plan administrator in its sole discretion, such employee will not be permitted to participate in the ESPP.

Eligible employees become participants in the ESPP by enrolling and authorizing payroll deductions by the deadline established by the plan administrator prior to the relevant offering date. Directors who are not employees, as well as consultants, are not eligible to participate. Employees who choose to not participate, or are not eligible to participate at the start of an offering period but who become eligible thereafter, may enroll in any subsequent offering period.

Participation in an Offering. We intend for the ESPP to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and stock will be offered under the ESPP during offering periods. The length of offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The number of purchase periods within, and purchase dates during, each offering period will be established by the plan administrator. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP will permit participants to purchase our common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, which will include a

 

163


Table of Contents

participant’s gross base compensation for services to us, including overtime payments, periodic bonuses, and sales commissions, and excluding one-time bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period or purchase period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be shares for an offering period and/or a purchase period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant automatically will be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will be exercised on the applicable purchase date(s) during the offering period, to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the applicable purchase period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary determination by the plan administrator, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the applicable purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the applicable purchase period.

Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time at least two weeks prior to the end of the applicable offering period (or such longer or shorter period specified by the plan administrator), and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in the ESPP.

Certain Transactions. In the event of certain transactions or events affecting our common stock, such as any stock dividend or other distribution, change in control, reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In addition, in the event of the foregoing transactions or events or certain significant transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (i) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (ii) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, (iii) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (iv) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (v) the termination of all outstanding rights. Under the ESPP, a change in control has the same definition as given to such term in the 2021 Plan.

Plan Amendment; Termination. The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the ESPP must be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP, changes the ESPP in any manner that would be considered the adoption of a new plan within the meaning of Treasury regulation Section 1.423-2(c)(4), or changes the ESPP in any manner that would cause the ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

2017 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2017 Plan on June 6, 2017 and amended the 2017 Plan on September 8, 2017. Under the 2017 Plan, we may grant stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors and consultants of our company or its affiliates. We have reserved a total of 4,187,249 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan, plus any shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to stock options or similar awards under our 2007 Stock Plan at the time that our 2017 Plan was adopted.

Following the effectiveness of the 2021 Plan, we will not make any further grants under the 2017 Plan. However, the 2017 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it.

 

164


Table of Contents

Eligibility and Administration.

Our employees, consultants and directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan. Our compensation committee will administer the 2017 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. Subject to the express terms and conditions of the 2017 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under the plan, prescribe all forms for use with the plan and adopt, alter and/or rescind rules, guidance and practices for the administration of the 2017 Plan. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

Awards.

The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including NSOs and ISOs) and restricted stock. As of the date of this prospectus, only awards of stock options are outstanding under the 2017 Plan.

Change in Control.

The plan administrator has broad discretion to adjust the provisions of the 2017 Plan and the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, including with respect to aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the 2017 Plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan and the purchase or exercise price of awards granted pursuant to the 2017 Plan, to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the 2017 Plan in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations and other corporate transactions. The plan administrator may also provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of awards in the event of a change in control, provided that upon the occurrence of certain acquisitions, participants may be entitled to receive twenty days to exercise outstanding vested awards prior to termination.

Amendment and Termination

Our board of directors or compensation committee (to the extent permitted by law) may terminate, amend or modify the 2017 Plan at any time and from time to time, provided that if the compensation committee determines that the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may be adversely affected, the consent of such participant will be required. Furthermore, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to increase the number of shares available under the 2017 Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above) or to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable stock exchange rule).

2007 Stock Plan

We also maintain the 2007 Stock Plan, or the 2007 Plan, which terminated in accordance with its terms in 2017. Under the 2007 Plan, we granted stock options to employees, directors and consultants of our company or its affiliates.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants and directors were eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. Our compensation committee will administer the 2007 Plan unless our board of directors assumes authority for administration. Subject to the express terms and conditions of the 2007 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under the plan, prescribe all forms for use with the plan and adopt, alter and/or rescind rules, guidance and practices for the administration of the 2007 Plan. The plan administrator also sets the terms and conditions of all awards under the plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.

 

165


Table of Contents

Awards

The 2007 Plan provided for the grant of stock options (including NSOs and ISOs) and restricted stock. As of the date of this prospectus, only awards of stock options are outstanding under the 2007 Plan.

Change in Control

The plan administrator has broad discretion to adjust the provisions of the 2007 Plan and the terms and conditions of existing awards, including with respect to aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the 2007 Plan and awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan and the purchase or exercise price of awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the 2007 Plan in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations and other corporate transactions. The plan administrator may also provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of awards in the event of a change in control, provided that upon the occurrence of certain acquisitions, participants may be entitled to receive twenty days to exercise outstanding vested awards prior to termination.

Amendment

Our board of directors or compensation committee (to the extent permitted by law) may amend or modify the 2007 Plan at any time and from time to time, provided that if the compensation committee determines that the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, may be adversely affected, the consent of such participant will be required.

 

166


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2021, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, by:

 

   

each person or entity who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our directors and director nominees;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer or stockholder listed in the table below, as the case may be. The amounts and percentages of our common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of rules of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after August 31, 2021. More than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on                shares of our common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2021, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and Forward Settlement. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering is based on                shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to the sale by us of the shares of our common stock offered hereby. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of our common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable or will otherwise vest within 60 days of August 31, 2021 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The table below excludes any shares of our common stock that may be purchased in this offering pursuant to the reserved share program. If any shares are purchased by these persons or entities, the number and percentage of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from the amounts set forth in the table below. See “Underwriting — Reserved Shares.”

 

167


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of our common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each person or entity listed below is c/o Sonendo, Inc., 26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102, Laguna Hills, California 92653.

 

            Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Total Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Before
the
Offering
     After
the
Offering
 

5% Stockholders

        

Entities affiliated with General Atlantic(1)

        

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed(2)

        

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital(3)

        

Entities affiliated with EW Healthcare(4)

        

CVF, LLC(5)

        

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

        

Bjarne Bergheim

        

Mehrzad Khakpour, PhD

        

Andrew Kirkpatrick

        

W. Brooks Andrews

        

Olav Bergheim(6)

        

Anthony P. Bihl III

        

Alex C. Crisses

        

Cory A. Eaves

        

Thomas R. Engels

        

Daniel E. Even

        

Chau Q. Khuong

        

Paul S. Madera(7)

        

Carolyn Beaver

        

Sadie M. Stern

        

Karen K. McGinnis

        

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (16 individuals)

        

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)

Consists of                 shares of common stock held by General Atlantic (SOI), L.P. (“GA SOI”). Each of General Atlantic Partners 100, L.P. (“GAP 100”), General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) EU, L.P. (“GAP Bermuda EU”), GAP Coinvestments III, LLC (“GAPCO III”), GAP Coinvestments IV, LLC (“GAPCO IV”), GAP Coinvestments V, LLC (“GAPCO V”) and GAP Coinvestments CDA, L.P. (“GAPCO CDA”, and collectively with GAP 100, GAP Bermuda EU, GAPCO III, GAPCO IV and GAPCO V, the “GA Funds”) share beneficial ownership of the shares held by GA SOI. The general partner of GA SOI is General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC (“GA SPV”). The general partner of GAP 100 is ultimately controlled by General Atlantic, L.P. (“GA LP”), which is controlled by the Management Committee of GASC MGP, LLC (the “Management Committee”). The general partner of GAP Bermuda EU is ultimately controlled by GAP (Bermuda) L.P. (“GAP Bermuda”), which is also controlled by the Management Committee. GA LP is the managing member of GAPCO III, GAPCO IV and GAPCO V, the general partner of GAPCO CDA and is the sole member of GA SPV. There are nine members of the Management Committee. GA SOI, GA LP, GAP Bermuda, GA SPV and the GA Funds (collectively, the “GA Group”) are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The mailing address of the foregoing General Atlantic entities, other than GAP Bermuda EU and GAP Bermuda, is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, L.P., 55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10055. The mailing address of GAP Bermuda EU and GAP Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Each of the members of the Management Committee disclaims ownership of the shares except to the extent that they have a pecuniary interest therein.

(2)

Consists of                shares held by OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP, or OPI IV. OrbiMed Capital GP IV LLC, or OrbiMed GP IV, is the general partner of OPI IV and OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, is the managing member of OrbiMed GP IV. By virtue of such relationships, OrbiMed GP IV and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to

 

168


Table of Contents
  have voting power and investment power over the securities held by OPI IV and as a result, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. Chau Q. Khuong, a member of our board of directors, is a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors. OrbiMed Advisors exercises voting and investment power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and W. Carter Neild, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI IV. The business address for the OrbiMed entities is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
(3)

Consists of (i)                shares held by Meritech Capital Partners IV, L.P., or MCP IV, and (ii) shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates IV, L.P., or MCA IV LP. The general partner of MCP IV and MCA IV LP is Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C., or MCA IV LLC. Paul Madera, a member of our board of directors, Michael Gordon, Robert Ward, Craig Sherman and George Bischof are the managing members of MCA IV LLC and share voting and dispositive power; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(4)

Consists of (i)                shares held by EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, LP, or EWH 2, and (ii)                 shares held by EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-A, LP, or EWH 2A. The general partner of EWH 2 and EWH 2-A is EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-GP, LP., whose general partner is EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-UGP, LLC, or EWH 2-UGP. This EWH 2-UGP holds sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held by each of these entities. The managers of EWH 2-UGP are Martin P. Sutter, Ron Eastman, Scott Bany and Petri Vainio and may exercise voting and investment control over the shares held by these entities only by majority action of the managers. Each individual manager and the EW Healthcare entities disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of his, her or its respective pecuniary interest therein. The address for the EW Healthcare entities is c/o EW Healthcare, 21 Waterway Avenue, Suite 225, The Woodlands, Texas 77380.

(5)

Richard H. Robb, manager of CVF, LLC, exercises voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by CVF, LLC. The address of CVF, LLC is 222 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 2000, Chicago, IL 60601.

(6)

Consists of (i)                  shares held by Fjordinvest LLC, (ii)                  shares held by Fjordinvest (Cayman) Ltd., (iii)                  shares held by Fjordinvest (Cayman) II Ltd., (iv) shares held by Micro LLC, (v)                  shares held by PENSCO Trust Company Custodian FBO Olav Bergheim IRA (vi)                  shares held by Fjord Ventures LLC, and (vii)                  shares held by Fjord Capital Partners I, LP. The general partner of Fjord Capital Partners I, LP is Fjord Venture Partners I, LLC. Olav Bergheim is the manager of Fjord Venture Partners I, LLC and Fjordinvest LLC, the president of Fjord Ventures LLC and Micro LLC, and the chief executive officer of Fjordinvest (Cayman) Ltd. and of Fjord Venture Partners I, LLC and Fjordinvest (Cayman) II Ltd. As a result, Mr. Bergheim may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock held of record by these entities, but Mr. Bergheim disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(7)

Consists of the shares described in Note (4) above. Mr. Madera disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by MCP IV, MCA IV LP and MCA IV as described in Note (4) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Madera is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

169


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions to which we were a participant since January 1, 2018 in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2018, June 2019 and December 2019, we completed the sale of an aggregate 11,518,174 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $11.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $126.7 million. Each share of our Series E convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation currently in effect.

The following table summarizes the Series E convertible preferred stock purchased by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, our board of directors and any entities affiliated with our executive officers or a member of our board of directors.

 

    Initial Closing     Second Closing     Third Closing              

Participants(1)

  Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Aggregate
Purchase
Price
    Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Aggregate
Purchase
Price
    Shares of
Series E
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
    Aggregate
Purchase
Price
    Total
Shares
Purchased
    Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 
          (in
thousands)
          (in
thousands)
          (in
thousands)
          (in
thousands)
 

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP

    107,009     $ 1,177       72,767     $ 800       181,818     $ 2,000       361,594     $ 3,978  

General Atlantic (SOI), L.P.

    909,091     $ 10,000       1,236,364     $ 13,600       181,818     $ 2,000       2,327,273     $ 25,600  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital

    90,909     $ 1,000       61,818     $ 680       181,818     $ 2,000       334,545     $ 3,680  

CVF, LLC

    211,172     $ 2,323       143,597     $ 1,580       181,818     $ 2,000       536,587     $ 5,903  

Entities affiliated with EW Healthcare

    —         —         —         —         3,636,363     $ 40,000       3,636,363     $ 40,000  

Olav Bergheim

    45,455     $ 500       —         —         —         —         45,455     $ 500  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption “Principal Stockholders.”

Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to a third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, entities affiliated with certain of our executive officers and directors, as well as certain of our executive officers and directors. The third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement grants rights to certain holders, including certain registration rights with respect to the registrable securities held by them, and also imposes certain affirmative obligations on us, including with respect to the furnishing of financial statements and information to the holders. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

As a result of this offering, most of the covenants and restrictions set forth in the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that apply to us will terminate. The provisions relating registration rights included in the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will not terminate as a result of this offering.

 

170


Table of Contents

Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

We are party to a fifth amended and restated voting agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, entities affiliated with certain of our executive officers and directors, as well as certain of our executive officers and directors. Pursuant to the fifth amended and restated voting agreement, these holders have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors.

As a result of this offering, the fifth amended and restated voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any continuing voting rights, including special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors, following this offering.

Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are party to a second amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, entities affiliated with certain of our executive officers and directors, as well as certain of our executive officers and directors. Pursuant to the second amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, we have a right of first refusal and certain holders of our preferred stock that are party to the second amended and restated first refusal and co-sale agreement have a right of first refusal and a co-sale right.

The second amended and restated first refusal and co-sale agreement does not apply to this offering and will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

Other Commercial Relationships

On April 1, 2010, we entered into a Facilities and Services Agreement (as amended, the Fjord Facilities and Services Agreement) with Fjord Ventures, LLC, or Fjord, pursuant to which Fjord agreed to provide certain administrative services, including CFO services, accounting services, administrative support, IT services and office space and supplies, to us in exchange for a monthly fee. The Fjord Facilities and Services Agreement was subsequently amended to extend the term, adjust the services provided and adjust the monthly fee on December 15, 2011, September 1, 2012, March 31, 2017, July 1, 2019 and January 1, 2021. For each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we paid Fjord $0.2 million pursuant to the Fjord Facilities and Services Agreement. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we paid Fjord $0.1 million and $0.04 million, respectively, pursuant to the Fjord Facilities and Services Agreement.

On June 24, 2021, the parties terminated the Fjord Facilities and Services Agreement, effective June 30, 2021. As a result of such termination, Fjord no longer provides any administrative services to us.

Olav Bergheim, a current member of our board, is the founder and president of Fjord.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated bylaws, as will be in effect following this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain exceptions contained in our amended and restated bylaws. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect following this offering, will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the indemnitees with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

 

171


Table of Contents

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers for which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or executive officer.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to         % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. See “Underwriting — Reserved Shares.”

Our Policy Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt a written policy on transactions with related persons that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly held common stock that is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under such policy:

 

   

any related person transaction, and any material amendment or modification to a related person transaction, must be reviewed and approved or ratified by a committee of the board of directors composed solely of independent directors who are disinterested or by the disinterested members of the board of directors; and

 

   

any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation must be approved by the compensation committee of the board of directors or recommended by the compensation committee to the board of directors for its approval.

In connection with the review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction:

 

   

management must disclose to the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, the name of the related person and the basis on which the person is a related person, the material terms of the related person transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction and all the material facts as to the related person’s direct or indirect interest in, or relationship to, the related person transaction;

 

   

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction complies with the terms of our agreements governing our material outstanding indebtedness that limit or restrict our ability to enter into a related person transaction;

 

   

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction will be required to be disclosed in our applicable filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and related rules, and, to the extent required to be disclosed, management must ensure that the related person transaction is disclosed in accordance with such Acts and related rules; and

 

   

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction constitutes a “personal loan” for purposes of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

In addition, the related person transaction policy will provide that the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, in connection with any approval or ratification of a related person transaction involving a non-employee director or director nominee, should consider whether such transaction would compromise the director or director nominee’s status as an “independent,” or “outside” director, as applicable, under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Code.

 

172


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

   

                shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

                shares are designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to (i) the Preferred Stock Conversion and (ii) Forward Settlement, there were                  shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately                 shareholders of record.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our common stock is not subject to sinking fund provisions. Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2021, there were 31,083,265 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. In connection with this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will convert into                  shares of our common stock.

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other

 

173


Table of Contents

corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2021, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 330,000 shares of our convertible preferred stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $                per share. In August 2021, we issued a warrant to purchase 275,000 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share, in connection with the signing of the New Credit Agreement. In connection with this offering, these warrants will convert into warrants to purchase                shares of our common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of $                per share.

The warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. The warrants have a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price.

Options

As of June 30, 2021, 4,447,517 options were outstanding under the 2017 Plan and 2007 Plan, of which 2,467,821 were vested as of such date.

Registration Rights

Our third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement grants the parties thereto certain registration rights in respect of the “registrable securities” held by them, which securities include (i) the shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of shares of our convertible preferred stock and (ii) any shares of our common stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above described securities. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights would enable the holders thereof to sell such shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. Under the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, we will pay expenses relating to such registrations and the holders will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the sale of their shares. The third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement also includes customary indemnification and procedural terms.

The registration rights will expire on the fifth anniversary of this offering or, with respect to each stockholder following the completion of this offering, at such time as such stockholder can sell all of its registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without any limitations as to volume or manner of sale.

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of                shares of our common stock, representing approximately                 % of our outstanding shares of common stock after the offering, will be entitled to the registration rights pursuant to the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement.

Certain stockholders who are party to third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement have waived their registration rights and the registration rights of the other stockholders who are party to the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, in each case, with respect to this offering.

 

174


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

The third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement provides that, at any time beginning six months after the pricing of this offering, holders of not less than a majority of the registrable securities then outstanding may request that we prepare, file and maintain a registration statement to register their registrable securities if the aggregate offering price to the public would exceed $10.0 million. Following such a request, we will promptly notify other holders with such rights as to the requested registration and, as soon as practicable, but in any event no more than 60 days, use our reasonable best efforts to effect such registration. We will no longer be obligated to take any action to effect any registration once we have effected three registrations and such registrations have been declared effective. In addition, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us to effect a requested registration, we may postpone such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 60 days.

In addition, once we are eligible to use a registration statement on Form S-3, the stockholders party to the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement may request that we prepare, file and maintain a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the sale of their registrable securities, but only if the anticipated offering price would exceed $1.0 million.

The foregoing demand registration rights are subject to a number of additional exceptions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the stockholders party to the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their registrable securities in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act other than with respect to a registration relating solely to the employee benefits plans, the stockholders party to the third amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will be entitled to notice of the registration and will have the right to include their registrable securities in the registration, subject to certain limitations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by consent in writing. A special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that, immediately after this offering, the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent and cumulative voting. The affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal our bylaws, although our bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms, and will give our board of directors the exclusive right to expand the size of our board of directors and to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director.

 

175


Table of Contents

Finally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and provided further that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state or federal court sitting in the State of Delaware. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. Under the Securities Act, federal and state courts have concurrent jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a future court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of our company by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change the control of our company.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our company. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy rights. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our company or our management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the

 

176


Table of Contents
 

outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (1) persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may, in some cases, be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Delaware law. Further, pursuant to our indemnification agreements and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, our directors and executive officers are indemnified and insured against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. In addition, as permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include provisions that eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages resulting from breaches of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our stockholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

These provisions may be held not to be enforceable for violations of the federal securities laws of the United States.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SONX.”

 

177


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. Furthermore, over    % of our common stock outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering will be subject to the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. The sale of a substantial amount of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the expectation that such a sale may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options and assuming that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding shares of common stock are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and the sale of those shares will be subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Shares of our common stock that are not restricted securities and are purchased by our affiliates will be “control securities” under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Control securities may be sold in the public market subject to the restrictions set forth in Rule 144, other than the holding period requirement.

Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the provisions of Rule 144, an additional                shares will be available for sale in the public market. The sale of these restricted securities is subject, in the case of shares held by affiliates, to the volume restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we and our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Piper Sandler & Co., subject to certain limited exceptions. This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person who is an affiliate, and who has beneficially owned our common stock for at least six months, is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                million shares immediately after consummation of this offering (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full); or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the                during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.

 

178


Table of Contents

Under Rule 144, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least twelve months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and will become eligible for sale in compliance with Rule 144 only upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Stock Plans

We intend to file a registration statement or statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan and ESPP and pursuant to all outstanding option grants made prior to this offering under the 2017 Plan and 2007 Plan. These registration statements are expected to be filed as soon as practicable after the closing date of this offering. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the applicable Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

Following this offering, some of our stockholders will, under some circumstances, have the right to require us to register their shares for future sale. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement.”

 

179


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE

 

180


Table of Contents

APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

181


Table of Contents

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

 

182


Table of Contents

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or “FATCA”) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

183


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Piper Sandler & Co. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares
 

BofA Securities, Inc.

                       

Goldman Sachs & Co., LLC

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $                per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without
Option
     With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount up to $50,000.

 

184


Table of Contents

We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain fees and expenses in connection with the reserved share program described below, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in an amount up to $            .

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to         % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Piper Sandler & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock,

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or

 

   

publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Piper Sandler & Co. in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice.

Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SONX.”

 

185


Table of Contents

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

186


Table of Contents

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the company and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

 

187


Table of Contents

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters are not acting for anyone other than the company and will not be responsible to anyone other than the company for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom (“UK”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in the UK in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA:

 

  a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c.

at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

 

188


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended.

In connection with the offering, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Piper Sandler & Co. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

189


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

190


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

191


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, as set forth in their report. We’ve included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst  & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be reviewed for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement and its exhibits may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it. 

We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such periodic and current reports and other information can be obtained electronically by means of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

192


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Audited Financial Statements as of and for the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2021 and for the Six Months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-42  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-43  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-44  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-45  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-46  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Sonendo, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sonendo, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases.

Sonendo, Inc.’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations, and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

Irvine, California

August 11, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,165     $ 51,722  

Accounts receivable, net

     2,641       1,934  

Inventory

     6,651       4,338  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,057       901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     102,514       58,895  

Property and equipment, net

     4,441       3,153  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     1,182       3,308  

Intangible assets, net

     2,739       2,208  

Goodwill

     8,454       8,454  

Other assets

     123       123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 119,453     $ 76,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,299     $ 1,930  

Accrued expenses

     2,281       3,247  

Accrued compensation

     2,345       3,714  

Operating lease liabilities

     616       802  

Term loan

     27,546       28,352  

Other current liabilities

     4,348       2,756  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     39,435       40,801  

Warrant liabilities

     2,260       1,914  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

     504       2,449  

Forward obligation

     2,500       2,750  

Other liabilities

     2,326       776  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     47,025       48,690  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 31,989,056 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020; 31,083,265 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020; aggregate liquidation preference of $282,198 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

     281,342       281,342  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, par value $0.001; 39,500,000 shares authorized; 2,254,911 and 2,275,950 shares issued as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 2,169,703 and 2,190,742 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

     8,015       9,703  

Accumulated deficit

     (216,880     (263,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (208,863     (253,840

Less: Treasury stock

     (51     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (208,914     (253,891
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 119,453     $ 76,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Product revenue

   $ 29,156     $ 17,338  

Software revenue

     5,575       6,013  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     34,731       23,351  

Cost of sales

     25,662       19,466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,069       3,885  

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     35,560       26,695  

Research and development

     18,967       20,461  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     620       (473
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     55,147       46,683  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (46,078     (42,798

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest and financing costs, net

     (2,842     (3,961

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     225       346  

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     (600     (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (49,295     (46,663

Income tax expense

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (49,297   $ (46,665
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted

   $ (23.28   $ (21.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stock – basic and diluted

     2,117,707       2,182,598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
        Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2018

    21,709,934     $ 179,265       2,066,021     $ 2     $ (51   $ 6,701     $ (167,583   $ (160,931

Series E preferred stock issued at $11.00 per share for cash, net of issuance costs of $190

    9,245,448       101,510       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of warrants

    127,883       567       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         103,682       —         —         187       —         187  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         1,127       —         1,127  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (49,297     (49,297
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    31,083,265       281,342       2,169,703       2       (51     8,015       (216,880     (208,914

Exercise of stock options

    —         —         21,039       —         —         44       —         44  

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         1,644       —         1,644  

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         (46,665     (46,665
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    31,083,265     $ 281,342       2,190,742     $ 2     $ (51   $ 9,703     $ (263,545   $ (253,891
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2019               2020        

Operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (49,297   $ (46,665

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     1,639       2,079  

Amortization of intangible assets

     531       531  

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

     823       957  

Stock-based compensation

     1,127       1,644  

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

     320       674  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     (225     (346

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     574       807  

Loss on disposal of assets

     86       57  

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     600       250  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     620       (473

Provision for bad debt

     178       8  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     502       699  

Inventory

     (2,738     1,705  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (181     156  

Accounts payable

     184       (369

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (2,316     (1,850

Deferred revenue

     (122     222  

Accrued compensation

     (1,379     1,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (49,074     (38,544
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,695     (916
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,695     (916

Financing activities:

    

Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     101,510       —    

Financing costs paid

     (198     —    

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     187       44  

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     509       —    

Borrowing on term loan

     10,000       —    

Payment of contingent consideration

     —         (987

Borrowing on Small Business Administration loan

     —         5,138  

Repayment on Small Business Administration loan

     —         (5,138

Principal repayments on finance lease

     (32     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     111,976       (983

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     59,207       (40,443
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     32,958       92,165  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 92,165     $ 51,722  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Taxes

   $ 8     $ —    

Interest

   $ 2,628     $ 3,446  

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

   $ 2,005     $ 3,082  

Lease liabilities recorded for operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ (1,979   $ (3,082

Fair value of warrants issued

   $ (823   $ —    

Debt discount

   $ 823     $ —    

Unpaid property and equipment purchases

   $ 6     $ —    

Reclassification of warrant liabilities upon exercise of warrant

   $ 55     $ —    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Sonendo, Inc. (“Sonendo” or the “Company”) was incorporated in June 2006 pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware under the name Dentatek Corporation. In March 2011, the Company changed its name to Sonendo, Inc. The Company is a medical technology company that has developed and is commercializing the GentleWave System to treat tooth decay. The Company’s principal market is the United States. The Company’s products include the GentleWave System, which is cleared by the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for sale in the U.S., along with the system’s sterilized, single-use procedure instruments. In addition, the Company offers practice management software to enable an integrated digital office for dental practitioners.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the accounts of Sonendo and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Pipstek, LLC and TDO Software, Inc. (“TDO”). All significant inter-company balances and transactions among the consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation.

Liquidity and Management’s Plans

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $51.7 million.

The Company has a limited operating history, and the revenue and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and as of December 31, 2020 had an accumulated deficit of $263.5 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred net losses of $46.7 million and used $38.5 million of cash and cash equivalents in operations. The Company will continue to incur significant costs and expenses related to its ongoing operations until it gains market acceptance of products and achieves a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s operations.

The Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. Based on its current operating plan, the Company expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements 12 months from the date of issuance of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. This estimate is based on the Company’s current assumptions, including assumptions relating to its ability to manage its spend, that might prove to be wrong, and the Company could use available capital resources sooner than currently expected. The terms of the Company’s term loan contain financial covenants requiring minimum liquidity at all times. It is probable that the Company will not meet the minimum required liquidity covenant in the first quarter of 2022, which would result in an event of default under which the note holder could declare the outstanding principal balance of $30.0 million immediately payable in full. Moreover, regardless of a potential event of default, the Company’s term loan matures June 23, 2022. The Company intends to refinance and extend the term loan. However, no assurance can be made that an extension will be granted, or that the Company will be able to renegotiate the terms of the term loan.

The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations using its cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 and meet its capital funding needs through equity or debt financings. The Company continually assesses multiple options to obtain additional funding to support its operations, including through

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

financing activities in capital markets, or financing arrangements. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, its stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which the Company enters may impose additional covenants that restrict operations, including limitations on its ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make certain investments or engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity raise may contain terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company cannot generate sufficient revenues from the sale of its products or secure additional financing on acceptable terms, it may be forced to significantly alter its business strategy, substantially curtail its current operations, or cease operations altogether. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

Due to these uncertainties, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a year after the accompanying consolidated financial statements are issued. The consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern, and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the Company’s inability to continue as a going concern.

COVID-19

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact the Company’s operations, revenue, and overall financial condition. In response to the pandemic, numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders, and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where the Company’s headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel, and business operations, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in closing of the Company’s headquarters, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions, and cancellation of training and other events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting the Company’s operations. Additionally, in the United States, governmental authorities have recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments and potential infection with COVID-19 and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. Even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19 were significantly reduced in the second quarter of 2021, the Company continues to experience disruptions to its business, including customers continuing to be cautious in restarting procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.

The Company continues to monitor the effects of this global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce and took actions to mitigate the negative impact on its business including among other things, a reduction in force in April 2020, temporary reductions in pay and furloughs of certain positions along with spending reduction programs. The cumulative effect of these disruptions have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the Company’s business and its results of operations. The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve and its impact on the Company’s business will depend on several factors that are highly uncertain and unpredictable, including, the efficacy and adoption of vaccines, future resurgences of the virus and its variants, the speed at which government restrictions are lifted, hospitals and healthcare systems patient capacity, and the willingness and ability of patients to seek care and treatment due to safety concerns or financial hardship.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Given the continued uncertainty of the duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is unable to estimate the impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity for fiscal year 2021.

Operating Segments

The Company operates two operating and reportable segments: Product and Software. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, who is the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”), for the purpose of allocating resources and assessing performance. Description of the activities within these segments is included in Note 12.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to avail itself of this exemption and, therefore, for new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, the Company will be subject to an extended transition period until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

2. Summary of Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make informed estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and disclosures in the accompanying notes, including estimates of probable losses and expenses, as of the date of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including the expected business and operational changes, the sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates, and whether historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes, and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to mitigate such potential risks by maintaining the Company’s cash balances with entities that management believes possess high credit quality to

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

limit the amount of credit exposure. Substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at one financial institution domiciled in the United States. Cash and cash equivalents can exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of up to $250,000. The Company has not experienced any losses in their accounts and management believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. The primary objectives of the Company’s investment portfolio are the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.

The Company believes any concentration of credit risk in its accounts receivable is mitigated by its credit evaluation process, relatively short collection terms and the level of credit worthiness of its customers. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of sales or accounts receivable in 2019 or 2020.

The Company sources materials and services through several vendors. Certain materials are sourced from a single vendor. The loss of certain vendors could result in a temporary disruption of the Company’s commercialization efforts.

The Company’s products require clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies before commercial sales can commence. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products in development will receive any of these required clearances. The denial or delay of such clearances may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business in the future. In addition, after the clearance by the FDA, there is still an ongoing risk of adverse events that did not appear during the device clearance process.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, clinical development risk, establishment of appropriate commercial partnerships, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government and environmental regulations, uncertainty of market acceptance of its products, product liability and the need to obtain additional financing.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable pertain to contracts with customers who are granted credit by the Company in the ordinary course of business and are recorded at the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable do not bear interest. Accounts receivable presented on the consolidated balance sheets are adjusted for any write-offs and net of allowance for credit losses. The Company’s allowance for credit losses is developed by using relevant available information including historical collection and loss experience, current economic conditions, prevailing economic conditions, supportable forecasted economic conditions and evaluations of customer balances. Once a receivable is deemed uncollectible after collection efforts have been exhausted, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company closely monitors the credit quality of its customers and does not generally require collateral or other security on receivables. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The Company’s estimate of current expected credit losses was immaterial as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively and there were immaterial write-offs.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products, work-in-process and raw materials and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost may include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost is determined by the first in first out inventory method. The carrying value of inventory is reviewed for potential impairment whenever indicators suggest that the cost of inventory exceeds the carrying value and management adjusts the inventory to its net realizable value. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory for estimated losses from excess quantities and obsolescence and writes down the cost of inventory to net realizable value at the time such determinations are made. Net realizable value is determined using the estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs to complete and dispose.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. The Company records depreciation over the estimated useful lives of the assets, typically three to five years, using the straight-line method, and amortizes leasehold improvements using a straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated economic lives or the related remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not significantly add value to property and equipment, or prolong the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Gains and losses on dispositions of property and equipment are included in the operating results of the related period.

Leases

Lease right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company takes possession of the leased property (the “Commencement Date”) based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. At the inception of a contract, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on the facts and circumstances present.

Operating lease right-of-use assets also include any lease payments made at or before lease commencement and exclude any lease incentives received. The lease terms used to calculate the right-of-use asset and related lease liability include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The Company elects the practical expedient to exclude short-term agreements of less than 12 months from capitalization. The Company enters into various operating leases for office space. The leases expire at various dates, have various options to renew, and may contain escalation provisions.

Rent expense on cancelable leases containing known future scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases beginning on the Commencement Date. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is accounted for as a component of operating lease right-of-use assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Landlord improvement allowances and other such lease incentives are recorded as property and equipment and as reduction of the right-of-use leased assets and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to operating lease costs. The key estimates for the Company’s leases include the incremental borrowing rate used to determine the present value of lease payments and the lease term. The Company’s leases generally do not include an implicit rate. Management determines the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company in an acquisition of a business. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from a business combination requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company recorded $8.5 million of goodwill in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO.

The Company performs its goodwill impairment analysis at the reporting unit level, which aligns with the Company’s reporting structure and availability of discrete financial information. The Company performs its annual impairment analysis by either comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount or doing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment to determine if there is potential impairment. The Company may do a qualitative assessment when the results of the previous

 

F-11


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

quantitative test indicated the reporting unit’s estimated fair value was significantly in excess of the carrying value of its net assets and it does not believe there have been significant changes in the reporting unit’s operations that would significantly decrease its estimated fair value or significantly increase its net assets. If a quantitative assessment is performed the evaluation includes management estimates of cash flow projections based on internal future projections and/or use of a market approach by looking at market values of comparable companies. Key assumptions for these projections include revenue growth, future gross and operating margin growth, and its weighted cost of capital and terminal growth rates. The revenue and margin growth is based on increased sales of new and existing products as the Company maintains investments in research and development. Additional assumed value creators may include increased efficiencies from capital spending. The resulting cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. Operating mechanisms and requirements to ensure that growth and efficiency assumptions will ultimately be realized are also considered in the evaluation.

The Company’s annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill consists of the TDO reporting unit from which the goodwill originated. In accordance with the Company’s policy, the Company completed its most recent annual evaluation for impairment as of December 31, 2020 using a quantitative assessment and determined that no impairment existed.

The assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are generally consistent with the past performance of the Company and are also consistent with the projections and assumptions that are used in current operating plans. The assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.

Intangible assets with a finite life, consist of developed technology, customer relationships, and tradenames acquired in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO, and were $2.7 million and $2.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost, net of accumulated amortization, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which range from five to ten years. In determining the useful lives of intangible assets, the Company considers the expected use of the assets and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, anticipated technological advances, market influences and other economic factors. Trademarks and trade names that are related to products are assigned lives consistent with the period in which the products bearing each brand are expected to be sold.

The Company evaluates its intangible assets with finite lives for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of the Company’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, the Company makes an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the technology over the remaining amortization period, the Company reduces the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. An impairment analysis is subjective and assumptions regarding future growth rates and operating expense levels can have a significant impact on the expected future cash flows and impairment analysis. No indicators of impairment were identified in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, operating lease liabilities, warrant liabilities, forward

 

F-12


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

obligation, contingent earnout, and a term loan. Fair value is measured as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market. Valuation techniques that are consistent with the market, income or cost approach are used to measure fair value.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels:

Level 1 – Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities the Company has the ability to access.

Level 2 – Inputs (other than quoted prices included within Level 1) that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement and reflect the reporting entity’s use of significant management judgment and assumptions when there is little or no market data. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. These include the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses inputs such as expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term to determine fair market valuation.

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification at each reporting date. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between the levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years presented.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and certain accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Accordingly, the Company estimates that the recorded amounts approximate fair market value. The fair values of term loan and operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2020 approximated their carrying values, based on the borrowing rates that were available for loans with similar terms as of that date.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company recognizes freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock as a liability recognized at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities.

The warrants are recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until settlement. Changes in fair value for warrants classified as liabilities are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net on the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company estimates the fair value of these liabilities using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of these warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The consummation of an initial public offering will result in the conversion of all classes of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants will be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to re-measurement.

Revenue Recognition

Contracts with Customers

The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, the Company applies the following five core principles to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Product revenue is generated from sales of the GentleWave console and related procedure instruments and accessories. Software revenue is generated from sales of TDO’s The Digital Office endodontist practice management software licenses. The Company’s products are sold primarily in the United States directly to customers through its field sales force.

Performance Obligations

The Company’s performance obligations primarily arise from the manufacture and delivery of the GentleWave System, related procedure instruments and accessories, and the delivery or license of TDO software and related ancillary services. Payment terms are typically on open credit terms consistent with industry practice and do not have significant financing components. Consideration may be variable based on volume.

The Company considers the individual deliverables in its product offering as separate performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The total contract transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in no-contracted arrangements, and is allocated to the identified performance obligations based upon the relative standalone selling prices of the performance obligations. The stand-alone selling price is based on an observable price offered to other comparable customers. The Company estimates the standalone selling price using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. The Company regularly reviews and updates standalone selling prices as necessary. The consideration the Company receives in exchange for its goods or services is only recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled includes a stated list price, less various forms of variable consideration. The Company estimates related variable consideration at the point of sale, including discounts, product returns, refunds, and other similar obligations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Revenue is recognized over time when the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance. Revenue is recognized at a point in time if the criteria for recognizing revenue over time are not met, and the Company has transferred control of the goods to the customer.

Product revenue is recognized at a point in time when the Company has transferred control to the customer, which is generally when title of the goods transfers to the customer.

Software is licensed via delivery to the customer or via a service arrangement under which cloud-based access is provided on a subscription basis (software-as-a-service). When a fixed up-front license fee is received in exchange for the delivery of software, revenue is recognized at the point in time when the delivery of the software has occurred. When software is licensed on a subscription basis, revenue is recognized over the respective license period.

The Company also sells extended service contracts on its GentleWave Systems. Sales of extended service contracts are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the standard warranty expires, which is generally up to two years from the date of sale. Service contract revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over time consistent with the life of the related service contract in proportion to the costs incurred in fulfilling performance obligations under the service contract.

Revenue for technical support and other services is recognized ratably over the performance obligation period.

The Company generally does not experience returns. If necessary, a provision is recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances and is deducted from gross product revenue to arrive at net product revenue in the period the related revenue is recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns and allowances and other known factors. Actual returns and claims in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from these estimates. If actual or expected future returns and claims are significantly greater or lower than the reserves established, a reduction or increase to revenue will be recorded in the period in which such a determination is made.

All non-income government-assessed taxes (sales and use taxes) collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental agencies are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities until they are remitted to the government agency.

The Company has adopted the practical expedient permitting the direct expensing of costs incurred to obtain contracts where the amortization of such costs would occur over one year or less, and it applied to substantially all the Company’s contracts.

Contract liabilities

The Company recognizes a contract liability when a customer pays for good or services for which the Company has not yet transferred control. The opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Extended service contracts

   $ 245      $ 271  

Subscription software licenses

     375        572  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract liabilities

     620        843  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: long-term portion

     45        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract liabilities – current

   $ 575      $ 838  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Contract liabilities are included within other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Revenue recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 that was included in the contract liability balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2019 was $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Disaggregation of revenue

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by segment and by the timing of when goods and services are transferred which depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected.

The following table provides information regarding revenues disaggregated by segment and the timing of when goods and services are transferred (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Product revenue recognized at a point in time

   $ 28,938      $ 16,857  

Product revenue recognized over time

     218        481  

Software revenue recognized at a point in time

     1,410        997  

Software revenue recognized over time

     4,165        5,016  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,731      $ 23,351  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shipping and handling costs

All customer related shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are charged to cost of sales. Charges to customers for shipping and handling are credited to revenue.

Advertising costs

All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs incurred and recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were approximately $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides a standard warranty on its GentleWave Systems for a specified period of time. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, GentleWave Systems sold were covered by the warranty for a period of up to two years from the date of sale. Estimated warranty costs are recorded as a liability at the time of delivery with a corresponding provision to cost of sales. Warranty expenses expected to be incurred within 12 months from the date of sale are classified as other short-term liabilities while those expected to be incurred after 12 months from the date of sale are classified as other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Warranty accruals are estimated based on the current product costs, the Company’s historical experience, management’s expectations of future conditions and standard maintenance schedules. The Company evaluates this reserve on a regular basis and makes adjustments as necessary.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in estimated warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3,872      $ 3,447  

Provision for warranties issued

     3,052        996  

Warranty costs incurred

     (3,477      (2,859
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 3,447      $ 1,584  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 2,743      $ 1,202  

Non-current portion

     704        382  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,447      $ 1,584  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The warranty liability, current and non-current, are included in other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets.

Research and Development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist of costs incurred for proprietary R&D programs, and are recorded to operating expenses when incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include (1) personnel-related costs, including compensation and benefits and stock-based compensation associated with R&D personnel, (2) costs related to clinical and pre-clinical testing of the Company’s technologies under development, and (3) other R&D expenses. Costs to acquire technologies to be used in R&D that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are also expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company periodically grants equity-based payment awards in the form of stock options to employees, directors and non-employees and records stock-based compensation expenses for awards of stock-based payments based on their estimated fair value at the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for all equity-based payments, including stock options.

Stock-based compensation costs are calculated based on the estimated fair value of the underlying option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant for stock options and recognized as expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. Determining the appropriate fair value model and related input assumptions requires judgment, including estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock price volatility, and expected term:

 

   

Given the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) at the time of each option grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors. These factors include the valuation of a select group of public peer group companies within the medical device industry that focus on technological advances and development that the Board believes is comparable to the Company’s operations; operating and financial performance; the lack of liquidity of the common stock and trends in the broader economy and medical device industry also impact the determination of the fair value of the common stock. In addition, the Company regularly engages a third-party valuation specialist to assist with estimates related to the valuation of the Company’s common stock;

 

F-17


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   

The risk-free interest rate used is based on the published U.S. Department of Treasury interest rates in effect at the time of stock option grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximating each grant’s expected term;

 

   

The dividend yield is zero as the Company has not paid dividends and does not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future;

 

   

The expected term for options granted is calculated using the “simplified method” and represents the average time that options are expected to be outstanding based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term of the award;

 

   

Expected volatility is derived from the historical volatilities of a select group of comparable peer companies, for a look-back period commensurate with the expected term of the stock options, as the Company has no trading history of common stock.

No compensation cost is recognized for awards with performance conditions until that condition is probable of being met. Forfeitures of unvested stock option awards are recognized as reductions of expense as they occur.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax liabilities and in the determination of the recoverability of certain deferred income tax assets, which arise from temporary differences and carryforwards. A valuation allowance related to a deferred tax asset is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Current income taxes are based on the year’s taxable income for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.

Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered as deductions from future taxable income. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history and reliability of forecasting.

The Company is required to file federal and state income tax returns in the United States. The preparation of state tax returns requires the Company to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by the Company.

The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential revisions and adjusts the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.

The Company follows the accounting guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute criteria for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. As applicable, the Company recognizes accrued penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of its convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of such stock have the right to receive dividends on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the preferred stockholders do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to Company’s stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents to the extent they are dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options, and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive for all periods presented. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share in periods when the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Updates

Changes to GAAP are established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in the form of accounting standards updates (“ASU”). ASU’s not listed below were assessed and determined not to be applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” and its related amendments (collectively referred to as “Topic 842”), which requires that lessees recognize right-to-use assets and related lease liabilities for substantially all significant financing and operating leases not considered short-term leases, and specifies where in the statement of cash flows the related lease payments are to be presented. The guidance is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019 following the modified retrospective method as of the effective date. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed the Company to carry forward its original assessment of (1) whether contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification and (3) initial direct costs. The Company also elected the practical expedient that allows lessees the option to account for lease and non-lease components together as a single component for all real estate classes of underlying assets. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Adoption of the new standard resulted in the recording of operating right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities of $1.4 million as of January 1,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

2019. The adoption of ASC 842 did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or consolidated cash flows. Further information regarding the Company’s leases is provided in Note 7.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13,Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This guidance updates existing guidance for measuring and recording credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost by replacing the “incurred loss” model with an “expected loss” model. Accordingly, these financial assets will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (“Topic 718”): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting” which expanded the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. ASU 2018-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted, but not earlier than the adoption of Topic 606. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13,Fair Value Measurement (“Topic 820”): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying or adding certain disclosures. ASU 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2020. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15,Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract”, which requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract to follow the internal-use software guidance to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets. A customer’s accounting for the costs of the hosting component of the arrangement are not affected by the new guidance. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this did not result in a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

Recent Accounting Updates Not Yet Effective

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12,Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This guidance, among other provisions, eliminates certain exceptions to existing guidance related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. This guidance also requires an entity to reflect the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in its effective income tax rate in the first interim period that includes the enactment date of the new legislation, aligning the timing of recognition of the effects from enacted tax law changes on the effective income tax rate with the effects on deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Under existing guidance, an entity recognizes the effects of the enacted tax law change on the effective income tax rate in the period that includes the effective date of the tax law. ASU 2019-12 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06,Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity,” which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. The ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. This will be effective for public companies, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and only if adopted as of the beginning of such fiscal year. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this standard on its financial statements as well as whether to early adopt the new standard.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Amortized Cost      Unrealized
Gains
     Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2019

           

Cash

   $ 938      $ —        $ —        $ 938  

Money market funds

     91,227        —          —          91,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,165      $ —        $ —        $ 92,165  

December 31, 2020

           

Cash

   $ 825      $ —        $ —        $ 825  

Money market funds

     50,897        —          —          50,897  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,722      $ —        $ —        $ 51,722  

Inventory

Inventory as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Raw materials

   $ 3,147      $ 2,114  

Work in process

     271        308  

Finished goods

     3,233        1,916  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,651      $ 4,338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory of $0.7 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Laboratory and warehouse equipment and tooling

   $ 5,050      $ 5,120  

Computer equipment and software

     1,452        1,492  

Office furniture and fixtures

     1,433        1,489  

Leasehold improvements

     2,258        2,585  

Automobiles

     29        29  

Construction in progress

     499        719  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,721        11,434  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (6,280      (8,281
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,441      $ 3,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.6 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, depreciation expense was approximately $0.4 million recorded in cost of sales, $0.9 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, and $0.3 million recorded in research and development expenses and for the year ended December 31, 2020 depreciation expense was approximately $0.5 million recorded in cost of sales, $1.2 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, and $0.4 million recorded in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Intangible assets, net

At December 31, 2019 intangible assets, net were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Developed Technology (5 years)

   $ 1,110      $ 268      $ 842  

Customer relationships (7 years)

     1,910        330        1,580  

Tradenames (10 years)

     360        43        317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

   $ 3,380      $ 641      $ 2,739  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2020 intangible assets, net were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Developed Technology (5 years)

   $ 1,110      $ 490      $ 620  

Customer relationships (7 years)

     1,910        603        1,307  

Tradenames (10 years)

     360        79        281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

   $ 3,380      $ 1,172      $ 2,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, amortization expense related to the above finite-lived intangible assets was approximately $0.2 million recorded in cost of sales and $0.3 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Estimated future annual amortization expense related to intangible assets, net at December 31, 2020 was as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 531  

2022

     531  

2023

     485  

2024

     309  

2025

     252  

Thereafter

     100  
  

 

 

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

   $ 2,208  
  

 

 

 

The weighted average amortization period for 2020 of the Company’s intangible assets is 6.7 years.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Vendor invoices

   $ 1,065      $ 2,232  

Other accrued expenses

     1,216        1,015  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 2,281      $ 3,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Finance lease liability

   $ 40      $ 47  

Contingent earnout

     987        667  

Warranty liability

     2,743        1,202  

Other current liabilities

     578        840  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 4,348      $ 2,756  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Finance lease liability, net of current

   $ 172      $ 125  

Contingent earnout, net of current

     1,403        263  

Other liabilities

     751        388  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 2,326      $ 776  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table provides the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such value at December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2019

   Fair Value      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 91,227      $ 91,227      $ —        $ —    

Liabilities:

           

Warrants

   $ 2,260      $ —        $ —        $ 2,260  

Forward obligation

   $ 2,500      $ —        $ —        $ 2,500  

Contingent earnout

   $ 2,390      $ —        $ —        $ 2,390  

 

December 31, 2020

   Fair Value      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 50,897      $ 50,897      $ —        $ —    

Liabilities:

           

Warrants

   $ 1,914      $ —        $ —        $ 1,914  

Forward obligation

   $ 2,750      $ —        $ —        $ 2,750  

Contingent earnout

   $ 930      $ —        $ —        $ 930  

Recurring liabilities included in Level 3 consist of preferred stock warrants, a forward obligation to transfer shares of Series D preferred stock, and a contingent earnout.

The following table is a rollforward of the estimated fair values for instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy defined above, measured using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     Warrant
liabilities
    Forward
obligation
     Contingent
earnout
     Total  

December 31, 2018

   $ 1,719     $ 1,900      $ 1,770      $ 5,389  

Issuance of warrants

     823       —          —          823  

Exercise of warrants

     (55     —          —          (55

Expiration of warrants

     (2     —          —          (2

Change in fair value

     (225     600        620        995  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

   $ 2,260     $ 2,500      $ 2,390      $ 7,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Warrant
liabilities
    Forward
obligation
     Contingent
earnout
    Total  

December 31, 2019

   $ 2,260     $ 2,500      $ 2,390     $ 7,150  

Payout of contingent earnout

     —         —          (987     (987

Change in fair value

     (346     250        (473     (569
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

   $ 1,914     $ 2,750      $ 930     $ 5,594  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

There were no transfers in or out of level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Warrants

In 2009, the Company executed two convertible note and warrant purchase agreements (the “2009 Notes”) with certain stockholders. The principal and unpaid interest on the 2009 Notes was converted into shares of Series B preferred stock in March 2010. In connection with the 2009 Notes, the Company issued immediately exercisable warrants to the holders to purchase an aggregate of 140,445 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock. In 2019, 127,883 of these warrants were exercised in exchange for $0.5 million in cash while the remaining 12,562 warrants expired unexercised.

In December 2013, the Company entered into a $10.0 million term loan facility with Oxford Finance LLC. The term loan was repaid in full in June 2017. In connection with the term loan, the Company issued immediately exercisable warrants to the lender for the purchase of 50,000 shares of the Company’s Series C-1 preferred stock equal to three percent of the aggregate amount funded.

In June 2017, the Company entered into a term loan facility with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP which was subsequently amended in October 2018 and again in October 2019 (see Note 9). Upon funding of the initial loan, and each initial tranche of the amended loans, the Company issued immediately exercisable warrants to the lender for the purchase of 100,000 shares of the Company’s Series D preferred stock and 90,000 shares of the Company’s Series E preferred stock, respectively. The fair value at issuance of the Series E preferred stock warrants related to the October 2019 amendment was $0.8 million.

The Company recognized warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock issued in connection with certain debt as liabilities. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of these warrants until the earlier of: (1) exercise of warrants; (2) expiration of warrants; (3) a merger, acquisition, or other change of control; or (4) the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, at which time the liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

Warrants at December 31, 2019 and 2020 included the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

                   Warrants outstanding      Estimated Fair value  

Warrants

   Number of
warrants
issued
     Purchase

Price Per

Share
     2019      2020          2019              2020      

Series C-1

     50,000        6.00        50,000        50,000      $ 165      $ 225  

Series D

     100,000        9.7481        100,000        100,000        473        500  

Series E

     90,000        11.00        90,000        90,000        800        575  

Series E

     90,000        11.00        90,000        90,000        822        614  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     330,000           330,000        330,000      $ 2,260      $ 1,914  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, warrants fully vested and outstanding had estimated fair values ranging between $3.17 to $9.13 and $4.26 to $6.82, respectively. Fair values were determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following input assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

    

2019 Range

  

2020 Range (Weighted Average)

Expected volatility

   75.37% to 84.77%    78.57% to 81.37% (79.91%)

Dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%

Risk-free interest rates

   1.53% to 2.20%    0.17% to 0.81% (0.65%)

Expected term

   4 years to 9.77 years    3 years to 8.77 years (7.26 years)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Assumptions were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments. An increase in the expected volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected term would result in an increase to the estimated value of the warrants while an increase in the dividend yield would result in a decrease to the estimated value of the warrants.

These warrants expire between December 2023 and October 2029.

Forward obligation

In connection with a December 2016 asset acquisition, a portion of the transaction consideration included the issuance of a maximum of 410,337 shares of Sonendo Series D Preferred Stock, issued, paid and deliverable upon the earliest to occur of (i) an extraordinary event, as defined in the purchase agreement; (ii) a public offering of any securities of the Company, in which the shares of the Series D preferred stock of the Company are converted in accordance with the then effective certificate of incorporation of the Company, or in connection with which the holders of the Series D preferred stock agree to convert their shares of series D preferred stock into conversion shares, as defined in the purchase agreement; or (iii) the 7th anniversary after the closing of the transaction. The Company measured the estimated value of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock as of the acquisition date based on the estimated fair value of the Series D preferred stock reflecting a discount for marketability. The fair value of the forward obligation was estimated by the Board with input from a third party valuation specialist, based on management estimates and assumptions reflecting the anticipated timing of delivery of the underlying preferred stock and utilizing the probability tree valuation method. This approach calculates estimated fair value by future cash flows attributable to the forward obligation using significant unobservable inputs, including the probabilities of multiple scenarios with individual probabilities ranging from 10% to 40%, and estimates of the timing of the achievement of various liquidity event scenarios.

Changes in the fair value of the Series D preferred stock shares would affect the ultimate fair value of the shares transferred upon settlement. As of December 31, 2020, no shares of Series D preferred stock were issued in connection with the Forward Obligation.

Significant increases or decreases in any of the probabilities and other inputs could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively.

Contingent earnout

In connection with the acquisition of TDO, the Company is required to record a liability related to certain contingent earnout provisions, which are based on annual sales of licenses and units, as defined in the stock purchase agreement, for each of the years ending December 31, 2019, 2020, and 2021.

The Company paid $1.0 million in 2020 related to the total earnout for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company paid $0.7 million in 2021 related to the total earnout for the year ended December 31, 2020. The contingent earnout provisions could require the Company to pay $0.7 million for license sales and $0.5 million for unit sales for the year ending December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the contingent earnout is estimated by the Board with input from a third party valuation specialist, using a Monte Carlo simulation model consistent with that utilized at the time of acquisition. The valuation utilizes certain significant unobservable inputs which include forecasted sales projections and discount rate, 7.6% as of December 31, 2020. An increase in the forecasted sales projections would generally result in an increase to the value of the contingent earnout while an increase in the discount rate would result in a decrease to the value of the contingent earnout.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

5. Stockholders’ Equity

Authorized Shares

The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of two classes of stock designated as common and preferred stock, each having a par value of $0.001 per share. The number of shares authorized at December 31, 2020 is 71,489,056, consisting of 39,500,000 shares of common stock and 31,989,056 shares of preferred stock, designated as Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series C-1, Series D, and Series E preferred stock in the amounts included in the table below.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company classifies convertible preferred stock as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as all such preferred stock is redeemable either at the option of the holder or upon an event outside the control of the Company. The requirements of a deemed liquidation event, as defined within its amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed in 2019 are not entirely within the Company’s control. In the event of such a deemed liquidation event, the proceeds from the event are distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences, provided that the holders of preferred stock have not converted their shares into common stock. The Company records the issuance of preferred stock at the issuance price less related issuance costs. The Company has not adjusted the carrying value of outstanding preferred stock to its liquidation preference because a deemed liquidation event is not probable of occurring as of the end of the reporting period.

The following table summarizes information related to issuance of the Company’s preferred stock at December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands, except share data):

 

Preferred

Stock Class

   Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value(1)
     Conversion
Price Per
Share
     Number of
Common
Stock
Equivalent
Shares
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A-1

     1,333,332        1,333,332      $ 500      $ 0.3705        1,333,332      $ 500  

Series B

     1,743,933        1,743,933        6,999        3.9800        1,743,933        6,941  

Series C

     1,674,545        1,674,545        9,073        5.5000        1,674,545        9,210  

Series C-1

     3,050,000        3,000,000        17,941        6.0000        3,000,000        18,000  

Series D

     7,778,163        7,267,826        70,686        9.7481        7,267,826        70,847  

Series E

     16,409,083        16,063,629        176,143        11.0000        16,063,629        176,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     31,989,056        31,083,265      $ 281,342           31,083,265      $ 282,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The carrying value reflects the gross proceeds received from the sale of the preferred stock less issuance costs and the fair value at issuance of preferred stock warrants classified as a liability.

In June and December 2019, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,245,448 additional shares of Series E preferred stock with a stated value of $11.00 per share in exchange for $101.7 million in cash. Related issuance costs aggregated $0.2 million.

The relative rights, terms, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon preferred stockholders are described below:

Liquidation Preference – In the event of liquidation of the Company, including a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, the preferred stockholders will be entitled to receive distributions in the amounts below (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to and shares) plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distributions to the other series holders in the order below and prior to common stock.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Upon a liquidation event discussed above, the holders of the Series E will be entitled to receive $11.00 per share. The holders of the Series C, Series C-1 and Series D will then be entitled to receive $5.50, $6.00 and $9.7481 per share, respectively. After payment in full of the liquidation preferences to the holders of the Series C, Series C-1 and Series D, the holders of the Series A-1 and Series B will be entitled to receive $0.375 and $3.98 per share, respectively.

If, at the time of liquidation, the assets are insufficient to permit full payment of the liquidation preferences of the series listed in the order above, the assets must be distributed ratably among the holders of the series in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitle to receive in respect to such shares.

After payment has been made to the holders of the preferred stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as noted above, the remaining assets would be distributed among the holders of the common stock pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each holder.

The preferred stock agreements also provide for certain restrictions on transfer of stock, rights of first refusal, and co-sale rights.

Preferred Stock – Dividends – The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive, on pari passu basis, annual non-cumulative dividends equal to 8% of the initial issue price (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares), when and if declared by the Board. Each series of preferred stock will be entitled to receive dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in common stock) on the other series holders in the order below and prior to common stock.

First, the holders of Series E and Series D are entitled to receive dividends in the amount of $11.00 and $9.7481 per share, respectively.

After payment in full of the dividends to the holders of the Series E and Series D, the holders of Series C-1 and Series C are entitled to receive dividends in the amount of $5.50 and $6.00 per share, respectively.

After payment in full of the dividends to the holders of the Series E, Series D, Series C-1 and Series C, the holders of Series A-1 and Series B are entitled to receive dividends in the amount of $0.375 and $3.98 per share, respectively.

In the event the Board declares a dividend that is insufficient to permit full payment of the dividends to the series holders in the order above, such dividends will be paid ratably to each holder of the series in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder is entitled.

No dividends on preferred stock or common stock have been declared by the Board as of December 31, 2020.

Conversion Rights – Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into common stock at an initial conversion rate of one-for-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment for antidilution provisions, as defined. The preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock upon the closing of the sale of shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of at least $22.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock) in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering in which the Company receives at least $50 million in gross proceeds. Additionally, (1) the Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series C-1 and Series D preferred stock will convert into common stock at the then effective conversion rate for each such series of preferred stock, at the date and time, or upon the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent

 

F-28


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

of the holders of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a separate class, and (2) the Series E preferred stock will convert into common stock at the then effective conversion rate for the Series E Preferred Stock, at the date and time, or upon the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding shares of Series E preferred stock, voting as a single class. If a stockholder is otherwise entitled to fractional shares, the Company will pay cash equal to such fractional multiplied by the applicable conversion price.

Redemption – The preferred stock of the Company is not redeemable.

Voting – Each share of preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The Series E preferred stock are entitled to vote as a separate class in certain circumstances.

Unless otherwise specified in the Company’s charter, any vote or consents required of the preferred stock, voting together as a single class, requires approval by the holders of at least 60% of the combined voting power of the preferred stock.

As long as shares of preferred stock that are convertible into at least 500,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or other similar recapitalizations with respect to the common stock) are issued and outstanding, the holders of preferred stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to elect six members of the Board of the Company (the “Preferred Stock Directors”). The remaining directors are elected by the holders of the common stock and the holders of the preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis.

As long as shares of preferred stock that are convertible into at least 500,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or other similar recapitalizations with respect to the common stock) are issued and outstanding, the Company must obtain the approval of the holders of at least 60% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting separately as a class, to, among other things: (1) liquidate, dissolve or wind up the business and affairs of the Company, or effect any liquidating transaction, as defined, or consent to any of the foregoing, (2) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, (3) authorize or create any new class or series of stock having rights, preferences, or privileges senior to, or on parity with, any series of the preferred stock, (4) increase the authorized number of shares of preferred stock, or any series of preferred stock; (5) increase or decrease the size of the Board, (6) increase the number of shares issuable under stock plans, (7) authorize the creation of any debt security, unless previously approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors, (8) create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not wholly-owned, (9) dispose of any subsidiary stock, (10) dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary, (11) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem), or pay or declare dividends, on any of the capital stock of the Company (subject to certain specific exceptions), or (12) enter into or be a party to any transaction with a director, officer or employee of the Company, other than transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested Board members.

In addition, as long as shares of the Series E preferred stock that are convertible into at least 500,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations or other similar recapitalizations with respect to the common stock) are issued and outstanding, the Company must obtain approval of the holders of at least 65% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of the Series E preferred stock, voting separately as a class, to, among other things: (1) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series E preferred stock in a manner different from any other series of preferred stock of the Company; (2) authorize or create any new class or series of stock having rights, preferences, or privileges senior to, or on parity with, the Series E preferred stock; or (3) increase the authorized number of shares of the Series E preferred stock.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     2019      2020  

Conversion of preferred stock

     31,083,265        31,083,265  

Preferred stock warrants

     330,000        330,000  

Forward obligation

     410,337        410,337  

Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2007 and 2017 Plan

     3,398,188        4,101,564  

Common shares available for future grant under the 2017 Plan

     1,995,069        1,271,405  

6. Stock-Based Compensation Expense

During 2017, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the “2017 Plan’) which replaced the Company’s 2007 stock option plan (the “2007 Plan”). Following the adoption of the 2017 Plan, no stock options were granted under the 2007 Plan. Under the 2017 Plan, incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted to employees, members of the Board and non-employees of the Company as a means by which eligible recipients of stock awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in the value of the common stock in order to retain or procure their services. The 2017 Plan, as amended, is administered by the Board (the administrator), and permitted the issuance of options for the purchase of up to 2,795,073 shares of the Company’s common stock. On December 20, 2019 the 2017 Plan was amended to reserve an additional 1,100,000 shares for issuance. Additionally, 292,176 options forfeited under the 2007 stock option plan, described below, were added to the pool of options available to be granted under the 2017 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, the Company reserved an aggregate of 4,187,249 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2017 Plan are set at fair market value at the date of the grant as estimated by the Company’s Board with an exercise price of no less than 100% of estimated fair market value on the date of grant. Time based awards generally vest over four years, and are exercisable for up to ten years from the date of grant. Certain options are exercisable immediately, and are subject to a repurchase right by the Company, which lapses over the original vesting period of the options.

The fair value of each stock option is measured as of the date of grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the period during which the recipient renders the required services to the Company.

Stock-based compensation included in the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive loss is allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2019              2020      

Cost of sales

   $ 114      $ 164  

Selling, general and administrative

     803        1,038  

Research and development

     210        442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 1,127      $ 1,644  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s calculations of estimated fair value of the stock option awards were made using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following input assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019
Range (Weighted
Average)
     2020
Range (Weighted
Average)
 

Expected volatility

    
74.07% to
75.56% (74.55%)
 
 
    
74.49% to
82.26% (75.42%)
 
 

Dividend yield

     0.00%        0.00%  

Risk-free interest rates

    
1.69% to
2.45% (2.09%)
 
 
    
0.27% to
0.83% (0.73%)
 
 

Expected term

    

5.27 years
to 6.28 years
(5.98 years)
 
 
 
    


5.00 years

to 6.60 years
(6.00 years)

 

 
 

The Company granted 36,250 and 40,000 options to non-employees in exchange for services during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Stock compensation expense of $0.1 million and $0.1 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, in connection with non-employee options that were earned.

A summary of stock option activities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per
Share
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2018

     3,169,397     
  

 

 

    

Granted

     556,000        3.11  

Forfeited

     (222,464      2.32  

Exercised

     (104,745      1.81  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding, December 31, 2019

     3,398,188     

Granted

     1,657,236        3.84  

Forfeited

     (933,572      2.35  

Exercised

     (20,288      2.09  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding, December 31, 2020

     4,101,564     
  

 

 

    

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $3.11 per share and $3.84 per share, respectively.

A summary of non-vested options is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average Fair
Value
 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2019

     1,480,532      $ 2.56  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-vested as of December 31, 2020

     2,030,117      $ 2.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Early exercised unvested as of December 31, 2020

     937      $ 1.81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $1.30 per share and $1.81 per share, respectively.

At December 31, 2020, there were 1,271,405 shares available for future grant reserved under the 2017 Plan. Information regarding the weighted-average remaining contractual life and weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding and options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 
        

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     4,101,564      $ 2.81        7.399  

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2020

     2,071,447      $ 2.16        5.996  

Certain stock option grants under the 2017 Plan allow the recipient to exercise the options prior to the options becoming fully vested. Under the 2017 Plan, the Company retains the right to repurchase common shares that have been issued upon early exercise of options at the original issue price. Cash received for the early exercise of unvested stock options is initially recorded as a liability. At each reporting date, the vested shares are released to equity. During 2019 and 2020, the Company did not repurchase shares. Activity related to shares of common stock subject to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is as follows (in thousands, except share data):

 

     Number of
Shares
     Cost to
Repurchase
 

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase,
December 31, 2018

     625      $ 1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options exercised early, net of repurchases

     1,938        4  

Vesting of options exercised early

     (875      (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase,
December 31, 2019

     1,688        3  

Vesting of options exercised early

     (751      (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase,
December 31, 2020

     937      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company received $0.2 million and $0.04 million related to stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding, and vested and exercisable, is $5.7 million and $3.8 million, respectively, based on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of the common stock as of December 31, 2019 of $3.84 per share. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding, and vested and exercisable, is $13.8 million and $8.3 million, respectively, based on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of the common stock as of December 31, 2020 of $6.18 per share.

As of December 31, 2020, there is unrecognized compensation expense of $3.8 million related to unvested stock options, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.79 years.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of December 31, 2020, the total number of outstanding options vested, or expected to vest, is 3,841,649, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.77 per share. The average remaining life of these options is 7.31 years and the aggregate intrinsic value is $13.1 million at December 31, 2020.

7. Leases

The Company leases office space under operating leases with expirations ranging from April 2021 to March 2025, some of which include rent escalations or an option to extend the lease for up to three years per renewal. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the sole discretion of the Company. Where real estate leases contain an option to renew, any period beyond the option date is only included as part of the lease term if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the option.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has not entered into any leases which have not yet commenced that would entitle the Company to significant rights or create additional obligations.

The Company determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at the inception of the contract. A contract will be deemed to be or contain a lease if the contract conveys the right to control and direct the use of identified property, plant, or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company generally must also have the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the property, plant, and equipment.

The Company has elected the practical expedient to not separate its lease component from nonlease component for its real estate leases. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to apply the lease recognition requirements to short-term leases with an initial term of 12 months or less.

The Company uses either its incremental borrowing rate or the implicit rate in the lease agreement as the basis to calculate the present value of future lease payments at lease commencement. The incremental borrowing rate represents the rate the Company would have to pay to borrow funds on a collateralize basis over a similar term and in a similar economic environment.

Cash paid for amounts included in the lease liability were $1.0 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Variable operating lease expenses consist primarily real estate taxes and insurance. The components of lease expense and related cash flows were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2019              2020      

Rent expense

   $ 952      $ 1,122  

Short-term lease costs

     —          197  

Variable lease costs

     73        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,025      $ 1,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2019              2020      

Cost of sales

   $ 182      $ 239  

Selling, general and administrative

     843        1,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,025      $ 1,413  

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31  
     2019      2020  

Operating Leases

     

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 1,182      $ 3,308  

Operating lease liabilities

   $ 616      $ 802  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

     504        2,449  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 1,120      $ 3,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the remaining weighted-average lease term of the operating leases was 2.18 years and the weighted-average discount rate was 9.20%. As of December 31, 2020, the remaining weighted-average lease term of the operating leases was 3.69 years and the weighted-average discount rate was 7.55%.

Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 1,012  

2022

     984  

2023

     952  

2024

     617  

Thereafter

     156  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     3,721  

Less present value discount

     (470
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities

   $ 3,251  
  

 

 

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims and assessments from time to time in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation, actions with respect to intellectual property, employment, regulatory, product liability and contractual matters. In connection with these proceedings or matters, the Company regularly assesses the probability and amount (or range) of possible issues based on the developments in these proceedings or matters. A liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements if it is determined that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, and that the amount (or range) of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company’s management does not believe that any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

9. Term Loan

Perceptive loan

On June 23, 2017, the Company entered into an aggregate $20.0 million delayed-draw term loan with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (the “Perceptive Loan”). The initial loan of $10.0 million was made in a single borrowing on June 23, 2017. The interest rate for the loan is the greater of the 1-month LIBOR and 2.00% plus the applicable margin of 9.25% (11.25% at June 23, 2017 and December 31, 2020). Other features are as follows: (1) a loan origination fee of $0.2 million (2) interest only period through June 2020 (3) delayed draw option of $10.0 million on or before December 22, 2017. The loan origination fee and the deferred interest are amortized

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

over the term of the loan and recorded as interest expense in the accompanying statements of comprehensive loss. The Company did not exercise the delayed draw option prior to its expiration. In connection with the Perceptive Loan, the Company granted a security interest in all of its assets. Moreover, in connection with the Perceptive Loan, the Company issued 100,000 warrants on its Series D Preferred shares (see Note 5).

The Company is permitted to make voluntary prepayments of the Perceptive Loan with a prepayment fee equal to (i) 4.0% of the loan prepaid during the first 12 months, (ii) 2.0% of the loan prepaid in months 13-24 and (iii) 1.00% of the loan prepaid in months 25-36.

On October 16, 2018, the Company amended the terms of the Perceptive Loan (the “Amended Perceptive Loan”), providing an additional tranche consisting of two borrowings; an initial draw in the amount of $10.0 million with an initial delayed draw date that was extended from December 22, 2017 to October 31, 2018 and a delayed-draw term loan in the amount of $10.0 million that was required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2019. The initial draw was exercised on October 16, 2018 and required a loan origination fee of 1.50% of the principal amount borrowed. In addition, the Company issued 90,000 warrants on its Series E Preferred shares upon the initial borrowing on the Amended Perceptive Loan (see Note 5). The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification. As such, the Company is amortizing the loan origination fee and the value of the warrants issued over the remainder of the loan term.

The subsequent delayed-draw term loan under the Amended Perceptive Loan was exercised on October 7, 2019 and included warrants of 90,000 Series E Preferred shares. In conjunction with the borrowing, the Company paid an origination fee equal to 1.50% of the principal amount borrowed as well as lender’s legal fees and expenses.

On October 7, 2019, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Perceptive Loan (the “Second Amended Perceptive Loan”), providing two additional tranches of delayed-draw term loans of $10.0 million each, for an aggregate amount of $20.0 million. The additional tranches were required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2020 and each included warrants of 60,000 shares of Series E Preferred shares. The second of these additional delayed-draw term loans included a revenue milestone requiring the achievement of a minimum level of trailing twelve month revenues prior to exercising the delayed-draw loan. The Second Amended Perceptive Loan also modified the repayment of all outstanding principal to be due at maturity. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification. The additional tranches were not exercised prior to their expiration.

On May 15, 2020, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Perceptive Loan, which allowed the Company to waive the defaults that occurred with the initial grant and subsequent repayment of the PPP loan. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification.

On October 13, 2020, the Company entered into a fourth amendment to the Perceptive Loan, which amended the Perceptive Loan to remove the required revenue covenant calculation dates of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification.

Future principal repayments on the Perceptive Loan, as amended, as of December 31, 2020, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal      Warrant
Discount/Fee
Amortization
     Net  

2021

   $ —        $ 934      $ (934

2022

     30,000        714        29,286  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,000      $ 1,648      $ 28,352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The amended and restated credit agreement also includes financial covenants that require the Company to (i) maintain, at all times, a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash in one or more controlled accounts, and (ii) satisfy certain minimum revenue thresholds, measured for the twelve consecutive month period on each calendar quarter-end until June 30, 2026. These thresholds increase over time and range from $2.3 million for the twelve month period ended March 31, 2018 to $24.0 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2020. Failure to satisfy these financial covenants would constitute an event of default under the agreement. If the minimum revenue thresholds are not met, the shortfall may be deemed cured if, at all times from the interim reporting date until the next scheduled interim reporting date, the Company maintains a minimum aggregate cash balance that, when taken together with amounts held on deposit, equals not less than $6.0 million. The Company is only entitled to cure default twice during the term of the Term Loan Agreement and may not use a cure in two consecutive fiscal quarters.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants and conditions required by the outstanding Perceptive Loan. As mentioned in Note 1 “Liquidity and Management’s Plans,” the Company is not forecasting continued compliance with its financial debt covenant to maintain a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash over the next twelve months. Pursuant to the terms of the Perceptive Loan, upon default, the lender could declare the outstanding principal balance of $30.0 million immediately due and payable in whole, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations. Accordingly, the Company has classified the term loan as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program Loan (“PPP Loan”)

On April 22, 2020, the Company was granted a loan in the aggregate amount of $5.1 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP loan”) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020. The receipt of this loan triggered an event of default under the Perceptive Loan, which was subsequently waived by the lender through the third amendment on May 15, 2020 discussed below. On May 7, 2020, the PPP Loan was repaid in full.

10. Income Taxes

The income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was immaterial. The effective tax rate was 0% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and differs from the statutory federal income tax rate due to the deferred tax assets being subject to a full valuation allowance.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes charged to operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2019              2020      

Current tax expense:

     

U.S. federal

   $ —        $ —    

State and local

     2        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     2        2  

Deferred tax expense:

     

U.S. federal

   $ —        $ —    

State and local

     —          —    

Total deferred

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 2      $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss and R&D credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has not completed an IRC Sections 382 and 383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and R&D credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2020. The Company has not completed a formal R&D study but has estimated the federal and California credit for purposes of the tax footnote as of December 31, 2020. However, the Company has not reflected a benefit in the consolidated financial statements due to the recorded valuation allowance.

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes with the expected income tax computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to loss before provision for income taxes and a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the effective rate was calculated as follows:

 

     Year-Ended December 31  
         2019             2020      

Tax computed at federal statutory rate

     21.00     21.00

State income tax - net of federal benefit

     1.96     3.01

Tax credits

     1.47     1.44

Change in valuation allowance

     (24.83 )%      (26.65 )% 

Stock-based compensation

     (0.21 )%      (0.22 )% 

Other deferred adjustments

     0.83     1.51

Perm items

     (0.22 )%      (0.09 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     0.00     0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components that comprised the Company’s net deferred taxes at December 31, 2019 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year-Ended December 31  
          2019                2020       

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 49,307      $ 60,260  

Fixed assets and intangible assets

     1,411        1,507  

Lease liabilities

     251        783  

Accruals and reserves

     1,226        1,349  

Stock-based compensation

     207        410  

Tax credits

     3,486        4,191  

Other

     51        49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     55,939        68,549  

Less: valuation allowance

     (52,401      (64,211
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     3,538        4,338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Fixed assets and intangible assets

     (953      (605

Right-of-use assets

     (251      (773

State Taxes

     (2,334      (2,960
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities:

     (3,538      (4,338
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The tax effects of items that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets are primarily net operating loss carryforwards. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. Based on the weight of all the evidence, including a history of operating losses and the Company’s ability to generate future taxable income to realize these assets, a full valuation allowance has been recorded to offset the net deferred tax asset as realization of such asset is uncertain.

On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2020, a valuation allowance of $64.2 million has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as the Company’s projections for growth.

At December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $202.0 million and $245.4 million, respectively and state net operating loss carryforwards of $113.9 million and $145.0 million, respectively. The federal and state loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026, unless previously utilized. Due to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, federal net operating losses generated beginning in 2018 are carried forward indefinitely. Therefore $128.2 million of federal net operation loss carryforwards will not expire. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company also had federal research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $2.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively and state research and development tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $2.8 million and $3.4 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits will begin to expire in 2032. The California research and development tax credits carry-forward indefinitely.

Any uncertain tax positions would be related to tax years that remain open and subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. The Company has no liabilities recorded for uncertain tax positions but does have unrecognized tax benefits of $1.6 million which have been recorded as a direct reduction to the deferred tax asset as of the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company has not accrued for interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax liabilities. The Company is subject to U.S. federal tax authority examinations and U.S. state tax authority examinations for all years due to the net operating loss carryforwards. The Company files a federal U.S. tax return and several U.S. state income tax returns with varying statues of limitations.

The following changes occurred in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31  
         2019              2020      

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year

   $ 1,040      $ 1,311  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     268        251  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     3        13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

   $ 1,311      $ 1,575  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”). The CARES Act is an emergency economic stimulus package that includes spending and tax breaks to strengthen the United States economy and fund a nationwide effort to curtail the effect of COVID-19. While the CARES Act provides sweeping tax changes in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the more significant provisions which are expected to impact the Company’s financial statements include removal of certain limitations on utilization of net operating losses, increasing the loss carryback period for certain losses to

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

five years and increasing the ability to deduct interest expense, as well as amending certain provisions of the previously enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Company does not believe that the CARES Act will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

On December 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act, which extended many of the benefits of the CARES Act that were scheduled to expire. The Company is evaluating the impact of the Consolidated Appropriations Act on its financial statements and related disclosures and does not expected a material impact.

On June 29, 2020, the state of California enacted Assembly Bill No. 85 (AB 85) suspending California net operating loss utilization and imposing a cap on the amount of business incentive tax credits companies can utilize, effective for tax years 2020, 2021 and 2022. There was no material impact from the provisions of AB 85 in 2020.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups.

11. Related-Party Transactions

During each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company incurred $0.2 million for facility space, finance and accounting services and other general and administrative support services to a company owned and operated by a member of the Company’s Board and stockholder. The transactions are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Amounts payable as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 were immaterial.

During each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company paid $0.2 million for facility space and other general and administrative support services to a company owned and operated by the former owner of TDO who is now an employee of the Company. The transactions were recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Amounts payable as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 are immaterial. Additionally, $0.7 million of the of the contingent earnout paid during 2020 was paid to the former owner of TDO.

12. Segment Information

The Company operates and reports its results in two business segments, Product and Software. The Company reports segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by CODM for decision making and performance assessment as the basis for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The performance measures of the Company’s reportable segments is primarily income (loss) from operations. Income (loss) from operations for each segment includes all revenues, related cost of net revenues, gross profit and operating expenses directly attributable to the segment.

The Company’s Product segment includes GentleWave System console and related accessories and instruments. The GentleWave System offers a novel approach to root canal therapy, using advanced fluid dynamics, broad-spectrum acoustic energy and accelerated chemistry to deliver optimal cleaning and disinfection of the root canal system.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Software segment includes selling traditional software licenses for practice management software to enable an integrated digital office for endodontists as well as SaaS subscriptions for the software.

The Company’s segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Product     Software     Total  

Revenue

   $ 29,156     $ 5,575     $ 34,731  

Cost of sales

     23,472       2,190       25,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,684       3,385       9,069  

Gross margin

     19.50     60.72     26.11

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     33,331       2,229       35,560  

Research and development

     17,747       1,220       18,967  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     620       —         620  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     51,698       3,449       55,147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (46,014     (64     (46,078
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2020  
     Product     Software     Total  

Revenue

   $ 17,338     $ 6,013     $ 23,351  

Cost of sales

     17,152       2,314       19,466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     186       3,699       3,885  

Gross margin

     1.07     61.52     16.64

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     24,794       1,901       26,695  

Research and development

     19,027       1,434       20,461  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     (473     —         (473
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     43,348       3,335       46,683  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (43,162     364       (42,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Product

   $ 1,615      $ 2,059  

Software

     24        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,639      $ 2,079  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Segment Assets:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Product

   $ 107,031      $ 64,021  

Software

     12,422        12,120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,453      $ 76,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Numerator:

     

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (49,297 )    $ (46,665 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

     2,117,707        2,182,598
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

   $ (23.28 )    $ (21.38 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share calculations for the periods presented because the impact of including them would be anti-dilutive:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Convertible preferred stock

     31,083,265        31,083,265  

Stock options

     3,398,188        4,101,564  

Warrants

     330,000        330,000

Forward obligation

     410,337        410,337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,221,790        35,925,166
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through August 11, 2021, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no events or transactions that occurred that required disclosure, except as described below.

On April 22, 2021, the Company entered into an arrangement to acquire certain assets of a company including patents, intellectual property and a prototype for total consideration of approximately $1.2 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2020
    June 30,
2021
 
           (Unaudited)  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 51,722     $ 25,729  

Accounts receivable, net

     1,934       2,280  

Inventory

     4,338       5,828  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     901       843  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     58,895       34,680  

Property and equipment, net

     3,153       2,860  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     3,308       3,113  

Intangible assets, net

     2,208       3,277  

Goodwill

     8,454       8,454  

Other assets

     123       115  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 76,141     $ 52,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,930     $ 1,131  

Accrued expenses

     3,247       2,778  

Accrued compensation

     3,714       3,000  

Operating lease liabilities

     802       977  

Term loan

     28,352       28,798  

Other current liabilities

     2,756       2,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     40,801       38,684  

Warrant liabilities

     1,914       1,931  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

     2,449       2,088  

Forward obligation

     2,750       2,900  

Other liabilities

     776       504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     48,690       46,107  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001; 31,989,056 shares authorized as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021; 31,083,265 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021; aggregate liquidation preference of $282,198 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021

     281,342       281,342  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, par value $0.001; 39,500,000 shares authorized; 2,275,950 and 2,317,950 shares issued as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively; 2,190,742 and 2,232,742 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively

     2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

     9,703       10,699  

Accumulated deficit

     (263,545     (285,600
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (253,840     (274,899

Less: Treasury stock

     (51     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (253,891     (274,950
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 76,141     $ 52,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020     2021  

Product revenue

   $ 6,015     $ 11,980  

Software revenue

     2,533       3,439  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,548       15,419  

Cost of sales

     7,619       11,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     929       3,835  

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     13,621       13,905  

Research and development

     9,631       9,677  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     (508     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,744       23,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,815     (19,740

Other income (expense), net:

    

Interest and financing costs, net

     (1,797     (2,148

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

     67       (17

Change in fair value of forward obligation

     —         (150
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (23,545     (22,055

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (23,545   $ (22,055
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stock—basic and diluted

   $ (10.82   $ (9.97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stock—basic and diluted

     2,176,980       2,211,252  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock      Common Stock      Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2019

     31,083,265      $ 281,342        2,169,703      $ 2      $ (51   $ 8,015      $ (216,880   $ (208,914

Exercise of stock options

     —          —          14,488        —          —         28        —         28  

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —         710        —         710  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —         —          (23,545     (23,545
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

     31,083,265      $ 281,342        2,184,191      $ 2      $ (51   $ 8,753      $ (240,425   $ (231,721
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Convertible Preferred Stock      Common Stock      Treasury
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2020

     31,083,265      $ 281,342        2,190,742      $ 2      $ (51   $ 9,703      $ (263,545   $ (253,891

Exercise of stock options

     —          —          42,000        —          —         89        —         89  

Stock-based compensation

     —          —          —          —          —         907        —         907  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —         —          (22,055     (22,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

     31,083,265      $ 281,342        2,232,742      $ 2      $ (51   $ 10,699      $ (285,600   $ (274,950
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2020     2021  

Operating activities:

   

Net loss

  $ (23,545   $ (22,055

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Depreciation

    1,118       761  

Amortization of intangible assets

    265       265  

Amortization of right-of-use lease assets

    481       477  

Stock-based compensation

    710       907  

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

    25       224  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    (67     17  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    378       446  

Loss on disposal of assets

    64       —    

Change in fair value of forward obligation

    —         150  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

    (508     (7

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable, net

    1,484       (346

Inventory

    (439     (1,713

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    296       66  

Accounts payable

    (1,730     (839

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (2,084     (1,363

Deferred revenue

    177       (141

Accrued compensation

    (85     (714
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (23,460     (23,865
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (359     (230

Acquisition of intangible assets

    —         (1,297
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (359     (1,527

Financing activities:

   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

    28       89  

Payment of contingent consideration

    (987     (667

Borrowing on Small Business Administration loan

    5,138       —    

Repayment on Small Business Administration loan

    (5,138     —    

Principal repayments on finance lease

    (19     (23
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (978     (601

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (24,797     (25,993
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    92,165       51,722  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 67,368     $ 25,729  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

   

Cash paid during the period for:

   

Interest

  $ 1,707     $ 1,709  

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities

  $ 1,335     $ 283  

Lease liabilities recorded for operating lease right-of-use assets

  $ (1,335   $ (283

Unpaid property and equipment purchases

  $ —       $ 238  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

Sonendo, Inc. (“Sonendo” or the “Company”) was incorporated in June 2006 pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware under the name Dentatek Corporation. In March 2011, the Company changed its name to Sonendo, Inc. The Company is a medical technology company that has developed and is commercializing the GentleWave System to treat tooth decay. The Company’s principal market is the United States. The Company’s products include the GentleWave System, which is cleared by the United States (“U.S.”) Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for sale in the U.S., along with the system’s sterilized, single-use procedure instruments. In addition, the Company offers practice management software to enable an integrated digital office for dental practitioners.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of Sonendo and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Pipstek, LLC and TDO Software, Inc. (“TDO”). All significant inter-company balances and transactions among the consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and have been prepared on a consistent basis with the Company’s annual financial statements and in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial information. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements related to the six-month periods are also unaudited. The condensed consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or for any other future annual or interim period. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed consolidated or omitted. Therefore, these interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Liquidity and Management’s Plans

As of June 30, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $25.7 million.

The Company has a limited operating history, and the revenue and income potential of the Company’s business and market are unproven. The Company has experienced net losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception and as of June 30, 2021 had an accumulated deficit of $285.6 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company incurred net losses of $23.5 million and $22.1 million, respectively and used $23.5 million and $23.9 million of cash and cash equivalents in operations, respectively. The Company will continue to incur significant costs and expenses related to its ongoing operations until it gains market acceptance of products and achieves a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s operations.

The Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. Based on its current operating plan, the Company

 

F-46


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements 12 months from the date of issuance of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. This estimate is based on the Company’s current assumptions, including assumptions relating to its ability to manage its spend, that might prove to be wrong, and the Company could use available capital resources sooner than currently expected. The terms of the Company’s term loan contain financial covenants requiring minimum liquidity at all times. It is probable that the Company will not meet the minimum required liquidity covenant in the first quarter of 2022, which would result in an event of default under which the note holder could declare the outstanding principal balance of $30.0 million immediately payable in full.

The Company plans to continue to fund its losses from operations using its cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2021 and meet its capital funding needs through equity or debt financings. The Company continually assesses multiple options to obtain additional funding to support its operations, including through financing activities in capital markets, or financing arrangements. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing equity securities, its stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which the Company enters may impose additional covenants that restrict operations, including limitations on its ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make certain investments or engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity raise may contain terms that are not favorable to the Company or its stockholders. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all. If the Company cannot generate sufficient revenues from the sale of its products or secure additional financing on acceptable terms, it may be forced to significantly alter its business strategy, substantially curtail its current operations, or cease operations altogether. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company’s business, results of operations and future prospects.

Due to these uncertainties, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a year after the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. The condensed consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared on the basis that the Company will continue as a going concern, and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the Company’s inability to continue as a going concern.

COVID-19

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, SARS-CoV-2, and the resulting disease COVID-19, has spread to most countries, and all 50 states within the United States. The COVID-19 outbreak has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact the Company’s operations, revenue, and overall financial condition. In response to the pandemic, numerous state and local jurisdictions imposed, and others in the future may impose, “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders, and similar government orders and restrictions for their residents to control the spread of COVID-19. Starting in mid-March 2020, the governor of California, where the Company’s headquarters are located, issued “shelter-in-place” or “stay at home” orders restricting non-essential activities, travel, and business operations, subject to certain exceptions for necessary activities. Such orders or restrictions have resulted in closing of the Company’s headquarters, slowdowns and delays, travel restrictions, and cancellation of training and other events, among other effects, thereby negatively impacting the Company’s operations. Additionally, in the United States, governmental authorities have recommended, and in certain cases required, that elective, specialty and other procedures and appointments be suspended or canceled to avoid non-essential patient exposure to medical environments and potential infection with COVID-19 and variants and to focus limited resources and personnel capacity toward the treatment of COVID-19. Even after the “shelter-in-place” orders, quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions for

 

F-47


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

residents to control the spread of COVID-19 were significantly reduced in the second quarter of 2021, the Company continues to experience disruptions to its business, including customers continuing to be cautious in restarting procedures in light of the continued risk posed by the virus.

The Company continues to monitor the effects of this global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry, and workforce and took actions to mitigate the negative impact on its business including among other things, a reduction in force in April 2020, temporary reductions in pay and furloughs of certain positions along with spending reduction programs. The cumulative effect of these disruptions have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the Company’s business and its results of operations. The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve and its impact on the Company’s business will depend on several factors that are highly uncertain and unpredictable, including, the efficacy and adoption of vaccines, future resurgences of the virus and its variants, the speed at which government restrictions are lifted, hospitals and healthcare systems patient capacity, and the willingness and ability of patients to seek care and treatment due to safety concerns or financial hardship.

Given the continued uncertainty of the duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is unable to estimate the impact that the COVID-19 outbreak will have on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity for the remainder of fiscal year 2021.

Operating Segments

The Company operates two operating and reportable segments: Product and Software. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, who is the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”), for the purpose of allocating resources and assessing performance. Description of the activities within these segments is included in Note 12.

Emerging growth company status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to avail itself of this exemption and, therefore, for new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, the Company will be subject to an extended transition period until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

2. Summary of Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make informed estimates, judgements and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and disclosures in the accompanying notes, including estimates of probable losses and expenses, as of the date of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including the expected business and operational changes, the sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates, and whether

 

F-48


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes, and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements under different assumptions or conditions.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to mitigate such potential risks by maintaining the Company’s cash balances with entities that management believes possess high credit quality to limit the amount of credit exposure. Substantially all of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained at one financial institution domiciled in the United States. Cash and cash equivalents can exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of up to $250,000. The Company has not experienced any losses in their accounts and management believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. The primary objectives of the Company’s investment portfolio are the preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity.

The Company believes any concentration of credit risk in its accounts receivable is mitigated by its credit evaluation process, relatively short collection terms and the level of credit worthiness of its customers. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of sales or accounts receivable as of June 30, 2021.

The Company sources materials and services through several vendors. Certain materials are sourced from a single vendor. The loss of certain vendors could result in a temporary disruption of the Company’s commercialization efforts.

The Company’s products require clearance from the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies before commercial sales can commence. There can be no assurance that the Company’s products in development will receive any of these required clearances. The denial or delay of such clearances may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business in the future. In addition, after the clearance by the FDA, there is still an ongoing risk of adverse events that did not appear during the device clearance process.

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, clinical development risk, establishment of appropriate commercial partnerships, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government and environmental regulations, uncertainty of market acceptance of its products, product liability and the need to obtain additional financing.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable pertain to contracts with customers who are granted credit by the Company in the ordinary course of business and are recorded at the invoiced amount. Accounts receivable do not bear interest. Accounts receivable presented on the condensed consolidated balance sheets are adjusted for any write-offs and net of allowance for credit losses. The Company’s allowance for credit losses is developed by using relevant available information including historical collection and loss experience, current economic conditions, prevailing

 

F-49


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

economic conditions, supportable forecasted economic conditions and evaluations of customer balances. Once a receivable is deemed uncollectible after collection efforts have been exhausted, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company closely monitors the credit quality of its customers and does not generally require collateral or other security on receivables. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist. The Company’s estimate of current expected credit losses was immaterial as of June 30, 2021 and there were no write-offs.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished products, work-in-process and raw materials and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost may include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost is determined by the first in first out inventory method. The carrying value of inventory is reviewed for potential impairment whenever indicators suggest that the cost of inventory exceeds the carrying value and management adjusts the inventory to its net realizable value. The Company also periodically evaluates inventory for estimated losses from excess quantities and obsolescence and writes down the cost of inventory to net realizable value at the time such determinations are made. Net realizable value is determined using the estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs to complete and dispose.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company in an acquisition of a business. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from a business combination requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company recorded $8.5 million of goodwill in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO.

The Company performs its goodwill impairment analysis at the reporting unit level, which aligns with the Company’s reporting structure and availability of discrete financial information. The Company performs its annual impairment analysis by either comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount or doing a qualitative assessment of a reporting unit’s fair value from the last quantitative assessment to determine if there is potential impairment. The Company may do a qualitative assessment when the results of the previous quantitative test indicated the reporting unit’s estimated fair value was significantly in excess of the carrying value of its net assets and it does not believe there have been significant changes in the reporting unit’s operations that would significantly decrease its estimated fair value or significantly increase its net assets. If a quantitative assessment is performed the evaluation includes management estimates of cash flow projections based on internal future projections and/or use of a market approach by looking at market values of comparable companies. Key assumptions for these projections include revenue growth, future gross and operating margin growth, and its weighted cost of capital and terminal growth rates. The revenue and margin growth is based on increased sales of new and existing products as the Company maintains investments in research and development. Additional assumed value creators may include increased efficiencies from capital spending. The resulting cash flows are discounted using a weighted average cost of capital. Operating mechanisms and requirements to ensure that growth and efficiency assumptions will ultimately be realized are also considered in the evaluation.

The Company’s annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill consists of the TDO reporting unit from which the goodwill originated. In accordance with the Company’s policy, the Company completed its most recent annual evaluation for impairment as of December 31, 2020 using a quantitative assessment and determined that no impairment existed. The Company did not identify any relevant events or circumstances which qualitatively indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as of June 30, 2021.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

The assumptions used in the estimate of fair value are generally consistent with the past performance of the Company and are also consistent with the projections and assumptions that are used in current operating plans. The assumptions are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions.

Intangible assets with a finite life, consist mainly of developed technology, customer relationships, and tradenames acquired in conjunction with the acquisition of TDO. The Company acquired certain patents supporting various apparatuses for endodontic treatment in June 2021 for $1.3 million. The investment was accounted for as an asset acquisition of defensive intangible assets and will be amortized over ten years, the period it is expected to contribute indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost, net of accumulated amortization, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which range from five to ten years. In determining the useful lives of intangible assets, the Company considers the expected use of the assets and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, anticipated technological advances, market influences and other economic factors. Trademarks and trade names that are related to products are assigned lives consistent with the period in which the products bearing each brand are expected to be sold.

The Company evaluates its intangible assets with finite lives for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of the Company’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, the Company makes an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the technology over the remaining amortization period, the Company reduces the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. An impairment analysis is subjective and assumptions regarding future growth rates and operating expense levels can have a significant impact on the expected future cash flows and impairment analysis. No impairment was recorded during the six months ended June 31, 2020 and 2021.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, operating lease liabilities, warrant liabilities, forward obligation, contingent earnout, and a note payable. Fair value is measured as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market. Valuation techniques that are consistent with the market, income or cost approach are used to measure fair value.

The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels:

Level 1—Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical unrestricted assets or liabilities the Company has the ability to access.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted prices included within Level 1) that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. These include

 

F-51


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement and reflect the reporting entity’s use of significant management judgment and assumptions when there is little or no market data. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. These include the Black-Scholes option-pricing model which uses inputs such as expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term to determine fair market valuation.

Assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classification at each reporting date. Changes in the ability to observe valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not have any transfers of assets and liabilities between the levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the years presented.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and certain accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items. Accordingly, the Company estimates that the recorded amounts approximate fair market value. The fair values of note payable and operating lease liabilities at June 30, 2021 approximated their carrying values, based on the borrowing rates that were available for loans with similar terms as of that date.

Non-financial assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis

Certain non-financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, usually with Level 3 inputs including the discounted cash flow method or cost method, on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with authoritative guidance. These include items such as non-financial assets and liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination and non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for an impairment assessment. In general, non-financial assets, including goodwill, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and property and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indication of impairment and are recorded at fair value only when any impairment is recognized.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company recognizes freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock as a liability recognized at fair value as these warrant instruments are embedded in contracts that may be cash settled. The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were issued for no cash consideration as detachable freestanding instruments but can be converted to convertible preferred stock at the holder’s option based on the exercise price of the warrant. However, the deemed liquidation provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions that are not solely within the control of the Company. Therefore, the convertible preferred stock is classified in temporary equity on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, and the warrants to purchase the convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities.

The warrants are recorded on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance and subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until settlement. Changes in fair value for warrants classified as liabilities are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net on the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company estimates the fair value of these liabilities using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, as well as assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock, or until the holders of the convertible preferred stock can no longer trigger a deemed liquidation event. Pursuant to the terms of these warrants, upon the conversion of the class of preferred stock underlying the warrant, the warrants automatically become exercisable for shares of the Company’s common stock based upon the conversion ratio of the underlying class of preferred stock. The consummation of an initial public offering will result in the conversion of all classes of the Company’s preferred stock into common stock. Upon such conversion of the underlying classes of preferred stock, the warrants will be classified as a component of equity and will no longer be subject to re-measurement.

Revenue Recognition

Contracts with Customers

The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Specifically, the Company applies the following five core principles to recognize revenue: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Product revenue is generated from sales of the GentleWave System and related procedure instruments and accessories. Software revenue is generated from sales of TDO’s The Digital Office endodontist practice management software licenses. The Company’s products are sold primarily in the United States directly to customers through its field sales force.

Performance Obligations

The Company’s performance obligations primarily arise from the manufacture and delivery of the GentleWave System, related procedure instruments and accessories, and the delivery or license of TDO software and related ancillary services. Payment terms are typically on open credit terms consistent with industry practice and do not have significant financing components. Consideration may be variable based on volume.

The Company considers the individual deliverables in its product offering as separate performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The total contract transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in no-contracted arrangements, and is allocated to the identified performance obligations based upon the relative standalone selling prices of the performance obligations. The stand-alone selling price is based on an observable price offered to other comparable customers. The Company estimates the standalone selling price using the market assessment approach considering market conditions and entity-specific factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the products and services, geographies, type of customer and market conditions. The Company regularly reviews and updates standalone selling prices as necessary. The consideration the Company receives in exchange for its goods or services is only recognized when it is probable that a significant reversal will not occur. The consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled includes a stated list price, less various forms of variable consideration. The Company estimates related variable consideration at the point of sale, including discounts, product returns, refunds, and other similar obligations.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Revenue is recognized over time when the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance. Revenue is recognized at a point in time if the criteria for recognizing revenue over time are not met, and the Company has transferred control of the goods to the customer.

Product revenue is recognized at a point in time when the Company has transferred control to the customer, which is generally when title of the goods transfers to the customer.

Software is licensed via delivery to the customer or via a service arrangement under which cloud-based access is provided on a subscription basis (software-as-a-service). When a fixed up-front license fee is received in exchange for the delivery of software, revenue is recognized at the point in time when the delivery of the software has occurred. When software is licensed on a subscription basis, revenue is recognized over the respective license period.

The Company also sells extended service contracts on its GentleWave Systems. Sales of extended service contracts are recorded as deferred revenue until such time as the standard warranty expires, which is generally up to two years from the date of sale. Service contract revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over time consistent with the life of the related service contract in proportion to the costs incurred in fulfilling performance obligations under the service contract.

Revenue for technical support and other services is recognized ratably over the performance obligation period.

The Company generally does not experience returns. If necessary, a provision is recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances and is deducted from gross product revenue to arrive at net product revenue in the period the related revenue is recorded. These estimates are based on historical sales returns and allowances and other known factors. Actual returns and claims in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from these estimates. If actual or expected future returns and claims are significantly greater or lower than the reserves established, a reduction or increase to revenue will be recorded in the period in which such a determination is made.

All non-income government-assessed taxes (sales and use taxes) collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental agencies are recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities until they are remitted to the government agency.

The Company has adopted the practical expedient permitting the direct expensing of costs incurred to obtain contracts where the amortization of such costs would occur over one year or less, and it applied to substantially all the Company’s contracts.

Contract liabilities

The Company recognizes a contract liability when a customer pays for good or services for which the Company has not yet transferred control. The balances of the Company’s contract liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2020
     As of June 30,
2021
 

Extended service contracts

   $ 271      $ 290  

Subscription software licenses

     572        412  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract liabilities

     843        702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: long-term portion

     5        2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract liabilities—current

   $ 838      $ 700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Contract liabilities are included within other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Revenue recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 that was included in the contract liability balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Disaggregation of revenue

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by segment and by the timing of when goods and services are transferred which depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected.

The following table provides information regarding revenues disaggregated by segment and the timing of when goods and services are transferred (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Product revenue recognized at a point in time

   $ 5,820      $ 11,573  

Product revenue recognized over time

     195        407  

Software revenue recognized at a point in time

     159        518  

Software revenue recognized over time

     2,374        2,921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,548      $ 15,419  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides a standard warranty on its GentleWave Systems for a specified period of time. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, GentleWave Systems sold were covered by the warranty for a period of up to two years from the date of sale. Estimated warranty costs are recorded as a liability at the time of delivery with a corresponding provision to cost of sales. Warranty expenses expected to be incurred within 12 months from the date of sale are classified as other short-term liabilities while those expected to be incurred after 12 months from the date of sale are classified as other long-term liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Warranty accruals are estimated based on the current product costs, the Company’s historical experience, management’s expectations of future conditions and standard maintenance schedules. The Company evaluates this reserve on a regular basis and makes adjustments as necessary.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in estimated warranty (in thousands):

 

     For Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2021
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,584  

Provision for warranties issued

     660  

Warranty costs incurred

     (848
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 1,396  
  

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 992  

Non-current portion

     404  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,396  
  

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

The warranty liability, current and non-current, are included in other current liabilities and other liabilities, respectively, on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Research and Development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist of costs incurred for proprietary R&D programs, and are recorded to operating expenses when incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include (1) personnel-related costs, including compensation and benefits and stock-based compensation associated with R&D personnel, (2) costs related to clinical and pre-clinical testing of the Company’s technologies under development, and (3) other R&D expenses. Costs to acquire technologies to be used in R&D that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are also expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company periodically grants equity-based payment awards in the form of stock options to employees, directors and non-employees and records stock-based compensation expenses for awards of stock-based payments based on their estimated fair value at the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense for all equity-based payments, including stock options.

Stock-based compensation costs are calculated based on the estimated fair value of the underlying option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant for stock options and recognized as expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. Determining the appropriate fair value model and related input assumptions requires judgment, including estimating the fair value of the Company’s common stock, stock price volatility, and expected term:

 

   

Given the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) at the time of each option grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors. These factors include the valuation of a select group of public peer group companies within the medical device industry that focus on technological advances and development that the Board believes is comparable to the Company’s operations; operating and financial performance; the lack of liquidity of the common stock and trends in the broader economy and medical device industry also impact the determination of the fair value of the common stock. In addition, the Company regularly engages a third-party valuation specialist to assist with estimates related to the valuation of the Company’s common stock;

 

   

The risk-free interest rate used is based on the published U.S. Department of Treasury interest rates in effect at the time of stock option grant for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximating each grant’s expected term;

 

   

The dividend yield is zero as the Company has not paid dividends and does not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future;

 

   

The expected term for options granted is calculated using the “simplified method” and represents the average time that options are expected to be outstanding based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term of the award;

 

   

Expected volatility is derived from the historical volatilities of a select group of comparable peer companies, for a look-back period commensurate with the expected term of the stock options, as the Company has no trading history of common stock.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

No compensation cost is recognized for awards with performance conditions until that condition is probable of being met. Forfeitures of unvested stock option awards are recognized as reductions of expense as they occur.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. The Company considers all series of its convertible preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders of such stock have the right to receive dividends on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock. Under the two-class method, the net loss attributable to common stockholders is not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the preferred stockholders do not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to Company’s stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents to the extent they are dilutive. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, stock options, forward obligation, and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is anti-dilutive for all periods presented. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share in periods when the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Updates

Changes to GAAP are established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) in the form of accounting standards updates (“ASU”). ASU’s not listed below were assessed and determined not to be applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Updates Not Yet Effective

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12,Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” This guidance, among other provisions, eliminates certain exceptions to existing guidance related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. This guidance also requires an entity to reflect the effect of an enacted change in tax laws or rates in its effective income tax rate in the first interim period that includes the enactment date of the new legislation, aligning the timing of recognition of the effects from enacted tax law changes on the effective income tax rate with the effects on deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Under existing guidance, an entity recognizes the effects of the enacted tax law change on the effective income tax rate in the period that includes the effective date of the tax law. ASU 2019-12 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06,Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity,” which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. The ASU also removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity-linked contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception, and it simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. This will be effective for public companies, excluding entities eligible to be smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC, for fiscal years

 

F-57


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and only if adopted as of the beginning of such fiscal year. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this standard on its financial statements as well as whether to early adopt the new standard.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     June 30, 2021  

Raw materials

   $ 2,114      $ 2,869  

Work in process

     308        153  

Finished goods

     1,916        2,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,338      $ 5,828  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a reserve for excess and obsolete inventory of $1.1 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets, net were comprised of the following at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (in thousands):

 

     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Developed Technology (5 years)

   $ 1,110      $ 490      $ 620  

Customer relationships (7 years)

     1,910        603        1,307  

Tradenames (10 years)

     360        79        281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

   $ 3,380      $ 1,172      $ 2,208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Developed Technology (5-10 years)

   $ 2,445      $ 601      $ 1,844  

Customer relationships (7 years)

     1,910        739        1,171  

Tradenames (10 years)

     360        98        262  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

   $ 4,715      $ 1,438      $ 3,277  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, amortization expense related to the above finite-lived intangible assets was $0.1 million recorded in cost of sales and $0.2 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Estimated future annual amortization expense related to intangible assets, net at June 30, 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

 

2021 (remaining six months)

   $ 332  

2022

     664  

2023

     618  

2024

     442  

2025

     386  

Thereafter

     835  
  

 

 

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

   $ 3,277  
  

 

 

 

The weighted average amortization period as of June 30, 2021 of the Company’s intangible assets is 7.6 years.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table provides the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such value (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2020

   Fair Value      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 50,897      $ 50,897      $ —        $ —    

Liabilities:

           

Warrants

   $ 1,914      $ —        $ —        $ 1,914  

Forward obligation

   $ 2,750      $ —        $ —        $ 2,750  

Contingent earnout

   $ 930      $ —        $ —        $ 930  

 

June 30, 2021

   Fair Value      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 25,701      $ 25,701      $ —        $ —    

Liabilities:

           

Warrants

   $ 1,931      $ —        $ —        $ 1,931  

Forward obligation

   $ 2,900      $ —        $ —        $ 2,900  

Contingent earout

   $ 256      $ —        $ —        $ 256  

Recurring liabilities included in Level 3 consist of preferred stock warrants, a forward obligation to transfer shares of Series D preferred stock, and a contingent earnout.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

The following table is a rollforward of the estimated fair values for instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy defined above, measured using significant unobservable inputs (in thousands):

 

     Warrant
liabilities
     Forward
obligation
     Contingent
earnout
    Total  

December 31, 2019

   $ 2,260      $ 2,500      $ 2,390     $ 7,150  

Payout of contingent earnout

     —          —          (987     (987

Change in fair value

     (67      —          (508     (575
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2020

   $ 2,193      $ 2,500      $ 895     $ 5,588  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Warrant
liabilities
     Forward
obligation
     Contingent
earnout
    Total  

December 31, 2020

   $ 1,914      $ 2,750      $ 930     $ 5,594  

Payout of contingent earnout

     —          —          (667     (667

Change in fair value

     17        150        (7     160  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

   $ 1,931      $ 2,900      $ 256     $ 5,087  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers in or out of level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Warrants

In December 2013, the Company entered into a $10.0 million term loan facility with Oxford Finance LLC. The term loan was repaid in full in June 2017. In connection with the term loan, the Company issued immediately exercisable warrants to the lender for the purchase of 50,000 shares of the Company’s Series C-1 preferred stock equal to three percent of the aggregate amount funded.

In June 2017, the Company entered into a term loan facility with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP which was subsequently amended in October 2018 and again in October 2019 (see Note 9). Upon funding of the initial loan, and each initial tranche of the amended loans, the Company issued immediately exercisable warrants to the lender for the purchase of 100,000 shares of the Company’s Series D preferred stock and 90,000 shares of the Company’s Series E preferred stock, respectively. The fair value at issuance of the Series E preferred stock warrants related to the October 2019 amendment was $0.8 million.

The Company recognized warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock issued in connection with certain debt as liabilities. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of these warrants until the earlier of: (1) exercise of warrants; (2) expiration of warrants; (3) a merger, acquisition, or other change of control; or (4) the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, at which time the liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Warrants included the following (in thousands, except share data):

 

                   Warrants outstanding      Estimated Fair value  

Warrants

   Number of
warrants
issued
     Purchase
Price Per
Share
     December 31,
2020
     June 30, 2021      December 31,
2020
     June 30, 2021  

Series C-1

     50,000        6.00        50,000        50,000      $ 225      $ 213  

Series D

     100,000        9.7481        100,000        100,000        500        501  

Series E

     90,000        11.00        90,000        90,000        575        595  

Series E

     90,000        11.00        90,000        90,000        614        622  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     330,000           330,000        330,000      $ 1,914      $ 1,931  
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020 and 2021, warrants fully vested and outstanding had estimated fair values ranging between $3.38 to $9.03 and $4.03 to $6.91, respectively. Fair values were determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following input assumptions for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

    

Six Months Ended

June, 30 2020

  

Six Months Ended

June, 30 2021

     Range (Weighted Average)    Range (Weighted Average)

Expected volatility

   78.30% to 87.29% (82.87%)    79.10% to 85.51% (80.38%)

Dividend yield

   0.00%    0.00%

Risk-free interest rates

   0.21% to 0.62% (0.54%)    0.35% to 1.31% (1.12%)

Expected term

   3.50 years to 9.27 years (8.04 years)    2.50 years to 8.27 years (6.80 years)

Assumptions were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments. An increase in the expected volatility, risk-free interest rates, and expected term would result in an increase to the estimated value of the warrants while an increase in the dividend yield would result in a decrease to the estimated value of the warrants.

These warrants expire between December 2023 and October 2029.

Forward obligation

In connection with a December 2016 asset acquisition, a portion of the transaction consideration included the issuance of a maximum of 410,337 shares of Sonendo Series D Preferred Stock, issued, paid and deliverable upon the earliest to occur of (i) an extraordinary event, as defined in the purchase agreement; (ii) a public offering of any securities of the Company, in which the shares of the Series D preferred stock of the Company are converted in accordance with the then effective certificate of incorporation of the Company, or in connection with which the holders of the Series D preferred stock agree to convert their shares of series D preferred stock into conversion shares, as defined in the purchase agreement; or (iii) the 7th anniversary after the closing of the transaction. The Company measured the estimated value of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock as of the acquisition date based on the estimated fair value of the Series D preferred stock reflecting a discount for marketability. The fair value of the forward obligation was estimated by the Board with input from a third party valuation specialist, based on management estimates and assumptions reflecting the anticipated timing of delivery of the underlying preferred stock and utilizing the probability tree valuation method. This approach calculates estimated fair value by future cash flows attributable to the forward obligation using significant unobservable inputs, including the probabilities of multiple scenarios with individual probabilities ranging from 10% to 55%, and estimates of the timing of the achievement of various liquidity event scenarios.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Changes in the fair value of the Series D preferred stock shares would affect the ultimate fair value of the shares transferred upon settlement. As of June 30, 2021, no shares of Series D preferred stock were issued in connection with the Forward Obligation.

Significant increases or decreases in any of the probabilities and other inputs could result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively.

Contingent earnout

In connection with the acquisition of TDO, the Company is required to record a liability related to certain contingent earnout provisions, which are based on annual sales of licenses and units, as defined in the stock purchase agreement, for each of the years ending December 31, 2019, 2020, and 2021.

The Company paid $1.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2020 related to the total earnout for the year ended December 31, 2019. The Company paid $0.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2021 related to the total earnout for the year ended December 31, 2020. The contingent earnout provisions could require the Company to pay $0.7 million for license sales and $0.5 million for unit sales for the year ending December 31, 2021.

The fair value of the contingent earnout is estimated by the Board with input from a third party valuation specialist, using a Monte Carlo simulation model consistent with that utilized at the time of acquisition. The valuation utilizes certain significant unobservable inputs which include forecasted sales projections and discount rate, 7.6% as of June 30, 2021. An increase in the forecasted sales projections would generally result in an increase to the value of the contingent earnout while an increase in the discount rate would result in a decrease to the value of the contingent earnout.

5. Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

Authorized Shares

The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorize the issuance of two classes of stock designated as common and preferred stock, each having a par value of $0.001 per share. The number of shares authorized at June 30, 2021 is 71,489,056, consisting of 39,500,000 shares of common stock and 31,989,056 shares of preferred stock, designated as Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series C-1, Series D, and Series E preferred stock in the amounts included in the table below.

Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company classifies convertible preferred stock as temporary equity on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, as all such preferred stock is redeemable either at the option of the holder or upon an event outside the control of the Company. The requirements of a deemed liquidation event, as defined within its amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed in 2019 are not entirely within the Company’s control. In the event of such a deemed liquidation event, the proceeds from the event are distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences, provided that the holders of preferred stock have not converted their shares into common stock. The Company records the issuance of preferred stock at the issuance price less related issuance costs. The Company has not adjusted the carrying value of outstanding preferred stock to its liquidation preference because a deemed liquidation event is not probable of occurring as of the end of the reporting period.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

The following table summarizes information related to issuance of the Company’s preferred stock at December 31, and June 30, 2021 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

Preferred

Stock Class

   Number of
Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying Value(1)      Conversion
Price Per
Share
     Number of
Common
Stock
Equivalent
Shares
     Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A-1

     1,333,332        1,333,332      $ 500      $ 0.3705        1,333,332      $ 500  

Series B

     1,743,933        1,743,933        6,999        3.9800        1,743,933        6,941  

Series C

     1,674,545        1,674,545        9,073        5.5000        1,674,545        9,210  

Series C-1

     3,050,000        3,000,000        17,941        6.0000        3,000,000        18,000  

Series D

     7,778,163        7,267,826        70,686        9.7481        7,267,826        70,847  

Series E

     16,409,083        16,063,629        176,143        11.0000        16,063,629        176,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
     31,989,056        31,083,265      $ 281,342           31,083,265      $ 282,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The carrying value reflects the gross proceeds received from the sale of the preferred stock less issuance costs and the fair value at issuance of preferred stock warrants classified as a liability.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,
2020
     As of June 30,
2021
 

Conversion of preferred stock

     31,083,265        31,083,265  

Preferred stock warrants

     330,000        330,000  

Forward obligation

     410,337        410,337  

Stock options issued and outstanding under the 2007 and 2017 Plan

     4,101,564        4,447,517  

Common shares available for future grant under the 2017 Plan

     1,271,405        883,827  

6. Stock-Based Compensation Expense

During 2017, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the “2017 Plan”) which replaced the Company’s 2007 stock option plan (the “2007 Plan”). Following the adoption of the 2017 Plan, no stock options were granted under the 2007 Plan. As of June 30, 2021, the Company reserved an aggregate of 4,187,249 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2017 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2017 Plan are set at fair market value at the date of the grant as estimated by the Company’s Board with an exercise price of no less than 100% of estimated fair market value on the date of grant. Time based awards generally vest over four years, and are exercisable for up to ten years from the date of grant. Certain options are exercisable immediately, and are subject to a repurchase right by the Company, which lapses over the original vesting period of the options.

The fair value of each stock option is measured as of the date of grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the period during which the recipient renders the required services to the Company.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Stock-based compensation included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss is allocated as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Cost of sales

   $ 69      $ 107  

Selling, general and administrative

     453        541  

Research and development

     188        259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 710      $ 907  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s calculations of estimated fair value of the stock option awards were made using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following input assumptions:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2021  
     Range     Weighted Average  

Expected volatility

     80.49% to 83.08     81.76

Dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Risk-free interest rates

     0.98% to 1.29     1.09

Expected term

    
5.49 years to
6.64 years
 
 
    6.06 years  

A summary of stock option activities is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
     Weighted Average
Exercise Price Per
Share
 

Outstanding, December 31, 2020

     4,101,564     

Granted

     626,500      $ 6.30  

Forfeited

     (238,922    $ 3.56  

Exercised

     (41,625    $ 2.11  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding, June 30, 2021

     4,447,517     
  

 

 

    

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $4.38 per share.

Certain stock option grants under the 2017 Plan allow the recipient to exercise the options prior to the options becoming fully vested. Under the 2017 Plan, the Company retains the right to repurchase common shares that have been issued upon early exercise of options at the original issue price. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company did not repurchase shares. There was no material amount of shares of common stock subject to repurchase as of June 30, 2021. Cash received for the early exercise of unvested stock options is initially recorded as a liabilityand are released to equity over the vesting period. During the six months ended June 30, 2021, 375 early exercised stock options vested and were released to equity.

A summary of non-vested options is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average Fair
Value
 

Non-vested as of June 30, 2021

     1,979,696      $ 2.99  

Early exercised unvested as of June 30, 2021

     562      $ 1.81  

 

F-64


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

The weighted-average fair value of shares vested during the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $2.10 per share.

Information regarding the weighted-average remaining contractual life and weighted-average exercise price of options outstanding and options vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2021 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2021

     4,447,517      $ 3.27        7.269  

Vested and exercisable at June 30, 2021

     2,467,821      $ 2.37        5.975  

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding, and vested and exercisable, is $13.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively, based on the Company’s estimate of the fair value of the common stock as of June 30, 2021 of $6.31 per share.

As of June 30, 2021, there is unrecognized compensation expense of $5.1 million related to unvested stock options, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.01 years.

As of June 30, 2021, the total number of outstanding options vested, or expected to vest, is 4,198,133, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.20 per share. The average remaining life of these options is 7.18 years and the aggregate intrinsic value is $13.0 million.

7. Leases

The Company leases office space under operating leases with expirations ranging from April 2021 to March 2025, some of which include rent escalations or an option to extend the lease for up to three years per renewal. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the sole discretion of the Company. Where real estate leases contain an option to renew, any period beyond the option date is only included as part of the lease term if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise the option.

As of June 30, 2021, the Company has not entered into any leases which have not yet commenced that would entitle the Company to significant rights or create additional obligations.

Cash paid for amounts included in the lease liability were $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. Variable operating lease expenses consist primarily real estate taxes and insurance. The components of lease expense and related cash flows were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30  
     2020      2021  

Rent expense

   $ 511      $ 589  

Short-term lease costs

     89        —    

Variable lease costs

     40        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 640      $ 636  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30  
     2020      2021  

Cost of sales

   $ 109      $ 107  

Selling, general and administrative

     531        529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 640      $ 636  

 

F-65


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2020
     As of June 30,
2021
 

Operating Leases

     

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 3,308      $ 3,113  

Operating lease liabilities

   $ 802      $ 977  

Operating lease liabilities, net of current

     2,449        2,088  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 3,251      $ 3,065  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2021, the remaining weighted-average lease term of the operating leases was 3.19 years and the weighted-average discount rate was 7.59%.

Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021 (remaining six months)

   $ 587  

2022

     1,167  

2023

     1,013  

2024

     617  

2025

     156  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     3,540  

Less present value discount

     (475
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities

   $ 3,065  
  

 

 

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims and assessments from time to time in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation, actions with respect to intellectual property, employment, regulatory, product liability and contractual matters. In connection with these proceedings or matters, the Company regularly assesses the probability and amount (or range) of possible issues based on the developments in these proceedings or matters. A liability is recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements if it is determined that it is probable that a loss has been incurred, and that the amount (or range) of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company’s management does not believe that any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

9. Term Loan

Perceptive loan

On June 23, 2017, the Company entered into an aggregate $20.0 million delayed-draw term loan with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (the “Perceptive Loan”). The initial loan of $10.0 million was made in a single borrowing on June 23, 2017. The interest rate for the loan is the greater of the 1-month LIBOR and 2.00% plus the applicable margin of 9.25% (11.25% at June 23, 2017 and June 30, 2021). In connection with the Perceptive Loan, the Company issued 100,000 warrants on its Series D Preferred shares (see Note 5).

On October 16, 2018, the Company amended the terms of the Perceptive Loan (the “Amended Perceptive Loan”), providing an additional tranche consisting of two borrowings; an initial draw in the amount of

 

F-66


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

$10.0 million with an initial delayed draw date that was extended from December 22, 2017 to October 31, 2018 and a delayed-draw term loan in the amount of $10.0 million that was required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2019. The initial draw was exercised on October 16, 2018 and required a loan origination fee of 1.50% of the principal amount borrowed. In addition, the Company issued 90,000 warrants on its Series E Preferred shares upon the initial borrowing on the Amended Perceptive Loan (see Note 5). The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification.

The subsequent delayed-draw term loan under the Amended Perceptive Loan was exercised on October 7, 2019 and included warrants of 90,000 Series E Preferred shares. In conjunction with the borrowing, the Company paid an origination fee equal to 1.50% of the principal amount borrowed as well as lender’s legal fees and expenses.

On October 7, 2019, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Perceptive Loan (the “Second Amended Perceptive Loan”), providing two additional tranches of delayed-draw term loans of $10.0 million each, for an aggregate amount of $20.0 million. The additional tranches were required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2020 and each included warrants of 60,000 shares of Series E Preferred shares. The second of these additional delayed-draw term loans included a revenue milestone requiring the achievement of a minimum level of trailing twelve month revenues prior to exercising the delayed-draw loan. The Second Amended Perceptive Loan also modified the repayment of all outstanding principal to be due at maturity on June 23, 2022. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification. The additional tranches were not exercised prior to their expiration.

On May 15, 2020, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Perceptive Loan, which allowed the Company to waive the defaults that occurred with the initial grant and subsequent repayment of the PPP loan. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification.

On October 13, 2020, the Company entered into a fourth amendment to the Perceptive Loan, which amended the Perceptive Loan to remove the required revenue covenant calculation dates of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020. The Company evaluated the amendment as a modification.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the effective interest rate was 14.9%. respectively.

On August 23, 2021, the Company entered into a fifth amendment to the Perceptive Loan (the “Fifth Amended Perceptive Loan”) which transferred the loan to Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP and provides two additional tranches of delayed-draw term loans of $10.0 million each, for an aggregate amount of $20.0 million. The two additional tranches are required to be initiated on or before December 31, 2021 and March 31, 2022, respectively, and included warrants to purchase 275,000 shares of Series E Preferred shares at $11.00 per share. The Fifth Amended Perceptive Loan also modified the repayment of all outstanding principal to be due at maturity on August 23, 2026.

Future principal repayments on the Perceptive Loan, as amended, as of June 30, 2021, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Principal  

2026

   $ 30,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 30,000  
  

 

 

 

The amended and restated credit agreement also includes financial covenants that require the Company to (i) maintain, at all times, a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash in one or more controlled accounts, and (ii) satisfy certain minimum revenue thresholds, measured for the twelve consecutive month period on each calendar quarter-end until June 30, 2026. These thresholds increase over time and range from

 

F-67


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

$26.4 million for the twelve month period ended September 30, 2021 to $95.3 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2026. Failure to satisfy these financial covenants would constitute an event of default under the agreement.

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants and conditions required by the outstanding Perceptive Loan. As mentioned in Note 1 “Liquidity and Management’s Plans,” the Company is not forecasting continued compliance with its financial debt covenant to maintain a minimum aggregate balance of $3.0 million in cash over the next twelve months. Pursuant to the terms of the Perceptive Loan, upon default, the lender could declare the outstanding principal balance of $30.0 million immediately due and payable in whole, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations. Accordingly, the Company has classified the term loan as a current liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2021.

Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program Loan (“PPP Loan”)

On April 22, 2020, the Company was granted a loan in the aggregate amount of $5.1 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP loan”) under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020. The receipt of this loan triggered an event of default under the Perceptive Loan, which was subsequently waived by the lender through the third amendment on May 15, 2020 discussed above. On May 7, 2020, the PPP Loan was repaid in full.

10. Income Taxes

The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2021 based on the current assessment that it is not more likely than not these future benefits will be realized before expiration. No material income tax expense or benefit has been recorded given the valuation allowance position and projected taxable losses in the jurisdictions where the Company files income tax returns. The Company has not experienced any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits since December 31, 2020 and does not expect any within the next 12 months.

The Company monitors changes to the tax laws in the states it conducts business and files corporate income tax returns.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change,” as defined by Section 382 of the Code, results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders or public groups. The Company has not completed an analysis regarding the limitation of net operating loss and R&D credit carryforards as of June 30, 2021.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal and various states income taxes. The federal returns for tax years 2017 through 2020 remain open to examination and the state returns remain subject to examination for tax years 2016 through 2020. Carryforward attributes that were generated in years where the statute of limitations is closed may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or other respective tax authorities. All other state jurisdictions remain open to examination.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

11. Related-Party Transactions

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company incurred $0.1 million and $0.04 million, respectively, for facility space, finance and accounting services and other general and administrative support services to a company owned and operated by a member of the Company’s Board and stockholder. The transactions are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Amounts payable as of June 30, 2021 were immaterial.

During each of the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Company paid $0.1 million for facility space and other general and administrative support services to a company owned and operated by the former owner of TDO who is now an employee of the Company. The transactions were recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Amounts payable as of June 30, 2021 were immaterial. Additionally, $0.7 million and $0.5 million of the of the contingent earnout paid during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively, was paid to the former owner of TDO.

12. Segment Information

The Company’s segment information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2020  
     Product     Software     Total  

Revenue

   $ 6,015     $ 2,533     $ 8,548  

Cost of sales

     6,569       1,050       7,619  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (554     1,483       929  

Gross margin

     (9.21 )%      58.55     10.87

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     12,681       940       13,621  

Research and development

     8,903       728       9,631  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     (508     —         (508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,076       1,668       22,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (21,630   $ (185   $ (21,815
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30, 2021  
     Product     Software     Total  

Revenue

   $ 11,980     $ 3,439     $ 15,419  

Cost of sales

     10,408       1,176       11,584  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,572       2,263       3,835  

Gross margin

     13.12     65.80     24.87

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     12,932       973       13,905  

Research and development

     8,861       816       9,677  

Change in fair value of contingent earnout

     (7     —         (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     21,786       1,789       23,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

   $ (20,214   $ 474     $ (19,740
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

SONENDO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

Segment Assets:

 

     As of December 31, 2020      As of June 30, 2021  

Product

   $ 64,021      $ 41,053  

Software

     12,120        11,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 76,141      $ 52,499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Numerator:

     

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (23,545    $ (22,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares outstanding used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     2,176,980        2,211,252  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (10.82    $ (9.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share calculations for the periods presented because the impact of including them would be anti-dilutive:

 

     June 30,  
     2020      2021  

Convertible preferred stock

     31,083,265        31,083,265  

Stock options

     4,100,583        4,447,517  

Warrants

     330,000        330,000  

Forward obligation

     410,337        410,337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,924,185        36,271,119
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Subsequent Events

For purposes of the condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and the six months then ended, the Company has evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through September 17, 2021, the date the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no events or transactions that required disclosure other than the modification of the Perceptive Loan on August 23, 2021 including the issuance of warrants to purchase 275,000 shares of Series E Preferred shares at $11.00 per share as disclosed in Note 9.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including              , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Shares

 

LOGO

Sonendo, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

 

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Piper Sandler

Stifel

 

 

                , 2021

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. Except as otherwise noted, the registrant will pay all of the costs and expenses set forth in the following table. All amounts shown below are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the stock exchange listing fee:

 

         Amount      

SEC registration fee

             *          

FINRA filing fee

             *          

Stock exchange listing fee

             *          

Printing and engraving expenses

             *          

Legal fees and expenses

             *          

Accounting fees and expenses

             *          

Transfer agent and registrar fees

             *          

Miscellaneous expenses

             *          
  

 

 

 

Total

             *          
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The registrant is governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was or is an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

The registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize the indemnification of its officers and directors, consistent with Section 145 of the DGCL.

Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its

 

II-1


Table of Contents

stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended:

 

  1.

Since January 1, 2018, we have sold an aggregate of 428,702 shares of our common stock to employees, directors and consultants upon their exercise of stock options, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $0.6 million;

 

  2.

On October 16, 2018, we issued a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP at an exercise price of $11.00 per share;

 

  3.

On October 26, 2018, we completed the sale of an aggregate of 2,272,726 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $11.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.0 million;

 

  4.

On June 19, 2019, we completed the sale of an aggregate of 1,545,455 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $11.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $17.0 million;

 

  5.

On October 7, 2019, we issued a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP at an exercise price of $11.00 per share;

 

  6.

On December 10, 2019, we completed the sale of an aggregate of 7,699,993 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to certain investors at a purchase price of $11.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $84.7 million;

 

  7.

In May and November 2019, we issued to investors an aggregate of 127,883 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of a warrant, for an exercise price of $3.98 per share. We received aggregate consideration of $0.5 million; and

 

  8.

In August 2021, we issued a warrant to purchase 275,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP at an exercise price of $11.00 per share.

The issuances of the securities in the transactions described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder. The securities were issued directly by the registrant and did not involve a public offering or general solicitation. The recipients of such securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or

any public offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    Exhibits.

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

 

Exhibit

   No.   

  

Exhibit Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  3.3    Bylaws, as currently in effect
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering
  4.1*    Form of Certificate of Common Stock
  4.2    Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among Sonendo, Inc. and the investors listed therein
  4.3    Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among Sonendo, Inc. and the investors listed therein
  4.4    Warrant to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock, issued to Oxford Finance LLC on December 31, 2013
  4.5    Warrant to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock, issued to Oxford Finance LLC on June 30, 2014
  4.6    Warrant to purchase Series C-1 preferred stock, issued to Oxford Finance LLC on December 31, 2014
  4.7    Warrant to purchase Series D preferred stock
  4.8    Warrant to purchase Series E preferred stock (2018)
  4.9    Warrant to purchase Series E preferred stock (2019)
  4.10    Warrant to purchase Series E preferred stock (2021)
  5.1*    Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.2^    Standard Business Park Lease, dated July 15, 2020, by and between Sonendo, Inc. and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP
10.3    Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated June 23, 2017, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP
10.4    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated October 3, 2018, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP
10.5    Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated October 7, 2019, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP
10.6    Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated May 15, 2020, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP
10.7    Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated October 13, 2020, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP
10.8    Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated August 23, 2021, between Sonendo, Inc., Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

   No.   

 

Exhibit Description

10.9   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated August 23, 2021, between Sonendo, Inc. and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP
10.10+   2007 Stock Plan
10.11+   2017 Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements
10.12*+   2021 Incentive Award Plan and related form agreements
10.13*+   2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements
10.14+  

Employment Offer Letter by and between Sonendo, Inc. and Bjarne Bergheim, effective July 1, 2012

10.15+   Employment Offer Letter by and between Sonendo, Inc. and Andrew Kirkpatrick, effective January 8, 2020
10.16+   Employment Offer Letter by and between Sonendo, Inc. and Mehrzad Khakpour, effective September 26, 2014
10.17+   Executive Severance Letter by and between Sonendo, Inc. and Mehrzad Khakpour, dated April 7, 2021
10.18*+   Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
10.19*+   Executive Severance Plan
21.1   List of subsidiaries of Sonendo, Inc.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1   Consent of Carolyn Beaver to be Named as a Director Nominee
99.2   Consent of Sadie M. Stern to be Named as a Director Nominee
99.3   Consent of Karen K. McGinnis to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

^

Portions of the exhibit have been omitted as permitted under Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling

 

II-4


Table of Contents

person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Laguna Hills, State of California on this 8th day of October, 2021.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name:   Bjarne Bergheim
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Sonendo, Inc. severally constitute and appoint Bjarne Bergheim, Andrew Kirkpatrick, Michael P. Watts and Jacqueline Collins, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(principal executive officer)
  October 8, 2021
Bjarne Bergheim

/s/ Michael P. Watts

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   October 8, 2021
Michael P. Watts

/s/ W. Brooks Andrews

   Director   October 8, 2021
W. Brooks Andrews

/s/ Olav Bergheim

   Director   October 8, 2021
Olav Bergheim

/s/ Anthony P. Bihl III

   Director   October 8, 2021
Anthony P. Bihl III

 

II-6


Table of Contents

/s/ Alex C. Crisses

   Director   October 8, 2021
Alex C. Crisses

/s/ Cory A. Eaves

   Director   October 8, 2021
Cory A. Eaves

/s/ Thomas R. Engels

   Director   October 8, 2021
Thomas R. Engels

/s/ Daniel E. Even

   Director   October 8, 2021
Daniel E. Even

/s/ Chau Q. Khuong

   Director   October 8, 2021
Chau Q. Khuong

/s/ Paul S. Madera

   Director   October 8, 2021
Paul S. Madera

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SONENDO, INC.

Sonendo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

The name of this corporation is Sonendo, Inc. This corporation was originally incorporated under the name Dentatek Corporation, and the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 9, 2006. The original Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated on July 13, 2007 and subsequently amended and restated by that Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on November 19, 2008, Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 12, 2010, Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on June 12, 2012, Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 20, 2014, Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on July 19, 2017.

The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Sonendo, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of this corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, County of New Castle, Delaware. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

ARTICLE IV

This corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The Preferred Stock shall consist of six series designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” “Series B Preferred Stock,” “Series C Preferred Stock,” “Series C-1 Preferred Stock,” “Series D Preferred Stock,” and “Series E Preferred Stock”.


The total number of shares of all classes of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is Seventy-One Million Four Hundred Eighty-Nine Thousand Fifty-Six (71,489,056) shares, including (i) Thirty-Nine Million Five Hundred Thousand (39,500,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) Thirty-One Million Nine Hundred Eighty-Nine Thousand Fifty-Six (31,989,056) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which One Million Three Hundred Thirty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Two (1,333,332) shares shall be designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, One Million Seven Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty-Three (1,743,933) shares shall be designated as Series B Preferred Stock, One Million Six Hundred Seventy-Four Thousand Five Hundred Forty-Five (1,674,545) shares shall be designated as Series C Preferred Stock, Three Million Fifty Thousand (3,050,000) shares shall be designated as Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Seven Million Seven Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Three (7,778,163) shares shall be designated as Series D Preferred Stock and Sixteen Million Four Hundred Nine Thousand Eighty-Three (16,409,083) shares shall be designated as Series E Preferred Stock.

All shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share. Except as specifically set forth herein, references hereinafter to “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of this corporation.

A. Common Stock

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of this corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of this corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. Preferred Stock

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article IV.

 

2


1. Dividend Provisions.

(a) The holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, out of any funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the board of directors of this corporation, dividends at an annual rate per share equal to 8% of the Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below) and the Series E Original Issue Price (as defined below), as the case may be, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days. This corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of this corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, on a pari passu basis, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock declared by the board of directors of this corporation out of funds legally available for the purpose, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series D Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of the issuance of such share of Series D Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid), and in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series E Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of the issuance of such share of Series E Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid), plus (ii) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of Common Stock or such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend. The foregoing dividends shall not be cumulative and neither the holders of Series D Preferred Stock nor the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to any accruing dividends. In the event that the board of directors of this corporation declares a dividend, the amount of which is insufficient to permit payment of the full aforesaid dividends, such dividends will be paid on a pari passu basis ratably to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and to each holder of Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and each holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled.

(b) The holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the board of directors of this corporation, dividends at an annual rate per share equal to 8% of the Original Issue Price of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days. This corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of this corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock and dividends on shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously

 

3


receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock declared by the board of directors of this corporation out of funds legally available for the purpose, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series C-1 Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of issuance of such share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid) and in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series C Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of issuance of such share of Series C Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid) plus, (ii) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of Common Stock or such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend. The foregoing dividends shall not be cumulative and neither the holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock nor the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to any accruing dividends. In the event that the board of directors of this corporation declares a dividend, the amount of which is insufficient to permit payment of the full aforesaid dividends, such dividends will be paid ratably to each holder of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock is entitled.

(c) The holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any funds legally available therefor, when and if declared by the board of directors of this corporation, dividends at an annual rate per share equal to 8% of the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days. This corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of this corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock and dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock declared by the board of directors of this corporation out of funds legally available for the purpose, in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series B Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of issuance of such share of Series B Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid) and in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 8% of the Series A-1 Original Issue Price per annum, calculated for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year of 365 days, from and after the date of issuance of such share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (to the extent not previously paid) plus, (ii) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series B Preferred Stock

 

4


or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of Common Stock or such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend. The foregoing dividend shall not be cumulative and holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any accruing dividends. In the event that the board of directors of this corporation declares a dividend, the amount of which is insufficient to permit payment of the full aforesaid dividends, such dividends will be paid ratably to each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the dividend amounts to which each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock is entitled.

(d) The “Series E Original Issue Price” shall mean $11.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock. The “Series D Original Issue Price” shall mean $9.7481 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock. The “Series C-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $6.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $5.50 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $3.98 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series A-1 Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.375 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation Preference

(a) Preferred Preference

(i) In the event of any Liquidating Transaction (as defined below), either voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (A) the Series E Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series E Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to the Liquidating Transaction. The preferential amount to be paid to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock under this Section 2(a)(i) shall be paid or set apart for payment before the payment or setting apart for payment of any amount for, or the

 

5


distribution of any assets of this corporation to, the holders of the Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock in connection with such Liquidating Transaction. If, upon such Liquidating Transaction, the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to provide for the cash payment of the full aforesaid preferential amounts to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, such assets as are available shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive in respect of such shares under this Section 2(a)(i).

(ii) After payment has been made to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) above, in the event of any Liquidating Transaction, either voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (A) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, in the case of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares and in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series D Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to the Liquidating Transaction. All of the preferential amounts to be paid to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock under this Section 2(a)(ii) shall be paid or set apart for payment before the payment or setting apart for payment of any amount for, or the distribution of any assets of this corporation to, the holders of the Common Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock in connection with such Liquidating Transaction. If, upon such Liquidating Transaction, after payment has been made to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) above, the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to provide for the cash payment of the full aforesaid preferential amounts to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, such assets as are available after payment has been made to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock of the full amount to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) above shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive in respect of such shares under this Section 2(a)(ii).

(iii) After payment has been made to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) and Section 2(a)(ii) above, in the event of any Liquidating Transaction, either voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred

 

6


Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the greater of (A) in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares and in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, and (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to the Liquidating Transaction. All of the preferential amounts to be paid to the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock under this Section 2(a)(iii) shall be paid or set apart for payment before the payment or setting apart for payment of any amount for, or the distribution of any assets of this corporation to, the holders of the Common Stock in connection with such Liquidating Transaction. If, upon such Liquidating Transaction, after payment has been made to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) and Section 2(a)(ii) above, the assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to provide for the cash payment of the full aforesaid preferential amounts to the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, such assets as are available after payment has been made to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Section 2(a)(i) and Section 2(a)(ii) above shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive in respect of such shares under this Section 2(a)(iii).

(iv) In the event of such Liquidating Transaction, after payment has been made to the holders of the Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they are entitled as provided in Sections 2(a)(i), Section 2(a)(ii), and Section 2(a)(iii) above, the remaining assets of this corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of shares of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

(v) For purposes of this Section 2, a “Liquidating Transaction” of this corporation shall mean, unless the holders of (1) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and (2) with respect to any such determination as it relates to the Series E Preferred Stock, at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, elect otherwise by written notice sent to this corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(A) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this corporation,

(B) a sale, lease, conveyance, exclusive license or other disposition of, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by this corporation or any subsidiary of this corporation of all or substantially all the assets of this corporation and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole), or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of

 

7


one or more subsidiaries of this corporation if substantially all of the assets of this corporation and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of this corporation, or

(C) a merger or consolidation in which (I) this corporation is a constituent party or (II) a subsidiary of this corporation is a constituent party and this corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving this corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of this corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation (provided that, for the purpose of this Section 2(a)(v)(C), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged).

(b) Notice of Liquidating Transaction. This corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidating Transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidating Transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such Liquidating Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidating Transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidating Transaction, and this corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes to such terms and conditions. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidating Transaction shall not take place sooner than twenty (20) days after this corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after this corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, all notice periods or notice requirements in the Certificate of Incorporation applicable to the holders of Preferred Stock may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights.

(c) Consent for Certain Repurchases. If Section 500 of the California Corporations Code is applicable to a distribution made by this corporation to holders of Common Stock then such section shall not apply, without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount” (as such terms may be defined in Section 500(b) of the California General Corporation Law), if such distribution constitutes a distribution made by this corporation in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by employees or consultants upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase between this corporation and such persons but only to the extent such distribution equals or is less than the original purchase price of such shares being repurchased.

 

8


(d) Fair Market Value. In any Liquidating Transaction, if the amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of this corporation is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, determined as follows:

(i) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (ii) below:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange or through Nasdaq, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidating Transaction;

(B) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidating Transaction; and

(C) If there is no public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation.

(ii) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation.

(iii) This corporation shall not have the power to effect a Liquidating Transaction of the type referred to in Section 2(a)(v)(C) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of this corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of this corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv).

(e) In the event of a Liquidating Transaction referred to in Sections 2(a)(v)(C)(II) or 2(a)(v)(B), if this corporation does not effect a dissolution of this corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Liquidating Transaction, then (i) this corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Liquidating Transaction advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if so requested in a written instrument delivered to this corporation not later than 120 days after such Liquidating Transaction by (x) the holders of shares of Preferred Stock representing at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock or (y) the holders of at least sixty-

 

9


five percent (65%) of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock (in relation to the applicable liquidation amount payable in respect of the Series E Preferred Stock), this corporation shall use the consideration received by this corporation for such Liquidating Transaction (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation), together with any other assets of this corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Liquidating Transaction, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable liquidation amount for such series of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, (A) if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, this corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series E Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of the Available Proceeds, based on the amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series E Preferred Stock as soon as practicable after this corporation has funds legally available therefor; (B) if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient (after redemption of all the shares of Series E Preferred Stock) to redeem all outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, this corporation shall (after the redemption of all the shares of Series E Preferred Stock) redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after this corporation has funds legally available therefor; and (C) if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient (after redemption of all the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock) to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, this corporation shall (after the redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock as provided in clause A and clause B above) redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after this corporation has funds legally available therefor. Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) shall be sent to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price for shares of each series of Preferred Stock to be redeemed;

 

10


(ii) that the holder is to surrender to this corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to this corporation to indemnify this corporation against any claim that may be made against this corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to this corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder

If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 2(e), this corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidating Transaction, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidating Transaction or in the ordinary course of business.

(f) In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, this corporation shall forthwith either:

(i) cause the closing of such Liquidating Transaction to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

(ii) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(b) hereof.

(g) In the event of a Liquidating Transaction, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of this corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of this corporation subject to contingencies, the applicable agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of this corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) as if the

 

11


Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidating Transaction and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of this corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of this corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

(h) For the avoidance of any doubt, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction and at each other date after such consummation on which additional amounts (such as earn-out payments, escrow amounts or other contingent payment(s)) are available for distribution, each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted at the consummation of the Liquidating Transaction) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidating Transaction if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate (giving effect to the proceeds available for distribution at the consummation of such Liquidating Transaction and at each other date after such consummation on which additional amounts are available for distribution), an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

3. Voting Rights

(a) So long as shares of Preferred Stock that are convertible into at least Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividends, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) are issued and outstanding, the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall have the right to elect six (6) members of the board of directors of this corporation (each a “Preferred Stock Director,” and collectively, the “Preferred Stock Directors”). The remaining directors shall be elected by the holders of the Common Stock and the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of such class or series fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to this Section 3(a), then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of such class or series elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of this corporation other than by the stockholders of this corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

 

12


(b) On all other matters, except as specifically provided herein or as otherwise required by law, holders of the Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any matters upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Except as otherwise provided herein, the holder of each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock held and the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled with respect to such share of Preferred Stock to the number of votes equal to the largest number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of stock of this corporation having general voting power and not separately as a class. Unless expressly provided to the contrary in the Certificate of Incorporation, any votes or consents required of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall require approval by the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock. For purposes of the Certificate of Incorporation, the “combined voting power of the shares of Preferred Stock” shall mean the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted at the dates provided in this Section 3(b), and any references to a vote of the Preferred Stock, or any one or more series of Preferred Stock, voting together, shall mean the number of votes for each share of Preferred Stock shall equal the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could be converted at the dates provided in the preceding sentence. Fractional votes by the holders of Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights shall (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) be rounded to the nearest whole number.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert.

(i) Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the applicable Conversion Price (each as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series A-1 Original Issue Price; the “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series B Original Issue Price; the “Series C

 

13


Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series C Original Issue Price; the “Series C-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series C-1 Original Issue Price; the “Series D Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series D Original Issue Price; and the “Series E Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series E Original Issue Price. Such initial Conversion Prices, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(ii) Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a Liquidating Transaction, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, this corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to this corporation to indemnify this corporation against any claim that may be made against this corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of this corporation if this corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by this corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to this corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by this corporation if this corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. This corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions

 

14


hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 4(b) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

(ii) Reservation of Shares. This corporation shall at all times when any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, this corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, this corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that this corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the adjusted Conversion Price for such series.

(iii) Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 4(b) and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and this corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iv) No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

(v) Taxes. This corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. This corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to this corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of this corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

15


(d) Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Options” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “Series E Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series E Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by this corporation after the Series E Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Excluded Stock”):

(1) shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued on or after the date of filing of the Certificate of Incorporation at a price equal to at least the Series E Original Issue Price;

(2) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued (or Options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted) to officers, directors, consultants or employees of this corporation, pursuant to a stock option plan approved by the board of directors of this corporation;

(4) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with research and development partnerships, licensing, corporate partnering, distribution arrangements, collaborative arrangements or similar transactions approved by the board of directors of this corporation; provided that none of the foregoing issuances are primarily for equity financing purposes;

(5) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities to financial institutions or lessors issued in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions, or similar transactions approved by the board of directors of this corporation; provided that none of the foregoing issuances are primarily for equity financing purposes; and

 

16


(6) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination, provided that such issuance has been approved by the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if this corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding Preferred Stock and, in the case of an adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(A) If this corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Excluded Stock) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d)(iv), are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to this corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option

 

17


or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii)(B) shall have the effect of increasing such Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Excluded Stock), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d)(iv) (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price for such series then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to this corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(iii)(A)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d)(iv), such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(E) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to this corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 4(d)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Section 4(d)(iii)). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to this corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or

 

18


amended, any adjustment to such Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4(d)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event this corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “CP2” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(B) “CP1” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by this corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 4(d), the consideration received by this corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by this corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

19


(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation; and

(3) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of this corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by this corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(1) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by this corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to this corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(2) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates. In the event this corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 4(d)(iv), and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 180 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

20


(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If this corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If this corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event this corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (y) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event this corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of this corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then

 

21


and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(a), if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving this corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 4(d), 4(f) or 4(g)), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of this corporation issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of this corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4(h) shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Section 4(h) be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

(i) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect for such holder’s Preferred Stock, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

(j) Notice of Record Date. In the event:

 

22


(i) this corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(ii) of any capital reorganization of this corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of this corporation, or any Liquidating Transaction;

then, and in each such case, this corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

(a) Trigger Events. Upon the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $22.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to this corporation (a “Qualified Public Offering”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate for each series of Preferred Stock. Additionally, (i) upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock other than Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate for each such series of Preferred Stock and (ii) upon the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a single class, all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate for the Series E Preferred Stock. All shares automatically converted pursuant hereto may not be reissued by this corporation. For purposes of the Certificate of Incorporation, the time of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering and the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in the second sentence of this Subsection (a) is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time” as it relates to the applicable series of Preferred Stock.

 

23


(b) Procedural Requirements. All applicable holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each such holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to this corporation to indemnify this corporation against any claim that may be made against this corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to this corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by this corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to this corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5(a), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time relating thereto (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 5(b). As soon as practicable after an applicable Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for the applicable shares of Preferred Stock, this corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 4(b) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and this corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6. Protective Provisions.

(a) So long as shares of Preferred Stock that are convertible into at least Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) are issued and outstanding, this corporation shall not directly or indirectly (by merger, reclassification, amendment or otherwise), without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting separately as a class:

(i) liquidate, dissolve or wind up the business and affairs of this corporation, effect any Liquidating Transaction, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

24


(ii) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of this corporation;

(iii) create or authorize the creation of or issue any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with any series of Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, or of any series of Preferred Stock;

(iv) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of this corporation other than (a) dividends or distributions on Preferred Stock as expressly provided for in Section 1, (b) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (c) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for this corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the original purchase price paid for such shares or (d) pro rata purchases or redemptions of, or pro rata dividends or distributions on, any shares of capital stock of this corporation, as approved by the board of directors of this corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

(v) create or authorize the creation of any debt security unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the board of directors of this corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

(vi) create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned subsidiary or dispose of any subsidiary stock or all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary;

(vii) increase or decrease the size of the board of directors of this corporation;

(viii) increase the number of shares issuable under stock plans; or

(ix) enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer or employee of this corporation or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any such person other than transactions that are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of this corporation.

(b) In addition to the foregoing, so long as shares of Series E Preferred Stock that are convertible into at least Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock) are issued and outstanding, this corporation shall not directly or indirectly (by merger, reclassification, amendment or otherwise), without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class:

 

25


(i) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of this corporation in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in a manner different from any other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) create or authorize the creation of or issue any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series E Preferred Stock; or

(iii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

7. No Reissuance of Preferred Stock. No share or shares of the Preferred Stock acquired by this corporation by reason of purchase, conversion, redemption or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares which this corporation shall be authorized to issue. The Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in corporation’s capital stock.

ARTICLE V

This corporation is to have perpetual existence.

1. Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to this corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2. Indemnification. The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

(a) Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers. This corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of this corporation or, while a director or officer of this corporation, is or was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise

 

26


provided in Subsection (c) of this Section 2 of this Article V, this corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the board of directors of this corporation.

(b) Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers. This corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or otherwise.

(c) Claims by Directors and Officers. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by this corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action this corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

(d) Indemnification of Employees and Agents. This corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or, while an employee or agent of this corporation, is or was serving at the request of this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the board of directors of this corporation in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, this corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the board of directors of this corporation.

(e) Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents. This corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the board of directors of this corporation.

(f) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of this corporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

27


(g) Other Indemnification. This corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

(h) Insurance. The board of directors of this corporation may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at this corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify this corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article V; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by this corporation under the provisions of this Article V.

3. Amendments. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article V, nor the adoption of any provision of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V, shall eliminate, reduce the effect of or adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer or other agent of this corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision or of this Article V in any other respect, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article V, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ARTICLE VI

Holders of stock of any class or series of this corporation shall not be entitled to cumulate their votes for the election of directors or any other matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this corporation so provide. Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

This corporation hereby renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, any interest or expectancy of this corporation in, or in being offered, an opportunity to participate in, any Business Opportunity. A “Business Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of this corporation who is not an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than

 

28


someone who is an employee of this corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of this corporation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, this corporation hereby waives any claim against a Covered Person, and agrees to indemnify all Covered Persons against any claim, that is based on fiduciary duties, the corporate opportunity doctrine or any other legal theory which could limit any Covered Person from pursuing or engaging in any Business Opportunity.

ARTICLE IX

Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of this corporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of this corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, repeal or rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this corporation.

ARTICLE X

The foregoing amendment and restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors of this corporation.

 

29


The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s board of directors and stockholders in accordance with applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. I further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Delaware that the matters set forth in this certificate are true, correct and of my own knowledge.

Dated: December 10, 2019

 

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim
Bjarne Bergheim,
President and Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SONENDO, INC.

Sonendo, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

The amendment to the Corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) set forth in the following resolution was approved and duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and was duly adopted by the written consent of stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL:

RESOLVED, that the second paragraph of Article IV of the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is Seventy-One Million Eight Hundred Seventy-Three Thousand Six Hundred Two (71,873,602) shares, including (i) Thirty-Nine Million Seven Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand (39,775,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) Thirty-Two Million Ninety-Eight Thousand Six Hundred Two (32,098,602) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which One Million Three Hundred Thirty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-Two (1,333,332) shares shall be designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, One Million Seven Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty-Three (1,743,933) shares shall be designated as Series B Preferred Stock, One Million Six Hundred Seventy-Four Thousand Five Hundred Forty-Five (1,674,545) shares shall be designated as Series C Preferred Stock, Three Million Fifty Thousand (3,050,000) shares shall be designated as Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Seven Million Seven Hundred Seventy-Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Three (7,778,163) shares shall be designated as Series D Preferred Stock and Sixteen Million Five Hundred Eighteen Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Nine (16,518,629) shares shall be designated as Series E Preferred Stock.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sonendo, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 19th day of August, 2021.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By:   /s/ Bjarne Bergheim
  Bjarne Bergheim,
  Chief Executive Officer

 

2

Exhibit 3.3

SONENDO, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I—STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months of the last annual meeting of stockholders or, if no such meeting has been held, the date of incorporation.

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.

Section 3. Notice of Meetings.

Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).


When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 4. Quorum.

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date, or time.

Section 5. Organization.

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

- 2 -


Section 6. Conduct of Business.

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or

 

- 3 -


more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

Section 8. Stock List.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.

The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to

 

- 4 -


authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE IIBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Term of Office.

The number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be such number as the Board of Directors shall from time to time have designated, except that in the absence of any such designation, such number shall be one (1). Each director shall be elected for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

Whenever the authorized number of directors is increased between annual meetings of the stockholders, a majority of the directors then in office shall have the power to elect such new directors for the balance of a term and until their successors are elected and qualified. Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not become effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the board which are being eliminated by the decrease.

Section 2. Vacancies.

If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, a majority of the directors remaining in office, although less than a quorum, may elect a successor for the unexpired term and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

- 6 -


Section 4. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the President and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile or electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 5. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

- 7 -


Section 7. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 8. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III—COMMITTEES

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

- 8 -


Section 2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

ARTICLE IVOFFICERS

Section 1. Generally.

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

- 9 -


Section 2. President.

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

Section 3. Vice President.

Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One (1) Vice President shall be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.

Section 4. Treasurer.

The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 5. Secretary.

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

- 10 -


Section 6. Delegation of Authority.

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 7. Removal.

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

Section 8. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE VSTOCK

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

- 11 -


Section 3. Record Date.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

- 12 -


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, (including by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission as permitted by law), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article I, Section 9 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by consent of the stockholders without a meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

- 13 -


ARTICLE VINOTICES

Section 1. Notices.

If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 2. Waivers.

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

ARTICLE VIIMISCELLANEOUS

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

- 14 -


Section 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE VIIIINDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 1. Right to Indemnification.

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other

 

- 15 -


enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this ARTICLE VIII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Right to Advancement of Expenses.

In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this ARTICLE VIII, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an

 

- 16 -


“undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.

Section 3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.

If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this ARTICLE VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law,

 

- 17 -


nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this ARTICLE VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 5. Insurance.

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 6. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

- 18 -


Section 7. Nature of Rights.

The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this ARTICLE VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VIII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

ARTICLE IXAMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 3.4

Bylaws of

Sonendo, Inc.

(a Delaware corporation)


Table of Contents

Page

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

     1  

1.1

  Registered Office      1  

1.2

  Other Offices      1  

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

2.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

2.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

2.3

  Special Meeting      1  

2.4

  Notice of Business to be Brought Before a Meeting      2  

2.5

  Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board      5  

2.6

  Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors      7  

2.7

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      9  

2.8

  Quorum      9  

2.9

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      9  

2.10

  Conduct of Business      9  

2.11

  Voting      10  

2.12

  Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes      10  

2.13

  Proxies      11  

2.14

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      11  

2.15

  Inspectors of Election      12  

2.16

  Delivery to the Corporation      12  

Article III - Directors

     12  

3.1

  Powers      12  

3.2

  Number      12  

3.3

  Resignation; Removal; Vacancies      13  

3.4

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      13  

3.5

  Regular Meetings      13  

3.6

  Special Meetings; Notice      13  

3.7

  Quorum      14  

3.8

  Board Action without a Meeting      14  

3.9

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      14  

Article IV - Committees

     15  

4.1

  Committees of Directors      15  

4.2

  Committee Minutes      15  

4.3

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      15  

4.4

  Subcommittees      15  

Article V - Officers

     16  

5.1

  Officers      16  

5.2

  Appointment of Officers      16  

5.3

  Subordinate Officers      16  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

Page

 

5.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      16  

5.5

  Vacancies in Offices      16  

5.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      16  

5.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      17  

5.8

  Compensation      17  

Article VI - Records

     17  

Article VII - General Matters

     17  

7.1

  Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments      17  

7.2

  Stock Certificates      17  

7.3

  Special Designation of Certificates      18  

7.4

  Lost Certificates      18  

7.5

  Shares Without Certificates      18  

7.6

  Construction; Definitions      19  

7.7

  Dividends      19  

7.8

  Fiscal Year      19  

7.9

  Seal      19  

7.10

  Transfer of Stock      19  

7.11

  Stock Transfer Agreements      19  

7.12

  Registered Stockholders      20  

7.13

  Waiver of Notice      20  

Article VIII - Notice

     20  

8.1

  Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission      20  

Article IX - Indemnification

     21  

9.1

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers      21  

9.2

  Indemnification of Others      21  

9.3

  Prepayment of Expenses      22  

9.4

  Determination; Claim      22  

9.5

  Non-Exclusivity of Rights      22  

9.6

  Insurance      22  

9.7

  Continuation of Indemnification      22  

9.8

  Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation      22  

Article X - Amendments

     23  

Article XI - Definitions

     23  

 

ii


Bylaws of

Sonendo, Inc.

Article I - Corporate Offices

1.1 Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of Sonendo, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

1.2 Other Offices.

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business of the Corporation may require.

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

2.1 Place of Meetings.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 Annual Meeting.

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 of these Bylaws may be transacted. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

2.3 Special Meeting.

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by such persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.


2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought Before a Meeting. This Section 2.4 shall apply to any business that may be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than nominations for election to the Board at such meeting, which shall be governed by Section 2.5 and Section 2.6. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by the Board or the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A) (1) was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3, and stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4 and Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting, and a “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(b) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii)(A) of Section 2.4(a), the business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”); provided, further, that for the purposes of calculating Timely Notice for the first annual meeting held after the Corporation’s initial public offering of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, the date of the immediately preceding annual meeting shall be deemed to be Conversion Date. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

2


(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(i) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

(ii) As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (D) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (E) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (F) a representation that such Proposing Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal and (G) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (G) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

3


(iii) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this paragraph (iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, and (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

(e) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

4


(g) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

(h) For purposes of these Bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board.

(a) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these Bylaws, or (ii) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 as to such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

(b)

(i) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.5(a), the stockholder must (1) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (3) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6.

(ii) Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling a special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (A) provide Timely Notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (B) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 and (C) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of the date of such special meeting was first made.

 

5


(iii) In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) In no event may a Nominating Person provide Timely Notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than are subject to election by stockholders at the applicable meeting. If the Corporation shall, subsequent to such notice, increase the number of directors subject to election at the meeting, such notice as to any additional nominees shall be due on the later of (A)(1) the conclusion of the time period for Timely Notice for an annual meeting or (2) the date set forth in Section 2.5(b)(ii) for a special meeting, and (B) the tenth day following the date of public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of such increase.

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(i) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(i), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(i));

(ii) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(ii), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(ii) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(c)(ii) shall be made with respect to the nomination of persons for election to the Board at the meeting); and

(iii) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 and Section 2.6 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.6(a).

(d) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, and (iii) any other participant in such solicitation.

 

6


(e) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination.

(f) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

2.6 Additional Requirements for Valid Nomination of Candidates to Serve as Director and, if Elected, to be Seated as Directors.

(a) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (with respect to nominations by stockholders pursuant to Section 2.5, within the time period for delivery of the stockholder’s notice pursuant to Section 2.5), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (i) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation upon request) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation upon request) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question that has not been disclosed to the Corporation (a “Voting Commitment”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director that has not been disclosed therein or otherwise to the Corporation and (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

7


(b) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation, including, without limitation, eligibility in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

(c) A candidate for nomination as a director shall further update and supplement the materials delivered pursuant to this Section 2.6, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (or any other office specified by the Corporation in any public announcement) not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these Bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

(d) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

(e) No candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with Section 2.5 and this Section 2.6.

2.7 Notice of Stockholders Meetings.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 8.1 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

8


2.8 Quorum.

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the person presiding over the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these Bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.9 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.10 Conduct of Business.

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the person presiding over the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations

 

9


or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

2.11 Voting.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

2.12 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

10


2.13 Proxies.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.14 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.14 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

2.15 Inspectors of Election.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

 

11


(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and

(v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

2.16 Delivery to the Corporation.

Whenever Section 2.4, Section 2.5 or Section 2.6 of this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation expressly opts out of Section 116 of the DGCL with respect to the delivery of information and documents to the Corporation required by Section 2.4, Section 2.5 or Section 2.6 of this Article II.

Article III - Directors

3.1 Powers.

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 Number; Term; Qualifications.

The total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Board shall be classified in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until such time as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires. Directors need not be stockholders to be qualified for election or service as a director of the Corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

 

12


3.3 Resignation; Removal; Vacancies.

Any director may resign at any time upon written or electronic transmission to the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless otherwise specified. Directors of the Corporation may be removed only as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

3.4 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.5 Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and at such time and at such place as which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

3.6 Special Meetings; Notice.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board; provided, that at any time that the total number of directors constituting the board is eight (8) or more, special meetings of the Board may also be called by four (4) directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by electronic mail; or

(iv) sent by other means of electronic transmission,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

13


If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.7 Quorum.

At all meetings of the Board, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided that, solely for the purposes of filling vacancies pursuant to Section 3.3 of these Bylaws, a meeting of the Board may be held if a majority of the directors then in office participate in such meeting. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.8 Board Action without a Meeting.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

3.9 Fees and Compensation of Directors.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity. Any director of the Corporation may decline any or all such compensation payable to such director in his or her discretion.

Article IV—Committees

4.1 Committees of Directors.

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist, of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law or provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the

 

14


Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval (other than the election or removal of directors), or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

4.2 Committee Minutes.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.4 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.5 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.6 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (board action without a meeting); and

(v) Section 7.13 (waiver of notice),

with such changes in the context of those Bylaws provisions as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

4.4 Subcommittees.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one (1) or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one (1) or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

15


Article V—Officers

5.1 Officers.

The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, an Executive Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Accounting Officer, a Chief Legal Officer, a Treasurer, one (1) or more Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation.

5.2 Appointment of Officers.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws.

5.3 Subordinate Officers.

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or President or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer or President, the Chief Financial Officer, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If a resignation is made effective at a later date and the Corporation accepts the future effective date, the Board may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board provides that the successor shall not take office until the effective date. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies in Offices.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

The Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or voting securities of any other corporation or other entity standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

16


5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the oversight of the Board.

5.8 Compensation.

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

Article VI—Records

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Delaware.

Article VII—General Matters

7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

The Board may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

7.2 Stock Certificates.

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board by resolution may provide that some or all of the shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign

 

17


stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, Chief Executive Officer, the President, Vice President, the Treasurer, if any, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

7.3 Special Designation of Certificates.

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face of back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice) a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.4 Lost Certificates.

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

7.5 Shares Without Certificates

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

18


7.6 Construction; Definitions.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

7.7 Dividends.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

7.8 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.9 Seal.

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.10 Transfer of Stock.

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law, in these Bylaws and subject to the restrictions under any coordination agreement. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements.

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

19


7.12 Registered Stockholders.

The Corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.13 Waiver of Notice.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Article VIII—Notice

8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given (1) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (2) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (3) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph of this section without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

20


(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice, provided, however, the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Article IX—Indemnification

9.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation (a “covered person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

9.2 Indemnification of Others.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

21


9.3 Prepayment of Expenses.

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any covered person, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

9.4 Determination; Claim.

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty (60) days, or a claim for advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty (30) days, after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may thereafter (but not before) file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

9.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

9.6 Insurance.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

9.7 Continuation of Indemnification.

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

9.8 Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation.

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these Bylaws), in consideration of such person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the

 

22


Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses Bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these Bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article IX shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chief Executive Officer, President, and Secretary, or other officer of the Corporation appointed by (x) the Board pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws or (y) an officer to whom the Board has delegated the power to appoint officers pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the Board (or equivalent governing body) of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and Bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents) of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Article IX.

Article X—Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that such action by stockholders shall require, in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Article XI—Definitions

As used in these Bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

23


An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

The term “person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

24


Sonendo, Inc.

Certificate of Adoption of Bylaws

The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on [ • ], 2021 to be effective as of [ • ], 2021.

 

 

 

Jacqueline Collins
Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

SONENDO, INC.

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of December 10, 2019, by and among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit A, together with any subsequent stockholders who become parties hereto pursuant to Section 7(b) (collectively, the “Stockholders”), and the holders of shares of Preferred Stock (as defined below) listed on Exhibit B (collectively, the “Investors” and individually, the “Investor”). The Stockholders and the Investors are referred herein collectively as “Voting Parties.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Stockholders and certain of the Investors own shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series C Preferred Stock”), Series C-1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series C-1 Preferred Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series D Preferred Stock”), and/or Series E Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Series E Preferred Stock,” and collectively referred to herein with the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock as the “Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Company, certain of the Investors and the Stockholders are parties to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2018 (the “Prior Voting Agreement”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the other parties to the Prior Voting Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Voting Agreement in its entirety;

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the financing provided for in the Purchase Agreement, the Company, the Stockholders and the Investors have agreed to provide for the future voting of their shares of the voting capital stock of the Company as set forth below.


AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Voting of Shares. During the term of this Agreement, the Voting Parties each agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “Shares”) in accordance with and to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Election of Board of Directors.

(a) Board Representation. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, or at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board are to be elected by written consent, the Voting Parties agree to vote or act with respect to their Shares so as to elect to the Board:

(i) For so long as Fjord Capital Partners I, L.P. (“Fjord”), together with any Affiliates, owns at least 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally purchased by Fjord and its Affiliates from the Company (as calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) (the “Fjord Minimum Shares”), one (1) individual designated by Fjord, who shall initially be Olav B. Bergheim, as a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “Restated Certificate”)); provided however that in the event that Fjord, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the Fjord Minimum Shares, the Fjord designee shall be designated by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock;

(ii) For so long as OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP (“OrbiMed”), together with any Affiliates, owns at least 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally purchased by OrbiMed and its Affiliates from the Company (as calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) (the “OrbiMed Minimum Shares”), one (1) individual designated by OrbiMed, who shall initially be Vince Burgess, as a Preferred Stock Director; provided however that in the event that OrbiMed, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the OrbiMed Minimum Shares, the OrbiMed designee shall be designated by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock;

(iii) For so long as Meritech Capital Partners IV, L.P. (“Meritech”), together with any Affiliates, owns at least 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally purchased by Meritech and its Affiliates from the Company (as calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) (the “Meritech Minimum Shares”), one (1) individual designated by Meritech, who shall initially be Paul Madera, as a Preferred Stock Director; provided however that in the event that Meritech, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the Meritech Minimum Shares, the Meritech designee shall be designated by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock;

 

- 2 -


(iv) For so long as General Atlantic (SOI), L.P. (collectively, “General Atlantic”), together with any Affiliates, owns at least 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally purchased by General Atlantic and its Affiliates from the Company (as calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) (the “General Atlantic Minimum Shares”), two (2) individuals designated by General Atlantic (each a “General Atlantic Director”, and collectively, the “General Atlantic Directors”), who shall initially be Alex Crisses and Cory Eaves, each as a Preferred Stock Director; provided however that in the event that General Atlantic, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the General Atlantic Minimum Shares, the General Atlantic designees shall be designated by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock;

(v) For so long as EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, L.P. (“EW Healthcare”), together with any Affiliates, owns at least 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally purchased by EW Healthcare and its Affiliates from the Company (as calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis and as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) (the “EW Healthcare Minimum Shares”), one (1) individual designated by EW Healthcare, who shall initially be Brooks Andrews, as a Preferred Stock Director; provided however that in the event that EW Healthcare, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the EW Healthcare Minimum Shares, the EW Healthcare designee shall be designated by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock;

(vi) The then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Company, who shall initially be Bjarne Bergheim (the “CEO Director”), provided that if for any reason the CEO Director shall cease to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each of the Voting Parties shall promptly vote their respective Shares (i) to remove the former Chief Executive Officer from the Board if such person has not resigned as a member of the Board and (ii) to elect such person’s replacement as Chief Executive Officer of the Company as the new CEO Director;

(vii) Two (2) representatives designated by the Board, with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors, who are not employed by the Company or otherwise affiliated with the Company or any stockholder holding one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (each an “Independent Director”), who shall initially be Thomas R. Engels and Daniel Even (the “Independent Directors”); provided, however, that prior to March 19, 2020, a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors (including Preferred Stock Directors designated by at least two (2) out of the three (3) of OrbiMed, Meritech and General Atlantic) may, by written notice to the Company, reduce the then authorized number of directors of the Company and the number of Independent Directors by one (1), and the remaining Independent Director(s) shall be designated by the Board, with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors; and

(viii) One (1) representative designated by EW Healthcare, with the approval of the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors (excluding any Preferred Stock Director designated by EW Healthcare), who is an industry expert with operating experience (the “Industry Expert Director”); provided however that in the event that EW Healthcare, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the EW Healthcare Minimum Shares, the Industry Expert Director shall be designated by the Board, with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors.

 

- 3 -


(b) Committee Membership. Each Preferred Stock Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any committee of the Board.

(c) Appointment of Directors. In the event of the resignation, death, removal or disqualification of a director selected under this Section 2, a new director shall promptly be designated and elected following the procedure originally used to elect the director being replaced and, after written notice of the designation has been given by the Company to the Voting Parties following the director’s designation (and such nominee has been designated as provided in this Section 2), each Voting Party shall vote its shares of capital stock of the Company to elect such designee to the Board.

(d) Removal. A director elected under this Section 2 may be removed at any time and from time to time, with or without cause (subject to the Bylaws of the Company as in effect from time to time and any requirements of law) in the following manner: in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(i), by Fjord or, in the event that Fjord, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the Fjord Minimum Shares, by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(ii), by OrbiMed or, in the event that OrbiMed, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the OrbiMed Minimum Shares, by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(iii), by Meritech or, in the event that Meritech, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the Meritech Minimum Shares, by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(iv), by General Atlantic or, in the event that General Atlantic, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the General Atlantic Minimum Shares, by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(v), by EW Healthcare or, in the event that EW Healthcare, together with its Affiliates, ceases to own at least the EW Healthcare Minimum Shares, by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(vi) who is the then-current Chief Executive Officer, by a majority of the Company’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, it being understood that the Board has sole discretion to replace the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company; and in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(vii) or Section 2(a)(viii), by holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred or by the Board, with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization

 

- 4 -


(f) For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, any Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

(g) The Company will promptly reimburse all reasonable expenses of the non-employee directors appointed pursuant to this Section 2 incurred in connection with their travel to and attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board and, with the separate approval of the Board, other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company, including without limitation reasonable travel and accommodation expenses.

3. Vote to Increase Authorized Stock.

(a) Common Stock. Each Voting Party agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned by such Voting Party, as the case may be, or over which such Voting Party has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock available for conversion of all of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at any given time.

(b) Preferred Stock. Each Voting Party agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned by such Voting Party, as the case may be, or over which such Voting Party has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to increase the number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Series E Preferred Stock available for sale and issuance pursuant to Section 2.9 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of even date herewith, by and among the Company and certain of the stockholders of the Company (the “Rights Agreement”).

4. Drag-Along Right.

(a) Definitions. A “Sale of the Company” shall mean either: (a) a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires from stockholders of the Company (the “Selling Stockholders”) shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “Stock Sale”); or (b) a transaction that qualifies as a “Liquidating Transaction” as defined in Section 2(a)(v)(B) or (C) under Part B of Article IV of the Restated Certificate.

(b) Actions to be Taken. In the event that (i) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock, and (ii) the Board of Directors, each approve a Sale of the Company in writing, then each Voting Party and the Company hereby agree:

(i) if such transaction requires stockholder approval, with respect to all Shares that such Voting Party owns or over which such Voting Party otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all such Shares in favor of, and adopt, such Sale of the Company (together with any related amendment to the Restated Certificate required in order to implement such Sale of the Company, but subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock set forth therein) and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such Sale of the Company;

 

- 5 -


(ii) if such transaction is a Stock Sale, to sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by such Voting Party as is being sold by the Selling Stockholders to the Person to whom the Selling Stockholders propose to sell their Shares, and, subject to Section 4(c) below, on the same terms and conditions as the Selling Stockholders;

(iii) to execute and deliver all related documentation (except for any non-competition or non-solicitation agreement or other agreement that directly or indirectly limits or restricts any Voting Party’s or its Affiliates’ business or activities) and take such other action in support of the Sale of the Company as shall reasonably be requested by the Company or the Selling Stockholders in order to carry out the terms and provisions of this Section 4, including without limitation executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver (it being understood that no Voting Party shall be required to execute a consent or waiver with the effect of waiving any rights of such Voting Party or the series of Preferred Stock held by it), governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances) and any similar or related documents;

(iv) not to deposit, and to cause their Affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in this Agreement, any Shares of the Company owned by such party or Affiliate in a voting trust or subject any Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquiror in connection with the Sale of the Company;

(v) to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Sale of the Company;

(vi) if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to this Section 4 includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Voting Party would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (y) the provision to any Voting Party of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Voting Party in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Voting Party, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the securities which such Voting Party would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares; and

 

- 6 -


(vii) in the event that the Selling Stockholders, in connection with such Sale of the Company, appoint a stockholder representative (the “Stockholder Representative”) with respect to matters affecting the stockholders under the applicable definitive transaction agreements following consummation of such Sale of the Company, (x) to consent to (1) the appointment of such Stockholder Representative, (2) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (3) the payment of such Voting Party’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Stockholder Representative in connection with such Stockholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Sale of the Company and its related service as the representative of the Selling Stockholders, and (y) not to assert any claim or commence any suit against the Stockholder Representative or any other Voting Party with respect to any action or inaction taken or failed to be taken by the Stockholder Representative in connection with its service as the Stockholder Representative, absent fraud or willful misconduct.

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Voting Party will not be required to comply with Section 4(b) above in connection with any proposed Sale of the Company (the “Proposed Sale”) unless:

(i) any representations and warranties to be made by such Voting Party in connection with the Proposed Sale are limited to representations and warranties related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such Shares, including, but not limited to, representations and warranties that (i) the Voting Party holds all right, title and interest in and to the Shares such Voting Party purports to hold, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (ii) the obligations of the Voting Party in connection with the transaction have been duly authorized, if applicable, (iii) the documents to be entered into by the Voting Party have been duly executed by the Voting Party and delivered to the acquirer and are enforceable against the Voting Party in accordance with their respective terms; and (iv) neither the execution and delivery of documents to be entered into in connection with the transaction, nor the performance of the Voting Party’s obligations thereunder, will cause a breach or violation of the terms of any agreement to which the Voting Party is a party, or law or judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency applicable to the Voting Party;

(ii) the Voting Party shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other person or entity in connection with the Proposed Sale, other than the Company (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders);

(iii) the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Voting Party in the Proposed Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company or its stockholders in connection with such Proposed Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), and is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration paid to such Voting Party in connection with such Proposed Sale;

 

- 7 -


(iv) upon the consummation of the Proposed Sale, (A) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock, (B) each holder of a series of Preferred Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such series of Preferred Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same series, (C) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, and (D) unless (x) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock and (y) the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock, elect to receive a lesser amount by written notice given to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such Proposed Sale, the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be allocated among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on the basis of the relative liquidation preferences to which the holders of each respective series of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock are entitled in a Liquidating Transaction (assuming for this purpose that the Proposed Sale is a Liquidating Transaction) in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect immediately prior to the Proposed Sale; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares held by such Voting Party pursuant to this Section 4(c)(iv) includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Voting Party would require under applicable law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (y) the provision to any Voting Party of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Voting Party in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares held by such Voting Party, which would have otherwise been sold by such Voting Party, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board) of the securities which such Voting Party would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares held by such Voting Party; and

(v) subject to clause (iv) above, requiring the same form of consideration to be available to the holders of any single class or series of capital stock, if any holders of any capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Proposed Sale, all holders of such capital stock will be given the same option; provided, however, that nothing in this clause (v) shall entitle any holder to receive any form of consideration that such holder would be ineligible to receive as a result of such holder’s failure to satisfy any condition, requirement or limitation that is generally applicable to the Company’s stockholders.

(d) Restrictions on Sales of Control of the Company. No Voting Party shall be a party to any Stock Sale unless all holders of Preferred Stock are allowed to participate in such transaction and the consideration received pursuant to such transaction is allocated among the parties thereto in the manner specified in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect immediately prior to the Stock Sale (as if such transaction were a Liquidating Transaction), unless (x) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock and (y) the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock, elect otherwise by written notice given to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction or series of related transactions.

 

- 8 -


5. Voting.

(a) Covenant to Vote. Each Voting Party or its representative shall appear in person or by proxy at any annual or special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of obtaining a quorum and shall vote the shares of the Company’s capital stock owned or controlled by such Voting Party and entitled to vote upon any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company in a manner so as to be consistent and not in conflict with, and to implement, the terms of this Agreement. Each Voting Party shall execute any and all written consents circulated with regard to any matter reasonably necessary to implement the terms of this Agreement in a manner that is consistent and not in conflict with, and to implement, the terms of this Agreement.

(b) No Voting or Conflicting Agreements. No Voting Party shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to the Shares held by such Voting Party nor shall any Voting Party enter into any stockholder agreements or arrangements of any kind with any person with respect to their shares inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with other stockholders of the Company that are not parties to this Agreement). The foregoing prohibition includes, but is not limited to, agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition, disposition or voting of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock held by such Voting Parties, unless the acquiror or transferee of such shares agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement with respect to the voting of such shares. No Voting Party shall act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other persons in connection with the acquisition, disposition or voting of shares of the Company’s capital stock in any manner which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney. Each party to this Agreement hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxies of the party and hereby grants a power of attorney to the President of the Company, and a designee of the Selling Stockholders, and each of them, with full power of substitution, with respect to the matters set forth herein, including without limitation, election of persons as members of the Board in accordance with Section 2 hereto, votes to increase authorized shares pursuant to Section 3 hereof and votes regarding any Sale of the Company pursuant to Section 4 hereof, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the party (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent), in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such party’s Shares in favor of the election of persons as members of the Board determined pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or the increase of authorized shares or approval of any Sale of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of Sections 3 and 4, respectively, of this Agreement or to take any action necessary to effect Sections 3 and 4, respectively, of this Agreement. Each of the proxy and power of attorney granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 8 hereof. Each party hereto hereby revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Shares and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 8 hereof, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposit any of the Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of the Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth herein.

 

- 9 -


(d) Injunctive Relief. It is acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

(e) Remedies Cumulative. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6. Legends. Each certificate representing any Voting Parties’ shares shall be endorsed by the Company with a legend reading as follows:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A CERTAIN VOTING AGREEMENT, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK OF THE CORPORATION (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CORPORATION), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.”

The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not remove, and will not permit to be removed (upon registration of transfer, reissuance or otherwise), the legend from any such certificate and will place or cause to be placed the legend on any new certificate issued to represent Shares theretofore represented by a certificate carrying the legend.

7. Covenants of the Company.

(a) The Company agrees to use its best efforts to ensure that the rights given to the Voting Parties hereunder are effective and that such parties enjoy the benefits thereof. Such actions include without limitation the use of the Company’s best efforts to cause the nomination and election of the designees as provided in Section 2(a), to enforce the terms of this Agreement and to inform the Voting Parties of any breach hereof (to the extent the company has knowledge thereof). The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all provisions of this Agreement and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary, appropriate or reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Shares (assuming exercise and conversion of all outstanding securities) in order to protect the rights of the parties hereunder against impairment and to assist the Voting Parties in the exercise of their rights and the performance of their obligations hereunder.

 

- 10 -


(b) Notwithstanding Section 9 below, in the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Company issues shares of its voting securities to any officer or employee, whose shares constitute one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted), the Company shall cause such person to execute a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, and such person shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Stockholders as a Stockholder hereunder and Exhibit A shall be updated to reflect the addition of such person as a party hereto.

(c) Upon the election of Brooks Andrews as a Preferred Stock Director pursuant to Section 2(a)(v) above, the Company shall enter into the Company’s standard form of indemnification agreement with Brooks Andrews in his capacity as a member of the Board.

(d) Upon the election of the Industry Expert Director pursuant to Section 2(a)(viii) above, the Company shall enter into the Company’s standard form of indemnification agreement with the Industry Expert Director in his capacity as a member of the Board.

8. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Restated Certificate) or (b) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction.

9. Amendment; Waivers. Any term hereof may be amended or waived with the written consent of (i) the Company and (ii) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, voting together as a separate class on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 2(a)(i) and the applicable clause of Section 2(d) shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Fjord (if then entitled to appoint a director hereunder) or by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock (if Fjord is not then entitled to appoint a director hereunder); Section 2(a)(ii) and the applicable clause of Section 2(d) shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of OrbiMed (if then entitled to appoint a director hereunder) or by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock (if OrbiMed is not then entitled to appoint a director hereunder); Section 2(a)(iii) and the applicable clause of Section 2(d) shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Meritech (if then entitled to appoint a director hereunder) or by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock (if Meritech is not then entitled to appoint a director hereunder); Section 2(a)(iv) and the applicable clause of Section 2(d) shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of General Atlantic (if then entitled to appoint a director hereunder) or by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock (if General Atlantic is not then entitled to appoint a director hereunder); and Section 2(a)(v) and the applicable clause of Section 2(d) shall not be amended or

 

- 11 -


waived without the written consent of EW Healthcare (if then entitled to appoint a director hereunder) or by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock (if EW Healthcare is not then entitled to appoint a director hereunder); provided, further, that any waiver or amendment of Section 4(c)(iv), Section 4(d), this Section 9 and any other provision in this Agreement relating to rights specific to holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of the holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the voting power of the Series E Preferred Stock; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Stockholders shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of Shares held by the Stockholders; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock in a manner that is different than other similarly situated series of Preferred Stock shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of such adversely affected series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement in a manner that adversely affects any Investor in a manner different from any other Investor shall require the written consent of the adversely affected Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 9 shall be binding upon the Company, the Voting Parties, and each of their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exhibits A and B hereto may be amended by the Company without the consent of the other parties hereto from time to time to reflect (i) additional Stockholders pursuant to Section 7(b); or (ii) in connection with transfers of Shares held by Investors permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 10.

10. Transfers. Each transferee or assignee of any Shares subject to this Agreement shall continue to be subject to the terms hereof, and, as a condition precedent to the Company’s recognizing such transfer, each transferee or assignee shall agree in writing to be subject to each of the terms of this Agreement by executing and delivering a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement by any transferee, such transferee shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such transferee were the transferor and such transferee’s signature appeared on the signature pages of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be an Investor and Voting Party, or Stockholder and Voting Party, as applicable. The Company shall not permit the transfer of the Shares subject to this Agreement on its books or issue a new certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 10. Each certificate representing the Shares subject to this Agreement if issued on or after the date of this Agreement shall be endorsed by the Company with the legend set forth in Section 6.

11. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient on the date of delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth on the signature pages hereto, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

12. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

- 12 -


13. Governing Law. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SHALL GOVERN THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PERFORMANCE BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

15. Successors and Assigns; Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Restated Certificate and the exhibits hereto constitute the entire contract between the Company and the Voting Parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Subject to the exceptions specifically set forth in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the requisite Investors and the Company, the Prior Voting Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect and is hereby amended and restated herein.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:    ADDRESS:
SONENDO, INC.    26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

By:   /s/ Bjarne Bergheim
  Bjarne Bergheim,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STOCKHOLDER AND INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
/s/ Bjarne Bergheim    

 

    Bjarne Bergheim    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STOCKHOLDER:     ADDRESS:
    26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
/s/ Olav B. Bergheim    

 

    Olav B. Bergheim    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
CVF, LLC   

222 N. La Salle Street

Suite 200
Chicago, IL 60601

 

By: By:   /s/ Richard H. Robb
Name:   Richard H. Robb
Title:   Manager

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, L.P.    21 Waterway Avenue, Suite 225
The Woodlands, TX 77380

 

By:   /s/ Martin P. Sutter
Name:   Martin P. Sutter
Title:   Managing Director

 

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-A, L.P.   

21 Waterway Avenue, Suite 225
The Woodlands, TX 77380

 

By:   /s/ Martin P. Sutter
Name:   Martin P. Sutter
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
FJORD CAPITAL PARTNERS I, L.P.   

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

  

 

By:   Fjord Venture Partners I, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim
  Olav B. Bergheim,
  Manager

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STOCKHOLDER AND INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
FJORD VENTURES LLC    26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim
  Olav B. Bergheim,
  President

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

FJORDINVEST, LLC,

a Nevada limited liability company

   

c/o Becker Financial

2082 Michelson Drive, Suite 302

Irvine, CA 92612

By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim    
 

Olav B. Bergheim,

Manager

   

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

FJORDINVEST (CAYMAN) LTD.

   

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim    
Name:   Olav B. Bergheim,    
Its:   Chief Executive Officer    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

FJORDINVEST (CAYMAN) II LTD.

   

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim    
Name:   Olav B. Bergheim,    
Its:   Chief Executive Officer    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
GAMLA LIVFÖRSÄKRINGSAKTIEBOLAGET SEB TRYGG LIV (publ)     106 40 Stockholm
Sweden

 

By:   /s/ Anders Jöngard
Name:   Anders Jöngard
Title:   Inv Director

 

By:   /s/ Victor Lang
Name:   Victor Lang
Title:   CIO, SEB PE

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

GENERAL ATLANTIC (SOI), L.P.

 

By: General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC, its general partner

   

c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC

55 East 52nd Street, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10055

By: General Atlantic, LLC its sole member    

By: /s/ J. Frank Brown                

Name: J. Frank Brown

Title: Managing Director

   

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

JMR CAPITAL LIMITED

   

 

c/o Kitano Capital

2711 N. Haskell Avenue

Suite 1650

By: /s/ David Nishida                        

David Nishida, Director

    Dallas, TX 75204

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund

By: its Investment Adviser

ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC

   

10 Fillmore Street, Suite 325

Denver, CO 80206

By: /s/ David Corkins                        

Name: David Corkins

Title: Managing Member

   

ArrowMark Life Science Fund, LP

By: its General Partner

AMP Life Science GP, LLC

   

By: /s/ David Corkins                          

Name: David Corkins

Title: Managing Member

   

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, L.P.

By: its General Partner

ArrowMark Partners GP, LLC

   

By: /s/ David Corkins                          

Name: David Corkins

Title: Managing Member

   
Lookfar Investments, LLC    

By: /s/ David Corkins                          

Name: David Corkins

Title: Managing Member

   

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

   

ADDRESS:

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES IV, L.P.    

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 125

Palo Alto, CA 94301

By: Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C.,

its General Partner

   

 

By:   /s/ Paul Madera
  Paul Madera, a managing member
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By: Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Paul Madera
 

Paul Madera, a managing member

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

   

ADDRESS:

MICRO, LLC

   

c/o Becker Financial

2082 Michelson Drive, Suite 302

Irvine, CA 92612

 

By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim
 

Olav B. Bergheim

Its: Manager

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

  

ADDRESS:

N5 INVESTMENTS AS

  

Parkveien 55

N-0256 Oslo

Norway

 

By:   /s/ Pal R. Jensen                                        
 

Name: Pal R. Jensen

Its:   CEO

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

  

ADDRESS:

NEOMED INNOVATION V L.P.

 

By: Its General Partner, NeoMed Innovation V Limited

  

13 Castle Street

St. Helier

Jersey

JE4 5UT

 

By:   /s/ Ashley Vardon
 

Name: Ashley Vardon

Title: Director

By:   /s/ Christina Kembery
 

Name: Christina Kembery

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

STOCKHOLDER AND INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
/s/ Hugh Andrew Neuharth    

 

Hugh Andrew Neuharth    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    

ADDRESS:

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IV, LP     OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP
          OrbiMed Advisors, LLC

By:

  OrbiMed Capital GP IV LLC,       601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor
  its General Partner       New York, NY 10022
 

By:

  OrbiMed Advisors LLC,      
    its Managing Member      
    By:   /s/ Carl Gordon      
   

Name: Carl Gordon

Title: Member

     

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian

   

FBO Olav Bergheim IRA.

   
By:   /s/ Chris Rains      
Name:   Chris Rains      

Its:

  Authorized Signatory      
By:   /s/ Olav Bergheim      
Name:   Olav Bergheim      

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND    

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Steve Berger

By:   /s/ James H. Mannix    

 

Name:   James H. Mannix    
Title:   C.O.O.    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
SECURITY PACIFIC FINANCE, LTD.   

c/o RBC Trustees (Guernsey) Ltd.

P.O. Box 48 Canada Court

GYI 38Q St. Peter Port

Guernsey, Channel Islands

 

By:   /s/ Tanya Marrett /s/ Martyn Russell
Name:   Tanya Marrett and Martyn Russell
TItle:   Authorized Signatories for RBC
Directorship Services (Guernsey) Limited Director
By:   /s/ Tanya Marrett /s/ Martyn Russell
Name:   Tanya Marrett and Martyn Russell
TItle:   Authorized Signatories for RBC
Corporate Services (Guernsey) Limited Director

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
/s/ Andrew Wade    

 

Andrew Wade    

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:    ADDRESS:
BROADFIN HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND LTD   

300 Park Ave
25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

By:   /s/ Kevin Ketter
Name:   Kevin Ketter
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:     ADDRESS:
Redmile Private Investments II, L.P.     c/o Redmile Group, LLC
    One Letterman Drive
    Suite D3-300
By:   /s/ Josh Garcia     San Francisco, CA 94129
Name:   Josh Garcia    
Title:  

Chief Financial Officer and Authorized

Signatory of Redmile Group, LLC, the

managing member of Redmile Private

Investments II (GP), LLC, its general partner

   

 

[Signature Page to Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS

Bjarne Bergheim

Olav Bergheim

Thomas R. Engels

Fjord Ventures LLC

Morteza Gharib

Erik Hars

Hugh Neuharth


EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, LP

ArrowMark Life Science Fund, LP

Bjarne Bergheim

Troy Bremer

Broadfin Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

Thomas R. Engels

Daniel and Phyllis Even, Joint Tenants

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, L.P.

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-A, L.P.

Fjord Capital Partners I, LP

Fjord Ventures, LLC

Fjordinvest, LLC

Fjordinvest (Cayman) Ltd.

The Stuart and Marianne Foster Trust

Kieran and Mary Ellen Gallahue Family Trust

Gamla Livförsäkringsaktiebolaget Seb Trygg Liv (publ)

The Huennekens Family Trust dtd 6/14/2007

James R. Margolis and Marja P. Margolis JTWROS

Lookfar Investments, LLC

Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund

Meritech Capital Affiliates IV, L.P.

Meritech Capital Partners IV, L.P.

Micro, LLC

Gary S. Mocnik Retirement Trust

N5 Investments AS

NeoMed Innovation V L.P.    

Hugh Neuharth

Orbimed Private Investments IV, LP

Redmile Private Investments, II, L.P.

The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University (SBST)

TIP-Sonendo Limited

Andrew Wade

DNA 07 Limited

Timwell Corporation Limited

CVF, LLC

Fjordinvest (Cayman) II Ltd.

JMR Capital Limited

Per Magnus Andersson

Security Pacific Finance, Ltd.

Randy W. Garland, DDS, Inc. Cash Balance Plan &Trust

Reid V. Pullen, D.D.S., P.C.


Chad O. Edwards

Marcus Palermo

Pirooz A. Zia

General Atlantic (SOI), L.P.

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund

CPV Holdings, LLC

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian FBO Olav Bergheim IRA.


EXHIBIT C

Joinder Agreement to Sonendo, Inc.

Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

The undersigned hereby agrees, effective as of the date hereof, to become a party to, and be bound by and subject to the terms of, that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of December 10, 2019, as may be amended from time to time, by and among Sonendo, Inc. (the “Company”) and the other parties from time to time named therein, and for all purposes of the Agreement, the undersigned shall be included within the term Stockholder as a Stockholder thereunder, as defined in the Agreement. The address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent to the undersigned are as follows:

Address:

 

By:
 
Print Name:
Date:

Exhibit 4.3

SONENDO, INC.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of October 26, 2018, by and among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the persons listed on the attached Schedule A who become signatories to this Agreement (collectively, the “Investors”).

R E C I T A L S

A. The Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of July 20, 2017 (the “Prior Agreement”).

B. In connection with the purchase and sale of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), of the Company pursuant to the terms of a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated October 26, 2018 by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) party thereto (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company and the other parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

C. The obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, any Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund, private equity fund or other pooled investment vehicle now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person. For the avoidance of doubt, DNA 07 Limited and Timwell Corporation Limited shall be deemed Affiliates for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.


(d) “Convertible Securities” shall mean the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series C Preferred Stock”), Series C-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series C-1 Preferred Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series D Preferred Stock”), and Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series E Preferred Stock”).

(e) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

(f) “Form S-3” shall mean Form S-3 issued by the Commission or any substantially similar form then in effect.

(g) “Holder” shall mean any holder of outstanding Registrable Securities, but only if such holder is an Investor or an assignee or transferee of Registrable Securities.

(h) “Initiating Holders” shall mean Holders who in the aggregate hold at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.

(i) “Major Holder” shall mean an Investor or transferees of such Investor who together with its Affiliates in the aggregate are Holders of not less than five percent (5%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock.

(j) “Material Adverse Event” shall mean an occurrence having a consequence that either (a) is materially adverse as to the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company or (b) is reasonably foreseeable, and if it were to occur might materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company.

(k) “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization.

(l) “Preferred Stock Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

(m) “Qualified Public Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

(n) The terms “Register”, “Registered” and “Registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (“Registration Statement”), and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

(o) “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Convertible Securities; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; (iii) any securities of the Company granted Registration rights pursuant to Section 3.7 of this Agreement and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or

 

2


other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold or transferred by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned, and excluding for purposes of any shares for which Registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 3.13 of this Agreement.

(p) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 3.1 or 3.2 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all federal and state registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one (1) special counsel for the Holders selected by the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (if different from the Company), blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such Registration, but excludes underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes and fees of any additional counsel to the selling stockholders, except as otherwise provided herein.

(q) “Restated Certificate” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended from time to time).

(r) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

(s) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

(t) “Voting Agreement” shall mean that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Stockholders (as such term is used therein) and the Investors (as such term is used therein).

SECTION 2. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

2.1 Financial Statements and Reports to Stockholders; Budget.

The Company shall deliver to each Major Holder:

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year and audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such year, which year-end financial reports shall be in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by the opinion of independent public accountants of a nationally recognized standing selected by the Company.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such month and consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, all prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

3


(c) As soon as practicable following submission to and approval by the Board, but in no event later than the end of each fiscal year, a comprehensive operating budget forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses, and cash position on a month-to-month basis for the next fiscal year, and promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

(d) Promptly following the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, an up-to-date capitalization table.

(e) Contemporaneously with delivery to holders of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, a copy of each report of the Company that the Company delivers to such holders of Common Stock or other securities of the Company.

2.2 Inspection.

The Company shall permit each Major Holder, at such Major Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by each such Major Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide any information which it reasonably considers upon advice of counsel to be a trade secret or confidential information. The rights of a Major Holder under this Section 2.2 may not be assigned as part of such Major Holder’s sale of any of the Registrable Securities or Convertible Securities except with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

2.3 Confidentiality.

Each Investor agrees and will cause any representative of the Investor to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Section 2, except that such Investor may disclose such information to (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) any general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent (and their respective representatives) of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as (a) such general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 2.3 and (b) such Investor uses its commercially reasonable best efforts to ensure that such general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent holds such information in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any information provided to or learned by it except as required by law; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the Company acknowledges that the Investors may invest in, or have general knowledge with respect to, the industry in which the Company operates and the topics generally covered in information provided by the Company (including, without limitation, any confidential information). Neither the execution of this Agreement nor receipt of Company confidential information shall restrict or preclude such activities or use of such general knowledge.

 

4


2.4 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements.

The Company agrees to require each officer, each current employee of the Company and each employee hired by the Company after the date hereof to execute a non-disclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the each of the Preferred Stock Directors as a condition of employment or continued employment or engagement, as the case may be, unless otherwise approved by the Board.

2.5 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements.

To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company agrees to require each officer, each current employee of the Company and each employee hired by the Company after the date hereof to execute a one-year non-competition and non-solicitation agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to each of the Preferred Stock Directors as a condition of employment or continued employment or engagement, as the case may be, unless otherwise approved by the Board.

2.6 Lock-Up and Drag Along Agreements.

The Company agrees that, until the time of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement, in the event that the Company enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of capital stock) to such Person, the Company agrees to include, as a condition to entering into such agreement, a market standoff or “lockup” language substantially the same as Section 3.9.

2.7 Voting Agreement.

The Company agrees that, until the time of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement, in the event that the Company (i) enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock to such Person, following which such Person shall hold Shares constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged) or (ii) enters into an agreement with any Person with respect to the grant of restricted stock or stock options, then the Company shall cause such Person, as a condition precedent to entering into such agreement, to become a party to the Voting Agreement.

2.8 Insurance.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Company shall cause to be maintained a key man life insurance policy on Bjarne Bergheim in an amount designated by the Board, with the proceeds payable to the Company. The Company shall maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (the “D & O Policy”) from financially sound and reputable insurers in an amount approved by the Board.

 

5


2.9 Additional Investment Opportunities. If General Atlantic (SOI), L.P. (“General Atlantic”) purchases at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, then General Atlantic and the other “Investors” who purchased Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 20, 2017 by and among the Company, General Atlantic, and such other Investors (the “Other Existing Holders”) shall have the right to make additional investments in the Company as follows:

(a) June 2019 and December 2019 Options.

(i) June 2019 Option.

(1) At any time between June 14, 2019 and September 14, 2019, the Company may elect to hold a closing (the “June 2019 Financing”) at which General Atlantic, and each of the Other Existing Holders that has not failed to purchase its commitment of Series E Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement (the “Eligible Holders”), shall have a right, but not an obligation to invest in the Company an aggregate amount up to Seventeen Million Dollars ($17,000,000); provided that such amount shall be allocated (A) Thirteen Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,600,000) to General Atlantic and (B) Three Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,400,000) to the Eligible Holders pro rata according to the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by the Eligible Holders. If the Company elects to hold the June 2019 Financing, the Company shall give written notice to General Atlantic and the Eligible Holders at least twenty (20) days in advance of the consummation thereof (the “June 2019 Financing Notice”). General Atlantic and the Eligible Holders shall exercise their investment right contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(i)(1) (if at all) by giving written notice thereof (which such notice shall state the amount such Person elects to invest) to the Company no later than fifteen (15) days following the date of delivery of the June 2019 Financing Notice. The June 2019 Financing contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(i)(1) will only be held if General Atlantic elects to exercise its investment right under this Section 2.9(a)(i)(1) and invests at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in connection with the June 2019 Financing. The consummation of the June 2019 Financing shall occur promptly after the date, if any, as General Atlantic elects to exercise its investment right contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(i)(1); provided that the consummation of the June 2019 Financing may be tolled to the extent necessary pending the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals.

(2) In the event the Company does not elect to hold the June 2019 Financing, General Atlantic shall have a right, but not an obligation, to elect, between September 16, 2019 and September 30, 2019 to hold the June 2019 Financing at which General Atlantic will invest an amount equal to at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) but not to exceed Thirteen Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,600,000), and the Eligible Holders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to invest up to Three Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,400,000) pro rata according to the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by the Eligible Holders. The consummation of the June 2019 Financing contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(i)(2) shall occur promptly after the date, if any, as General Atlantic elects to

 

6


hold the June 2019 Financing, but in no event later than October 15, 2019; provided that the consummation of the June 2019 Financing may be tolled to the extent necessary pending the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, General Atlantic shall have no right to elect to hold the June 2019 Financing if the Company has filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement for a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided that if the Company does not consummate such public offering within three (3) months of the filing of such registration statement, General Atlantic shall again have the right to elect, within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of such three- (3-) month period, to hold the June 2019 Financing in accordance with this Section 2.9(a)(i)(2).

(ii) December 2019 Option.

(1) At any time between December 2, 2019 and March 4, 2020, the Company may elect to hold a closing (the “December 2019 Financing”) at which General Atlantic and each of the Eligible Holders shall have a right, but not an obligation, to invest in the Company an aggregate amount up to Twenty-Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($22,500,000); provided that such amount shall be allocated (A) Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000) to General Atlantic and (B) Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) to the Eligible Holders pro rata according to the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by the Eligible Holders. If the Company elects to hold the December 2019 Financing, the Company shall give written notice to General Atlantic and the Eligible Holders at least twenty (20) days in advance of the consummation thereof (the “December 2019 Financing Notice”). General Atlantic and the Eligible Holders shall exercise their investment right contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(1) (if at all) by giving written notice thereof (which such notice shall state the amount such Person elects to invest) to the Company no later than fifteen (15) days following the date of delivery of the December 2019 Financing Notice. The December 2019 Financing contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(1) will only be held if General Atlantic elects to exercise its investment right contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(1) and invests at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in connection with the December 2019 Financing. The consummation of the December 2019 Financing shall occur promptly after the date, if any, as General Atlantic elects to exercise its investment right contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(1); provided that the consummation of the December 2019 Financing may be tolled to the extent necessary pending the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals.

(2) In the event the Company does not elect to hold the December 2019 Financing, General Atlantic shall have a right, but not an obligation, to elect, between March 5, 2020 and March 19, 2020, to hold the December 2019 Financing at which General Atlantic will invest an amount equal to at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) but not to exceed Eighteen Million Dollars ($18,000,000), and the Eligible Holders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to invest up to Four Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000) pro rata according to the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by the Eligible Holders. The consummation of the December 2019 Financing contemplated by this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(2) shall occur promptly after the date, if any, as General Atlantic elects to hold the December 2019 Financing, but in no event later than April 3, 2020; provided that the consummation of the December 2019 Financing may be tolled to the extent necessary pending

 

7


the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, General Atlantic shall have no right to elect to hold the December 2019 Financing if the Company has filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement for a firmly underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided that if the Company does not consummate such public offering within three (3) months of the filing of such registration statement, General Atlantic shall again have the right to elect, within fourteen (14) days after the expiration of such three- (3-) month period to hold the December 2019 Financing in accordance with this Section 2.9(a)(ii)(2).

(iii) The rights of investment in favor of General Atlantic and the Eligible Holders set forth in Sections 2.9(a)(i) and 2.9(a)(ii) above shall be for additional shares of Series E Preferred at a price of Eleven Dollars ($11.00) per share (subject to adjustment for splits, combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions) and shall be effectuated pursuant to customary documentation reasonably acceptable to General Atlantic and the Company.

(iv) If General Atlantic or any Eligible Holder elects, in connection with either the June 2019 Financing or the December 2019 Financing (each, a “2019 Financing”), as the case may be, to invest the full amount which General Atlantic or such Eligible Holder may be entitled to invest pursuant to Section 2.9(a)(i) or Section 2.9(a)(ii), as applicable (each an “Electing Investor”, which term shall include General Atlantic to the extent General Atlantic invests the full amount it is entitled to invest in the applicable 2019 Financing), then such Electing Investor shall have a right of overinvestment such that if General Atlantic or any Eligible Holder fails to invest the full amount which General Atlantic or such Eligible Holder is entitled to invest in connection with such 2019 Financing (the “Option Amount”), such Electing Investor may invest its pro rata share, based on the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by all Electing Investors, of the Option Amount which General Atlantic or any Eligible Holder did not invest.

(b) Incremental Options. If, at any time prior to July 20, 2019 (the “Incremental Investment Period”), the Board deems it necessary to raise additional capital through one or more privately placed bona fide equity offerings for capital raising purposes, then, with respect to all such equity offerings up to Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in the aggregate, the Company shall give written notice thereof (the “Incremental Offering Notice”) to General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders at least twenty (20) days in advance of the consummation thereof. Following delivery of an Incremental Offering Notice in respect of an equity offering, General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders shall have a right, but not an obligation, to invest in such equity offering (prior to any investment by any other Person), with such right allocated among General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders eighty percent (80%) to General Atlantic and twenty percent (20%) to the Other Existing Holders pro rata according to the respective amounts of Series E Preferred Stock owned by such other holders (the “Series E Option Allocation”). The foregoing right of investment in favor of General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders shall be for a new series of convertible preferred stock having substantially similar rights, privileges and preferences as, and pari passu with, the Series E Preferred Stock and shall be effectuated pursuant to customary documentation reasonably acceptable to General Atlantic and the Company; provided, however, that the Board shall determine the price per share in good faith and after reasonable consultation with General

 

8


Atlantic, and such price shall be no greater than one and three-quarters (1.75) times the Series E Original Issue Price (as defined in the Restated Certificate and subject to the adjustments therein contained) then in effect. If the Company delivers to General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders an Incremental Offering Notice within the Incremental Investment Period, General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders shall exercise their investment right (if at all) by giving written notice thereof to the Company no later than fifteen (15) days after the Incremental Offering Notice is delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and the consummation of the additional investment contemplated by this Section 2.9(b) shall occur promptly thereafter. If General Atlantic or any Other Existing Holder does not exercise its right during such fifteen (15) day period, such right shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to General Atlantic or such Other Existing Holder, as applicable. The Incremental Investment Period and the consummation of such additional investment may be tolled to the extent necessary pending the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals.

(c) The parties hereto understand and agree that to the extent General Atlantic does not exercise its rights set forth in Section 2.9(b) with respect to an Incremental Offering Notice, the rights of the Major Holders under Section 4 of this Agreement, to the extent applicable, shall apply to any sale of New Securities. The rights in favor of General Atlantic and the Other Existing Holders under this Section 2.9 may not be transferred, with or without the transfer of the related equity securities of the Company beneficially owned by General Atlantic or Other Existing Holders, to any person or entity, other than an Affiliated private equity fund or pooled investment vehicle of General Atlantic or such Other Existing Holder, as applicable.

2.10 Termination of Covenants.

The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 2, other than with respect to Section 2.3, shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and (b) the date when no shares of Registrable Securities or Convertible Securities shall be outstanding.

SECTION 3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

3.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Request for Registration on Form other than Form S-3.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event that the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders at any time after the earlier of (a) July 19, 2020 and (b) six (6) months after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of shares of Common Stock under a Registration Statement, a written request that the Company effect any Registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities on a form other than Form S-3 for an offering the reasonably anticipated aggregate net offering proceeds of which shall be no less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), the Company shall (i) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days, give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders and shall (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days, file the Registration Statement and use its reasonable best efforts to effect Registration of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with any Registrable Securities of any Holder joining in such request as are

 

9


specified in a written request given within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Company. The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such Registration pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) (i) within six (6) months of the effective date of a Registration initiated by the Company or (ii) after the Company has effected three (3) such Registrations pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) and such Registrations have been declared effective.

(b) Right of Deferral of Registration on Form other than Form S-3.

If the Company shall furnish to all such Holders who joined in the request a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for any Registration to be effected as requested under Section 3.1(a), the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of a Registration Statement with respect to such offering for a period of not more than sixty (60) days from delivery of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

(c) Request for Registration on Form S-3.

(i) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event that the Company receives from one or more Holders of Registrable Securities, a written request that the Company effect any Registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3 regardless of its designation), including a Registration covering the sale or distribution of Registrable Securities from time to time by the Holders on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration Statement”), at a time when the Company is eligible to Register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3 regardless of its designation), the Company will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days, give written notice of the proposed Registration to all the Holders and will as soon as practicable, and in any event within thirty (30) days, file the Registration Statement and use its best efforts to effect Registration of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request delivered to the Company within twenty (20) days after written notice from the Company of the proposed Registration. There shall be no limit to the number of occasions on which the Company shall be obligated to effect Registration under this Section 3.1(c), but the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) such Registrations hereunder in any twelve (12)-month period.

(ii) In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, any Holder covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such registration statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”), so long as the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect, and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection therewith; provided, that such offering of Shelf Registrable Securities would have an anticipated offering price of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the good faith discretion of the Holders. A Holder shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) with respect to such offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but no

 

10


later than two business days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company shall give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Sections 3.1(e)(iv), shall include in such Shelf Offering the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other holder of Shelf Registrable Securities that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder) within seven days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice) use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering. Each Holder agrees that such Holder shall treat as confidential the Shelf Offering Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in the Company’s notice regarding the Shelf Offering Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the other Holders will reasonably cooperate to effect the block trade as soon as practicable and in accordance with market customs.

(d) Registration of Other Securities in Demand Registration.

Any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders under Section 3.1(a) may, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1(e), include securities of the Company other than Registrable Securities.

(e) Underwriting in Demand Registration.

(i) Notice of Underwriting.

If the Initiating Holders or requesting Holders under Section 3.1(c) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company, as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 3.1, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 3.1(a) or 3.1(c). The right of any Holder to Registration pursuant to Section 3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s agreement to participate in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting.

(ii) Inclusion of other Holders in Demand Registration.

If the Company, officers or directors of the Company holding Common Stock other than Registrable Securities or other holders of securities issued by the Company other than Registrable Securities, request inclusion in such Registration, the Initiating Holders, to the extent they deem advisable and consistent with the goals of such Registration, shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to any or all of the Company, such officers or directors and such holders of securities other than Registrable Securities that such securities other than Registrable Securities be included in the underwriting and may condition such offer on the acceptance by such persons of the terms of this Section 3.1.

 

11


(iii) Selection of Underwriter in Demand Registration.

The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement with the representative (“Underwriter’s Representative”) of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being Registered by the Initiating Holders or the requesting Holders, as the case may be, and agreed to by the Company.

(iv) Marketing Limitation in Demand Registration and Shelf Offering.

In the event of an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 3.1(a) or Section 3.1(c) the Underwriter’s Representative advises the Initiating Holders in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then (i) first the securities other than Registrable Securities and (ii) next the securities requested to be registered by the Company, shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent required by such limitation. If a limitation of the number of shares is still required, the Company shall so advise all Holders that have requested to sell Registrable Securities in such offering and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the Registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders at the time of filing the Registration Statement. No Registrable Securities or other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of this Section 3.1(e)(iv) shall be included in such Registration Statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the Underwriter’s Representative may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(v) Right of Withdrawal in Demand Registration.

If any Holder of Registrable Securities, or a holder of other securities entitled (upon request) to be included in such Registration, disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders delivered at least seven (7) days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement. If shares are so withdrawn from the Registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 3.1(e)(iv), the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the Registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion, in the manner set forth above in Section 3.1(e)(iv). Any remaining securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from the Registration Statement.

 

12


(f) Blue Sky in Demand Registration.

In the event of any Registration pursuant to Section 3.1, the Company will exercise its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably appropriate for the distribution of such securities; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, and (ii) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any jurisdiction in which the securities shall be qualified imposes a non-waivable requirement that expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the securities be borne by selling stockholders, such expenses shall be payable pro rata by selling stockholders.

3.2 Piggyback Registration.

(a) Notice of Piggyback Registration and Inclusion of Registrable Securities.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event the Company decides to Register any of its Common Stock (either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, but excluding any registration solely in connection with an employee benefit or stock ownership plan) on a form that would be suitable for a Registration involving solely Registrable Securities, the Company will: (i) promptly give each Holder written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws) and (ii) include in such Registration (and any related qualification under Blue Sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request delivered to the Company by any Holder within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such written notice from the Company.

(b) Underwriting in Piggyback Registration.

(i) Notice of Underwriting in Piggyback Registration.

If the Registration of which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 3.2(a) is for a Registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.2(a). In such event the right of any Holder to Registration shall be conditioned upon such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such underwriting to the extent provided in this Section 3. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement with the Underwriter’s Representative for such offering. The Holders shall have no right to participate in the selection of the underwriters for an offering pursuant to this Section 3.2.

 

13


(ii) Marketing Limitation in Piggyback Registration.

In the event the Underwriter’s Representative advises the Holders seeking Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2 in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Underwriter’s Representative (subject to the allocation priority set forth in Section 3.2(b)(iii)) may:

 

  (A)

in the case of the Company’s initial Registered public offering, exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such Registration and underwriting; and

 

  (B)

in the case of any subsequent registered public offering, limit the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration and underwriting to not less than twenty five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering.

(iii) Allocation of Shares in Piggyback Registration.

In the event that the Underwriter’s Representative limits the number of shares to be included in a Registration pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(ii), the number of shares to be included in such Registration shall be allocated (subject to Section 3.2(b)(ii)) in the following manner: The number of shares, if any, that may be included in the Registration and underwriting by selling stockholders shall first be allocated among all the requesting Holders pro rata according to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities owned by such requesting Holders and then among all other holders of securities other than Registrable Securities requesting and legally entitled to include shares in such Registration, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of securities (including Registrable Securities) that such Holders and such other holders would otherwise be entitled to include in such Registration. No Registrable Securities or other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of this Section 3.2(b)(iii) shall be included in the Registration Statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the Underwriter’s Representative may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(iv) Withdrawal in Piggyback Registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter delivered at least the later of seven (7) days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement and seven (7) days after receipt by such Holder of the terms of such underwriting. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such Registration.

 

14


(c) Blue Sky in Piggyback Registration.

In the event of any Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company will exercise its best efforts to Register and qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably appropriate for the distribution of such securities; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, and (ii) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any jurisdiction in which the securities shall be qualified imposes a non-waivable requirement that expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the securities be borne by selling stockholders, such expenses shall be payable pro rata by selling stockholders.

3.3 Expenses of Registration.

All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with three (3) Registrations pursuant to Section 3.1(a), all Registrations pursuant to Section 3.1(c) (Form S-3) and all Registrations pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether the Holders have sold any securities in such offering. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any other registration, qualification or compliance shall be apportioned among the Holders and other holders of the securities so registered on the basis of the number of shares so registered. Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 if the Registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be Registered (which Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to demand one of their Registrations pursuant to Section 3.1; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a Material Adverse Event not known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such Material Adverse Event, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 3.1. All Selling Expenses shall be borne by the respective holders of the securities Registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares registered on their behalf.

3.4 Registration Procedures.

The Company will keep each Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in any Registration pursuant to this Agreement advised as to the initiation and completion of such Registration. At its expense the Company will: (a) use its best efforts to keep such Registration effective for a period of one hundred and twenty days (120) (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, three (3) years) or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the Registration Statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement; (c) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering; (d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; (e) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and

 

15


provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such Registration; (f) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such Registration Statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith; and (g) furnish such number of prospectuses (including preliminary prospectuses) and other documents as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request.

The Company will notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

3.5 Information Furnished by Holder.

It shall be a condition precedent of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement that each Holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably request.

3.6 Indemnification.

(a) Companys Indemnification of Holders.

To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and constituent partners, legal counsel for the Holders, and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to which Registration, qualification or compliance of Registrable Securities has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) to the extent such claims, losses, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus or other document (including any related Registration Statement) incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance, or are based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or

 

16


necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such Holder or underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 3.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld); and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, underwriter, or controlling person and expressly stated to be for use in connection with the offering of securities of the Company.

(b) Holders Indemnification of Company.

To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such Registration, qualification or compliance is being effected pursuant to this Agreement, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, each legal counsel and independent accountant of the Company, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors and constituent partners and each person controlling such other Holder, against all claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) to the extent that such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such Registration; and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, partners, persons, law and accounting firms, underwriters or control persons for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in connection with the offering of securities of the Company, provided, however, that each Holder’s liability under this Section 3.6(b) shall be several, and not joint with other Holders, and shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the offering of securities made in connection with such Registration.

(c) Indemnification Procedure.

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.6 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 3.6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof and generally summarize such action. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and to assume the defense of such claim; provided,

 

17


however, that the indemnifying party shall be entitled to select counsel for the defense of such claim with the approval of any parties entitled to indemnification, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, however, that if either party reasonably determines that there may be a conflict between the position of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of such action, suit or proceeding by reason of recognized claims for indemnity under this Section 3.6, then counsel for such party shall be entitled to conduct the defense to the extent reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary to protect the interest of such party. The failure to notify an indemnifying party promptly of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to the ability of the indemnifying party to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party, to the extent so prejudiced, of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.6, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve such party of any liability that such party may have to any indemnified party otherwise other than under this Section 3.6.

(d) Contribution.

To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.6 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 3.6 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 3.6, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such claim, loss, damage or liability, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 3.6(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.6(b), exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the offering of securities made in connection with such Registration, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

18


3.7 Limitations on Registration Rights Granted to Other Securities.

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company providing for the granting to such holder of any information or Registration rights, except that, with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, additional holders may be added as parties to this Agreement with regard to any or all securities of the Company held by them. Any such additional parties shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement, and upon execution by such additional parties and by the Company, shall be considered an Investor for all purposes of this Agreement. The additional parties and the additional Registrable Securities shall be identified in an amendment to Schedule A hereto.

3.8 Transfer of Rights.

The rights to information under Section 2 and the right to cause the Company to Register securities granted by the Company to the Investors under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 may be assigned by any Holder to a transferee or assignee of any Convertible Securities or Registrable Securities acquiring at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, or all (whichever is lesser) of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (equitably adjusted for all stock splits, subdivisions, stock dividends, combinations and the like); provided, however, that (i) the Company must receive prompt written notice prior to the time of said transfer, stating the name and address of said transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such rights are being assigned, (ii) the transferee or assignee of such rights must not be a person deemed by the Board, in its best judgment, to be a competitor or potential competitor of the Company and (iii) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the limitation set forth in the foregoing sentence respecting the minimum number of Registrable Securities which must be transferred, (a) any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation may transfer such Holder’s rights (1) to entities affiliated directly or indirectly with such partnership, the manager of such limited liability company, such limited liability company or such corporation, (2) any partner (or retired or incoming partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (3) the spouse, siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder, (4) the estate of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder and (5) any custodian or trustee for the benefit of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder, as the case may be, (b) any Holder which is a natural person may transfer such Holder’s rights to any immediate family member or to any trust created for the benefit of such Holder or his or her immediate family members, and (c) any Holder that holds shares in its capacity as trustee, manager or custodian of a trust may transfer such Holder’s Registration rights to a replacement trustee, manager or custodian of the relevant trust, subject in each case to such transferee’s agreeing to be bound by the rights and restrictions of this Agreement and without restriction as to the number or percentage of shares acquired by any such transferee. The rights under Sections 2, 3.1 and 3.2 may be assigned by an Investor only as provided in this Section 3.8.

 

19


3.9 Market Stand-off.

If requested in writing by the underwriters for the initial Qualified Public Offering, each holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to sell publicly any shares of Registrable Securities or any other securities of the Company (other than shares of Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company being registered in such offering), without the consent of such underwriters, for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180 days) following the effective date of the registration statement relating to the initial Qualified Public Offering; provided, however, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to convince such managing underwriters to allow for alternative means of liquidity for the holders if, in the opinion of such managing underwriters, such liquidity can be provided without an adverse impact on such initial Qualified Public Offering; and, provided, further, however, that all persons entitled to Registration rights with respect to shares of Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement, all other persons selling shares of Common Stock in such offering, all executive officers and directors of the Company and all stockholders holding greater than one percent (1%) of the Company shall also have agreed not to sell publicly their Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

3.10 No-Action Letter or Opinion of Counsel in Lieu of Registration; Conversion of Preferred Stock.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, if the Company shall have obtained from the Commission a “no-action” letter in which the Commission has indicated that it will take no action if, without Registration under the Securities Act, any Holder disposes of Registrable Securities covered by any request for Registration made under this Agreement in the specific manner in which such Holder proposes to dispose of the Registrable Securities included in such request (such as including, without limitation, the inclusion of such Registrable Securities in an underwriting initiated by either the Company or the Holders), or if in the opinion of counsel for the Company concurred in by counsel for such Holder, which concurrence shall not be unreasonably withheld, no Registration under the Securities Act is required in connection with such disposition, the shares included in such request shall not be eligible for Registration under this Agreement; provided, however, that any Registrable Securities not so disposed of shall be eligible for Registration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement with respect to other proposed dispositions to which this Section 3.10 does not apply. The Registration rights of the Holders of Convertible Securities set forth in this Agreement are conditioned upon the conversion of the Convertible Securities with respect to which Registration is sought into Common Stock prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement.

3.11 Sale of Preferred Stock to Underwriter.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in lieu of converting any Convertible Securities prior to the filing of any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the holder of such Convertible Securities may sell such Convertible Securities to the underwriters of the offering being Registered upon the undertaking of such

 

20


underwriters to convert the Convertible Securities on or prior to the closing date of the offering. The Company agrees to cause the Common Stock issuable on the conversion of the Convertible Securities to be issued within such time period as will permit the underwriters to make and complete the distribution contemplated by the underwriting.

3.12 Rule 144 Requirements.

With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without Registration or pursuant to a Registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Registration Statement filed by the Company for the initial public offering;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the initial public offering), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the Commission that permits the selling of any such securities without Registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

3.13 Termination of Company Agreements.

The Registration rights set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate five (5) years after consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or, as to any Holder, at any time following the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, when such Holder is entitled to sell all of such Investor’s Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act without any limitations as to volume or manner of sale.

 

21


SECTION 4. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

4.1 Right of First Refusal.

(a) Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 through Section 4.8 hereof, the Company hereby grants to each Major Holder the right of first refusal to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in Section 4.2) that the Company may from time to time propose to sell and issue (the “Right of First Refusal”). For purposes of the Right of First Refusal, an Investor’s pro rata share (the “Pro Rata Share”) shall be equal to that number or amount of New Securities to be sold minus all New Securities (if any) agreed to be purchased by General Atlantic pursuant to Section 4.1(b) below, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all Convertible Securities owned by such Investor (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of all Convertible Securities held by the Investors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, shares held by General Atlantic, in the event that General Atlantic also exercises its rights under Section 4.1(b) below with respect to such offering) deemed to be outstanding (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Investor may, at the time it accepts the Company’s offer, subscribe to purchase any or all of the New Securities offered (“Oversubscription Securities”) that may be available as a result of the rejection, or partial rejection, of the offer by other Investors; provided, however, that, so long as General Atlantic’s rights under Section 4.1(b) below have not terminated, any allocation of Oversubscription Securities shall first be allocated to General Atlantic as set forth in Section 4.1(b) below with any remaining Oversubscription Securities being allocated among those other Investors who so subscribe to purchase Oversubscription Securities. All such remaining Oversubscription Securities shall be allocated among those Investors subscribing to purchase them in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all Convertible Securities held by each such Investor relative to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all Convertible Securities held by all Investors subscribing to purchase the remaining Oversubscription Securities.

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 4.1, prior to the Company’s initial public offering, General Atlantic shall have the right (but not the obligation) to purchase up to fifty percent (50%) of any New Securities until such time as General Atlantic has invested One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) in aggregate capital in the Company (including its purchase of shares of Series E Preferred Stock and any securities acquired pursuant to Section 2.9 of this Agreement), following which it will have the right to acquire its Pro Rata Share of any offering of New Securities pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.1. Any allocations of New Securities made pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.1 shall be made after taking into account funds elected to be invested by General Atlantic pursuant to this subsection (b). If (i) with respect to the first offering of New Securities with a value in excess of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) which is subsequently consummated on the offered terms within ninety (90) days in accordance with Section 4.5, General Atlantic does not elect to acquire fifty percent (50%) of the New Securities in such offering or (ii) General Atlantic fails to purchase at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the rights of General Atlantic specified in this subsection (b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. For the avoidance of doubt, General Atlantic’s failure to exercise its rights in Section 2.9(b) above shall not affect its rights in this subsection (b).

 

22


4.2 Definition of New Securities.

New Securities” shall mean any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options, or warrants to purchase such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and all other securities having equity features, such as convertible notes or notes issued in conjunction with options or warrants; provided that “New Securities” shall not include:

(a) securities issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock;

(b) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued (or options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted) to officers, directors, consultants or employees of the Company, pursuant to a stock option plan approved by the Board;

(c) securities issued in connection with research and development partnerships, licensing, corporate partnering, distribution arrangements, collaborative arrangements or similar transactions approved by the Board; provided that none of the foregoing issuances are primarily for equity financing purposes;

(d) securities to financial institutions or lessors issued in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions, or similar transactions approved by the Board; provided that none of the foregoing issuances are primarily for equity financing purposes;

(e) securities issuable to General Atlantic pursuant to Section 2.9 above; and

(f) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination, provided that such issuance has been approved by the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as converted to Common Stock basis.

4.3 Waiver of Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Right of First Refusal in Section 4.1(a) is waived pursuant to Section 5.8 hereof with respect to an issuance of New Securities by the Company, and any Investor that consented to such waiver pursuant to Section 5.8 (a “Waiving Investor”) is nevertheless permitted to purchase any such New Securities, each Investor that is not a Waiving Investor shall be entitled to purchase its Adjusted Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of such New Securities upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.1(a). For purposes of this Section 4.3, an Investor’s “Adjusted Pro Rata Share” of the New Securities subject to the waiver described herein shall be equal to (i) such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities multiplied by (ii) the highest percentage of any Waiving Investor’s Pro Rata Share that such Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase. For example, if only one Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase any New Securities and it is permitted to purchase 50% of its Pro Rata Share of the New Securities, each Investor’s Adjusted Pro Rata

 

23


Share shall be 50% of its Pro Rata Share. For another example, if one Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase 60% of its Pro Rata Share and another Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase 110% of its Pro Rata Share, each Investor’s Adjusted Pro Rata Share shall be 110% of its Pro Rata Share. This Section 4.3 shall in no way limit General Atlantic’s rights to purchase New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(b) or Oversubscription Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(a).

4.4 Notices.

In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice (the “Notice”) of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price, and the principal terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the delivery of the Notice to agree to purchase up to the Investor’s Pro Rata Share (and, in the case of General Atlantic, its allocable share pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) plus any Oversubscription Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities and Oversubscription Securities to be purchased. The consummation of any purchase of New Securities by the Investors may be tolled to the extent necessary pending the receipt of any required regulatory or other governmental approvals.

4.5 Failure to Exercise Right.

In the event an Investor does not elect to purchase all of such Investor’s Pro Rata Share (and, in the case of General Atlantic, its allocable share pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) of the New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1 and such New Securities are not purchased by other Investors, the Company shall have ninety (90) days after the last date on which any Investor’s right to purchase lapsed to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities respecting which such Investor’s option was not exercised, at or above the price and upon terms not materially more favorable to the purchasers of such securities than the terms specified in the initial Notice given in connection with such sale. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities within said 90-day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such New Securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.

4.6 Rights of Affiliated Investors.

For the purposes of this Section 4, Investors who are Affiliates of one or more other Investors shall, at the election of an Investor and one or more such Affiliates, be treated as a group (an “Investor Group”). Members of an Investor Group shall have the right to reallocate the rights granted by this Section 4 among themselves as they determine.

4.7 Assignment.

The Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 4 may not be assigned or transferred, except that each Investor shall have the right to assign its right to purchase securities under this Section 4 to any Affiliate of such Investor; provided such Affiliate agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such transfer, to be bound by all the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

 

24


4.8 Termination.

Except as provided in Section 4.1(b) above, the rights of first refusal granted under this Section 4 shall terminate on and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the Company’s registration statement filed in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, and (ii) a Liquidating Transaction (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Restated Certificate and the exhibits hereto constitute the entire contract between the Company and the Investors relative to the subject matter hereof. Subject to the exceptions specifically set forth in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties. Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the requisite Investors and the Company, the Prior Agreement shall thereafter be of no further force and effect and is hereby amended and restated herein.

5.2 Aggregation of Stock.

All Convertible Securities and Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregate together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.3 Severability and Governing Law.

Should any Section or any part of a Section within this Agreement be rendered void, invalid or unenforceable by any court of law for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not void or render invalid or unenforceable any other Section or part of a Section in this Agreement. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SHALL GOVERN THE VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PERFORMANCE BY THE PARTIES HERETO OF THEIR RESPECTIVE DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

5.4 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

25


5.5 Headings.

The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience and shall not by themselves determine the interpretation of this Agreement.

5.6 Notices.

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be conclusively deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail (or airmail, if notice shall be sent outside the United States), postage prepaid, or two (2) days after delivery to a nationally known air courier company, addressed (i) if to the Company, to the Company’s address as set forth below the Company’s name on the signature page of this Agreement, and (ii) if to an Investor, to such Investor’s address as set forth on Schedule A. Any notice sent outside the United States shall also be telexed or telecopied.

5.7 Attorneys Fees.

If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

5.8 Amendment of Agreement; Waivers.

Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived by a written instrument signed by (i) the Company, (ii) Persons holding at least sixty percent (60%) of the Registrable Securities and (iii) Persons holding at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided, that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock in manner that is different from other similarly situated holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power of such adversely affected series of Preferred Stock; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver of this Agreement in a manner that adversely affects any Investor in a manner different from any other Investor shall also require the written consent of the adversely affected Investor; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver of General Atlantic’s rights in Section 2.9 or Section 4.1 or of this proviso, shall also require the written consent of General Atlantic. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.8 shall be binding upon the Company and all Holders and each of their respective successors and assigns.

[Signature pages follow]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:   SONENDO, INC.
    By:   /s/ Bjarne Bergheim
      Bjarne Bergheim,
      President and Chief Executive Officer
      Address:
     

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

Bjarne Bergheim

 

Address:

 

26362 Ibeza Road

Mission Viejo, CA 92692

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Olav B. Bergheim

Olav B. Bergheim

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Troy M. Bremer

Troy M. Bremer

 

Address:

 

47 Sparrowhawk

Irvine, CA 92604

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

CPV Holding, LLC

/s/ Andrew B. Cohen

Name: Andrew B. Cohen

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Address:

 

72 Cummings Point Road

Stamford, CT 06902

Email: Andrew.Cohen@CohenPV.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Point72, L.P.

72 Cummings Point Road

Stamford, CT 06902

Attn: Peter Goodwin

Email: Peter.Goodwin@Point72.com

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
CVF, LLC

/s/ Richard H. Robb

Richard H. Robb

 

Address:
222 N. La Salle Street
Suite 200
Chicago, IL 60601

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
FJORDINVEST (CAYMAN) II LTD.
/s/ Olav B. Bergheim
Name: Olav B. Bergheim
Its: Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:
26051 Merit Circle
Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
FJORD CAPITAL PARTNERS I, L.P.
By: Fjord Venture Partners I, LLC

Its: General Partner

/s/ Olav B. Bergheim
Olav B. Bergheim
Manager

 

Address:
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Attn: Olav Bergheim

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
FJORD VENTURES LLC
/s/ Olav B. Bergheim
Olav B. Bergheim
President

 

Address:
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
FJORDINVEST, LLC
a Nevada limited liability company
/s/ Olav B. Bergheim
Olav B. Bergheim
Manager

 

Address:
c/o Becker Financial
2082 Michelson Drive, Suite 302
Irvine, CA 92612

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
FJORDINVEST (CAYMAN) LTD.
By:   /s/ Olav B. Bergheim

Name: Olav B. Bergheim

Title: Chief Executive Officer
Address:

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

GENERAL ATLANTIC (SOI), L.P.

By: General Atlantic (SPV) GP, LLC, its general partner

By: General Atlantic, LLC its sole member

By:   /s/ Thomas J. Murphy

Name: Thomas J. Murphy

Title: Managing Director
Address:

c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC

55 East 52nd Street, 32nd Floor

New York, NY 10055

Attention: Gordon Cruess

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
JMR CAPITAL LIMITED
By:   /s/ Grace Rusli
Name:   Grace Rusli
Title:   Vice President
Address:
c/o Kitano Capital
2711 N. Haskell Avenue
Suite 1650
Dallas, TX 75204

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES IV, L.P.
By:   Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Paul Madera
  Paul Madera, a managing member
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.
By:  

Meritech Capital Associates IV L.L.C., its General Partner

By:   /s/ Paul Madera
  Paul Madera, a managing member
Address:
245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 125
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attn: Joel Backman
Fax: (650) 475-2222

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Hugh Andrew Neuharth
Hugh Andrew Neuharth
Address:

19 White Sail
Laguna Niguel, CA 92677

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IV, LP
By:   OrbiMed Capital GP IV LLC, its General Partner
By:   OrbiMed Advisors LLC, its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Carl Gordon
  Name: Carl Gordon
  Title: Member
Address:

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP

OrbiMed Advisors, LLC

601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
PENSCO Trust Company,
Custodian
FBO Olav Bergheim IRA.
By:   /s/ Sara Estes
Name:   Sara Estes
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
PERCEPTIVE LIFE SCIENCES MASTER FUND
By:   /s/ James H. Mannix
Name:   James H. Mannix
Title:   C.O.O.
Address:
51 Astor Place, 10th Floor
New York, New York 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
SECURITY PACIFIC FINANCE, LTD.
By:   /s/ Ross Cameron
By:   /s/ Sam Ozanne
Address:
c/o RBC Trustees (Guernsey) Ltd.
P.O. Box 48 Canada Court
GYI 38Q St. Peter Port
Guernsey, Channel Islands

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund
By: its Investment Adviser
ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC
By:   /s/ David Corkins
Name:   David Corkins
Title:   Managing Member

 

ArrowMark Life Science Fund, LP
By: its General Partner
AMP Life Science GP, LLC
By:   /s/ David Corkins
Name:   David Corkins
Title:   Managing Member

 

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity
Fund, L.P.
By: its General Partner
ArrowMark Partners GP, LLC
By:   /s/ David Corkins
Name:   David Corkins
Title:   Managing Member

 

Lookfar Investments, LLC
By:   /s/ David Corkins
Name:   David Corkins
Title:   Managing Member
Address:
100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325
Denver, CO 80206

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Broadfin Healthcare Master Fund Ltd.
By:   /s/ Kevin Kotler
Name:   Kevin Kotler
Title:   Director
Address:
300 Park Avenue
25th Floor
New York, New York 10022

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, L.P.
By:   EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-UGP, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Martin P. Sutter
Name:   Martin P. Sutter
Title:   Managing Director

 

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-A, L.P.
By:   EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-UGP, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Martin P. Sutter
Name:   Martin P. Sutter
Title:   Managing Director
Address:
21 Waterway Avenue, Suite 225
The Woodlands, TX 77380

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Redmile Private Investments II, L.P.
By:   /s/ Joshua Garcia
Name:   Joshua Garcia
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Authorized Signatory of Redmile Group, LLC, the managing member of Redmile Private Investments II (GP), LLC, its general partner
Address:
Redmile Private Investments II, L.P.
c/o Redmile Group, LLC
One Letterman Drive
Suite D3-300
San Francisco, CA 94129

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement of Sonendo, Inc.]


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

Bjarne Bergheim

Troy Bremer

Thomas R. Engels

Daniel and Phyllis Even, Joint Tenants

Fjord Capital Partners I, LP

Fjord Ventures, LLC

Fjordinvest, LLC

Fjordinvest (Cayman) Ltd.

The Stuart and Marianne Foster Trust

Kieran and Mary Ellen Gallahue Revocable Family Trust

Gamla Livförsäkringsaktiebolaget Seb Trygg Liv (publ)

The Huennekens Family Trust dtd 6/14/2007

James R. Margolis and Marja P. Margolis JTWROS

Meritech Capital Affiliates IV, L.P.

Meritech Capital Partners IV, L.P.

Micro, LLC

Gary S. Mocnik Retirement Trust

N5 Investments AS

NeoMed Innovation V L.P.

Hugh Andrew Neuharth

OrbiMed Private Investments IV, LP

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (SBST)

TIP-Sonendo Limited

Andrew Wade

DNA 07 Limited

Timwell Corporation Limited

CVF, LLC

Fjordinvest (Cayman) II Ltd.

JMR Capital Limited

Per Magnus Andersson


Security Pacific Finance, Ltd.

Randy W. Garland, DDS, Inc. Cash Balance Plan &Trust

Reid V. Pullen, D.D.S., P.C.

Chad O. Edwards

Marcus Palermo

Pirooz A. Zia

General Atlantic (SOI), L.P.

Perceptive Life Sciences Master Fund

CPV Holdings, LLC

PENSCO Trust Company, Custodian FBO Olav Bergheim IRA.

ArrowMark Fundamental Opportunity Fund, LP

ArrowMark Life Science Fund, LP

Broadfin Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2, L.P.

EW Healthcare Partners Fund 2-A, L.P.

Lookfar Investments, LLC

Meridian Small Cap Growth Fund

Redmile Private Investments, II, L.P.

Exhibit 4.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    15,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series C-1 Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $6.00 per share
Issue Date:    December 31, 2013
Expiration Date:    December 31, 2023
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Oxford” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =

   the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =

   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A =

   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =

   the Warrant Price.

 

1


1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date,

 

2


then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

4


(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 3.9 of that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2012, by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO OXFORD FINANCE LLC DATED DECEMBER 31, 2013 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


5.4 Intentionally Left Blank.

5.5 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Oxford of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “Oxford Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.6 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Oxford Finance LLC

133 N. Fairfax Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attn: Legal Department

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 101

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

5.7 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

7


5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.9 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.12 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

Name:   Bjarne Bergheim
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
“HOLDER”
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Hans S. Houser

Name:  

Hans S. Houser

  (Print)
Title:   Chief Credit Officer, SVP

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                              shares of the Common/Series                Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $                     payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]                                                                                           

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:            OXFORD TRANSFEREE
          Address:                                              
  Tax ID:                                                                     

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on December 31,

2013 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                                                                 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [OXFORD TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:                                                                                         ]

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    15,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series C-1 Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $6.00 per share
Issue Date:    June 30, 2014
Expiration Date:    June 30, 2024
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“Oxford” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =

   the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =

   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

1


A =

   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =

   the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date,

 

2


then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

4


(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 3.9 of that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2012, by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO OXFORD FINANCE LLC DATED JUNE 30, 2014 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


5.4 Intentionally Left Blank.

5.5 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Oxford of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “Oxford Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.6 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Oxford Finance LLC

133 N. Fairfax Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attn: Legal Department

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 101

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

 

7


5.7 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.9 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.12 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

 

SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Hugh Neuharth

Name:  

Hugh Neuharth

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

  (Print)
Title:   Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase ___________ shares of the Common/Series ______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $________ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe] __________________________________________

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

                 

By:  

                 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:            OXFORD TRANSFEREE
          Address:                                              
  Tax ID:                                                                     

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on June 30, 2014

(the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

                     

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:                                                                              

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [OXFORD TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

]

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    20,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series C-1 Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $6.00 per share
Issue Date:    December 31, 2014
Expiration Date:    December 31, 2024
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Oxford Finance LLC, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, OXFORD FINANCE LLC

(“Oxford” and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =

   the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y =

   the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

A =

   the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

B =

   the Warrant Price.

 

1


1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date,

 

2


then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

4


(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

5


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom,

which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section 3.9 of that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2012, by and among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO OXFORD FINANCE LLC DATED JUNE 30, 2014 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


5.4 Intentionally Left Blank.

5.5 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Oxford of the executed Warrant, Oxford may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of Oxford’s affiliates (each, an “Oxford Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Oxford, any such Oxford Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, the Oxford Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.6 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Oxford Finance LLC

133 N. Fairfax Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attn: Legal Department

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 101

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

5.7 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

7


5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.9 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.12 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California are closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Hugh Neuharth

Name:  

Hugh Neuharth

  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Davis

Name:  

Mark Davis

  (Print)
Title:   Vice President - Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase ___________ shares of the Common/Series ______ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $________ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe] __________________________________________

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Oxford Finance LLC hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:            OXFORD TRANSFEREE
          Address:                                              
  Tax ID:                                                                     

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on December 31,

2014 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:                                                             

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [OXFORD TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[OXFORD TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:                                                                                         ]

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.7

Execution Version

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    100,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series D Preferred Stock
Stock Warrant Price:    $9.7481 per share
Issue Date:    June 23, 2017
Expiration Date:    June 23, 2027
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June __, 2017, among Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (“Perceptive”) and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant (in whole or in part) or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the Company at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (the “Aggregate Warrant Price”).


1.2 Cashless Exercise. In lieu of paying the cash amount upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1, if the Fair Market Value (defined below in Section 1.3) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation described below in Section 1.3), the Holder may elect to pay the Aggregate Warrant Price in Shares rather than cash by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of such date of calculation equal to the Aggregate Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days following the date the Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company pursuant to Section 5.5), the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares (and portion of this Warrant) that are not subject to the Holder’s Notice of Exercise.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which (pursuant to any such event) the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately simultaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) Notice of Cash/Public Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with prior written notice of any Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which Notice shall be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Non-Cash/Public Acquisitions. Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) Limitations On Exercise. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and no Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Company’s common stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of such common stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of

 

3


common stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (defined below). For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Company’s common stock, a Holder of this Warrant may rely on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding.

(f) Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Warrant:

(i) “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California or the State of New York are closed.

(ii) “Investors Rights Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, made as of August 20, 2014, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

(iii) “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the Holder in connection with any Acquisition were the Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(iv) “Voting Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, made as of August 20, 2014, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

4


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired upon such exercise, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

5


2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant (including as a result of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 2.2 above), the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms- length transaction.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that upon any exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to permit the Holder to become a party to (and beneficiary of) the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement. The Holder (and any assignee hereof) agrees that, upon exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, it shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to become a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

6


(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition;

(e) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(f) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) and (e) above at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to an IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a current view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

7


4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions substantially in the form of Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

8


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days), deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form: THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT

BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP DATED JUNE 23, 2017 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

9


5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Perceptive of the executed Warrant, Perceptive may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of its affiliates (each, an “Perceptive Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Perceptive, any such Perceptive Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee; provided that, in connection with any such transfer, the Perceptive Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Telephone: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street,

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mark Wojciechowski, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

 

10


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

THE COMPANY
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Glenn

Name:  

John Glenn

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant]


HOLDER
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP
By: Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

Name:   Sandeep Dixit
Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

Name:   Sam Chawla
Title:   Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Warrant]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                              shares of the Common/Series                Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ] check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ] Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ] Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ] Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

  (Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

Holder:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:            PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE
          Address:                                              
  Tax ID:                                                                     

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on June __, 2017 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP
By:  

             

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

Date:                                             

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE]
By:  

                     

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.8

Execution Version

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    90,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred Stock
Stock Warrant Price:    $11.00 per share
Issue Date:    October 16, 2018
Expiration Date:    October 16, 2028
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017, among Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (“Perceptive”) and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant (in whole or in part) or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the Company at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1.    EXERCISE.

1.1    Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (the “Aggregate Warrant Price”).

 


1.2    Cashless Exercise. In lieu of paying the cash amount upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1, if the Fair Market Value (defined below in Section 1.3) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation described below in Section 1.3), the Holder may elect to pay the Aggregate Warrant Price in Shares rather than cash by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of such date of calculation equal to the Aggregate Warrant Price.

1.3    Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4    Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days following the date the Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company pursuant to Section 5.5), the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares (and portion of this Warrant) that are not subject to the Holder’s Notice of Exercise.

1.5    Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6    Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a)    Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which (pursuant to any such event) the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then total outstanding combined voting power.

 

 

2


(b)    Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately simultaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c)    Notice of Cash/Public Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with prior written notice of any Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which Notice shall be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d)    Non-Cash/Public Acquisitions. Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e)    Limitations On Exercise. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and no Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Company’s common stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of such common stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of common stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by

 

3


such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (defined below). For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Company’s common stock, a Holder of this Warrant may rely on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding.

(f)    Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Warrant:

(i)    “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California or the State of New York are closed.

(ii)    “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, made as of July 20, 2017, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

(iii)    “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the Holder in connection with any Acquisition were the Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(iv)    “Voting Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, made as of July 20, 2017, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

4


SECTION 2.    ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1    Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired upon such exercise, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2    Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3    Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4    Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5    No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant (including as a result of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 2.2 above), the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

5


2.6    Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3.    REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1    Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a)    The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms- length transaction.

(b)    All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c)    The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

(d)    The Company covenants and agrees that upon any exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to permit the Holder to become a party to (and beneficiary of) the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement. The Holder (and any assignee hereof) agrees that, upon exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, it shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to become a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

3.2    Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a)    declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b)    offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c)    effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

6


(d)    effect an Acquisition;

(e)    effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(f)    effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1)    at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2)    in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) and (e) above at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3)    with respect to an IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4.    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1    Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a current view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2    Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

7


4.3    Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4    Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5    The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6    Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions substantially in the form of Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.7    No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5.    MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1    Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a)    Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

 

8


(b)    Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days), deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2    Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP DATED OCTOBER 16, 2018 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3    Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5.4    Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Perceptive of the executed Warrant, Perceptive may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of its affiliates (each, an “Perceptive Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Perceptive, any such Perceptive Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee; provided that, in connection with any such transfer, the Perceptive Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

 

9


5.5    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Telephone: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street,

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mark Wojciechowski, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

10


Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

5.6    Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8    Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9    Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10    Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

SONENDO, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

“HOLDER”

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP

 

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

Name:  

Sandeep Dixit

(Print)

Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

Name:  

Sam Chawla

(Print)

Title:   Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1.    The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase _____ shares of the Common/Series _____ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

   check in the amount of $__ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

   Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

   Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

   Other [Describe]

2.    Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3.    By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

Holder:                                                                     
                                                                                  
By:                                                                           
Name:                                                                       
Title:                                                                         
Date:                                                                         

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Names:PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE
Address:                                                         
Tax ID:                                                             

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on ____________, 2018 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP
By:                                                                         
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                     
Date:                                                                     

Date:                                             

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE]
By:                                                                       
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                     
Date:                                                                     

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.9

Execution Version

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    90,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred Stock
Stock Warrant Price:    $11.00 per share
Issue Date:    October 7, 2019
Expiration Date:    October 7, 2029
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017, among Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (“Perceptive”) and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant (in whole or in part) or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the Company at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (the “Aggregate Warrant Price”).


1.2 Cashless Exercise. In lieu of paying the cash amount upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1, if the Fair Market Value (defined below in Section 1.3) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation described below in Section 1.3), the Holder may elect to pay the Aggregate Warrant Price in Shares rather than cash by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of such date of calculation equal to the Aggregate Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days following the date the Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company pursuant to Section 5.5), the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares (and portion of this Warrant) that are not subject to the Holder’s Notice of Exercise.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which (pursuant to any such event) the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately simultaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) Notice of Cash/Public Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with prior written notice of any Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which Notice shall be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Non-Cash/Public Acquisitions. Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) Limitations On Exercise. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and no Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Company’s common stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of such common stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of common stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by

 

3


such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (defined below). For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Company’s common stock, a Holder of this Warrant may rely on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding.

(f) Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Warrant:

(i) “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California or the State of New York are closed.

(ii) “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, made as of October 26, 2018, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

(iii) “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the Holder in connection with any Acquisition were the Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(iv) “Voting Agreement” means that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, made as of November 15, 2018, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

4


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired upon such exercise, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant (including as a result of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 2.2 above), the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

5


2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms- length transaction.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that upon any exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to permit the Holder to become a party to (and beneficiary of) the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement. The Holder (and any assignee hereof) agrees that, upon exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, it shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to become a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

6


(d) effect an Acquisition;

(e) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(f) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) and (e) above at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to an IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a current view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

7


4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions substantially in the form of Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days), deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

8


5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP DATED OCTOBER 7, 2019 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Perceptive of the executed Warrant, Perceptive may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of its affiliates (each, an “Perceptive Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Perceptive, any such Perceptive Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee; provided that, in connection with any such transfer, the Perceptive Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

9


5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Telephone: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street,

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mark Wojciechowski, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

10


5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

SONENDO, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

 

(Print)

Title:   Treasurer

“HOLDER”

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP

By: Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC,

its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

Name:  

Sandeep Dixit

  (Print)
Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

Name:  

Sam Chawla

 

(Print)

Title:   Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase _____ shares of the Common/Series _____ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

   check in the amount of $__ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
   Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

   Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

   Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

   
Holder’s Name    

 

   

 

   
(Address)    

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

Holder:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Names:            PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE

Address:                                                              

Tax ID:                                                             

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on October 7, 2019 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

Date:                    

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 4.10

Execution Version

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    275,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred Stock
Stock Warrant Price:    $11.00 per share
Issue Date:    August 23, 2021
Expiration Date:    August 23, 2031
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021, among Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP III, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP (“Perceptive”) and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant (in whole or in part) or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the Company at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (the “Aggregate Warrant Price”).


1.2 Cashless Exercise. In lieu of paying the cash amount upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1, if the Fair Market Value (defined below in Section 1.3) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation described below in Section 1.3), the Holder may elect to pay the Aggregate Warrant Price in Shares rather than cash by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of such date of calculation equal to the Aggregate Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days following the date the Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company pursuant to Section 5.5), the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares (and portion of this Warrant) that are not subject to the Holder’s Notice of Exercise.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which (pursuant to any such event) the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately simultaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) Notice of Cash/Public Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with prior written notice of any Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which Notice shall be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Non-Cash/Public Acquisitions. Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) Limitations On Exercise. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and no Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Company’s common stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of such common stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of common stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by

 

3


such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (defined below). For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Company’s common stock, a Holder of this Warrant may rely on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding.

(f) Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Warrant:

(i) “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California or the State of New York are closed.

(ii) “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, made as of October 26, 2018, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

(iii) “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the Holder in connection with any Acquisition were the Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(iv) “Voting Agreement” means that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, made as of December 10, 2019, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

4


SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired upon such exercise, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant (including as a result of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 2.2 above), the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

5


2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms- length transaction.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that upon any exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to permit the Holder to become a party to (and beneficiary of) the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement. The Holder (and any assignee hereof) agrees that, upon exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, it shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to become a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

6


(d) effect an Acquisition;

(e) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(f) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) and (e) above at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to an IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a current view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

7


4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions substantially in the form of Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.7 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days), deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

8


5.2 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP DATED AUGUST 23, 2021 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Perceptive of the executed Warrant, Perceptive may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of its affiliates (each, an “Perceptive Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Perceptive, any such Perceptive Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee; provided that, in connection with any such transfer, the Perceptive Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

9


5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Telephone: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street,

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mark Wojciechowski, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Michael Sanders, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

 

10


5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

SONENDO, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

Name:   Bjarne Bergheim (Print)
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

“HOLDER”

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP

By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer

 

By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

 

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase _____ shares of the Common/Series _____ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[         ]

   check in the amount of $__ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[         ]

   Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[         ]

   Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[         ]

   Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

Holder:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 1


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

 

Names:PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE

                

 

Address:                                                  

 

Tax ID:                                                  

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on August 23, 2021 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

             

Name: Sandeep Dixit

Title: Chief Credit Officer

 

By:  

         

Name: Sam Chawla

Title: Portfolio Manager

Date:                                              

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE]

 

By:  

                 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Appendix 2

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2021 by and between Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                     , [a member of the Board of Directors/an officer/an employee] of the Company (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering indemnification and advancement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers, or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification, and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;


WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and is not a substitute therefor, nor diminishes or abrogates any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, DGCL and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and be advanced expenses.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a/an] [director/officer/employee] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Agent” means any person who is authorized by the Company or an Enterprise to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

(b)    A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i.    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii.    Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

-2-


iii.    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv.    Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v.    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

vi.    For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  1

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

  2

“Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

  3

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c)     “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

(d)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-3-


(e)    “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or Agent.

(f)    “Expenses” includes all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel will be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h)    Reserved.

(i)    The term “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. A Proceeding also includes a situation the Indemnitee believes in good faith may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding.

 

-4-


Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines upon application by Indemnitee that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee is a witness, deponent, interviewee, or otherwise asked to participate.

 

-5-


Section 7.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8.    Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including but not limited to, the DGCL and any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that expand the Company’s ability to indemnify its officers and directors) if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).

Section 9.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment to Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 16(b) and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)    for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

(c)    initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement, of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

-6-


Section 10.    Advances of Expenses.

(a)    The Company will advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14 or (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation. The Company will advance the Expenses within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.

(b)    Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.    Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

(a)    Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification or advancement, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

(b)    The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

-7-


Section 12.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

i.    by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

ii.    by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

iii.     if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

iv.    if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

(b)    If a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests such selection be made by the Board)

(c)     The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d)    Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s

 

-8-


entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

(e)    If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after such determination.

Section 13.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not made pursuant to Section 12 within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period may be extended an additional fifteen (15) days if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

-9-


(d)    For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 13(d) is not exclusive and does not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(d) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7, or 8 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder. Indemnitee must commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause does not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company will not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

-10-


(b)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)    The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and will indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses unless the court determines that each of the Indemnitee’s claims in such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous or are prohibited by law.

Section 15.    Reserved.

Section 16.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any amendment, alteration or

 

-11-


repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. The relationship between the Company and such other Persons, other than an Enterprise, with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, and insurance is described by this subsection, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 16 with respect to a Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise.

i.    The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

1)    the Company is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any Proceeding;

2)     the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification and indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

3)    any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the obligations of the Company’s obligations;

4)    the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or insurer of any such Person; and

ii.    the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Person, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Person, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

-12-


iii.    In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance of Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated.

iv.    Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

(c)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, including coverage in the event the Company does not or cannot, for any reason, indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee as required by this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to assist the Company efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts and will comply with the terms of such policies, including selection of approved panel counsel, if required.

(d)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise.

(e)    In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

-13-


Section 17.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement continues until and terminates upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee ceases to have a Corporate Status or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 18.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 19.    Interpretation. Any ambiguity in the terms of this Agreement will be resolved in favor of Indemnitee and in a manner to provide the maximum indemnification and advancement of Expenses permitted by law. The Company and Indemnitee intend that this Agreement provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification and advancement in excess of that expressly provided, without limitation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

Section 20.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings,

 

-14-


oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 21.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed or constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 22.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 23.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand to the other party, (b) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (c) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

(b)    If to the Company to:

 

  Name:

Sonendo, Inc.

  Address:

[●]

  Attention:

General Counsel

  Email:

[●]

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 24.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

-15-


Section 25.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or Proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or Proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 26.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitutes one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 27.    Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SONENDO, INC.    INDEMNITEE
By:                                                                                                            
Name:    Name:
Title:    Address:                                            
                                                             
                                                             

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.2

[***] Certain information in this document has been excluded pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(10). Such excluded information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

STANDARD BUSINESS PARK LEASE - MULTI-TENANT

Tenant Specific Terms

THIS LEASE is entered into by and between LANDLORD and TENANT, and is dated for reference purposes only as provided in the following Basic Lease Information. The General Terms of this LEASE, and any exhibits or addenda thereto, are hereby incorporated by this reference and made a material part of this agreement. LANDLORD and TENANT agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1: BASIC LEASE TERMS AND INFORMATION

1.1. Basic Lease Information. In addition to the terms that are defined elsewhere in the Tenant Specific Terms and/or the General Terms (together called the “LEASE”) of this LEASE, the following terms are used and defined in this LEASE as follows:

 

a.   PROJECT:    Saddleback Business Park I & II
b.   LEASE DATE:    [***]
c.   LANDLORD:    Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP
  Address (For Notices):    26072 Merit Circle, Suite 116, Laguna Hills, CA 92653
  Fax No. (For Notices):   
d.   TENANT:    Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation
  Address (For Notices):    26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102
     Laguna Niguel, CA 92677
  PREMISES:    26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102 [***]
     Laguna Hills, CA 92653
     (located in the city of Mission Viejo)

e. TENANT’S USE: General office for a medical device research and development company, and for no other purposes whatsoever without obtaining the prior written consent from Landlord.

f. PREMISES AREA: The rentable area of the Leased Premises is approximately 16,128 square feet. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this LEASE, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or common area maintenance or other expenses payable by TENANT, is only an approximation which LANDLORD and TENANT agree is reasonable, and the rental and any other charges, if any, based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

g. PARKING: TENANT’s share of unreserved parking spaces (“Parking Spaces”) shall not exceed three (3) spaces per 1,000 square feet of Leased Premises area, as further provided in Article 25 of General Terms of this LEASE.

 

 

1


h. TERM OF LEASE: This LEASE shall be for a term [***] commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date.

 

i.    COMMENCEMENT DATE:    [***]
j.    EXPIRATION DATE:    March 31, 2025
k.    SECURITY DEPOSIT:    $25,850.08
l.    MONTHLY BASE RENT:   
   June 1,2020 - May 31,2021:    $23,224.32 per Month
   June 1,2021 - May 31,2022:    $24,030.72 per Month
   June 1, 2022 - May 31, 2023:    $24,837.12 per Month
   June 1, 2023 - May 31, 2024:    $25,643.52 per Month
   June 1, 2024 - March 31, 2025    $26,449.92 per Month
m.    CAM CHARGE:    $2,419.20 per Month
n.    NAME OF GUARANTOR(S):    None.
o.    REPRESENTATION:   
   Landlord’s Broker:    Davis Property Management, Inc.
   Tenant’s Broker:    (CalBRE #02051452) CBRE, Scott Kenny and Carter Haslam
      (CalDRE #01330187 and CalDRE #01953674)

ARTICLE 2: OTHER TERMS AND 176CONDITIONS

 

2.1.    OPTION TO RENEW.    See Addendum
2.2.    OPTION TO TERMINATE.    N/A
2.3.    TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.    See Exhibit C.
2.4.    FREE RENT.    N/A

ARTICLE 3: ATTACHMENTS AND EXHIBITS

3.1. ADDENDUM. Additional sections of this Lease numbered 1 through 4 is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

3.2. EXHIBITS. The following exhibits are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Exhibit A    Site Plan
Exhibit B    Addendum
Exhibit C    Tenant Improvement Diagram or Description
Exhibit D    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E    Sign Regulations
Exhibit F    Floor Plan Property
Exhibit G    Agency Disclosure


STANDARD BUSINESS PARK LEASE - MULTI-TENANT

General Terms

Saddleback Business Park I & II

ARTICLE 1: BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

1.1 The Tenant Specific Terms set forth on pages preceding these General Terms are incorporated by this reference, as if herein set forth in their entirety.

1.2 Defined Terms.

 

Term

       

Section(s)

Accessibility; ADA    General Terms    3.2
Additional Rent    General Terms    26.5
Applicable Requirements    General Terms    6
Assign    General Terms    8.1(a)
Base Rent    General Terms    4.1
Breach    General Terms    24.1
CAM Charge    General Terms    4.4
Commencement Date    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(K)
Common Areas    General Terms    10
Default    General Terms    24.1
Early Entry Date    General Terms    3.2
Event of Default    General Terms    24.1
Expiration Date    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(l)
Hazardous Substance    General Terms    7.2
Inducement Provisions    General Terms    24.6
Landlord    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(c)
Landlord’s Notice    General Terms    8.1(d)
Lease    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1
Lease Date    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(b)
Leased Premises    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(e, f),
Lender(s)    General Terms    7.2(e)
Non-disturbance Agreement    General Terms    18.3
Notice Date    General Terms    17(a)
Nuisance    General Terms    6
Permitted Size Vehicles    General Terms    25
Premises    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(e, f),
Prevailing Party    General Terms    24.5
Project    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(a)
Relocated Premises    General Terms    26.24
Reportable Use    General Terms    7.2
Security Device    General Terms    18.1
Tenant    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(d)
Term    Tenant Specific Terms    1.1(j)
Termination Date    General Terms    16
Worth at the Time of Award    General Terms    24.4


ARTICLE 2: AGREEMENT

LANDLORD leases the premises (sometimes herein called the “premises” or the “Leased Premises”), part of a larger Building, to TENANT, and TENANT leases the Leased Premises from LANDLORD, according to this LEASE. The duration of this LEASE will be the term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term will commence on the Commencement Date and will expire on the Expiration Date, as those terms are defined in Section 1.1 of the Tenant Specific Terms.

ARTICLE 3: DELIVERY OF PREMISES

3.1 Delivery of Possession. Acceptance of Leased Premises. LANDLORD will be deemed to have delivered possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT on the Commencement Date, as it may be adjusted by mutual agreement. LANDLORD will construct or install in the Leased Premises the improvements to be constructed or installed by LANDLORD according to the Tenant Improvement Diagram, if any. If no Tenant Improvement Diagram is attached to this LEASE, it will be deemed that LANDLORD delivered to TENANT possession of the Leased Premises “as is,” in its then present condition on the Commencement Date. TENANT acknowledges that neither LANDLORD nor its agents or employees have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Leased Premises for the conduct of TENANT’s business or for any other purpose, nor has LANDLORD or its agents or employees agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any TENANT improvements to the Leased Premises except as expressly provided in this LEASE and the Tenant Improvement Diagram. TENANT hereby acknowledges: (i) that TENANT has been advised to satisfy itself with respect to all aspects of the nature, extent, appropriateness and condition of the Leased Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements (as that term is defined hereinbelow) and the present and future suitability of the Leased Premises for TENANT’s intended or contemplated uses; (b) that TENANT has consulted with such professionals and made such investigation as TENANT and/or its independent advisors have deemed to be necessary or appropriate with respect to such matters, that TENANT is satisfied with respect thereto, and that TENANT assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to TENANT’s occupancy of the Leased Premises and/or the terms of the LEASE; and (c) that neither LANDLORD, nor any of LANDLORD’s employees, attorneys, agents or representatives, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters or to the Leased Premises, except to the extent that is otherwise expressly set forth in this LEASE.

3.2 Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act. (a) The Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp); (b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Tenant’s specific use of the Premises, Landlord makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises, the Building, or the Project comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Tenant’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises, the Building or the Project in order to be in ADA compliance, Tenant agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Tenant’s expense..


3.3 Early Entry. If TENANT is permitted entry to the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing fixtures or any other purpose permitted by LANDLORD, the early entry will be at TENANT’s sole risk and subject to all the terms and provisions of this LEASE as though the Commencement Date had occurred, except for the payment of rent, which will commence on the Commencement Date. TENANT, its agents, or employees will not interfere with or delay LANDLORD’s completion of construction of the improvements. All rights of TENANT under this Section 3.2 will be subject to the requirements of all applicable building codes, zoning requirements, and federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations and other Applicable Requirements, and shall be exercised solely in a manner which does not interfere with or delay LANDLORD’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements, including the obtaining of a certificate of occupancy for the Leased Premises. LANDLORD retains the absolute right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to impose additional conditions on TENANT’s early entry which LANDLORD, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. TENANT agrees, as conditions of such early entry: (i) to indemnify and to hold LANDLORD free and harmless from any claims, damages or losses arising out of such early entry into possession, and (ii) to deliver to LANDLORD written proof of TENANT’s full compliance with the insurance provisions of this LEASE. LANDLORD may require that TENANT execute an early entry agreement confirming other conditions of early entry prior to the date of TENANT’s early entry (the “Early Entry Date”), or to refuse or terminate any right of early entry at any time. Notwithstanding any grant by LANDLORD to TENANT of permission to receive early entry to the Leased Premises: (a) such permission shall not be deemed permission to make any use of any other portions of the project or common areas without the prior written consent of LANDLORD to such use; and (b) LANDLORD shall not have any obligations to maintain, repair or alter the Leased Premises, nor have any liability respecting the condition of the Leased Premises during such early entry period, except and unless specifically provided by written agreement hereafter made with respect to any early entry period. If TENANT commences to use the Leased Premises for its proposed use prior to the Commencement Date, then rent shall be paid on a prorata basis during such period of use. TENANT shall transfer the electrical utility into its responsibility prior to any early entry into the Leased Premises.

3.4 Delay In Possession. If for any reason LANDLORD cannot deliver possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT by the Early Entry Date, if one is agreed upon as provided specified in Section 3.2, or if no Early Entry Date is agreed upon, by the Commencement Date, LANDLORD shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of TENANT hereunder, or extend the term hereof; but in such case, and provided that such delay is not caused by the acts, changes or omissions of TENANT, TENANT shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of TENANT under the terms of this Lease until LANDLORD delivers possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT.


ARTICLE 4: MONTHLY RENT

4.1 Payment. Throughout the term of this LEASE, TENANT will pay monthly rent (sometimes referred to herein as “Base Rent”) to LANDLORD as rent for the Leased Premises. Monthly rent will be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the term. If the term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the prorated monthly rent for such month will be paid on or before the first day of the term. Rent for any such period during the term which is for less than one month shall be prorated based upon a thirty-day month. Monthly rent will be paid to LANDLORD, without written notice or demand, and without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at LANDLORD’s address, or to such other address as LANDLORD may from time to time designate in writing.

4.2 Checks Drawn on Insufficient Funds. The parties recognize and agree that, in the event that TENANT presents payment(s) to LANDLORD in the form of check(s) which are drawn against insufficient funds, additional administrative expenses, disruption of cash-flow, and other damage result to LANDLORD in amounts which are extremely difficult or impossible to measure accurately as of the time of execution of this LEASE. TENANT therefore agrees that if TENANT presents, tenders, or causes the presentation or tender to LANDLORD of check(s) or other forms of payment of any sums due under this LEASE which are dishonored for any reason when presented for payment by the financial institution upon which such instruments are drawn, then, in addition to any other rights or remedies which LANDLORD may have hereunder or under any Applicable Requirements, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD, as liquidated damages, for each such check or other instrument, a returned check fee in the amount of Fifty ($50.00) Dollars. In addition, in the event that a check or other payment instrument is tendered as payment of rent or other sum due under this LEASE and such check or other instrument is drawn against insufficient funds or is otherwise not immediately honored when presented for payment by the financial institution upon which such instrument is drawn, then rental payments then and thereafter due under the LEASE shall automatically, without further demand by the LANDLORD, become payable only by way of certified or cashier’s check.

4.3 Late Payments; Additional Remedies for Late Payments. TENANT acknowledges that the late payment of rent to LANDLORD will cause LANDLORD to incur costs not contemplated by this LEASE, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on LANDLORD by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the project. Accordingly, if any installment of rent, or any other sum due from TENANT shall not be received by LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s designee when due, then, without any requirement of notice to the TENANT, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD a late charge equal to six percent (6.0%) of such overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs LANDLORD will incur by reason of such late payment by TENANT. Acceptance of such late charge by LANDLORD shall in no event constitute a waiver of TENANT’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent LANDLORD from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of monthly rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this LEASE to the contrary, monthly rent shall, at LANDLORD’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.


4.4 CAM Charge. In addition to paying the Base Rent set forth in Section 1.1m. of the Tenant Specific Terms, as further described in Section 4.1. of the General Terms, and such other sums as TENANT is obligated to pay under the Lease, TENANT shall pay as additional rent, in the same manner as and not later than concurrently with each payment of the monthly Base Rent due under the Lease, a monthly fixed charge (the “CAM Charge”) as set forth in Section 1.1n of the Tenant Specific Terms related to (but not necessarily equal to) to TENANT’s approximate share of certain of the expenses of operation, repair, management, maintenance of the Project in which the Leased Premises are located. The Monthly CAM Charge shall be paid to LANDLORD without abatement, deduction, adjustment or offset, and without any requirement of any prior notice or demand. The CAM Charge shall be due for each and every month of the Lease Term, and for such extensions or modifications thereof as may be agreed upon from time to time.

ARTICLE 5: INSURANCE

5.1 LANDLORD’s Insurance. At all times during the term, LANDLORD will carry and maintain in the name of LANDLORD, with loss payable to LANDLORD and to any Lender [as that term is defined in Section 7.2(e) hereinbelow] whose security instruments so require:

(a) Fire and extended coverage insurance covering the project, its equipment, common area furnishings, and leasehold improvements in the Leased Premises to the extent of the TENANT finish allowance (as that term is defined in the TENANT Improvement Diagram, if any);

(b) Bodily injury and property damage insurance; and

(c) Such other insurance as LANDLORD reasonably determines from time to time.

The insurance coverage and amounts in this Section 5.1 will be reasonably determined by LANDLORD, based on coverage carried by owners of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the project. LANDLORD shall not have any obligation to cause or permit TENANT to be named as an additional insured in any insurance policy procured or maintained by LANDLORD in connection with this LEASE, the Leased Premises, or the project. Any liability insurance maintained by LANDLORD with respect to the project or the Leased Premises shall be in addition to and not in lieu of the insurance required to be maintained by TENANT under this LEASE.

5.2 TENANT’s Insurance. At all times during the term, TENANT will carry and maintain, at TENANT’s sole expense, the following insurance, in the amounts specified below or such other amounts as LANDLORD may from time to time reasonably request, with insurance companies and on forms satisfactory to LANDLORD:

(a) A Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting TENANT, LANDLORD and any lender(s) whose names have been provided to TENANT in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Leased Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than Two Million ($2,000,000) Dollars per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or LANDLORDs of Premises” endorsement and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by


heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this LEASE as an “Insured contract” for the performance of TENANT’s indemnity obligations under this LEASE. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by TENANT shall not, however, limit the liability of TENANT nor relieve TENANT of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by TENANT shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by LANDLORD, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Either by separate policy or, at LANDLORD’s option, by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of TENANT’s personal property, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory, trade fixtures and any alterations and utility installations constructed pursuant to this LEASE and/or owned by TENANT in, on, or about the Leased Premises similar in coverage to that carried by LANDLORD under Section 5.1. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage, on a broad form basis insuring against “all risks of direct physical loss,” with a deductible not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence, and shall include coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the project required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety, or other Applicable Requirements as the result of a covered loss. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by TENANT for the replacement of personal property, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory and the restoration of trade fixtures and any alterations and utility installations required to be covered by such insurance.

(c) A policy or policies in the name of LANDLORD, with loss payable to LANDLORD and any lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by TENANT under the LEASE for one year (including any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Leased Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income and other sums, if any, otherwise payable by TENANT, for the next 12-month period.

5.3 Forms of Policies. Certificates of insurance, together with copies of the endorsements, when applicable, naming LANDLORD, the property management company and any others specified by LANDLORD as additional insureds, will be delivered to LANDLORD prior to TENANT’s occupancy of the Leased Premises and from time to time at least 10 days prior to the expiration of the term of each such policy. All commercial general liability or comparable policies maintained by TENANT will name LANDLORD and such other persons or firms as LANDLORD specifies from time to time as additional insureds, entitling them to recover under such policies for any loss sustained by them, their agents, and employees as a result of the negligent acts or omissions of TENANT. All commercial general liability and property policies maintained by TENANT will be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to the coverage that LANDLORD may carry. Insurance required


under this LEASE shall be in companies duly licensed to transact business in the State of California and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VIII, or such other rating as may be required by any lender of LANDLORD holding a security interest in the project, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” TENANT shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this LEASE. TENANT shall cause to be delivered to LANDLORD, within seven (7) days after the earlier of the Early Entry Date or the Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the insurance required under Section 5.2. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to LANDLORD. TENANT shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish LANDLORD with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or LANDLORD may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to TENANT, which amount shall be payable by TENANT to LANDLORD upon demand.

5.4 Waiver of Subrogation. LANDLORD and TENANT each waive any and all rights to recover against the other or against any other tenant or occupant of the project, or against the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, joint venturers, employees, agents, customers, invitees, or business visitors of such other party or of such other tenant or occupant of the project, for any loss or damage to such waiving party arising from any cause covered by any property insurance required to be carried by such party pursuant to this Article 5 or any other property insurance actually carried by such party to the extent of the limits of such policy. LANDLORD and TENANT from time to time will cause their respective insurers to issue appropriate waiver of subrogation rights endorsements to all property insurance policies carried in connection with the project or the Leased Premises or the contents of the project or the Leased Premises. TENANT agrees to cause all other occupants of the Leased Premises claiming by, under, or through TENANT to execute and deliver to LANDLORD such a waiver of claims and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements.

5.5 Adequacy of Coverage; Premium Increase Caused by Tenant. LANDLORD, its agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by TENANT pursuant to this Article 5 are adequate to protect TENANT. If TENANT believes that any of such insurance coverage is inadequate, TENANT will obtain such additional insurance coverage as TENANT deems adequate, at TENANT’s sole expense. TENANT shall pay, as additional rent payable upon demand by LANDLORD, for any increase in the premiums for of property insurance provided by LANDLORD with respect to the Leased Premises and/or the building in which the Leased Premises are located if said increase is caused by TENANT’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Leased Premises.

ARTICLE 6: USE

The Leased Premises will be used only for that use set forth in Tenant Specific Terms hereinabove, and purposes incidental to that use, and for no other purpose. TENANT will use the Leased Premises in a careful, safe, and proper manner. TENANT will, at TENANT’s sole expense, only use and cause or permit the Leased Premises to be used or occupied for purposes or in a manner which is in full compliance with any and all applicable municipal, county, state and federal laws, rules, directives, ordinances and regulations, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of


LANDLORD’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Leased Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Leased Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance) and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record, including without limitation all zoning, building and other codes, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, as revised from time to time, and California Title 24, now in force or which may hereafter be in force or effect (collectively, “Applicable Requirements”), which impose any duty upon LANDLORD or TENANT with respect to the use, occupation or alteration of the Leased Premises. TENANT will not commit waste or suffer or permit waste to be committed in, on, or about the Leased Premises. TENANT will conduct its business and control its employees, agents, and invitees in such a manner as not to violate any Applicable Requirements or to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy, or disturb any other TENANT or occupant of the project or LANDLORD in its operation of the project. The term “nuisance” shall include, without limitation, anything which is injurious to health, or is indecent or offensive to the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property, so as to interfere with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. Within ten (10) days after receipt, TENANT shall deliver to LANDLORD written notice of, and concurrently provide Landlord with copies of (if applicable): (i) any notices alleging violations respecting the project and/or the Leased Premises of any Applicable Requirements; (ii) any notices of claims made or threatened in writing regarding noncompliance violations respecting the project and/or the Leased Premises of any Applicable Requirements; and (iii) any notices of any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with violations of any Applicable Requirements as same relate to all or any portion of the Leased Premises and/or the project. Notwithstanding any other terms or conditions in this lease, under no circumstances will Tenant store, deliver, or dispense marijuana or products related to the medical marijuana industry; to do so is an Event of Default under this lease as defined in Article 24.

ARTICLE 7: REQUIREMENTS OF LAW; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; FIRE INSURANCE

7.1 General. At its sole cost and expense, TENANT will promptly comply with all Applicable Requirements now in force or in force at any time after the Lease Date, with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body constituted now or after the Lease Date, with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, as well as with the provisions of all recorded documents affecting the Leased Premises, insofar as they relate to the condition, use, alteration or occupancy of the Leased Premises, excluding requirements of structural changes to the buildings, unless required by the unique nature of TENANT’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or as a result of alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises made by or at the direction of TENANT.


7.2 TENANT’s Environmental Responsibilities.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Leased Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Leased Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of LANDLORD to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof, any toxic or radioactive matter, and those materials identified in Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code. TENANT shall not engage in any activity in or about the Leased Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of LANDLORD and compliance in a timely manner (at TENANT’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as hereinafter defined). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Leased Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Leased Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TENANT may, without LANDLORD’s prior consent, but upon notice to LANDLORD and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by TENANT in the normal course of the permitted use of the Leased Premises provided in this LEASE, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Leased Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose LANDLORD to any liability therefor. In addition, LANDLORD may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by TENANT upon TENANT’s giving LANDLORD such additional assurances as LANDLORD, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Leased Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at LANDLORD’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Leased Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Article 21 hereof.

(b) Duty to Inform LANDLORD. If TENANT knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Leased Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by LANDLORD, TENANT shall immediately give LANDLORD written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to, all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Leased Premises. TENANT shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Leased Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).


(c) Indemnification. TENANT shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold LANDLORD, its agents, employees, lenders and ground LANDLORD, if any, and the Leased Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Leased Premises by or for TENANT or by anyone under TENANT’s control. TENANT’s obligations under this Section 7.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by TENANT, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by LANDLORD and TENANT shall release TENANT from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by LANDLORD in writing at the time of such agreement.

(d) TENANT’s Compliance with Requirements. TENANT shall, at TENANT’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all Applicable Requirements. TENANT shall, within five (5) days after receipt of LANDLORD’s written request, provide LANDLORD with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing TENANT’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by LANDLORD and shall immediately upon receipt notify LANDLORD in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by TENANT or the Leased Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

(e) Inspection; Compliance with Law. LANDLORD, LANDLORD’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Leased Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to inspect the suite with a 24 hour notice to tenant to enter the Leased Premises in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Leased Premises and for verifying compliance by TENANT with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined above), and LANDLORD shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise LANDLORD with respect to TENANT’s activities, including but not limited to TENANT’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Leased Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same, unless a default or breach of this Lease by TENANT or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by TENANT, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, TENANT shall upon request reimburse LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7.3 Certain Insurance Risks. TENANT will not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Leased Premises or the project which would (a) jeopardize or be in conflict with fire insurance policies covering the project and fixtures and property in the project; (b) increase the rate of fire insurance applicable to the project to an amount higher than it otherwise would be for general industrial use of the project; or (c) subject LANDLORD to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon the Leased Premises.


ARTICLE 8: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

8.1 LANDLORD’s Consent Required.

(a) TENANT shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, “assign”) or sublet all or any part of TENANT’s interest in this Lease or in the Leased Premises without LANDLORD’s prior written consent given under and subject to the terms of Section 26.26 of this LEASE.

(b) A change in the control of TENANT shall constitute an assignment requiring LANDLORD’s consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of TENANT shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of TENANT or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or TENANT’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of TENANT, as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth of TENANT as it was represented to LANDLORD at the time of full execution and delivery of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which LANDLORD has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of TENANT was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease by TENANT to which LANDLORD may reasonably without its consent. “Net Worth of TENANT” for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of TENANT (excluding any Guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(d) Any attempt to assign or sublet all or part of TENANT’s interest in this LEASE without LANDLORD’s specific prior written consent shall, at LANDLORD’s option, be a default curable after notice per Section 26.12, or a non-curable breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If LANDLORD elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable breach, LANDLORD shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this LEASE, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“LANDLORD’s Notice”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Leased Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Leased Premises, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the monthly Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by TENANT, TENANT shall pay the amount set forth in LANDLORD’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of monthly Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of such breach and rental adjustment, any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the LEASE term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the monthly Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in LANDLORD’s Notice.


(e) If TENANT believes that LANDLORD has unreasonably withheld its consent pursuant any provision of this Article 8, TENANT’s sole remedy will be to seek a declaratory judgment that LANDLORD has unreasonably withheld its consent or an order of specific performance or mandatory injunction of the LANDLORD’s agreement to give its consent; however, TENANT may recover compensatory damages only if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that: (i) TENANT commenced an action respecting such claim(s) within six (6) months after the date on which any right of action thereon first arose under Applicable Requirements, and (ii) LANDLORD has acted willfully, arbitrarily and capriciously in evaluating the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s creditworthiness, identity, and/or business character, and/or the proposed use and/or lawfulness of the proposed use.

8.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of LANDLORD’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of TENANT under this LEASE, (ii) release TENANT of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of TENANT for the payment of monthly Base Rent and other sums due LANDLORD hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by TENANT under this LEASE.

(b) LANDLORD may accept any rent or performance of TENANT’s obligations from any person other than TENANT pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of LANDLORD’s right to exercise its remedies for the default or breach by TENANT of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this LEASE.

(c) The consent of LANDLORD to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by TENANT or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or sublessee. However, LANDLORD may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying TENANT or anyone else liable under this LEASE or any sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this LEASE or such sublease.

(d) In the event of any default or breach of TENANT’s obligation under this Lease, LANDLORD may proceed directly against TENANT, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, including any sublessee, without first exhausting LANDLORD’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to LANDLORD, or any security held by LANDLORD.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to LANDLORD’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including, but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Leased Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Leased Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as a deposit towards the reasonable consideration for LANDLORD’s considering and processing the request for consent. TENANT agrees to provide LANDLORD with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by LANDLORD.


(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this LEASE shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of LANDLORD, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by TENANT during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which LANDLORD has specifically consented in writing.

(g) The occurrence of a transaction described in Section 8.2(c) shall give LANDLORD the right (but not the obligation) to require that the Security Deposit be increased by an amount equal to three (3) times the then monthly Base Rent, and LANDLORD may make the actual receipt by LANDLORD of the Security Deposit increase a condition to LANDLORD’s consent to such transaction.

(h) LANDLORD, as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment or subletting, may require that the amount and adjustment schedule of the monthly Base Rent payable under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the market value and/or adjustment schedule for property similar to the Leased Premises as then constituted, as determined by LANDLORD.

8.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by TENANT of all or any part of the Leased Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this LEASE whether or not expressly incorporated therein.

(a) Without affecting any of its other obligations under this LEASE, TENANT will pay LANDLORD as additional rent under this LEASE a sum equal to one-half (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration that (a) are received by TENANT as a result of an assignment or subletting, whether or not denominated “rent” or “additional rent” under the assignment or sublease, and (b) in the case of a sublease, exceed in total the sums which TENANT is obligated to pay LANDLORD under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Leased Premises subject to such assignment or sublease). The failure or inability of the assignee or subtenant to pay TENANT pursuant to the assignment or sublease will not relieve TENANT from its obligations to LANDLORD under this section. TENANT will not amend the assignment or sublease in such a way as to reduce or delay payment of amounts that are provided in the assignment or sublease approved by LANDLORD.

(b) TENANT hereby assigns and transfers to LANDLORD all of TENANT’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion of the Leased Premises heretofore or hereafter made by TENANT, and LANDLORD may collect such rent and income and apply same toward TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE; provided, however, that until a breach (as defined in Article 24) shall occur in the performance of TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, TENANT may, except as otherwise provided in this LEASE, receive, collect


and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. LANDLORD shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to LANDLORD, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of TENANT to perform and comply with any of TENANT’s obligations to such sublessee under such sublease. TENANT hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from LANDLORD stating that a breach exists in the performance of TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, to pay to LANDLORD the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from LANDLORD and shall pay such rents and other charges to LANDLORD without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from TENANT to the contrary. TENANT shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the breach has been cured, against LANDLORD, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to LANDLORD.

(c) In the event of a breach by TENANT in the performance of its obligations under this LEASE, LANDLORD, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to LANDLORD, in which event LANDLORD shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, LANDLORD shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

(d) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of LANDLORD herein.

(e) No sublessee under a sublease approved by LANDLORD shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises without LANDLORD’s prior written consent.

(f) LANDLORD shall deliver a copy of any notice of default or breach by TENANT to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the default of TENANT within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against TENANT for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

ARTICLE 9: RULES AND REGULATIONS

TENANT and its employees, agents, licensees, and visitors will at all times observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C. LANDLORD may from time to time reasonably amend, delete, or modify existing rules and regulations, or adopt reasonable new rules and regulations for the use, safety, cleanliness, and care of the Leased Premises, the building, and the project, and the comfort, quiet, and convenience of occupants of the project. Modifications or additions to the rules and regulations will be effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice to TENANT from LANDLORD. In the event of any breach of any rules or regulations or any amendments or additions to such rules and regulations, LANDLORD will have all remedies that this LEASE provides for default by TENANT, and will in addition have any remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enjoin any breach of such rules and regulations. LANDLORD will not be liable to TENANT for the breach of another lease by another TENANT or the violation of such rules and regulations by any other TENANT, its employees, agents, visitors, or licensees or any other person, nor will such breach or violation excuse TENANT’s performance hereunder. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this LEASE and the rules and regulations, the provisions of this LEASE will govern.


ARTICLE 10: COMMON AREAS

As used in this LEASE, the term “common areas” means, without limitation, the hallways, entryways, driveways, walkways, terraces, docks, loading areas, restrooms, trash facilities, and all other areas and facilities in the Project that are provided and designated from time to time by LANDLORD for the general nonexclusive use and convenience of TENANT with LANDLORD and other tenants of the project and their respective employees, invitees, licensees, or other visitors. LANDLORD grants TENANT, its employees, invitees, suppliers, contractors and customers a nonexclusive license for the term of this LEASE to use the common areas, as they exist from time to time, in common with others entitled to use the common areas, subject to the terms and conditions of this LEASE and such rules and regulations as may be applicable thereto from time to time. Without advance notice to TENANT, except with respect to matters covered by subsection (a) below, and without any liability to TENANT in any respect, provided LANDLORD will take no action permitted under this Article 10 in such a manner as to prevent TENANT’s access to the Leased Premises, LANDLORD will have the right to:

(a) Close off any of the common areas to whatever extent required in the opinion of LANDLORD and its counsel to prevent a dedication of any of the common areas or the accrual of any rights by any person or the public to the common areas;

(b) Temporarily close any of the common areas for maintenance, alteration, or improvement purposes; and

(c) Change the size, use, shape, or nature of any such common areas, including erecting additional buildings on the common areas, expanding the existing building or other buildings to cover a portion of the common areas, converting common areas to a portion of the building or other buildings, or converting any portion of the building (excluding the Leased Premises) or other buildings to common areas. Upon erection of any additional buildings or change in common areas, the portion of the Project upon which buildings or structures have been erected will no longer be deemed to be a part of the common areas.

(d) Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the common areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the common areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then LANDLORD shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to TENANT, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by LANDLORD.


ARTICLE 11: LANDLORD’S SERVICES

11.1 LANDLORD’s Repair and Maintenance. Except for damages caused by any negligent or intentional act or omission of TENANT, TENANT’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees (in any of which events TENANT shall promptly repair and be solely liable for such damages and all consequences thereof), LANDLORD, at LANDLORD’s expense, shall keep in good condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, and roof of the Leased Premises (excluding any portions thereof which TENANT or any agent, employee, contractor or representative of TENANT has modified or punctured, with or without Landlord’s consent), as well as the parking lots, walkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs (other than TENANT’s signs) and utility installations of the common areas and all parts thereof and the HVAC system. LANDLORD shall not, however, be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surface of exterior walls, nor shall LANDLORD be required to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors (including exterior roll-up doors), skylights or plate glass in, on or around the Leased Premises.

TENANT’S Initials: /s/ BB / /s/ MW

LANDLORD shall have no obligation to make repairs under this Article 11 until a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from TENANT of the need for such repairs. TENANT expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford TENANT the right to make repairs at LANDLORD’s expense or to terminate this LEASE because of LANDLORD’s failure to keep the Leased Premises in good order, condition or repair.

11.2 Limitation on Liability.

LANDLORD, LANDLORD’s agent and its property manager shall not be in default under this LEASE or be liable to TENANT or any other person for direct or consequential damage, or otherwise, for any failure to supply any heat, air conditioning, cleaning, lighting, security; for surges or interruptions of electricity; or for other services LANDLORD has agreed to supply during any period when LANDLORD uses reasonable diligence to supply such services. LANDLORD will use reasonable efforts to diligently remedy any interruption in the furnishing of such services. LANDLORD reserves the right temporarily to discontinue such services at such times as may be necessary by reason of accident; repairs, alterations or improvements; strikes; lockouts; riots; acts of God; governmental preemption in connection with a national or local emergency; any rule, order, or regulation of any governmental agency; conditions of supply and demand that make any product unavailable; LANDLORD’s compliance with any mandatory governmental energy conservation or environmental protection program, or any voluntary governmental energy conservation program at the request of or with consent or acquiescence of TENANT; or any other happening beyond the control of LANDLORD. LANDLORD will not be liable to TENANT or any other person or entity for direct or consequential damages, whether for damage or injuries to any person or property, or otherwise, resulting from: (i) the admission to or exclusion from the building or project of any person(s); (ii) the failure to provide, or to maintain or repair, any alarm or security system or device, or any portion thereof; and/or (iii) the failure to provide or the discontinuance of the provision of any form of guard or security service respecting the Leased Premises, or respecting the building and/or project in which the Leased Premises are located. TENANT acknowledges and agrees that LANDLORD has no obligation to provide or, if provided, to continue to provide, maintain or repair, any form of alarm or security systems, devices or services in, on or around the Leased Premises, the building or the project. In the event of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, strikes, lockouts, or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in LANDLORD’s sole opinion, LANDLORD will have the right to prevent access to the building or project during the


continuance of the same by such means as LANDLORD, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including without limitation locking doors and closing parking areas and other common areas. LANDLORD will not be liable for damages to person or property or for injury to, or interruption of, business for any discontinuance permitted under this Article 11, nor will such discontinuance in any way be construed as an eviction of TENANT or cause an abatement of rent or operate to release TENANT from any obligations under this LEASE. LANDLORD shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of LANDLORD nor from the failure by LANDLORD to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the project in which the Leased Premises are located. Notwithstanding LANDLORD’s negligence or breach of this LEASE, LANDLORD shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to TENANT’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

ARTICLE 12: TENANT’S CARE OF THE PREMISES; UTILITIES

(a) TENANT, at TENANT’s expense, shall keep in good order, condition and repair, in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, the Leased Premises and every part thereof, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all plumbing, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment within the Leased Premises, fixtures, interior walls and interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, and exterior roll-up doors located within the Leased Premises, but excluding the HVAC system.

(b) If TENANT fails to perform TENANT’s obligations hereunder, LANDLORD may enter upon the Leased Premises after ten (10) days prior written notice (except in the case of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on TENANT’s behalf and put the Leased Premises in good order, condition and repair, and the costs thereof together with interest thereon at the maximum rate then allowable by law shall be due and payable as additional rent to LANDLORD together with TENANT’s next monthly rent payment.

(c) Except as specifically provided to the contrary in Section 4.4 of this LEASE, LANDLORD shall have no obligation to provide any utility service or connection to the Leased Premises, nor to maintain, upgrade or repair any utility conveyance or connection affecting or serving the Leased Premises. Except as provided hereinabove, Tenant shall pay before delinquency all charges for gas, heat, electricity, power, telephone service, and all other services of and any connection fees related to all other utilities used in, upon, or about the Leased Premises, whether by TENANT or any of TENANT’s subtenants, licensees, or assignees; and if, at any time during the term, any such utility for which TENANT is responsible hereunder is not separately metered, TENANT shall reimburse LANDLORD for TENANT’s pro rata share of the cost of the utility determined according to the floor area of the Leased Premises as it relates to the gross leasable floor area of the portion of the project which is separately metered and that contains the Leased Premises.


ARTICLE 13: ALTERATIONS

13.1 General.

(a) During the term, TENANT will not make or allow to be made any alterations (including changing locks), additions, or improvements to or of the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises, or attach any fixtures or equipment to the Leased Premises, without first obtaining LANDLORD’s written consent and all applicable governmental approvals. All such alterations, additions, and improvements consented to by LANDLORD, and capital improvements that are required to be made to the project as a result of the nature of TENANT’s use of the Leased Premises:

(1) Will be performed by contractors approved by LANDLORD and subject to conditions specified by LANDLORD (which may include requiring the posting of a mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien bond, and delivery to LANDLORD of proof of appropriate licensing and insurance coverages then in effect, including without limitation such liability and workers compensation policies as are required under Applicable Requirements or deemed by LANDLORD to be reasonably necessary); or

(2) At LANDLORD’s option, will be made by LANDLORD for TENANT’s account, and TENANT will reimburse LANDLORD for their cost within 10 days after receipt of a statement of such cost.

(b) Subject to TENANT’s rights in Article 15, all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Leased Premises either by TENANT or LANDLORD, will immediately become LANDLORD’s property and at the end of the term will remain on the Leased Premises without compensation to TENANT, unless when consenting to such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements, LANDLORD has advised TENANT in writing that such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements must be removed at the expiration or other termination of this LEASE.

(c) To the extent that any alteration, improvement, or addition to the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any use of the Leased Premises by TENANT, results in any liability or obligation for LANDLORD to improve, alter or remove any other portion of the project in which the Leased Premises are located, TENANT shall indemnify and hold LANDLORD free and harmless from any and all costs associated with LANDLORD’s compliance with such obligations. LANDLORD’s consent to alteration, improvement, or addition to the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any use of the Leased Premises by TENANT, shall not be deemed to constitute any form of warranty, representation or assumption of liability by LANDLORD for any lack of completeness, sufficiency, adequacy or compliance with Applicable Requirements.

13.2 Removal. If LANDLORD has required TENANT to remove any or all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements that are made in or upon the Leased Premises pursuant to this Article 13 prior to the expiration date, TENANT will remove such alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements at TENANT’s sole cost and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, and TENANT will restore the Leased Premises to the condition in which they existed before such alterations, additions, fixtures, improvements, and additions were made, reasonable wear and tear excepted.


ARTICLE 14: MECHANICS’ LIENS

14.1 Absolutely No Liens. TENANT will pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for work (a) done by TENANT or caused to be done by TENANT, in or to the Leased Premises, and (b) for all materials furnished for or in connection with such work. TENANT will indemnify LANDLORD against and hold LANDLORD, the Leased Premises, and the project free, clear, and harmless of and from all mechanics’ liens and claims of liens, and all other liabilities, liens, claims, and demands on account of such work by or on behalf of TENANT, other than work performed by LANDLORD pursuant to the TENANT Improvement Diagram, if any. If TENANT receives written notice that a lien has been or is about to be filed against the Leased Premises or the project, or that any action affecting title to the project has been commenced on account of work done by or for or materials furnished to or for TENANT, it will immediately give LANDLORD written notice of such notice.

14.2 Notice to LANDLORD; Nonresponsibility. At least 15 days prior to the commencement of any work (including but not limited to any maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, or installations) in or to the Leased Premises, by or for TENANT, TENANT will give LANDLORD written notice of the proposed work and the names and addresses of the persons supplying labor and materials for the proposed work. LANDLORD will have the right to post notices of nonresponsibility or similar written notices on the Leased Premises in order to protect the Leased Premises against any such liens.

ARTICLE 15: END OF TERM

15.1 Condition of Premises. At the end of this LEASE, TENANT will promptly quit and surrender the Leased Premises broom-clean, in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Any damage or deterioration of the Leased Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary otherwise stated in this LEASE, TENANT shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning, plumbing and fencing on the Leased Premises in good operating condition.

15.2 Alterations, Additions and Improvements. If TENANT is not then in default, TENANT may remove from the Leased Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, and movable furniture placed in the Leased Premises by TENANT, whether or not such trade fixtures or equipment are fastened to the building; TENANT will not remove any trade fixtures or equipment without LANDLORD’s prior written consent if such fixtures or equipment are used in the operation of the building, or if the removal of such fixtures or equipment will result in impairing the structural strength of the building. Whether or not TENANT is in default, TENANT will remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, equipment, and furniture as LANDLORD has requested in accordance with Article 13. TENANT will fully repair any damage occasioned by the removal of any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions, and improvements. All trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, inventory, effects, alterations, additions, and improvements on the Leased Premises after the end of the term will be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by LANDLORD without written notice to TENANT or any other person and without obligation to account for them. TENANT will pay LANDLORD for all expenses incurred in connection with the removal of such property, including but not limited to the cost of repairing any damage to the building or Leased Premises caused by the removal of such property. TENANT’s obligation to observe and perform this covenant will survive the expiration or other termination of this LEASE.


ARTICLE 16: EMINENT DOMAIN

If all of the Leased Premises are taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain (or conveyed by LANDLORD in lieu of such exercise) this LEASE will terminate on a date (the “termination date”) which is the earlier of the date upon which the condemning authority takes possession of the Leased Premises or the date on which title to the Leased Premises is vested in the condemning authority. If more than 25% of the rentable area of the Leased Premises is so taken, TENANT will have the right to cancel this LEASE by written notice to LANDLORD given within 20 days after the termination date. If less than 25% of the rentable area of the Leased Premises is so taken, or if the TENANT does not cancel this LEASE according to the preceding sentence, the monthly rent will be abated in the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises so taken to the rentable area of the Leased Premises immediately before such taking, and TENANT’s share will be appropriately recalculated. If 25% or more of the building or the project is so taken, LANDLORD may cancel this LEASE by written notice to TENANT given within 30 days after the termination date. In the event of any such taking, the entire award is hereby assigned by TENANT to LANDLORD, and such award will therefore be paid to LANDLORD. TENANT will have no right or claim to any part of such award; however, TENANT will have the right to assert a claim against the condemning authority in a separate action, so long as LANDLORD’s award is not otherwise reduced, for TENANT’s moving expenses and leasehold improvements owned by TENANT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, TENANT hereby waived any and all rights which TENANT might otherwise have had pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any successor or substantially similar statute(s).

ARTICLE 17: DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

(a) If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty, LANDLORD will give TENANT written notice of the time which will be needed to repair such damage, as determined by LANDLORD in its reasonable discretion, and the election (if any) which LANDLORD has made according to this Article 17. Such notice will be given before the 30th day (the “notice date”) after the fire or other insured casualty.

(b) If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent which may be repaired within 120 days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, LANDLORD will promptly begin to repair the damage after the notice date and will diligently pursue the completion of such repair. In that event this LEASE will continue in full force and effect except that monthly rent will be abated on a pro rata basis from the date of the damage until the date of the completion of such repairs (the “repair period”) based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises TENANT is unable to use during the repair period.

(c) If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent that may not be repaired within 120 days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, then (1) LANDLORD may cancel this LEASE as of the date of such damage by written notice given to TENANT on or before the notice date or (2) TENANT may cancel this LEASE as of the date of such damage by written notice given to LANDLORD within 10 days after LANDLORD’s delivery of a written notice that the repairs cannot be made within such 120-day period. If neither LANDLORD nor TENANT so elects to cancel this LEASE, LANDLORD will diligently proceed to repair the building and Leased Premises and monthly rent will be abated on a pro rata basis during the repair period based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises TENANT is unable to use during the repair period.


(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, if the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by uninsured casualty, or if the proceeds of insurance are insufficient to pay for the repair of any damage to the Leased Premises or the building, LANDLORD will have the option to repair such damage or cancel this LEASE as of the date of such casualty by written notice to TENANT on or before the notice date.

(e) If any such damage by fire or other casualty is the result of the willful conduct or negligence or failure to act of TENANT, its agents, contractors, employees, or invitees, there will be no abatement of monthly rent as otherwise provided for in this Article 17. TENANT will have no rights to terminate this LEASE on account of any damage to the Leased Premises, the building, or the project, except as set forth in this LEASE, and TENANT hereby waives the terms of any inconsistent statute or regulation of the State of California.

ARTICLE 18: SUBORDINATION

18.1 Subordination. This LEASE shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed by LANDLORD upon the real property of which the Leased Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. TENANT agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of LANDLORD under this Lease, but that in the event of LANDLORD’s default with respect to any such obligation, TENANT will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished TENANT in writing for such purpose notice of LANDLORD’s default pursuant to Section 26.17. If any Lender shall elect to have this LEASE superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to TENANT, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

18.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Section 18.3, TENANT agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Leased Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which TENANT might have against any prior landlord, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

18.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by LANDLORD after the execution of this LEASE, TENANT’s subordination of this LEASE shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that TENANT’s possession and this Lease will not be disturbed so long as TENANT is not in breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Leased Premises.


18.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Article 18 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from LANDLORD or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Leased Premises, TENANT and LANDLORD shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

ARTICLE 19: ENTRY BY LANDLORD

19.1 LANDLORD, its agents, employees, and contractors may enter the Leased Premises at any time in response to an emergency, and at reasonable hours to: (a) inspect the Leased Premises; (b) exhibit the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, tenants, brokers, or agents; (c) determine whether TENANT is complying with all its obligations in this LEASE; (d) any service to be provided by LANDLORD to TENANT according to this LEASE; (e) post written notices of nonresponsibility or similar notices; or (f) make repairs required of LANDLORD under the terms of this LEASE or make repairs to any adjoining space or utility services or make repairs, alterations, or improvements to any other portion of the building; however, all such work will be done as promptly as is reasonably possible and with the intention to cause as little interference to TENANT as is reasonably possible. LANDLORD may at any time during the last ninety (90) days of the Lease Term place on or about the Leased Premises, the building, or the project any “for lease” or other signs or notices advertising LANDLORD’s expectation that the Leased Premises will become available for leasing or rental. TENANT, by this Section 19.1, waives any claim against LANDLORD, its agents, employees, or contractors for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with TENANT’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Leased Premises, or any other loss occasioned by any entry in accordance with this Section 19.1. LANDLORD will at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, on, or about the Leased Premises (excluding TENANT’s vaults, safes, and similar areas, if any, designated in writing by TENANT in advance). LANDLORD will have the right to use any and all means LANDLORD may deem proper to open doors in and to the Leased Premises in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Leased Premises, provided that LANDLORD will promptly repair any damages caused by any forced entry. Any entry to the Leased Premises by LANDLORD in accordance with this Article 19 will not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Leased Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of TENANT from the Leased Premises or any portion of the Leased Premises, nor will any such entry entitle TENANT to damages or an abatement of monthly Base Rent, additional rent, or any other charges that this LEASE requires TENANT to pay.

ARTICLE 20: INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER, AND RELEASE

20.1 Indemnification. Except for LANDLORD’s willful or deliberate misconduct, and/or intentional breach of express warranties, TENANT shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Leased Premises and project in which the Leased Premises are located, LANDLORD and its agents, LANDLORD’s master or ground LANDLORD (if any), partners and lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by


TENANT, the conduct of TENANT’s business, any act, omission or neglect of TENANT, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, and out of any default or breach by TENANT in the performance in a timely manner of any obligation on TENANT’s part to be performed under this LEASE, including without limitation TENANT’s obligations regarding compliance with Applicable Requirements. The foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made against LANDLORD) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or proceeding be brought against LANDLORD by reason of any of the foregoing matters, TENANT upon notice from LANDLORD shall defend the same at TENANT’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to LANDLORD and LANDLORD shall cooperate with TENANT in such defense. LANDLORD need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.

20.2 Waiver and Release. TENANT, as a material part of the consideration to LANDLORD for this LEASE, by this Section 20.2 waives and releases all claims against LANDLORD, its employees, and agents with respect to all matters for which LANDLORD has disclaimed liability pursuant to the provisions of this LEASE. It is understood by each of the Parties that Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California provides as follows:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

With regard to this Section 20.2, Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California is hereby expressly waived by TENANT.

TENANT’S Initials: /s/ BB / /s/ MW

ARTICLE 21: SECURITY DEPOSIT

21.1 LANDLORD’s Use of Security Deposit. TENANT has deposited the security deposit with LANDLORD as security for the full, faithful, and timely performance of every provision of this LEASE to be performed by TENANT. If TENANT defaults with respect to any provision of this LEASE, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, including without limitation any additional rent, attorney’s fees or other sums due hereunder, LANDLORD may use, apply, or retain all or any part of the security deposit for the payment of any rent, additional rent, or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount LANDLORD may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of TENANT’s default, or to compensate LANDLORD for any other loss, damage, costs or attorney’ fees LANDLORD may suffer by reason of TENANT’s breach or default under the LEASE. If any portion of the security deposit is so used, applied, or retained, TENANT will within five (5) days after written demand deposit cash with LANDLORD in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount. LANDLORD will not be required to keep the security deposit separate from its general funds, and TENANT will not be entitled to interest on the security deposit. The security deposit will not be deemed a limitation on LANDLORD’s damages or a payment of liquidated damages or a payment of the monthly rent due for the last month of the term. If


TENANT fully, faithfully, and timely performs every provision of this LEASE to be performed by it, the security deposit or any balance of the security deposit will be returned to TENANT within 60 days after the expiration of the term. LANDLORD may deliver the funds deposited under this LEASE by TENANT to the purchaser of the building in the event the building is sold, and after such time LANDLORD will have no further liability to TENANT with respect to the security deposit. Subject to the foregoing, TENANT hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that LANDLORD may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by TENANT or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that LANDLORD may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate LANDLORD for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The amount of the security deposit is determined with reference to the base rent, such that the security deposit shall be increased periodically, on a pro rata basis, to represent increases in the base rent.

21.2 Nature of LANDLORD’s Retention of Security Deposit. TENANT agrees that during the term of the LEASE, the security deposit shall be deemed the property of the LANDLORD and not that of the TENANT, subject only to the LANDLORD’s legal duties to apply or refund the security deposit in accordance with California law. $50.00 of this security deposit is a non-refundable document preparation fee. The parties acknowledge that LANDLORD’s interest in the security deposit is perfected, as that term is defined in the California Commercial Code.

ARTICLE 22: QUIET ENJOYMENT

LANDLORD covenants and agrees with TENANT that, provided that TENANT timely pays all rent, and strictly observes and timely performs all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this LEASE on TENANT’s part to be observed and performed, TENANT may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Leased Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms, conditions and limitations of this LEASE, and TENANT’s possession will not be disturbed by anyone claiming by, through, or under LANDLORD.

ARTICLE 23: EFFECT OF SALE

A sale, conveyance, or assignment of the building or the project will operate to release LANDLORD from liability from and after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment upon all of the covenants, terms, and conditions of this LEASE, express or implied, except those liabilities that arose prior to such effective date, and, after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment, TENANT will look solely to LANDLORD’s successor in interest in and to this LEASE. This LEASE will not be affected by any such sale, conveyance, or assignment, and TENANT will attorn to LANDLORD’s successor in interest to this LEASE, so long as such successor in interest assumes LANDLORD’s obligations under the LEASE from and after such effective date.


ARTICLE 24: DEFAULT

24.1 Events of Default. The following events are referred to, collectively, as “events of default” or, individually, as a “breach,” “default,” or an “event of default”:

(a) TENANT defaults in the due and punctual payment of rent, and such default continues for 3 days after written notice from LANDLORD; however, TENANT will not be entitled to more than 1 written notice for monetary defaults during any 12-month period, and if after such written notice any rent is not paid when due, an event of default will be considered to have occurred without further notice;

(b) TENANT vacates or abandons the Leased Premises;

(c) This LEASE or the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against TENANT, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment by any creditor of TENANT or claimant against TENANT, and said attachment is not discharged or disposed of within 15 days after its levy;

(d) TENANT files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer or otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the dissolution of TENANT are instituted against TENANT, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of TENANT, and such proceeding is not dismissed or such receivership or trusteeship vacated within 60 days after such institution or appointment;

(f) TENANT fails to take possession of the Leased Premises on the Commencement Date of the term; or

(g) TENANT breaches any of the other agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions that this LEASE requires TENANT to perform, and such breach continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from LANDLORD to TENANT or, if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such 30-day period, if TENANT fails to diligently commence to cure such breach within 30 days after written notice from LANDLORD and to complete such cure within a reasonable time thereafter.

24.2 LANDLORD’s Remedies. If TENANT fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of TENANT under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice to TENANT (or in case of an emergency, without notice), LANDLORD may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on TENANT’s behalf including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by LANDLORD shall be due and payable by TENANT to LANDLORD upon invoice therefor. In the event of a default of this Lease by TENANT, as defined in Section 24.1, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting LANDLORD in the exercise of any right or remedy which LANDLORD may have by reason of such breach, LANDLORD may:


(a) Terminate TENANT’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and TENANT shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to LANDLORD. In such event LANDLORD shall be entitled to recover from TENANT: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the TENANT proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the TENANT proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate LANDLORD for all the detriment proximately caused by the TENANT’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of the leasing commission paid by LANDLORD applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provisions (i) and (ii) of the prior sentence shall be calculated based on an interest rate equal to the highest rate permitted by applicable law. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the prior sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by LANDLORD to mitigate damages caused by TENANT’s breach of this Lease shall not waive LANDLORD’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, LANDLORD shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or LANDLORD may reserve therein the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Sections 24.1(a) or (g) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to TENANT under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Sections 24.1(a) or (g). In such case, the applicable grace period under Sections 24.1(a) or (g) and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of TENANT to cure the default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and breach of this Lease entitling LANDLORD to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and TENANT’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after TENANT’s breach and abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided TENANT has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. See Article 8 for the limitations on assignment and subletting which limitations TENANT and LANDLORD agree are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the LANDLORD’s interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the TENANT’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to LANDLORD under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of California. Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of TENANT under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at the maximum rate allowed by law.


(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of TENANT’s right to possession shall not relieve TENANT from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of TENANT’s occupancy of the Premises.

24.3 Cumulative Remedies; Attorneys’ Fees. Any suit or suits for the recovery of the amounts and damages set forth in Section 24.2 may be brought by LANDLORD, from time to time, at LANDLORD’s election, and nothing in this LEASE will be deemed to require LANDLORD to await the date upon which this LEASE or the term would have expired had there occurred no event of default. Each right and remedy provided for in this LEASE is cumulative and is in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by LANDLORD of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise will not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by LANDLORD of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All costs incurred by LANDLORD in collecting any amounts and damages owing by TENANT pursuant to the provisions of this LEASE or to enforce any provision of this LEASE, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date any such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by LANDLORD, will also be recoverable by LANDLORD from TENANT. If any party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a party which substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. LANDLORD shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such default.

24.4 Inducement Recapture In Event of Breach. Any agreement by LANDLORD for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Leased Premises, or for the giving or paying by LANDLORD to or for TENANT of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for TENANT’s entering into this LEASE, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions” shall be deemed conditioned upon TENANT’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this LEASE to be performed or observed by TENANT during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence of a breach, default or event of default, as defined in this LEASE, by TENANT, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this LEASE and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore


abated, given or paid by LANDLORD under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by TENANT to LANDLORD, and recoverable by LANDLORD, as additional rent due under this LEASE, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said breach, default or event of default by TENANT. The acceptance by LANDLORD of rent or the cure of the breach, default or event of default which initiated the operation of this Section 24.6 shall not be deemed a waiver by LANDLORD of the provisions of this Section 24.4 unless specifically so stated in writing by LANDLORD at the time of such acceptance.

24.5 Confidentiality. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the Project and may impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants of the Project. Tenant agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, employees, brokers, and attorneys, if any, shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach.

24.6 Waiver of Redemption. TENANT waives any right of redemption arising as a result of LANDLORD’s exercise of its remedies under this Article 24.

ARTICLE 25: VEHICLE PARKING

During the term of the LEASE and subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit C, TENANT shall be entitled to use the number of unassigned, unreserved and nondesignated Parking Spaces specified in Section 1.1(i) on those portions of the common areas designated from time to time by LANDLORD for parking. TENANT shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by LANDLORD in such rules and regulations as may be issued by LANDLORD from time to time. TENANT shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by TENANT or TENANT’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by LANDLORD for such activities. If TENANT permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Article 25 or in the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit “C,” then LANDLORD shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to TENANT, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by LANDLORD.

ARTICLE 26: MISCELLANEOUS

26.1 No Offer. This LEASE is submitted to TENANT on the understanding that it will not be considered an offer and will not bind LANDLORD in any way until TENANT has duly executed and delivered duplicate originals to LANDLORD and LANDLORD has executed and delivered one of such originals to TENANT.


26.2 Joint and Several Liability. If TENANT is composed of more than one signatory to this LEASE, each signatory will be jointly and severally liable with each other signatory for payment and performance according to this LEASE. The act of, written notice to, written notice from, refund to, or signature of any signatory to this LEASE (including without limitation modifications of this LEASE made by fewer than all such signatories) will bind every other signatory as though every other signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed.

26.3 No Construction Against Drafting Party. LANDLORD and TENANT acknowledge that each of them and their counsel, if desired, have had ample opportunity to review this LEASE and have used that opportunity to so review this LEASE. Therefore, this LEASE shall not be construed against LANDLORD merely because LANDLORD has prepared it.

26.4 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this LEASE.

26.5 Additional Rent. Any and all amounts that this LEASE requires TENANT to pay in addition to monthly Base Rent, regardless of the reason for such payment, including without limitation CAM Charges, late charges, interest, attorney’s fees, legal and other costs resulting from any default by TENANT, and bank charges for dishonored checks issued by TENANT, shall be deemed “additional rent.” References to rent throughout this LEASE shall be to monthly Base Rent and to any additional rent.

26.6 No Waiver. The waiver by LANDLORD of any agreement, condition, or provision contained in this LEASE will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other agreement, condition, or provision contained in this LEASE, nor will any custom or practice that may grow up between the parties in the administration of the terms of this LEASE be construed to waive or to lessen the right of LANDLORD to insist upon the performance by TENANT in strict accordance with the terms of this LEASE. The subsequent acceptance of monthly Base Rent, or of any other sum, by LANDLORD will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by TENANT of any agreement, condition, or provision of this LEASE, other than the failure of TENANT to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of LANDLORD’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No receipt or acceptance by LANDLORD of any partial or lesser payment than the monthly Base Rent or other sum(s) then due and payable under the LEASE shall be considered to be other than a partial payment of the earliest amount then due to LANDLORD under the LEASE, and no limitation on endorsement, notation regarding conditional tender, or other statement on the check (or any letter tendered with or attachment to any such payment) representing any payment from TENANT to LANDLORD shall be operative as or deemed to be effective as an accord and satisfaction or other discharge of any TENANT obligation other than as provided herein. LANDLORD may accept partial payments from TENANT without prejudice to LANDLORD’s right to recover all other sums due from TENANT, and without prejudice to any right of LANDLORD to immediately pursue all rights and remedies against TENANT for any default, breach or event of default which has not been fully and cured by such payment. LANDLORD’s acceptance of partial payment of rent does not constitute a waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right LANDLORD may have to recover possession of the Premises.


26.7 Limitation on Recourse. TENANT specifically agrees to look solely to LANDLORD’s interest in the project for the recovery of any judgments from LANDLORD. It is agreed that LANDLORD (and its members, shareholders, venturers, and partners, and their members, shareholders, venturers, and partners and all of their officers, directors, and employees) will not be personally liable for any such judgments. The provisions contained in the preceding sentences are not intended to and will not limit any right that TENANT might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against LANDLORD.

26.8 Estoppel Certificates. At any time and from time to time but within 10 days after prior written request by LANDLORD, TENANT will execute, acknowledge, and deliver to LANDLORD, promptly upon request, a certificate certifying (a) that this LEASE is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if there have been modifications, that this LEASE is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of each modification; (b) the date, if any, to which rent and other sums payable under this LEASE have been paid; (c) that no written notice of any default has been delivered to LANDLORD which default has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in said certificate; (d) that there is no event of default under this LEASE or an event which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would result in an event of default under this LEASE, except for defaults specified in said certificate; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by LANDLORD. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or existing or prospective mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust of the building or any part of the project. TENANT’s failure to deliver such a certificate within such time will be conclusive evidence of the matters set forth in it.

26.9 Waiver of Jury Trial; Limitation of Actions. LANDLORD and TENANT by this Section 26.9 waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either of the parties to this LEASE against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this LEASE, the relationship of LANDLORD and TENANT, TENANT’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or any other claims (except claims for personal injury or property damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. Any claim, demand, right, or defense by TENANT that arises out of this LEASE or the negotiations that preceded this LEASE shall be barred unless TENANT commences an action thereon, or interposes a defense by reason thereof, within six (6) months after the date of the inaction, omission, event, or action that gave rise to such claim, demand, right, or defense. TENANT acknowledges and understands, after having consulted with its legal counsel, that the purpose of the immediately foregoing provision is to shorten the period within which TENANT would otherwise have to raise such claims, demands, rights, or defenses under Applicable Requirements.

26.10 No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this LEASE by TENANT or the cancellation of this LEASE by mutual agreement of TENANT and LANDLORD or the termination of this LEASE on account of TENANT’s default will not work a merger, and will, at LANDLORD’s option, (a) terminate all or any subleases and subtenancies or (b) operate as an assignment to LANDLORD of all or any subleases or subtenancies. LANDLORD’s option under this Section 26.10 will be exercised by written notice to TENANT and all known sublessees or subtenants in the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises.


26.11 Holding Over. TENANT will have no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term. If TENANT remains in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term, with the express or implied consent of LANDLORD: (a) such tenancy will be deemed to be a periodic tenancy from month-to-month only; (b) such tenancy will not constitute a renewal or extension of this LEASE for any further term; and (c) such tenancy may be terminated by LANDLORD upon the earlier of 30 days’ prior written notice or the earliest date permitted by law. The parties recognize and agree that the damage to LANDLORD resulting from any failure by TENANT to timely surrender possession of the Leased Premises will be substantial, will exceed the amount of the monthly installments of the rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to measure accurately. TENANT therefore agrees that if possession of the Leased Premises is not surrendered to LANDLORD upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE, in addition to any other rights or remedies LANDLORD may have hereunder or at law, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD, as liquidated damages, for each month and for each portion of any month during which TENANT holds over in the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE, a sum equal to two (2) times the aggregate of that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and additional rent that was payable under this LEASE during the last month of the term. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit TENANT to retain possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE. The provisions of this Section 26.11 shall survive the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE.

26.12 Notices.

(a) Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this LEASE shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Section 26.12(a). The addresses noted in Section 1.1 of Tenant Specific Terms of this LEASE shall be that party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. If a party’s fax number is specified at Section 1.1 of Tenant Specific Terms, until the party specifying the fax number has delivered to the other party a written notice (delivered as provided herein) of such party’s new fax number, the use of such party’s last designated fax number shall be deemed sufficient for purposes of this provision. Either party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon TENANT’s taking possession of the Leased Premises, the Leased Premises shall constitute TENANT’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to TENANT. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to LANDLORD hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as LANDLORD may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to TENANT.

(b) Effective Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the


same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

26.13 Severability. If any provision of this LEASE proves to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the remainder of this LEASE will not be affected by such finding, and in lieu of each provision of this LEASE that is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable a provision will be added as a part of this LEASE as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

26.14 Written Amendment Required. No amendment, alteration, modification of, or addition to the LEASE will be valid or binding unless expressed in writing and signed by LANDLORD and TENANT. TENANT agrees to make any modifications of the terms and provisions of this LEASE required or requested by any lending institution providing financing for the building, or project, as the case may be, provided that no such modifications will materially adversely affect TENANT’s rights and obligations under this LEASE.

26.15 Entire Agreement. This LEASE, the exhibits and addenda, if any, contain the entire agreement between LANDLORD and TENANT. No promises or representations, except as contained in this LEASE, have been made to TENANT respecting the condition or the manner of operating the Leased Premises, the building, or the project.

26.16 Captions. The captions of the various articles and sections of this LEASE are for convenience only and do not necessarily define, limit, describe, or construe the contents of such articles or sections.

26.17 Notice of Landlord’s Default. In the event of any alleged default in the obligation of LANDLORD under this LEASE, TENANT will deliver to LANDLORD written notice listing the reasons for LANDLORD’s default and LANDLORD will have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such alleged default or, in the event the alleged default cannot reasonably be cured within a 30-day period, to commence action and proceed diligently to cure such alleged default. A copy of such notice to LANDLORD will be sent to any holder of a mortgage or other encumbrance on the building or project of which TENANT has been notified in writing, and any such holder will also have the same time periods to cure such alleged default.

26.18 Authority. TENANT and the party executing this LEASE on behalf of TENANT represent to LANDLORD that such party is authorized to do so by requisite action of the board of directors or partners, as the case may be, and agree upon request to deliver to LANDLORD a resolution or similar document to that effect.

26.19 Brokers. LANDLORD and TENANT respectively represent and warrant to each other that neither of them has consulted or negotiated with any broker or finder with regard to the Leased Premises except the brokers named in Tenant Specific Terms, if any. Each of them will indemnify the other against and hold the other harmless from any claims for fees or commissions from anyone with whom either of them has consulted or negotiated with regard to the Leased Premises except the brokers so specified. LANDLORD will pay any fees or commissions due such brokers.


26.20 Governing Law. This LEASE will be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the state in which the project is located.

26.21 Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any amount due to LANDLORD not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate then allowable by law from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by TENANT under this LEASE; provided, however that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by TENANT nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by TENANT.

26.22 No Easements for Air or Light. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air, or view by any structure that may be erected on lands adjacent to the building will in no way affect this LEASE or impose any liability on LANDLORD.

26.23 Tax Credits. LANDLORD is entitled to claim all tax credits and depreciation attributable to leasehold improvements in the Leased Premises. Promptly after LANDLORD’s demand, LANDLORD and TENANT will prepare a detailed list of the leasehold improvements and fixtures and their respective costs for which LANDLORD or TENANT has paid. LANDLORD will be entitled to all credits and depreciation for those items for which LANDLORD has paid by means of any TENANT finish allowance or otherwise. TENANT will be entitled to any tax credits and depreciation for all items for which TENANT has paid with funds not provided by LANDLORD.

26.24 Relocation of the Premises. LANDLORD shall have the right to relocate the Leased Premises to other premises (the “Relocated Premises”) in another part of the building or project in which the Leased Premises are located, in accordance with the following:

(a) The Relocated Premises shall contain substantially the same area as, or greater area than, the original Leased Premises described in this LEASE, and if relocation occurs after the Commencement Date herein, LANDLORD shall, at LANDLORD’s expense, use its best reasonable efforts to place the Replacement Premises in substantially the same condition with improvements substantially similar to those which existed in the original Leased Premises at the time of the relocation.

(b) LANDLORD shall give TENANT at least thirty (30) days written notice of LANDLORD’s intention to relocate the Leased Premises.

(c) If reasonably practicable and mutually convenient, the physical relocation of the Leased Premises shall take place on a weekend and shall be completed before the next business day. If the physical relocation has not been completed in that time through no fault of TENANT, monthly rent shall abate in full during such time as the physical relocation thereafter prevents TENANT from conducting business prior to the completion of such relocation. Upon substantial completion of such relocation, the Relocation Leased Premises shall become the “Leased Premises” for all purposes of Article 1 and this LEASE.


(d) All reasonable costs incurred by TENANT as a direct result of the relocation shall be paid or reimbursed by LANDLORD.

(e) If the Relocation Premises are smaller than the Leased Premises as they existed before relocation, monthly rent shall be reduced proportionately.

(f) The parties hereto shall immediately execute an amendment to this LEASE setting forth the relocation of the Leased Premises and the adjustment of monthly rent and other sums due under this LEASE, if any.

(g) This Section 26.24 sets forth TENANT’s sole rights and remedies upon the occurrence of any such relocation.

26.25 Proration Computation. For purpose of prorating payments under this LEASE, all months shall be deemed to consist of 30 days.

26.26 Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this LEASE the consent of a party is required to an act by or for the other party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. LANDLORD’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by TENANT for any LANDLORD consent pertaining to this LEASE or the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by TENANT to LANDLORD upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Article 21, LANDLORD may, as a condition to considering any such request by TENANT, require that TENANT deposit with LANDLORD an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Article 21) reasonably calculated by LANDLORD to represent the cost LANDLORD will incur in considering and responding to TENANT’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to TENANT without interest. LANDLORD’s consent to any act, assignment of this LEASE or subletting of all or any portion of the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any permitted successor to TENANT, shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default or breach by TENANT of this LEASE exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing default or breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by LANDLORD at the time of such consent. All conditions to LANDLORD’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by TENANT as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to LANDLORD’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by LANDLORD at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

26.27 Force Majeure. If either party shall be delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required under this LEASE by reason of acts of God, acts of a public enemy, riots, insurrection, strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, governmental regulations of the sales of necessary materials or supplies or the transportation of them, or any other cause beyond the control of the party obligated, performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for performance of such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall excuse TENANT from the prompt payment of any rent or other charge or liability required of TENANT except as may be expressly provided elsewhere in this LEASE.


26.28 Binding Effect. The covenants, conditions, and agreements contained in this LEASE will bind and inure to the benefit of LANDLORD and TENANT and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this LEASE, their assigns.

26.29 Anti-Terrorism Representations. Tenant is not, and shall not during the term of the LEASE become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, H.R. 3162, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the “USA Patriot Act”) and Executive Order Number 13224 on Terrorism Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation persons and entities named on the Office of Foreign Asset Control Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (collectively “Prohibited Persons”).

To the best of its knowledge, Tenant is not currently engaged in any transactions or dealings, or otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the demised premises. Tenant will not in the future during the term of the Agreement engage in any transactions or dealings, or be otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the demised premises.

Breach of these representations constitutes a material breach of the Lease and shall entitle Landlord to any and all remedies available thereunder, or at law or in equity.

26.30 No Offer or Reservation. PREPARATION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD’S AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE AND SUBMISSION OF SAME TO TENANT FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT SHALL NOT BE DEEMED AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT. THIS LEASE SHALL BECOME BINDING UPON LANDLORD AND TENANT ONLY WHEN FULLY EXECUTED BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERED BY LANDLORD TO TENANT. LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CONTINUE THE MARKETING OF THE PREMISES FOR LEASE TO OTHER TENANTS AND TO ENTER INTO LEASES OF THE PREMISES WITH OTHER PROSPECTIVE TENANTS AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION AND DELIVER OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD TO TENANT.

26.31 ERISA. TENANT hereby represents and warrants to LANDLORD that (i) TENANT is not a “party in interest” (within the meaning of Section 3(14) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) with respect to any retirement or pension plan of The Prudential Insurance Company of America, and (ii) no portion of or interest in the Lease will be treated as a “plan asset” within the meaning of Regulation 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 issued by the Department of Labor.


26.32 Energy Use. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to provide Landlord with copies of bills from electricity, natural gas or similar energy providers (collectively, “Energy Providers”) Tenant receives from Energy Providers relating to Tenant’s energy use at the Premises (“Energy Bills”) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request. In addition, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain copies of the Energy Bills directly from the Energy Provider(s), and Tenant hereby authorizes each Energy Provider to provide Energy Bills and related usage information directly to Landlord without Tenant’s consent. From time to time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement provided by Landlord authorizing the Energy Provider(s) to provide to Landlord Energy Bills and other information relating to Tenant’s energy usage at the Premises.

26.33 Counterparts and Electronic Signatures. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts by the parties hereto. All counterparts so executed shall constitute one agreement binding upon all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original to this Lease, all of which shall constitute one agreement to be valid as of the date of this Lease. Documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and/or using or bearing electronic signatures shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Lease and all matters related thereto, with such scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. This Lease and any other document necessary for the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Lease may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (“E-Sign Act”), Title 15, United States Code, Sections 7001 et seq., the California Uniform Electronic Transaction Act (“UETA”) and any other applicable rule, regulation, statute or ordinance of the State of California. Any document accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws will be binding on each party as if it were physically executed.

26.34 LANDLORD AND TENANT HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

(THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this Lease as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD
Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP
By:   Davis Property Management, Inc.,

 a California corporation,

Its:   Authorized Signer
 

By:

 

/s/ Daniel Karcher

 

Its:

  Co-President

 

TENANT*

 

Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Bjarne Bergheim
Its:  

CEO

By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Michael Watts
Its:  

CFO

 

* 

If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case July be, must be attached to this Lease.


Exhibit B

Addendum to Standard Business Park Lease - Multi Tenant (the “Lease”)

dated July 15, 2020 2019 Between

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP (“Landlord”) and

Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”)

It is hereby agreed by Landlord and Tenant that the provisions of this Addendum are a part of the Lease. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall control. Capitalized terms in this Addendum shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Lease, and, if a Work Letter Agreement is attached to this Lease, as those terms have been defined in the Work Letter Agreement.

 

1.

Occupancy. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant presently occupies the Premises, and this new Lease is in lieu of a renewal Amendment.

 

2.

Assignment and Subletting. Article 8 of the Lease shall be amended as follows:

 

  (i)

A Section 8.1(f) shall be added, as follows: 8.1(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, neither (i) an assignment to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, (ii) an assignment of the Premises to a transferee which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity, nor (iii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), nor (iv), an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to Fjord Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any company owned within the Fjord Ventures, LLC profile), shall be deemed a Transfer under this Article 8, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease not less than ten (10) days prior to the consummation of such assignment or subletting (unless such disclosure is not possible due to confidentiality or legal requirements, and in such case within ten (10) days of such assignment or sublease) and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. “Control,” as used in this Section 8.1(f), shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

 

  (ii)

Section 8.2 (g) shall be stricken in its entirety.

 

  (iii)

Section 8.2 (h) shall be stricken in its entirety.


3.

Option to Extend For One Period. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of the Lease for One (1) Three (3)-year period (the “Extension Option”) commencing when the initial lease term expires upon each and all of the following terms and conditions:

(a) Tenant shall give to Landlord on a date which is prior to the date that the option period would commence (if exercised) by at least one hundred eighty (180) days and not more than two hundred seventy (270) days, a written notice of the exercise of the option to extend the Lease for said additional term, time being of the essence. If said notification of the exercise of said option is not so given and received, this option shall automatically expire.

(b) All of the terms and conditions of the Lease except where specifically modified by this section shall apply.

(c) The Base Rent payable during the option term shall be the Market Rate on the date the option term commences.

(d) The term “Market Rate” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable renewal tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar business park would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the type of escalation clauses (including, but without limitation, operating expense, real estate taxes, and CPI) and the extent of liability under the escalation clauses (i.e., whether determined on a “net lease” basis or by increases over a particular base year or base dollar amount); (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term; (v) size and location of premises being leased; and (vi) all other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for similar space; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement or refurbishment allowance. The Market Rate may also designate periodic rental increases, a new Base Year and similar economic adjustments. The Market Rate shall be the Market Rate in effect as of the beginning of the option period, even though the determination may be made in advance of that date, and the parties may use recent trends in rental rates in determining the proper Market Rate as of the beginning of the option period.

(e) If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount within fifteen (15) days after Tenant exercises its Extension Option. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below. In the event that Landlord fails to


timely generate the initial notice of Landlord’s opinion of the Market Rate, then Tenant may commence such negotiations by providing the initial notice, in which event Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days (“Landlord’s Review Period”) after receipt of Tenant’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Landlord fails to accept in writing such rental proposed by Tenant, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s Review Period (which shall be, in such event, the “Outside Agreement Date” in lieu of the above definition of such date), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below.

ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

(i) LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL MEET WITH EACH OTHER WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE OUTSIDE AGREEMENT DATE AND EXCHANGE THEIR SEALED ENVELOPES AND THEN OPEN SUCH ENVELOPES IN EACH OTHER’S PRESENCE. IF LANDLORD AND TENANT DO NOT MUTUALLY AGREE UPON THE MARKET RATE WITHIN ONE (1) BUSINESS DAY OF THE EXCHANGE AND OPENING OF ENVELOPES, THEN, WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF THE EXCHANGE AND OPENING OF ENVELOPES, LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL AGREE UPON AND JOINTLY APPOINT A SINGLE ARBITRATOR WHO SHALL BY PROFESSION BE A REAL ESTATE BROKER OR AGENT WHO SHALL HAVE BEEN ACTIVE OVER THE FIVE (5) YEAR PERIOD ENDING ON THE DATE OF SUCH APPOINTMENT IN THE LEASING OF COMMERCIAL INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS SIMILAR TO THE PREMISES IN THE GEOGRAPHICAL AREA OF THE PREMISES. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR TENANT SHALL CONSULT WITH SUCH BROKER OR AGENT AS TO HIS OR HER OPINION AS TO THE MARKET RATE PRIOR TO THE APPOINTMENT. THE DETERMINATION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE LIMITED SOLELY TO THE ISSUE OF WHETHER LANDLORD’S OR TENANT’S SUBMITTED MARKET RATE FOR THE PREMISES IS THE CLOSEST TO THE ACTUAL MARKET RATE FOR THE PREMISES AS DETERMINED BY THE ARBITRATOR, TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE REQUIREMENTS FOR DETERMINING MARKET RATE SET FORTH HEREIN. SUCH ARBITRATOR MAY HOLD SUCH HEARINGS AND REQUIRE SUCH BRIEFS AS THE ARBITRATOR, IN HIS OR HER SOLE DISCRETION, DETERMINES IS NECESSARY. IN ADDITION, LANDLORD OR TENANT MAY SUBMIT TO THE ARBITRATOR WITH A COPY TO THE OTHER PARTY WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE APPOINTMENT OF THE ARBITRATOR ANY MARKET DATA AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SUCH PARTY DEEMS RELEVANT TO THE DETERMINATION OF THE MARKET RATE (“RR DATA”), AND THE OTHER PARTY MAY SUBMIT A REPLY IN WRITING WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER RECEIPT OF SUCH RR DATA.


(ii) THE ARBITRATOR SHALL, WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF HIS OR HER APPOINTMENT, REACH A DECISION AS TO WHETHER THE PARTIES SHALL USE LANDLORD’S OR TENANT’S SUBMITTED MARKET RATE AND SHALL NOTIFY LANDLORD AND TENANT OF SUCH DETERMINATION.

(iii) THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL AND BINDING UPON LANDLORD AND TENANT.

(iv) IF LANDLORD AND TENANT FAIL TO AGREE UPON AND APPOINT AN ARBITRATOR, THEN THE APPOINTMENT OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE MADE BY THE PRESIDING JUDGE OF THE ORANGE COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT, OR, IF HE OR SHE REFUSES TO ACT, BY ANY JUDGE HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES.

(v) THE COST OF THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE PAID BY LANDLORD AND TENANT EQUALLY.

NOTICE: BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.

WE HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THE “ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES” PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.

 

/s/ DK

  

/s/ BB /s/ MW

(Landlord initials)

  

(Tenant initials)

4. Holding Over. Section 26.11 of the Lease shall be amended to read as follows: 26.11 Holding Over. TENANT will have no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term. If TENANT remains in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term without the express or implied consent of LANDLORD: (a) such tenancy will be deemed to be a tenancy at sufferance only; and (b) such tenancy will not constitute a renewal or extension of this LEASE for any further term. The parties recognize and agree that the damage to LANDLORD resulting from any failure by TENANT to timely surrender possession of the Leased Premises will be substantial, will exceed the amount of the monthly installments of the rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to


measure accurately. TENANT therefore agrees that if possession of the Leased Premises is not surrendered to LANDLORD upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE, in addition to any other rights or remedies LANDLORD may have hereunder or at law, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD, as liquidated damages, for each portion of any month during which TENANT holds over in the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE, a sum equal to two (2) times the aggregate of that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and additional rent that was payable under this LEASE during the last month of the term. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit TENANT to retain possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE. The provisions of this Section 26.11 shall survive the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE.

[SIGNATURES ON PAGE TO FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have respectively executed this Addendum.

 

LANDLORD

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

By:     Davis Property Management, Inc.,

 a California corporation,

           Its:  

Authorized Signer

  By:   /s/ Daniel Karcher
  Its:   Co-President

 

TENANT*  

Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Bjarne Bergheim
Its:  

CEO

By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Michael Watts
Its:  

CFO

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

dated as of

June 23, 2017

between

SONENDO, INC.

as the Borrower,

The Subsidiary Guarantors from Time to Time Party Hereto,

and

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP,

as the Lender and the Collateral Agent

U.S. $20,000,000

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1

  DEFINITIONS      1  

1.01

  Certain Defined Terms      1  

1.02

  Accounting Terms and Principles      24  

1.03

  Interpretation      25  

SECTION 2

  THE COMMITMENT AND THE LOANS      26  

2.01

  Loans      26  

2.02

  Borrowing Procedures      26  

2.03

  Notes      27  

2.04

  Use of Proceeds      27  

SECTION 3

  PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST      27  

3.01

  Repayment      27  

3.02

  Interest      27  

3.03

  Prepayments      28  

SECTION 4

  PAYMENTS, ETC.      29  

4.01

  Payments      29  

4.02

  Computations      30  

4.03

  Set-Off      30  

SECTION 5

  YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.      30  

5.01

  Additional Costs      30  

5.02

  Illegality      32  

5.03

  Taxes      32  

5.04

  Mitigation Obligations      35  

5.05

  Replacement of Lenders      35  

5.06

  Survival      36  

SECTION 6

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      36  

6.01

  Conditions to the Borrowing of the Initial Loan      36  

6.02

  Conditions to the Borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan      39  

SECTION 7

  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      41  

7.01

  Power and Authority      41  

7.02

  Authorization; Enforceability      41  

7.03

  Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts      41  

7.04

  Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change      42  

7.05

  Properties      42  

7.06

  No Actions or Proceedings      45  

7.07

  Compliance with Laws and Agreements      46  

7.08

  Taxes      47  

7.09

  Full Disclosure      47  

7.10

  Regulation      47  

7.11

  Solvency      47  

7.12

  Equity Holders; Subsidiaries and Investments      47  

7.13

  Indebtedness      48  

7.14

  Material Agreements      48  

7.15

  Restrictive Agreements      48  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

7.16

  Real Property      48  

7.17

  Pension Matters      48  

7.18

  Collateral; Security Interest      49  

7.19

  Regulatory Approvals      49  

7.20

  Transactions with Affiliates      51  

7.21

  OFAC      51  

7.22

  Anti-Corruption      52  

7.23

  Deposit and Disbursement Accounts      52  

7.24

  Royalty and Other Payments      52  

SECTION 8

  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      52  

8.01

  Financial Statements and Other Information      52  

8.02

  Notices of Material Events      54  

8.03

  Existence; Conduct of Business      56  

8.04

  Payment of Obligations      56  

8.05

  Insurance      56  

8.06

  Books and Records; Inspection Rights      57  

8.07

  Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations      57  

8.08

  Maintenance of Properties, Etc.      57  

8.09

  Licenses      58  

8.10

  Action under Environmental Laws      58  

8.11

  Use of Proceeds      58  

8.12

  Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances      58  

8.13

  Termination of Non-Permitted Liens      59  

8.14

  Intellectual Property      59  

8.15

  Litigation Cooperation      60  

8.16

  Maintenance of Regulatory Approvals, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc.      60  

8.17

  ERISA Compliance      61  

8.18

  Cash Management      61  

8.19

  2016 Financial Statements, Etc.      61  

SECTION 9

  NEGATIVE COVENANTS      61  

9.01

  Indebtedness      61  

9.02

  Liens      63  

9.03

  Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions      64  

9.04

  Lines of Business      65  

9.05

  Investments      65  

9.06

  Restricted Payments      66  

9.07

  Payments of Indebtedness      67  

9.08

  Change in Fiscal Year      67  

9.09

  Sales of Assets, Etc.      67  

9.10

  Transactions with Affiliates      68  

9.11

  Restrictive Agreements      68  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
    

9.12

  Modifications and Terminations of Material Agreements and Organic Documents      68  

9.13

  Inbound and Outbound Licenses      69  

9.14

  Sales and Leasebacks      70  

9.15

  Hazardous Material      70  

9.16

  Accounting Changes      70  

9.17

  Compliance with ERISA      70  

SECTION 10

  FINANCIAL COVENANTS      70  

10.01

  Minimum Liquidity      70  

10.02

  Minimum Revenue      70  

10.03

  Revenue Covenant Cure      71  

SECTION 11

  EVENTS OF DEFAULT      72  

11.01

  Events of Default      72  

11.02

  Remedies      75  

SECTION 12

  THE COLLATERAL AGENT      75  

12.01

  Authority      75  

12.02

  Exculpatory Provisions      76  

12.03

  Reliance by Collateral Agent      76  

12.04

  Delegation of Duties      77  

12.05

  Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim      77  

12.06

  Collateral Matters      78  

SECTION 13

  GUARANTEE      78  

13.01

  The Guarantee      78  

13.02

  Obligations Unconditional      78  

13.03

  Reinstatement      79  

13.04

  Subrogation      79  

13.05

  Remedies      80  

13.06

  Instrument for the Payment of Money      80  

13.07

  Continuing Guarantee      80  

13.08

  Rights of Contribution      80  

13.09

  General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      81  

SECTION 14

  MISCELLANEOUS      81  

14.01

  No Waiver      81  

14.02

  Notices      82  

14.03

  Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.      82  

14.04

  Amendments, Etc.      83  

14.05

  Successors and Assigns      84  

14.06

  Survival      86  

14.07

  Captions      86  

14.08

  Counterparts      86  

14.09

  Governing Law      86  

14.10

  Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue      86  

14.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      87  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

14.12

  Waiver of Immunity      87  

14.13

  Entire Agreement      87  

14.14

  Severability      88  

14.15

  No Fiduciary Relationship      88  

14.16

  Confidentiality      88  

14.17

  Right of Setoff      89  

14.18

  Judgment Currency      89  

14.19

  USA PATRIOT Act      89  

14.20

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      90  

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1    -    Commitments
Schedule 2    -    Products
Schedule 7.05(b)    -    Certain Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.05(c)    -    Material Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.06(a)    -    Certain Litigation
Schedule 7.06(c)    -    Labor Matters
Schedule 7.08    -    Taxes
Schedule 7.12(b)    -    Information Regarding Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.12(c)    -    Equity Interests
Schedule 7.13(a)    -    Existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(b)    -    Liens Granted by the Obligors
Schedule 7.14    -    Material Agreements of Obligors
Schedule 7.15    -    Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 7.16    -    Real Property Owned or Leased by any Obligor
Schedule 7.19(b)    -    Material Regulatory Approvals
Schedule 7.19(e)    -    Adverse Findings
Schedule 7.20    -    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.23    -    Deposit and Disbursement Accounts
Schedule 7.24    -    Royalties etc.
Schedule 9.05    -    Existing Investments
Schedule 9.10    -    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 9.13(a)    -    Inbound Licenses
Schedule 9.13(b)    -    Outbound Licenses
Schedule 9.14    -    Permitted Sales and Leasebacks
Exhibit A    -    Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B    -    Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit C    -    Form of Note
Exhibit D-1    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-2    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-3    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-4    -    Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit E    -    Form of Compliance Certificate

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Exhibit F    -    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit G    -    Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit H    -    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit I    -    Form of Warrant Agreement
Exhibit J    -    Form of Closing Date Certificate
Exhibit K    -    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit L    -    Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement

 

 

-vi-


CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (this “Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender (defined below) hereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lender provide a senior, secured, delayed-draw term loan facility to Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000 (with up to $10,000,000 to be available on the Closing Date (this and other undefined terms used herein will have the meanings ascribed thereto in Section 1.01 below) and up to an additional $10,000,000 to be available on the Delayed Draw Date, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein); and

WHEREAS, the Lender is willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to make the Loans to the Borrower.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

510(k)” means (i) any premarket notification and corresponding FDA clearance for a Device pursuant to FDA regulations, and (ii) all substantially equivalent or similar notifications, applications and clearances required pursuant to any other Regulatory Authority in the European Union or in any other non-U.S. jurisdictions, including, in each case, all amendments, supplements and other additions and modifications thereto, and all documents, data and other information concerning any applicable Device which are necessary for, filed with, incorporated by reference in or otherwise support any of the foregoing.

Account Control Agreement” means a control agreement or other similar agreement with respect to one or more Controlled Accounts, entered into by the applicable depositary bank, one or more Obligors and the Collateral Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in order to give the Collateral Agent “control” (within the meaning set forth in Section 9-104 of the UCC) of such account(s).

Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.19.

 

1


Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (i) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, (ii) acquires control of Equity Interests of a Person representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power (determined on a fully-diluted basis) for the election of directors of such Person’s Board, if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a Board, or (iii) acquires control of more than 50% of the Equity Interests in any Person (determined on a fully-diluted basis) engaged in any business that is not managed by a Board.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that, with respect to the Lender, “Affiliate” shall include any Related Fund of the Lender.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Applicable Margin” means 9.25%, as potentially increased pursuant to Section 3.02(b).

Asset Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.09.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by the Lender and an assignee of the Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bailee Letter” means a bailee letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Security Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the Laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Board” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or equivalent management or oversight body of such Person or any committee thereof authorized to act on behalf of such board (or equivalent body).

Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03(b).

Borrowing” means, as the context may require, either the borrowing of the Initial Loan on the Closing Date or the borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan on the Delayed Draw Date.

 

2


Borrowing Date” means, with respect to the Initial Loan, the Closing Date, and with respect to the Delayed Draw Loan, the Delayed Draw Date.

Borrowing Notice” means a written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Casualty Event” means the damage, destruction or condemnation, as the case may be, of property of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

Change of Control” means (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group of Persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) acting jointly or otherwise in concert of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (x) nominated by the Board of the Borrower, nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated, (iii) the sale, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (iv) the Borrower shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens (except as otherwise permitted hereunder).

Claims” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, information (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

Closing Date” means June 23, 2017

Closing Date Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

Closing Date Warrant” means the warrant issued on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01(j), exercisable into 100,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series D preferred stock.

 

3


Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Collateral” means any property in which a Lien is purported to be granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under any of the Security Documents (or all such property, as the context may require).

Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise. The aggregate Commitments on the date hereof equal $20,000,000.

Commodity Account” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Contracts” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements pursuant to which a Person has, or will have, any actual or contingent obligations or liabilities (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied). “Contractual” has a meaning correlative thereto.

Control” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by Contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.18(a).

Copyright” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Default” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

Delayed Draw Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(b).

Delayed Draw Date” means the date of the borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on which each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.02 shall have been satisfied.

 

4


Delayed Draw Date Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the Delayed Draw Date pursuant to Section 6.02(e), exercisable into 100,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series D preferred stock.

Delayed Draw Loan” means the term loan made by the Lender on the Delayed Draw Date in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000.

Deposit Account” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanction.

Device” means any medical instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent or other similar or related item, including any component, part or accessory, that (i) is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions or in the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease, in man or other animals, or is intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals, (ii) does not achieve its primary intended purpose or purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and (iii) is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of its primary intended purpose or purposes.

Device Clearance Application” means any premarket approval application submitted under Section 515 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360e), any de novo request submitted under Section 513(f) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360c(f)), or any 510(k) submitted under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360(k)) seeking clearance from the FDA for a Device that is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate Device, as defined in the FD&C Act, or any corresponding foreign application in any other jurisdiction, including, with respect to the European Union, any equivalent submission to a Standard Body pursuant to an applicable directive of the European Council with respect to CE marking (or, if applicable, a self-certification of conformity with respect to any such directive through a “declaration of conformity”).

Disqualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), including pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 90 days after the Maturity Date.

Dollars” and “$” means lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar business entity incorporated, formed or organized under the Laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

5


EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Transferee” means and includes (i) any commercial bank, (ii) any insurance company, (iii) any finance company, (iv) any financial institution, (v) any Related Fund or other investment Fund that invests in loans, (vi) with respect to the Lender, any of its Affiliates, and (vii) any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) that is principally engaged in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes.

Environmental Law” means any applicable federal, state, provincial or local law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

Equity Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, and whether voting or nonvoting), representing equity ownership or participation of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on another Person the right to receive a share of the profits and Losses of, or distributions of property of, such Person.

Equivalent Amount” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

6


ERISA Event” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iii) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in insolvency pursuant to Section 4245 of ERISA; (iv) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (v) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Title IV Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (viii) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ix) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (x) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan; or (xi) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.

ERISA Funding Rules” means the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Title IV Plans, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Deposit Accounts” has the meaning set for in Section 8.18.

 

7


Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (x) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of the Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivisions thereof) or (y) that are Other Connection Taxes, (ii) in the case of the Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of the Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (1) the Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 5.04 or (2) the Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.03, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to the Lender’s assignor immediately before the Lender became a party hereto or to the Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (iii) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.03(f), and (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any Law or official governmental agreement with respect thereto.

FD&C Act” means the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1938 (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.) (or any successor thereto), as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and any successor entity.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.02, all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a).

Governmental Approval” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

8


Governmental Authority” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political agency, department or subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other Law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of any country, including the United States.

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (the “guarantor”) guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against Loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of the obligee of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guarantor in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Assumption Agreement” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a), is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor.”

Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.

Hazardous Material” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law and includes, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof).

Healthcare Laws” means, collectively, all Laws applicable to the business of the Borrower or any other Obligor, regulating the manufacturing, labeling, promotion and provision of and payment for healthcare products, items and services, including HIPAA, Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b (Criminal Penalties Involving Medicare or State Health Care Programs), commonly referred to as the “Federal Anti-Kickback

 

9


Statute”; Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn (Limitation on Certain Physician Referrals), commonly referred to as “Stark Statute”; U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended from time to time (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.); all applicable Good Manufacturing Practice requirements addressed in the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (21 C.F.R. Part 820); the Medical Devices Regulations, 21 C.F.R. Part 812, and Parts 50, 54, and 56; all applicable labeling requirements addressed in the FDA’s Device Labeling Regulation (21 C.F.R. Part 801); all rules, regulations and guidance with respect to the provision of Medicare and Medicaid programs or services (42 C.F.R. Chapter IV et seq.); and all rules, regulations and guidance promulgated under or pursuant to any of the foregoing.

Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

IDE” means an application, including any Device Clearance Application or any other application filed with any Regulatory Authority, for authorization to commence human clinical studies with respect to any Device, including (i) an Investigational Device Exemption as defined in the FD&C Act or any successor application or procedure filed with the FDA, (ii) an abbreviated Investigational Device Exemption as specified in FDA regulations in 21 C.F.R. § 812.2(b), (iii) any equivalent of a United States Investigational Device Exemption in countries, jurisdictions or Governmental Authorities outside of the United States, (iv) all amendments, variations, extensions and renewals thereof that may be filed with respect to the foregoing and (v) all related documents and correspondence thereto, including documents and correspondence with Institutional Review Boards (an “IRB”).

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (iv) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business not overdue by more than 180 days), (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (vi) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (vii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (viii) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (ix) obligations under any Hedging Agreement, currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, (x) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (xi) all obligations of such Person under license or other agreements containing a guaranteed minimum payment or purchase by such Person, (xii) all other obligations required to be classified as indebtedness of such Person under GAAP, excluding any of the foregoing to the extent comprised of an obligation in respect of a trade payable, a commercial letter of credit supporting one or more trade payables or similar obligations to a trade creditor, in each case in the ordinary course of business and (xiii) any Disqualified Equity Interests of or issued by such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

10


Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03(b).

Indemnified Taxes” means (i) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (ii) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (i), Other Taxes.

Initial Loan” means the term loan made by the Lender on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

Initial Lender” means Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP.

Insolvency Proceeding” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign Law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intellectual Property” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyright, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign. Intellectual Property shall include, without limitation, all:

(a) applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

(b) rights and privileges arising under any Law with respect to such Intellectual Property;

(c) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

(d) rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means that certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement executed and delivered by each Obligor and each of their Subsidiaries, pursuant to which all obligations in respect of any Indebtedness owing to any such Person by an Obligor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations, such agreement to be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Borrowing, (i) initially, the period commencing on (and including) the Borrowing Date thereof and ending on (and including) the last day of the calendar month in which such Borrowing was made, and (ii) thereafter, the period beginning on (and including) the first day following the last day of the preceding Interest Period and ending on the earlier of (and including) (x) the last day of the calendar month next following such preceding Interest Period and (y) the Maturity Date.

 

11


Interest Rate” means the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin plus (ii) the greater of (x) One-Month LIBOR and (y) 2.00%; provided that if the Lender is at any time unable to determine One-Month LIBOR, One-Month LIBOR shall be deemed to be 2.00%.

Invention” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

Investment” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or other securities of another Person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness or Equity Interest (or similar equity participation) in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees any Indebtedness of such other Person, or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

IRB” is defined within the definition of “IDE”.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Key Person” means Bjarne Bergheim.

Key Person Event” means that (i) the Key Person (a) has failed to hold the office of chief executive officer of the Borrower or has failed to possess the power and authority typically associated with individuals holding the office of chief executive officer, or (b) for any period of twenty (20) consecutive days or fifty (50) days in the aggregate, whether consecutive or non-consecutive, has failed to (x) be directly and actively involved in the day to day management and direction of the Borrower or (y) devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Borrower (in the case of (x) and (y), excluding up to 20 vacation days taken by the Key Person), and (ii) the Key Person is not replaced with a new Key Person reasonably acceptable to the Lender within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any event described in clause (i).

Landlord Consent” means a landlord consent substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Security Agreement or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Law” means any U.S., international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code or administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and any applicable determination, order, injunction or judgment of any applicable arbitrator, court, or other Government Authority, administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization or permit of, or agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

12


Lender” means, collectively, the Initial Lender, any of its assignees that have executed an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to Section 14.05(b), any assign of any such assignee that has executed an Assignment and Assumption, as well as any successor entities of any of the foregoing Persons.

Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge or other security interest, or any lease, title retention agreement, mortgage, restriction, easement, right-of-way, option or adverse claim (of ownership or possession) or other encumbrance of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

Loans” means, collectively, the Initial Loan, the Delayed Draw Loan, and any PIK Loan, and “Loan” means any of the foregoing.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Warrant Agreement and each Warrant, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and any subordination agreement, intercreditor agreement or other present or future document, instrument, agreement or certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent or the Lender in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, as amended or otherwise modified.

Loss” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, Contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

Material Adverse Change” and “Material Adverse Effect” mean a material adverse change in or material adverse effect upon (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations, performance, assets or liabilities of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of any Secured Party under any of the Loan Documents.

Material Agreements” means (i) each Product Agreement, (ii) each Contract listed in Schedule 7.14, (iii) all other Contracts to which any Obligor is a party or a beneficiary from time to time, the absence or termination of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) all Contracts directly or indirectly associated with contract manufacturing, distribution of Products and the payment of royalties by any Obligor to third parties, if any, in the case of clause (iv) only, (x) the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) such Contract involves monetary liability of or to any Person in an amount in excess of, (1) until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, $1,000,000, (2) after the first anniversary and until the second anniversary of the Closing Date, $2,000,000 and (3) from the second anniversary of the Closing Date and thereafter, $3,000,000.

 

13


Material Indebtedness” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor, the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $300,000 (or the Equivalent Amount thereof in other currencies).

Material Intellectual Property” means (i) all Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c), and (ii) any other Obligor Intellectual Property, whether currently owned or licensed or acquired, developed or otherwise licensed or obtained after the date hereof (x) the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) that has a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000; provided that, for purposes of Sections 8 and 9 hereof, “Material Intellectual Property” shall only constitute Intellectual Property of the type described in clause (ii) above and, notwithstanding any Intellectual Property described on Schedule 7.05(c), such Intellectual Property shall only qualify as Material Intellectual Property for purposes of Sections 8 and 9 if it meets the qualifications set forth in clause (ii) above.

Maturity Date” means the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date.

Medicaid” means that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XIX, P.L. 89-97 of the Social Security Act, which provides federal grants to states for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth on Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code.

Medicare” means that government-sponsored insurance program under Title XVIII, P.L. 89-97, of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 14.04 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Note” means a promissory note, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, executed and delivered by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.03.

NYUCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Obligations” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Secured Party (including all Guaranteed Obligations and Warrant Obligations), any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to

 

14


become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is the Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document; provided that, for all purposes of this Agreement and each Security Document, once all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations and contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been satisfied in full as provided in the applicable Loan Documents, Warrant Obligations shall cease to be Obligations hereunder or under any such Security Document.

Obligor Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any of the Obligors.

Obligors” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

One-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any applicable Interest Period hereunder, the lesser of (i) 4.00% per annum and (ii) the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time), as determined by the Lender from the appropriate Bloomberg or Telerate page selected by the Lender (or any successor thereto or similar source reasonably determined by the Lender from time to time), which shall be that one-month London Interbank Offered Rate for deposits in Dollars in effect two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period rounded up to the nearest 1/100 of 1%. The Lender’s determination of interest rates shall be determinative in the absence of manifest error.

Organic Document” means, for any Person, its certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to such Person’s Equity Interests.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.04).

 

15


Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.05(e).

Patents” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Payment Date” means (i) the last day of each Interest Period and (ii) the Maturity Date.

PBGC” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate” means a Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that:

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all Laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Approvals;

(c) in the case of the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of such Person, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such Equity Interests in the nature of directors’ qualifying Equity Interest required pursuant to any Law) acquired, or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with such acquisition, shall be owned 100% by an Obligor or any other Subsidiary, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 8.12, if applicable;

(d) such Person (in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests) or assets (in the case of an acquisition of assets or a division) (i) shall be engaged or used, as the case may be, in the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged (including, without limitation, any dentistry related business) or (ii) shall have a similar customer base as the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

(e) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10;

(f) the purchase price for such acquisition (i) when taken together with the purchase price for all other acquisitions consummated or effected in the prior 12-month period, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) when taken together with the purchase price for all other acquisitions consummated or effected since the Closing Date, does not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate (in each case, the purchase price being determined by including all deferred purchase price payments, whether in the form of earn-outs, post-closing adjustments, payment on seller notes or otherwise, to the extent actually paid or payable);

 

16


(g) the Borrower shall have provided the Lender with at least thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such acquisition, together with summaries, prepared in reasonable detail, of all due diligence conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, as applicable, as of the date of such notice; and

(h) the Lender shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (prepared in reasonable detail), certifying as to any contingent liabilities, prospective research and development costs associated with the Person or assets being acquired and any earn-outs, post-closing adjustments, payment on seller notes or similar obligations to be incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.

Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) any Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $500,000,000, (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed 365 days, and (f) with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries, in addition to the types of investments referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized or has its principal place of business which are similar to the items specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

Permitted Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01.

Permitted Liens” means any Liens permitted under Section 9.02.

Permitted Priority Liens” means (i) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f) or (i), and (ii) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(b); provided that such Liens are also of the type described in Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f) or (i).

 

17


Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Secured Parties than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable yield which does not exceed the yield of the Indebtedness being replaced by more than 2.00%, (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any Guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness, and (v) after giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement, no Default shall have occurred as a result thereof.

Person” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

PIK Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d).

PIK Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(d).

PIPSTEK Unit Purchase Agreement” means that certain Unit Purchase Agreement dated December 20, 2016, by and between PIPSTEK, LLC, Endo 1, LLC and the Borrower (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified through the date hereof), a copy of which has been provided to the Lender prior to the Closing Date.

Prepayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a)(i).

Prepayment Premium” means, with respect to any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 3.03(a) or (b) occurring:

(i) on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 4.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date;

(ii) after the first anniversary of the Closing Date and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 2.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date;

(iii) after the second anniversary of the Closing Date and on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date; and

(iv) after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, no Prepayment Premium will be payable.

Product” means (i) those Devices set forth (and described in reasonable detail) on Schedule 2 attached hereto, and (ii) any current or future Device developed, manufactured, licensed, marketed, sold or otherwise commercialized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any such Device currently in development.

 

18


Product Agreement” means, with respect to any Product, any Contract, license, document, instrument, interest (equity or otherwise) or the like under which one or more Persons grants or receives (i) any right, title or interest with respect to the Product Development and Commercialization Activities of any Product, or (ii) any right to exclude any other Person from engaging in, or otherwise restricting any right, title or interest as to, any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to such Product, including any Contract with suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, clinical research organizations, hospitals, group purchasing organizations, wholesalers, pharmacies or any other Person related to such entity.

Product Authorizations” means any and all Regulatory Approvals (including all applicable IDEs, 510(k)s, Product Standards, supplements, amendments, pre- and post- approvals, governmental price and reimbursement approvals and approvals of applications for regulatory exclusivity), clearances, licenses, notifications, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority necessary for the ownership, use or other commercialization of any Product or for any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect thereto in any country or jurisdiction.

Product Development and Commercialization Activities” means, with respect to any Product, any combination of research, development, manufacture, importation, use, sale, storage, design, labeling, marketing, promotion, supply, distribution, testing, packaging, purchasing or other commercialization activities, receipt of payment in respect of any of the foregoing, or like activities the purpose of which is to commercially exploit such Product.

Product Related Information” means, with respect to any Product, all Product Agreements, books, records, lists, ledgers, files, manuals, Contracts, correspondence, reports, plans, drawings, data and other information of every kind (in any form or medium), and all techniques and other know-how, owned or possessed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is necessary or useful for any Product Development and Commercialization Activities relating to such Product, including (i) brand materials, packaging and other trade dress, customer targeting and other marketing, promotion and sales materials and information, referral, customer, supplier and other contact lists and information, product, business, marketing and sales plans, research, studies and reports, sales, maintenance and production records, training materials and other marketing, sales and promotional information, (ii) clinical data, information included or supporting any Product Authorization or other Regulatory Approval, any regulatory filings, updates, notices and correspondence (including adverse event and other pharmacovigilance and other post-marketing reports and information, etc.), technical information, product development and operational data and records, and all other documents, records, files, data and other information relating to product development, manufacture and use, (iii) litigation and dispute records, and accounting records; (iv) all documents, records and files relating to Intellectual Property, including all correspondence from and to third parties (including Intellectual Property counsel and patent, trademark and other intellectual property registries, including the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office), and (v) all other information, techniques and know-how necessary or useful in connection with the Product Development and Commercialization Activities for any Product.

 

19


Product Standards” means all safety, quality and other specifications and standards applicable to any Product, including all medical device and other standards promulgated by Standards Bodies.

Prohibited Payment” means any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other payment or gift of money or anything of value (including meals or entertainment) to any officer, employee or ceremonial office holder of any government or instrumentality thereof, political party or supra-national organization (such as the United Nations), any political candidate, any royal family member or any other person who is connected or associated personally with any of the foregoing that is prohibited under any Law for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of such payee in his official capacity, inducing such payee to do or omit to do any act in violation of his lawful duty, securing any improper advantage or inducing such payee to use his influence with a government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality.

Public Offering” means any sale of Equity Interests of a Person pursuant to an offering that is underwritten on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking firm and, as a result of which, such Person becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15 of the Exchange Act immediately following such offering.

Qualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Real Property Security Documents” means any Landlord Consents, Bailee Letters and any mortgage or deed of trust or any other real property security document executed or required hereunder to be executed by any Obligor and granting a security interest in real property owned or leased (as tenant) by any Obligor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Recipient” means any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation.

Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a)(i).

Referral Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07(b).

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.05(d).

Regulation T” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation X” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulatory Approvals” means any Governmental Approval relating to any Product or Product Development and Commercialization Activities, including all Product Authorizations held by any Obligor or any of their respective licensors, as applicable, or that are pending before the FDA or equivalent non-U.S. Governmental Entity with respect to the Products.

 

20


Regulatory Authority” means any Governmental Authority (including the FDA and all equivalent Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction outside the U.S.) that is concerned with or has regulatory oversight with respect to the use, permitting, control, safety, efficacy, reliability, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, sale or other Product Development and Commercialization Activities relating to any Device, including any Product, of an Obligor.

Related Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Related Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.16.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Responsible Officer” means, for any Person, each of the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of such Person.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

Restrictive Agreement” means any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, except to the extent (i) existing on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 7.15 and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not expand the scope of the restrictive provisions contained therein, (ii) consisting of customary provisions in Contracts (including, without limitation, leases, licenses of Intellectual Property) restricting the assignment thereof, (iii) consisting of customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or property pending such sale and (iv) imposed by any agreement relating to Permitted Indebtedness and secured by Permitted Liens with respect to the assets subject to such Liens; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or property that is to be sold or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests, incur any Indebtedness, transfer any of its property to an Obligor or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, except to the extent existing on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 7.15 and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not expand the scope of the restrictive provisions contained therein.

 

21


Revenue” means, for any relevant fiscal period, the consolidated net revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries related to the sale of Products for such fiscal period generated from Product Development and Commercialization Activities in respect of Products, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding any one-time payments (including license fees, milestones and other similar one-time payments) not related to the sale of Products.

Revenue Covenant Cure” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03.

Sanction” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or its Member States, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Secured Parties” means the initial Lender and any other Person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder, the Collateral Agent, each other Indemnified Party and any other holder of any Obligation.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Obligors and the Collateral Agent, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement required or recommended to perfect Liens in favor of the Secured Parties.

Securities Account” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Short-Form IP Security Agreements” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements, dated as of the date hereof and substantially in the form attached as Exhibits B, C, and D to the Security Agreement, entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

Shortfall Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03.

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (i) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature.

 

22


Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary Guarantors” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a).

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Technical Information” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, public information, non-proprietary know-how, any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, technical information, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other information.

Title IV Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Trademarks” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is intended to be a party, the Borrowings of the Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, the granting and perfection of the Liens created under and pursuant to the Loan Documents, and all other transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

23


U.S. Person” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(3).

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction, as may be modified from time to time.

Warrant” means, as the context may require, either the Closing Date Warrant, the Delayed Draw Date Warrant or both.

Warrant Agreement” means a Warrant Certificate and Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit I, by and between the Borrower and the Lender (or one or more Affiliates), pursuant to which a Warrant is issued.

Warrant Obligations” means all Obligations of the Borrower arising out of, under or in connection with the Closing Date Warrant, Delayed Draw Date Warrant or both.

Withdrawal Liability” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

1.02 Accounting Terms and Principles

1.03 .

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used in each Loan Document shall be interpreted, and all accounting determinations and computations thereunder (including under Section 10 and any definitions used in such calculations) shall be made, in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all financial covenants and defined financial terms shall be computed on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case without duplication.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP or the application thereof would affect the computation of any financial term, covenant, ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Lender shall so request, the Lender and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such term, covenant, ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof set forth in the applicable Loan Document in light of such change in GAAP or application thereof; provided that, until so amended, (i) such term, covenant, ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Lender financial statements, Compliance Certificates and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such term, covenant, ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or application thereof.

 

24


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any change to GAAP that would require operating leases to be treated similarly to Capital Lease Obligations shall not be given effect to the definition of Indebtedness or any related definitions or in the computation of any financial ratio or requirement hereunder.

1.03 Interpretation. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa;

(b) words importing gender include all genders;

(c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement;

(d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision;

(e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days, months and years, respectively;

(f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

(g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”;

(h) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer broadly to any and all assets and properties, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal, including cash, Equity Interests, rights under Contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any such assets or property;

(i) the word “will” shall have the same meaning as the word “shall”;

(j) where any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refers to an action to be taken by any Person, or an action which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly;

 

25


(k) references to any Lien granted or created hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document securing any Obligations shall deemed to be a Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(l) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other Contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and

(m) accounting terms not specifically defined herein (other than “property” and “asset”) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 2

THE COMMITMENT AND THE LOANS

2.01 Loans.

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make the Initial Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Closing Date.

(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make the Delayed Draw Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Delayed Draw Date.

(c) No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to any Loan may be reborrowed.

(d) Any term or provision hereof (or of any other Loan Document) to the contrary notwithstanding, Loans made to the Borrower will be denominated solely in Dollars and will be repayable solely in Dollars and no other currency.

2.02 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) At least three (but not more than five) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date (or one Business Day with respect to the Borrowing on the Closing Date), the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender an irrevocable Borrowing Notice (which notice, if received by the Lender on a day that is not a Business Day or after 10:00 A.M. Eastern time on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next Business Day).

(b) After receipt of a Borrowing Request, the Lender shall, on the applicable Borrowing Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, make the proceeds of the requested Loan available to the Borrower by wire transfer to the account the Borrower shall have specified in its Borrowing Request.

 

26


2.03 Notes. If requested by the Lender, the Loans shall be evidenced by one or more Notes. The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lender such promissory note(s) payable to the Lender (or, if requested by the Lender, to the Lender and its registered assigns) and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 14.05) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

2.04 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general business purposes, including the payment of fees and expenses associated with this Agreement.

SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

3.01 Repayment. From the Closing Date until the third anniversary of the Closing Date, no scheduled repayment of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans shall be required. Thereafter, on the last Business Day of each calendar month following the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall make a scheduled principal payment of $300,000, with any remaining unpaid principal amount of the Loans to be payable in full and in cash on the Maturity Date. Except as earlier provided pursuant to Sections 3.03(b) and 11.02, the Borrower shall repay the entire outstanding balance of the Loans in full, in cash, on the Maturity Date.

3.02 Interest.

(a) Interest Generally. The outstanding principal amount of the Loans, as well as all other outstanding Obligations, shall accrue interest at the Interest Rate.

(b) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Applicable Margin shall increase automatically by 3.00% per annum (the Interest Rate, as increased pursuant to this Section 3.02(b), being the “Default Rate”). If any Obligation is not paid when due under any applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at the Default Rate until paid.

(c) Interest Payment Dates. Accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date, and on any date of payment or prepayment of the Loans, in whole or in part (on the principal amount being so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Default Rate shall also be payable from time to time on demand by the Lender.

(d) PIK Interest Option. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, all interest payable hereunder shall be payable in cash, except that, with respect to any Payment Date occurring on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on such date, by delivery of written notice to

 

27


the Collateral Agent not less than five (5) Business Days prior to such Payment Date, the Borrower may elect to pay a part of the interest accruing for the Interest Period ending on such Payment Date equal to 2.75% per annum “in kind” (“PIK Interest”); provided that (i) such election shall only relate to interest that (x) is due and payable on such Payment Date and (y) has accrued during the Interest Period ending on such Payment Date, and (ii) the remainder of any interest due and payable on such Payment Date will continue to be due and payable in cash on such date. To the extent the Borrower elects to pay PIK Interest pursuant to this Section 3.02(d) on any Payment Date, such PIK Interest shall be capitalized and added to the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on such Payment Date, and such PIK Interest shall be deemed to be a Loan made hereunder by the Lender (a “PIK Loan”). The aggregate principal amount of any PIK Loan will be equal to the amount of such PIK Interest elected to be paid “in kind” by the Borrower on the applicable Payment Date. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each PIK Loan will bear interest (which shall be due and payable) in accordance with this Section 3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, all interest must be paid in cash, irrespective of any election at any time by the Borrower to pay such interest in the form of PIK Interest if (x) any Default has occurred and is continuing on any Payment Date, or (y) the Payment Date occurs after the third anniversary of the Closing Date.

3.03 Prepayments.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) Subject to prior written notice pursuant to clause (ii) below, the Borrower shall have the right to optionally prepay in whole or in part the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on any Business Day (a “Prepayment Date”); provided that, in addition to the amount of the Loans so prepaid, the Borrower will pay to the Lender the sum of (x) the applicable Prepayment Premium on the principal amount of the Loans being so prepaid and (y) any accrued but unpaid interest on such principal amount of the Loans being so prepaid (such aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid, plus the sum of clauses (x) and (y) above, being, the “Redemption Price”).

(ii) A notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lender not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on a date not less than three (nor more than five) Business Days prior to the proposed date of prepayment. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the Redemption Price and the principal amount to be prepaid, as well as the date of prepayment.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments. Upon the occurrence of (x) a Casualty Event which, when take together with all other Casualty Events occurring in any fiscal year, results in net insurance proceeds in excess of $250,000 in such fiscal year, or (y) an Asset Sale (not otherwise permitted by Section 9.09) which, when take together with all other such Asset Sales occurring in any fiscal year, results in net sale proceeds in excess of $250,000 in such fiscal year, the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment to the Lender in an amount equal to 100% of the net insurance or net sale proceeds, as the case may be, received by the Borrower in respect of the forgoing, which

 

28


amount shall be applied as set forth in Section 3.03(c); provided that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result therefrom, the Borrower may use proceeds received in connection with any Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, to acquire or repair fixed or capital assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses, as long as such investment is made within six (6) months of such Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, or nine (9) months of such Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, so long as Borrower or its Subsidiaries has entered into a binding contract therefor within six (6) months of the Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, in which case, no prepayment is required hereunder. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, no Asset Sale is permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document other than as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 9.09.

(c) Application. All prepayments made pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above shall be applied as follows:

(i) first, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any costs or expenses referred to in Section 14.03 then due and owing until paid in full;

(ii) second, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any unpaid interest and any fees (including the applicable Prepayment Premium) then due and owing until paid in full;

(iii) third, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans until paid in full;

(iv) fourth, to the payment of any other Obligation then due and owing until paid in full; and

(v) fifth, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by the Borrower to receive the remainder.

SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

4.01 Payments.

(a) Payments Generally. Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Lender by notice to the Borrower, not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

(b) Application of Payments. Unless otherwise agreed by the Lender, all amounts received by the Lender in respect of the Obligations will be applied as set forth in Section 3.03(c).

 

29


(c) Non-Business Days. If the due date of any payment under this Agreement would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall continue to accrue and be payable through the period of such extension.

4.02 Computations. All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed during the period for which payable.

4.03 Set-Off.

(a) Set-Off Generally. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lender and any of its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Obligor against any and all of the Obligations, whether or not such Person shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lender and each of its Affiliates under this Section 4.03 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Persons may have.

(b) Exercise of Rights Not Required. Nothing contained in Section 4.03(a) shall require the Lender and any of its Affiliates to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of such Persons to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of any Obligor.

SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

5.01 Additional Costs.

(a) Change in Laws Generally. If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Law, or any change in any Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Lender (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on the Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment,

 

30


and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or subject the Lender to any Taxes on its Loan, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital (if any) attributable thereto by an amount deemed by the Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clause (ii) through (iv) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”) and (iii) Connection Income Taxes, then the Borrower shall pay to the Lender within ten (10) Business Days following demand therefor such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) Change in Capital Requirements. If the Lender shall have determined that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of the Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of the Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which the Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to the Lender within ten (10) Business Days following demand therefor such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender (or its parent) for such reduction.

(c) Notification by Lender. The Lender promptly will notify the Borrower in writing of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle the Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the compensation being requested. Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) the Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, be materially disadvantageous to the Lender. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Section 5.01, setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Law for all purposes of this Section 5.01, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

31


5.02 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for the Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the opinion of the Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to the Lender), then the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof, following which (i) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as the Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (ii) if such Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a).

5.03 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments to any Lender by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by any Law. If any Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Borrower) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by an Obligor in respect of any Obligation, then such Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Law, or at the option of the applicable Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5, the Borrower shall deliver to each applicable Recipient the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Recipient.

(d) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each applicable Recipient, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by such applicable Recipient shall be conclusive absent manifest error

 

32


(e) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Recipient that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each applicable Recipient shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Law as reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Recipient is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B), and (ii)(D)) shall not be required if in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Recipient to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Recipient.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A) any Recipient that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Recipient becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Recipient is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 to the effect that such non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the applicable the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms); or

 

33


(4) to the extent a non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 or D-3, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one (1) or more direct or indirect partners of such non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner.

(C) any non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed copies of any other form prescribed by Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) any non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower any forms and information necessary to establish that such non-U.S. Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Tax Benefits. If any party to this Agreement determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.03(f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.03(f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.03(f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

34


5.04 Mitigation Obligations. If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Recipient or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Recipient pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03, then such Recipient shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office, if in existence, for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Recipient, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03, as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Recipient to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Recipient. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Recipient in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

5.05 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of such Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.04, or if any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Collateral Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 14.04), all, but not less than all, of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations; provided that:

(a) each Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees (including Prepayment Premiums) and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, as if such purchase and assignment was an optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.03(a) hereof, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

(b) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.01 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03 such assignment will only be permitted hereunder if it results in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(c) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law; and

(d) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

35


5.06 Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 5 shall survive the assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Initial Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Initial Loan shall be subject to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the delivery of a Borrowing Notice as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a), and the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Article.

(a) Officers Certificate, Etc. The Lender shall have received from each Obligor (i) a copy of a good standing certificate, dated a date reasonably close to the Closing Date, for each such Person and (ii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by such Person’s secretary, assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer of such Person as to:

(i) resolutions of each such Person’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to be executed by such Person and the Transactions;

(ii) the incumbency and signatures of those of its officers, managing member or general partner, as applicable, authorized to act with respect to each Loan Document to be executed by such Person; and

(iii) the full force and validity of each Organic Document of such Person and copies thereof;

upon which certificates the Lender may conclusively rely until it shall have received a further certificate of the secretary, assistant secretary or Responsible Officer of any such Person cancelling or amending the prior certificate of such Person.

(b) Closing Date Certificate. The Lender shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Closing Date Certificate”), substantially in the form of Exhibit J, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the Initial Loan, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in each Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be

 

36


continuing, or would result from the Initial Loan being advanced on the Closing Date and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.01 have been satisfied. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Closing Date Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. The Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Financial Information, Etc. The Lender shall have received unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, together with a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

(e) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lender shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the borrowing of the Initial Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(f) Solvency Certificate. The Lender shall have received a Solvency Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, duly executed and delivered by the chief financial or accounting Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date.

(g) Security Documents. The Lender shall have received executed counterparts of each Security Document (other than the Landlord Consent and the Account Control Agreement with respect to the investment accounts of the Borrower) and each other applicable Loan Document, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed and delivered by each Obligor, together with:

(i) delivery of all certificates (in the case of Equity Interests that are securities (as defined in the NYUCC)) evidencing the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by each Obligor that are required to be pledged under the Security Agreement, which certificates in each case shall be accompanied by undated instruments of transfer duly executed in blank, or, in the case of Equity Interests that are uncertificated securities (as defined in the NYUCC), confirmation and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the security interest required to be pledged therein under the Security Agreement has been transferred to and perfected by the Secured Parties in accordance with Articles 8 and 9 of the NYUCC and all Laws otherwise applicable to the perfection of the pledge of such Equity Interests;

 

37


(ii) financing statements suitable in form for naming each Obligor as a debtor and the Collateral Agent as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents to be filed under the UCC of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement;

(iii) UCC-3 termination statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any collateral described in the Security Agreement previously granted by any Person;

(iv) evidence that all deposit accounts, lockboxes, disbursement accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts of each Obligor (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts and the investment accounts of the Borrower) are Controlled Accounts; and

(v) evidence that all such Controlled Accounts are subject to one or more Account Control Agreements.

(h) Perfection Certificate. The Lender shall have received a Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(i) Lien Searches. The Lender shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days prior to the Borrowing of the Initial Loan.

(j) Closing Date Warrant. The Lender shall have received an executed counterpart of (i) a Warrant Certificate and Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed, delivered and validly issued by the Borrower, and (ii) the Closing Date Warrant.

(k) Insurance. The Lender shall have received certificates of insurance reflecting the insurance policies, evidencing coverage required to be maintained pursuant to each Loan Document. All such insurance policies required pursuant to this Section 6.01(k) shall (i) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or loss payee or additional insured (in the case of liability insurance), as applicable, and provide that no cancellation or modification of the policies will be made without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and (ii) be in addition to any requirements to maintain specific types of insurance contained in the other Loan Documents.

(l) Opinions of Counsel. The Lender shall have received one or more customary opinions (including from such local counsel as the Lender may determine, in its sole discretion, is reasonably necessary), each dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Lender, from independent legal counsel to the Borrower and the other Obligors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

(m) Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Lender shall have received, as applicable, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities requested by the Lender at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date with respect to applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

38


(n) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2016.

(o) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of each Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

(p) Closing Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) The Lender shall have received a $150,000 closing fee which shall be paid by way of the Lender retaining such amount from the proceeds of the Initial Loan, and (ii) each of the Collateral Agent and the Lender shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03, including all reasonable closing costs and fees and all unpaid reasonable expenses of the Lender incurred in connection with the Transactions (including the Lender’s legal fees and expenses).

(q) Payoff Letters. The Lender shall have received one or more executed payoff letters terminating the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time) among Oxford Finance LLC, as collateral agent for the lenders party thereto, the lenders party thereto and the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it.

6.02 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Delayed Draw Loan shall be subject to the prior making of the Initial Loan, the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Delayed Draw Loan as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a), and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.02.

(a) Delayed Draw Date. The Delayed Draw Date shall have occurred on or before December 22, 2017.

(b) Delayed Draw Certificate. The Lender shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Delayed Draw Date and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (the “Delayed Draw Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the Delayed Draw Loan (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Delayed Draw Loan to be advanced on the Delayed Draw Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.02 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement

 

39


or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Closing Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to “the Delayed Draw Date”, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lender reasonably determines that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lender under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Delayed Draw Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. The Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Delayed Draw Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lender shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Delayed Draw Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(e) Delayed Draw Date Warrant. The Lender shall have received an executed counterpart of (i) a Warrant Certificate and Agreement, dated as of the Delayed Draw Date, duly executed, delivered and validly issued by the Borrower, and (ii) the Delayed Draw Date Warrant.

(f) Perfection Certificate. The Lender shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Delayed Draw Date, that is true and correct as of the Delayed Draw Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h) remains true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the Delayed Draw Date; provided that each reference therein to the Closing Date shall be deemed to refer to the Delayed Draw Date and each reference to the Initial Loan shall be deemed to refer to the Delayed Draw Loan.

(g) Lien Searches. The Lender shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days prior to the Borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan.

(h) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2016.

(i) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

40


(j) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) The Lender shall have received a $150,000 delayed draw fee, and (ii) each of the Collateral Agent and the Lender shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lender’s legal fees and expenses).

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:

7.01 Power and Authority. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all Governmental Approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that failure to have the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify (either individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) has full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

7.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. Each Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party when executed and delivered after the date hereof by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (i) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (x) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (y) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (ii) will not violate any Law or the Organic Documents of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) will not violate or result in a default under any

 

41


indenture, agreement or other instrument in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money or equivalent binding upon any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person except as could not reasonably expected to result in an Event of Default, and (iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries.

7.04 Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change.

(a) Financial Statements. The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lender certain consolidated financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01. Such financial statements, and all other financial statements delivered by the Borrower to the Lender (whether prior to the Closing Date or otherwise) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements of the type described in Section 8.01(c). Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements.

(b) No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2016, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

7.05 Properties.

(a) Property Generally. Each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that (i) do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes and (ii) could not reasonably be expected to prevent or interfere with the ability of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to any of its Products.

(b) Intellectual Property.

(i) Schedule 7.05(b) contains, with respect to Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries:

(A) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered or issued Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number;

(B) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

(C) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights.

 

42


(ii) Each Obligor is the absolute beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Material Intellectual Property that it owns, with no breaks in chain of title with good and marketable title, free and clear of any Liens or Claims of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens, and each Obligor has the right to use all Material Intellectual Property. Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b):

(A) other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property, in whole or in part, to any Person who is not an Obligor;

(B) other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09, there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), Claims, or other Contracts relating to any Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict in any material manner any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Material Intellectual Property;

(C) neither the use by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of any of such Person’s Material Intellectual Property, nor the operations by any such Person of its business, violates, infringes or interferes with or constitutes a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(D) there are no pending or, to the Borrower’s best knowledge, threatened Claims against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries asserted by any other Person relating to such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s Material Intellectual Property, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Material Intellectual Property; no Obligor nor any Subsidiary of such Obligor has received any written notice from any Person that such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s business, the use of such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s Material Intellectual Property, or the manufacture, use or sale of any Product or the performance of any service by any such Person infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(E) except as set forth on Schedule 7.06(a), no Material Intellectual Property is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Borrower, and without limiting the foregoing, except as set forth in Schedule 7.06(a), no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has put any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Material Intellectual Property; no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has initiated the enforcement of any Claim with respect to any of the Material Intellectual Property;

(F) to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, all relevant current and former employees and contractors of and Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with the Borrower that irrevocably assign to the Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to the Borrower’s business;

 

43


(G) the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Borrower’s consolidated business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted;

(H) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has taken reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Material Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information;

(I) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to the Lender accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Material Intellectual Property; and

(J) there are no pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened Claims against the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements.

(iii) With respect to the Material Intellectual Property consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b), and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii):

(A) each of the issued claims in such Patents is valid and enforceable;

(B) the named inventors claimed in such Patents have executed written Contracts with the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assign to the Borrower or such predecessor-in-interest all of their rights, title and interest to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by Laws;

(C) none of the Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest;

(D) all prior art material to the Patents listed on Schedule 7.05(b) was adequately disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by Laws;

(E) subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, neither any Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective predecessors in interest, have filed any disclaimer or filed any other voluntary reduction in the scope of the Inventions claimed in such Patents;

(F) except as expressly indicated on Schedule 7.05(b), no allowable or allowed subject matter of such Patents is subject to any competing conception claims of allowable or allowed subject matter of any patent applications or patents of any third party and have not been the subject of any interference, re-examination, opposition or any other post-grant proceedings, nor is there basis for any such interference, re-examination, opposition or any other post-grant proceedings;

 

44


(G) no such Patents have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, with the exception of publicly available documents in the applicable patent office recorded with respect to any Patents, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

(H) no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received an opinion, whether preliminary in nature or qualified in any manner, which concludes that a challenge to the validity or enforceability of any of such Patents is more likely than not to succeed;

(I) no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has any knowledge that it or any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

(J) except as expressly indicated on Schedule 7.05(b), all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or its Subsidiary or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Material Intellectual Property. Schedule 7.05(c) sets forth an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to the Borrower’s current consolidated business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

7.06 No Actions or Proceedings.

(a) Litigation. There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened with respect to the Borrower of any of its Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06(a) or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

(b) Environmental Matters. The operations and property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

45


(c) Labor Matters. There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, and no material unfair labor practice complaint is pending against the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threated against any of them before any Governmental Authority. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.06(c), neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreements or Contracts, no union representation exists on any facilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no union organizing activities are taking place in respect thereof.

7.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

(a) Each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and all Material Agreements binding upon it or its property; provided that, for purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “property” shall not include any Obligor Intellectual Property, which is covered by Section 7.05.

(b) Any physician, other licensed healthcare professional, or any other Person who is in a position to refer patients or other business to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, a “Referral Source”) who has a direct ownership, investment, or financial interest in such Obligor or such Subsidiary paid fair market value for such ownership, investment or financial interest; any ownership or investment returns distributed to any Referral Source is in proportion to such Referral Source’s ownership, investment or financial interest; and no preferential treatment or more favorable terms were or are offered to such Referral Source compared to investors or owners who are not in a position to refer patients or other business. No Obligor, nor any of its respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has Guaranteed any Indebtedness, made a payment toward any Indebtedness or otherwise subsidized any Indebtedness for any Referral Source including, without limitation, any Indebtedness related to financing the Referral Source’s ownership, investment or financial interest in such Obligor or such Subsidiary.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except where noncompliance individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) all financial relationships between or among any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Referral Source, on the other hand (i) comply with all applicable Healthcare Laws including, without limitation, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law and applicable state antikickback and self-referral laws; (ii) reflect fair market value, have commercially reasonable terms and were negotiated at arm’s length; and (iii) do not obligate the Referral Source to purchase, use, recommend or arrange for the use of any products or services of any Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries; and

(ii) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has implemented policies and procedures to monitor, collect, and report, any payments or transfers of value to certain healthcare providers and teaching hospitals, in accordance with industry standards and the Affordable Care Act of 2010 and its implementing regulations and any applicable state disclosure and transparency laws.

 

46


(d) The Obligors and their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with 21 CFR §§210-211 and 21 CFR §§600-610.

7.08 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.08, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it, except such Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

7.09 Full Disclosure. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, none of the representations or warranties made by any Obligor in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Loan Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

7.10 Regulation.

(a) Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) Margin Stock. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

7.11 Solvency. The Borrower is (and, immediately after giving effect to any Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof, will be) Solvent. The Obligors, taken as a whole, are (and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof, will be) Solvent.

7.12 Equity Holders; Subsidiaries and Investments.

(a) The capitalization table of the Borrower provided to the Lender prior to the Closing Date contains a complete and correct list of all holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower, setting forth the name of such Holder, the series of class of Equity Interest of the Borrower held by such Holder, and the fully-diluted percentage ownership of the Borrower held beneficially by such Holder.

 

47


(b) Set forth on Schedule 7.12(b) is a complete and correct list of all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12(b), and the percentage ownership by the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12(c).

(c) Set forth on Schedule 7.12(c) is a complete and correct list of all other Equity Interests held by each Obligor in any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower. Such Schedule 7.12(c) also sets forth, in reasonable detail, the type of Equity Interest held by each such Obligor in such Person and the fully-diluted percentage ownership held beneficially by such Obligor in such Person.

7.13 Indebtedness. The pro forma balance sheets delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e) and, if the Delayed Draw Loan is made, 6.02(d), each set forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of such balance sheet.

7.14 Material Agreements. Set forth on Schedule 7.14 is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement and (ii) each Contract creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in material default under any such Material Agreement or Contract creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14, all material vendor purchase Contracts and provider Contracts of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lender.

7.15 Restrictive Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except those listed on Schedule 7.15 or otherwise permitted under Section 9.11.

7.16 Real Property. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16.

7.17 Pension Matters. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Laws so qualifies. Each Benefit Plan is in material compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Laws; there are no existing or pending (or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened) Claims (other than routine Claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or

 

48


investigations involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim which would result in a material liability. The Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Title IV Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date. As of the date hereof, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which material obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to occur that would result in a material liability. No ERISA Affiliate would have any material Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan on the date this representation is made.

7.18 Collateral; Security Interest. Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Secured Parties legal, valid and enforceable security interests in the Collateral subject thereto to the extent required by the applicable Security Document, which security interests are, to the extent required by the Security Documents, perfected and first-priority (subject only to Permitted Priority Liens).

7.19 Regulatory Approvals.

(a) Each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries holds, either directly or through licensees and agents, all Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations necessary or required for such Obligor and its Subsidiaries to conduct its operations and businesses in the manner currently conducted, including all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 7.19(b) is a complete and accurate list as of the date hereof of all material Regulatory Approvals relating to each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries, the conduct of their business (including all Product Development and Commercialization Activities) and each of their Products (on a per Product basis). All such material Regulatory Approvals are (i) legally and beneficially owned or held exclusively by such Obligors or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, (ii) validly registered and on file with the applicable Governmental Authority, in material compliance with all registration, filing and maintenance requirements (including any fee requirements) thereof, and (iii) in good standing, valid and enforceable with the applicable Governmental Authority in all material respects.

(c) (i) All material regulatory filings, notices, registrations, listings, reports and similar items required to be filed or made by any Regulatory Authority or in respect of any Regulatory Approval or Product Authorization with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities have been made, and all such filings are complete and correct in all material respects and have complied in all material respects with all Laws, (ii) all clinical and pre-clinical trials, if any, of investigational Products have been and are being conducted by each Obligor according to all Laws in all material respects along with appropriate monitoring of clinical investigator trial sites for their compliance, and (iii) each Obligor has disclosed to the Lender all such material regulatory filings and all material communications between representatives of each Obligor and any Regulatory Authority.

 

49


(d) Each Obligor and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, each agent of any Obligor are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws (including all Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations) with respect to each Product and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto.

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.19(e), and without limiting the generality of any other representation or warranty made by any Obligor hereunder or under any other Loan Document: (i) all Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities comply in all material respects with (A) all applicable Laws of the FDA and each other applicable Regulatory Authority, whether U.S. or non-U.S., and (B) all Product Authorizations and other Regulatory Authorizations; (ii) no Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensors or licensees have received any inspection reports, warning letters or notices or similar documents with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities from any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years that assert lack of compliance with any applicable Laws or Regulatory Approvals or other orders, injunctions or decrees; (iii) no Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensors or licensees have received any notification from any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years, asserting that any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities lacks a required Regulatory Approval or Product Authorization; (iv) there is no pending regulatory action, investigation or inquiry (other than non-material routine or periodic inspections or reviews) against any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective suppliers, licensors or licensees with respect to any Product, and, to the best knowledge of any Obligor, there is no reasonable basis for any adverse regulatory action against such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective suppliers agents, licensors or licensees with respect to any Product; and (v) without limiting the foregoing, (A) (1) there have been no product recalls, safety alerts, corrections, withdrawals, marketing suspensions, removals or similar action conducted, undertaken or issued by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether voluntary, at the request, demand or order of any Regulatory Authority or otherwise, with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities within the last three (3) years, (2) no such product recall, safety alert, correction, withdrawal, marketing suspension, removal or similar action has been requested, demanded or ordered by any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years, and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there is no reasonable basis for the issuance of any such product recall, safety alert, correction, withdrawal, marketing suspension, removal or similar action with respect to any Product, and (B) no criminal, injunctive, seizure, detention or civil penalty action has been commenced or threatened in writing by any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years with respect to or in connection with any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, there are no consent decrees (including plea agreements) that relate to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there is no reasonable basis for the commencement of any criminal injunctive, seizure, detention or civil penalty action by any Regulatory Authority relating to any

 

50


Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities or for the issuance of any consent decree. No Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensees or licensors is employing or utilizing the services of any individual who has been debarred or temporarily suspended under any applicable Law.

(f) Neither any Obligor nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any officer, employee or agent thereof, has made an untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statements to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that, at the time such disclosure was made (or was not made), could reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the FDA or any such other Regulatory Authority to invoke its policy respecting Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities, set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) or any similar policy.

(g) The clinical, preclinical, safety and other studies and tests conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by each Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or in respect of which any Products or Product candidates under development have participated, were (and if still pending, are) being conducted materially in accordance with standard medical and scientific research procedures and all applicable Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations. No Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notices or other correspondence from the FDA or any such other Regulatory Authority requiring the termination or suspension of any clinical, preclinical, safety or other studies or tests used to support regulatory clearance of, or any Product Authorization or Regulatory Approval for, any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities.

7.20 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into, renewed, extended or been a part to, any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease, transfer or exchange of property or assets of any kind or the rendering of services of any kind) with any Affiliate during the three-year period prior to the Closing Date.

7.21 OFAC. No Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any agents or other persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing (i) is currently the target of any Sanctions, (ii) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, (iii) is or has been (within the previous five years) engaged in any transaction with, or for the benefit of, any Person who is now or was then the target of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or (iv) is or has ever been in violation of or subject to an investigation relating to Sanctions. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been or will be used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute or provide to, or has been or will be otherwise made available to fund, any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including the Lender and its Affiliates) of Sanctions.

 

51


7.22 Anti-Corruption. No Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers, or employees nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any agents or other persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, directly or indirectly, has (i) violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-corruption Law, (ii) made, offered to make, promised to make or authorized the payment or giving of, directly or indirectly, any Prohibited Payment or (iii) been subject to any investigation by any Governmental Authority with regard to any actual or alleged Prohibited Payment.

7.23 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts. Schedule 7.23 contains a list of all banks and other financial institutions at which any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries maintains deposit accounts, lockboxes, disbursement accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or financial institution, the name in which the account is held, the type of account, and the complete account number therefor.

7.24 Royalty and Other Payments. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.24, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay any royalty, milestone payment, deferred payment or any other contingent payment in respect of any Product.

SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor jointly and severally covenants and agrees with the Lender that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been paid in full in cash:

8.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Lender:

(a) As soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month of each fiscal year (excluding the last month of each fiscal quarter and each fiscal year), a consolidated balance sheet for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal month, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ (or members’) equity and cash flows for such fiscal month and the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes), all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

 

52


(b) As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes), all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

(c) Commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, as soon as available and in any event within (i) 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes) and (ii) 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of Ernst & Young or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

(d) Together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a), (b) and (c), a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period, substantially in the form of Exhibit E (a “Compliance Certificate”) including details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors.

 

53


(e) As soon as available and in any event no later than 45 days following the end of any fiscal year, copies of an annual budget (or equivalent) for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, approved by the Board, for the then current fiscal year, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) such budget was prepared by the Borrower, in good faith, (ii) the Borrower had at the time of preparation of the budget, and at all times thereafter (including on and as of the date of delivery to the Collateral Agent of such budget) has continued to have, a reasonable basis for all of the assumptions contained in such budget and (iii) such budget was prepared in accordance with, and based upon, such assumptions.

(e) Copies of all letters of representation signed by the Borrower to its auditors and, promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal quarter.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) Promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which the Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor.

(h) The information regarding insurance maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05.

(i) [Reserved].

(j) Within five Business Days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices (including board kits) made available to holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests; provided that any such material may be redacted by the Borrower to exclude information relating to the Lender (including the Borrower’s strategy regarding the Loans).

(k) As soon as possible and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of any return, recovery, dispute or Claim related to any Product or inventory that involves more than $300,000, written notice thereof from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such return, recovery, dispute or Claim.

(l) Such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

8.02 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Collateral Agent written notice of the following promptly, but in any event within five Business Days, after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

(a) The occurrence of any Default.

 

54


(b) Notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in an uninsured Loss aggregating $300,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more.

(c) The occurrence of any event or circumstance giving rise to (or reasonably expected to give rise to) any environmental liability under Environmental Laws, including any action, suit, Claim, notice of violation, hearing, investigation or proceeding pending, or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Materials.

(d) The filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) (i) On or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto.

(f) (i) The termination of any Material Agreement; or (ii) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any material adverse notice under any Material Agreement (and a copy thereof).

(g) The reports and notices as required by the Security Documents.

(h) Within thirty (30) days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01, notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors.

(i) Promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor.

(j) A licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with (or as a result of) any infringement or alleged infringement by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Intellectual Property of another Person.

(k) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(c), a list of any new Material Intellectual Property created or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, or with any other equivalent foreign Governmental Authority

 

55


(l) Any change to any Obligor’s ownership of Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts (in each case, other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts), by delivering the Collateral Agent an updated Schedule 7 to the Security Agreement setting forth a complete and correct list of all such accounts as of the date of such change.

(m) The occurrence or existence of any event, circumstance, act or omission that would cause any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.07, Section 7.18 or Section 7.19 to be incorrect in any material respect if such representation or warranty was to be made at the time the Borrower learned of such event, circumstance, act or omission.

(n) Any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

8.03 Existence; Conduct of Business. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03.

8.04 Payment of Obligations. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Taxes or such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP.

8.05 Insurance.

(a) Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, the Borrower shall furnish the Lender from time to time with (i) full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies and (ii) a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to insurance on the Collateral have been paid, that such policies are in full force and effect. The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all insurance policies required under this Section 8.05(a) shall provide that they

 

56


shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to the Borrower without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent (or ten (10) days in the case of non-payment of premiums). Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any such insurance policies shall, if new policies are not obtained by the Borrower, entitle the Secured Parties to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05(a) or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of the Borrower (payable on demand). The amount of any such expenses shall accrue interest at the Default Rate if not paid on demand and shall constitute “Obligations.”

(b) Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, in the event any landlord of any Obligor has demanded that the Collateral Agent obtain liability insurance before entering the landlord’s premises in connection with any remedial action to be taken by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent may make a demand upon the Borrower to (i) purchase insurance in such amounts, against such risks and covering such Persons as required to be maintained by such landlord and (ii) deliver to the applicable landlord (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) any endorsement to such insurance policy as required by such landlord. In the event the Borrower shall fail to purchase such insurance or deliver such endorsement within five (5) Business Days of demand therefor, the Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance and the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Collateral Agent for such expense on demand. Such reimbursement obligation shall constitute an Obligation hereunder and, if not paid within three (3) Business Days of demand made by the Collateral Agent, shall accrue interest at the Default Rate.

8.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) as the Lender may request. The Obligors shall pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs of all such inspections.

8.07 Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all Laws (including applicable Environmental Laws), and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.08 Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its properties necessary in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

 

57


8.09 Licenses. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all Regulatory Approvals and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, including the ownership and use of its Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Action under Environmental Laws. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, required under applicable Environmental Laws to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

8.11 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.04. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.

8.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.

(a) Such Obligor will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Domestic Subsidiaries are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any Obligor or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary, such Obligor will (or will cause such Subsidiary to) no later than within 60 days of such formation or acquisition:

(i) cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

(ii) take such action or cause such Domestic Subsidiary to take such action (including joining the Security Agreement, delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Priority Liens) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Domestic Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Domestic Subsidiary hereunder;

 

58


(iii) to the extent that the parent of such Subsidiary is not a party to the Security Agreement or has not otherwise pledged Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and this Agreement, cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary if it is a Domestic Subsidiary or 65% of the issued shares of such Subsidiary if it is a Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent not prohibited or otherwise restricted by applicable law;

(iv) with respect to any Subsidiary, deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Lender shall have requested; and

(v) shall cause each new Subsidiary to become party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

(b) Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Lender to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents.

8.13 Termination of Non-Permitted Liens. In the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become aware or be notified by the Collateral Agent or the Lender of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any asset or property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

8.14 Intellectual Property. In the event that the Obligors acquire or create Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral under the Security Documents, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition or creation (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any, subsequent to such acquisition or creation that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

 

59


8.15 Litigation Cooperation. The Borrower shall make available to the Collateral Agent, without expense to the Collateral Agent, reasonable access to each Obligor and such Obligor’s officers, employees and agents and such Obligor’s books and records, to the extent that the Collateral Agent may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against the Collateral Agent or the Lender with respect to any Collateral, the subject of any Loan Document or relating to any Obligor.

8.16 Maintenance of Regulatory Approvals, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc. With respect to the Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Obligor and each of their respective Subsidiaries (to the extent applicable) to, (i) maintain in full force and effect all material Regulatory Approvals (including all Product Authorizations), Material Agreements, Product Related Information, Material Intellectual Property, and other rights, interests or assets (whether tangible or intangible) necessary for the operations of the Borrower’s or such Obligor’s business, as the case may be, including any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, (ii) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of (x) any product recalls, safety alerts, corrections, withdrawals, marketing suspensions, removals or similar action conducted, to be undertaken or issued by the Borrower, any such Obligor or any of their respective suppliers, as the case may be, whether or not at the request, demand or order of any Governmental Authority or otherwise with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, in each case, solely in the event such action could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (y) any basis that would lead the Borrower to reasonably expect or anticipate the undertaking or issuing any such action or item, (iii) maintain in full force and effect, and pay all costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, all Material Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the Borrower or any such Obligor that is used in and is necessary for the operations of the business of such Person, including Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and all Material Agreements, (iv) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of any material Infringement or other violation by any Person of the Borrower’s or any other Obligor’s Material Intellectual Property that is used in the operations of the business of such Person, or in connection with any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and aggressively pursue any such Infringement or other violation, to the extent the Borrower deems it commercially reasonable to do so, (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue and maintain in full force and effect legal protection for all new Material Intellectual Property developed or controlled by the Borrower or any other Obligor, as the case may be, that is used in and necessary for the operations of the business of such Person, or in connection with any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and (vi) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of any non-frivolous and material claim by any Person that the conduct of the Borrower’s or any such Obligor’s business (including any Product Development and Commercialization Activities) Infringes any Intellectual Property of such Person.

 

60


8.17 ERISA Compliance. The Borrower will comply, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with the provisions of ERISA with respect to any Benefit Plan to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as employer.

8.18 Cash Management. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to:

(a) maintain all deposit accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts (and other similar accounts) and lockboxes with a bank or financial institution that has executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent an Account Control Agreement (provided that no Account Control Agreement shall be required for any payroll or payroll tax account of the Borrower or any deposit account maintained in connection with any the Borrower employee benefit plan, to the extent the funds on deposit therein are held for the benefit of the Borrower’s employees (collectively, the “Excluded Deposit Accounts”)); each such deposit account, disbursement account, investment account (or similar account) and lockbox (each, a “Controlled Account”) shall be a cash collateral account, with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such account securing payment of the Obligations, and each Obligor shall have granted a Lien to the Collateral Agent over such Controlled Accounts;

(b) arrange for all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting Revenue or otherwise received in respect of Product Development and Commercialization Activities to be directly deposited into Controlled Accounts; and

(c) cause each Controlled Account, at all times, to be subject to a legal, valid and binding Account Control Agreement in favor of the Secured Parties.

8.19 2016 Financial Statements, Etc. On or before June 30, 2017, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. On or before June 30, 2017, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent (x) the Landlord Consent with respect to the real property leased by the Borrower and (y) the Account Control Agreement with respect to the investment accounts of the Borrower).

8.20

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor jointly and severally covenants and agrees with the Lender that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been paid in full in cash:

9.01 Indebtedness. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

(a) the Obligations;

 

61


(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(a) and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Lender;

(c) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by any Obligor in the ordinary course of business;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness of an Obligor, including in respect of Guarantees owed, to any other Obligor; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness is subject to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement;

(f) normal course of business equipment financing (including Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money debt); provided that (i) if any such financing is secured, the collateral therefor shall consist solely of the assets being financed pursuant to such financing, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (f) shall not exceed $3,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time in the aggregate;

(g) unsecured Indebtedness under Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 9.05(f);

(h) Indebtedness under a revolving credit line secured solely by accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and proceeds thereof and no other property or assets; provided that the loan documents with respect to such Indebtedness shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion) and such Indebtedness shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion); provided, further, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness in respect of such revolving credit line does not exceed $3,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(i) Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the payment of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(j) unsecured Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment and action to the Obligations pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion); provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such unsecured subordinated Indebtedness shall not exceed $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(k) other unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding, in the aggregate, at any time outstanding $300,000;

 

62


(l) unsecured Indebtedness from the use of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries credit cards in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate, at any time outstanding $500,000; and

(m) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of seller notes, earn-outs and similar obligations in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, not exceeding, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, $3,000,000; provided that such Indebtedness shall not exceed 50% of the purchase price of any Permitted Acquisition;

provided that, no Indebtedness otherwise permitted by clauses (f), (j), (k) or (m) of this Section 9.01 shall be assumed, created or otherwise incurred if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.02 Liens. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b); provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) and (h) of Section 9.01; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in such clause (f) or (h), as applicable;

(d) Liens imposed by Law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to such Liens and for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

(e) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

(f) Liens securing Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

 

63


(g) servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real property imposed by any Law and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(h) with respect to any real property, (i) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real property; (ii) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real property pursuant to Laws; and (iii) rights of expropriation, access or use or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in any Law, which, in the aggregate for (i), (ii) and (iii), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(i) bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in Deposit Accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens (other than for the payment of Taxes) in respect of judgments, the existence of which do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11.01(i);

(k) licenses (including licenses of Intellectual Property), sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to third parties in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by the terms hereof or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, Section 9.13(b);

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(i);

provided that no Lien otherwise permitted under any of clauses (c), (g), (h) and (i) above shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

9.03 Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), (iii) sell or issue any of its Equity Interests, or (iv) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or Equity Interests in, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, except:

(a) Investments permitted under Section 9.05(e);

(b) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary with or into any Obligor;

(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by any Subsidiary of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any Obligor;

 

64


(d) the sale, transfer or other disposition of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to any Obligor;

(e) Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) Asset Sales permitted pursuant to Section 9.09;

(g) mergers, amalgamations and consolidations between Foreign Subsidiaries;

(h) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets by one Foreign Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary;

(i) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets by an Obligor to Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed an aggregate amount (or value) of $250,000 per year for all Obligors collectively;

(j) sale or issuance by the Borrower of its Equity Interests for financing purposes or in connection with a Public Offering; provided that all such Equity Interests sold or issued qualify as Qualified Equity Interests; and

(k) the issuance of up to 410,337 shares of Series D preferred stock of the Borrower pursuant to Section 1.2(c) of the PIPSTEK Unit Purchase Agreement;

provided no action otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (f), or (i) of this Section 9.03 shall be permitted if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.04 Lines of Business. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in or planned to be engaged in on the date hereof by the Borrower or and its Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto, which shall include, without limitation, any business related to dentistry.

9.05 Investments. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05;

(b) operating deposit accounts with banks that comply with Section 8.18;

(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

(e) Investments by any Obligor in the Subsidiary Guarantors;

 

65


(f) Hedging Agreements entered into in the Borrower’s ordinary course of business for the purpose of hedging currency or interest rate risks (and not for speculative purposes);

(g) Investments consisting of security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) employee loans, travel advances and Guarantees in accordance with the Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by Laws) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $100,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

(i) Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

(j) Investments permitted under Section 9.03;

(k) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(l) Investments by an Obligor in Foreign Subsidiaries not exceeding $300,000 per year; provided that such Investments (together with the Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.01(e)) does not exceed $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(m) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(n) Investments consisting of non-cash loans or advances to officers, directors and employees solely for the purpose of financing the purchase by such Persons of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower; and

(o) other Investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) through (m); provided that such Investments do not exceed $300,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

provided that, no Investment otherwise permitted by clauses (e) or (j) through (o) of this Section 9.05 shall be made or assumed if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.06 Restricted Payments. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, other than:

(a) dividends with respect to the Borrower’s Equity Interests payable solely in additional Equity Interests that constitute common stock (or the equivalent);

(b) the Borrower’s purchase, redemption, retirement, or other acquisition of its Equity Interests with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its Qualified Equity Interests; and

 

66


(c) dividends paid by any Subsidiary to any Obligor.

9.07 Payments of Indebtedness. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) payments of the Obligations, (ii) scheduled payments of other Permitted Indebtedness and (iii) repayment of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness created or incurred pursuant to Section 9.01(e).

9.08 Change in Fiscal Year. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change the last day of its fiscal year from that in effect on the date hereof, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with an Acquisition to conform its fiscal year to that of the Borrower.

9.09 Sales of Assets, Etc. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property (including accounts receivable and Equity Interests of Subsidiaries), or forgive, release or compromise any amount owed to such Obligor or Subsidiary, in each case, in one transaction or series of transactions (any thereof, an “Asset Sale”), except:

(a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business on ordinary business terms;

(b) the forgiveness, release or compromise of any amount owed to any other Obligor in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Asset Sales that constitute outbound licenses permitted pursuant to Section 9.13(b);

(d) transfers of property by any Subsidiary to any other Obligor;

(e) dispositions of any property that is obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

(f) in connection with any transaction permitted under Section 9.03 or 9.05;

(g) dispositions of equipment to the extent that such equipment is simultaneously exchanged for credit against the purchase price of replacement equipment;

(h) dispositions for cash of past due accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including any discount and/or forgiveness thereof) or, in the case of accounts receivable in default, in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(i) dispositions of non-core assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition;

(j) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value; provided that (i) not less than seventy five percent (75%) of the aggregate sales price from such disposition shall be paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold by the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, together, shall not exceed in any fiscal year $300,000 in the aggregate; and

 

67


(k) disposition of accounts receivable pursuant to a financing transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.01(h);

provided that, no Asset Sale otherwise permitted by clauses (i) or (j) of this Section 9.09 shall be made or assumed if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except:

(a) transactions between or among Obligors (other than any Foreign Subsidiary);

(b) any transaction not prohibited under this Agreement so long as the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by the Borrower) to the Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(c) customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(d) issuances of Equity Interests by the Borrower constituting common stock (or the equivalent thereof) to Affiliates in exchange for cash; provided that the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by the Borrower) to the Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower; and

(e) the transactions set forth on Schedule 9.10.

9.11 Restrictive Agreements. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any Restrictive Agreement other than (i) restrictions and conditions imposed by Law or by the Loan Documents and (ii) the Restrictive Agreements listed on Schedule 7.15, which Restrictive Agreements may not be amended or otherwise modified in any manner so as to make such agreements more restrictive than as in effect on the date hereof without the consent of the Collateral Agent.

9.12 Modifications and Terminations of Material Agreements and Organic Documents. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

 

68


(a) waive, amend, terminate, replace or otherwise modify any term or provision of any Organic Document, in any manner that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties or any of the Obligations (including any Warrant Obligations); or    

(b) (x) take or omit to take any action that results in the termination of any Material Agreement (other than the expiration of such Material Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof) or (y) take any action that permits any Material Agreement to be terminated by any counterparty thereto prior to its stated date of expiration (in each case, unless such terminated Material Agreement is replaced with another agreement that, viewed as a whole, is on equal or better terms for the Borrower or such Subsidiary), except to the extent such omission or action could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Inbound and Outbound Licenses.

(a) Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.13(a), no Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become or remain bound by any inbound license agreement requiring any such Person, during any twelve-month period during the term of such license agreement, to make aggregate payments in excess of $1,000,000 for any such individual license or agreement or in excess of $2,000,000 when taken together with all other such licenses agreements, unless (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii)(x) the Borrower has provided prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its anticipated and projected impact on the relevant Obligor’s consolidated business or financial condition, (y) such license or agreement has been approved pursuant to the Borrower’s internal customary approval process for inbound licenses, and (z) the Borrower has taken such commercially reasonable actions as the Lender may reasonably request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for the Collateral Agent to be granted a valid and perfected Lien on such license agreement (subject to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the NYUCC) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the right to fully exercise its rights under any of the Loan Documents, including upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default; provided that inbound licenses agreements in the nature of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public shall not be prohibited by or subject to this clause (a).

(b) Outbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.13(b), no Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become or remain bound by any outbound license of Material Intellectual Property unless such outbound license (i) is duly authorized by the Borrower in accordance with its customary internal approval process for outbound licenses and is entered into on an arm’s-length basis and in the ordinary course of business, (ii) is entered into for the purpose of Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to a Product, (iii) does not otherwise constitute an Asset Sale prohibited under Section 9.09, (iv) to the extent such Material Intellectual Property subject to such outbound license constitutes Collateral, does not impair the Secured Parties from fully exercising their rights under any of the Loan Documents in the event of a disposition or liquidation (including in connection with a foreclosure) of such Intellectual Property upon the exercise of remedies, (v) is not an exclusive license (whether as to use, geography or otherwise), and (vi) is not perpetual.

 

69


9.14 Sales and Leasebacks. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14, such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which such Obligor or Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person, and (ii) which such Obligor or Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

9.15 Hazardous Material. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.16 Accounting Changes. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

9.17 Compliance with ERISA. No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (i) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (ii) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

10.01 Minimum Liquidity. The Borrower shall at all times, except for not more than three (3) Business Days (whether or not consecutive) during any calendar month, maintain a minimum aggregate balance of $3,000,000 in cash in one or more Controlled Accounts, which cash and Controlled Accounts shall be free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted hereunder in favor of the Secured Parties for purposes of securing the Obligations and Liens permitted by Section 9.02(i) hereof.

10.02 Minimum Revenue. Subject to Section 10.03 below, on each calculation date set forth below (each, a “Calculation Date”), Revenue for the twelve consecutive month period ended on such Calculation Date shall not be less than the amount set forth opposite such Calculation Date:

 

70


Calculation Date

   Revenue  

March 31, 2018

   $ 2,300,000  

June 30, 2018

   $ 3,000,000  

September 30, 2018

   $ 4,600,000  

December 31, 2018

   $ 6,000,000  

March 31, 2019

   $ 8,000,000  

June 30, 2019

   $ 11,000,000  

September 30, 2019

   $ 14,000,000  

December 31, 2019

   $ 17,000,000  

March 31, 2020

   $ 20,500,000  

June 30, 2020

   $ 24,000,000  

September 30, 2020

   $ 27,500,000  

December 31, 2020

   $ 32,000,000  

10.03 Revenue Covenant Cure. If, as of any Calculation Date set forth above, Revenue as of such Calculation Date is less than the amount required above for such Calculation Date (a “Shortfall Default”), such Shortfall Default shall be deemed cured (a “Revenue Covenant Cure”) if, at all times from such Calculation Date until the next scheduled Calculation Date, the Borrower maintains a minimum aggregate cash balance that, when taken together with amounts held on deposit pursuant to Section 10.01, equals not less than $6,000,000, with all such cash being held in one or more Controlled Accounts, which cash and Controlled Accounts are free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted hereunder in favor of the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) the Borrower shall only be entitled to two Revenue Covenant Cures during the term of this Agreement and (ii) the Borrower may not use a Revenue Covenant Cure in two consecutive fiscal quarters; provided, further that, at any time during which a Revenue Covenant Cure is in effect, upon the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall, from time to time, provide evidence in written and reasonable detail demonstrating the Borrower’s maintenance of not less than $6,000,000 in cash in the Controlled Accounts (as provided above).

 

71


SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Principal or Interest Payment Default. The Borrower shall fail to pay: (i) when and as the same shall become due and payable, any amount of principal of on the Loans, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same shall become due and payable, any interest on the Loans.

(b) Other Payment Defaults. Any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a)) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days.

(c) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall: (i) prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier; or (ii) prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty does not otherwise contain any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier.

(d) Certain Covenants. Any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 8.02, 8.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 8.11, 8.12, 8.18, 8.19, Section 9 or Section 10.

(e) Other Covenants. Any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a), (b) or (d)) or any other Loan Document, and, in the case of any failure that is capable of cure, such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days.

(f) Payment Default on Other Indebtedness. Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness.

(g) Other Defaults on Other Indebtedness. (i) Any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness shall occur, or (ii) any event or condition occurs (x) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (y) that enables or permits the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity and, in each case set forth in this clause (y) all applicable cure or grace periods have expired; provided that this Section 11.01(g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a casualty event or the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

 

72


(h) Insolvency, Bankruptcy, Etc.

(i) Any Obligor becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness.

(ii) Any Obligor commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors.

(iii) Any Obligor institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding.

(iv) Any Obligor applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property.

(v) Any Obligor takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h).

(vi) Any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

(A) seeking to adjudicate it as insolvent;

(B) seeking a receiving order against it;

(C) seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

 

73


(D) seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, and such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against the Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided, further, that if the Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply.

(vii) Any other event occurs which, under the Laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in this Section 11.01(h).

(i) Judgments. One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $300,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) shall be rendered against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 calendar days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment.

(j) ERISA and Pension Plans. (i) An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $300,000 in any year or (ii) $1,000,000 for all periods until repayment of all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations).

(k) Change of Control. A Change of Control shall have occurred.

(l) Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2016.

(m) Key Person Event. A Key Person Event shall have occurred.

(n) Regulatory Matters, Etc. If any of the following occurs: (i) the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority (whether U.S. or non-U.S.) initiates enforcement action against, or issues a warning letter with respect to, any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, any Product or any manufacturing facilities for any Product that causes any Obligor to discontinue or withdraw, or could reasonably be expected to cause any Obligor to discontinue or withdraw, Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to any Product, or otherwise causes a delay in the manufacture or sale of any Product, which discontinuance or delay could reasonably be expected to last for more than 30 days, (ii) a recall of any Product that has generated or is expected to generate at least $2,000,000 in revenue for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries over any period of twelve consecutive months or (iii) any Obligor enters into a settlement agreement with the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority that results in aggregate liability as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, in excess of $750,000.

(o) Impairment of Security, Etc. (i) Any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall at any time fail to constitute (x) a valid and perfected (to the extent required by the Security Documents) Lien on the applicable Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or (y) a first priority Lien on the applicable Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of

 

74


the Secured Parties (except for Permitted Priority Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13) shall for whatever reason cease to be in full force and effect, (iii) any Obligor shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature, priority or enforceability of any such Lien, Loan Document or Guarantee, or (iv) any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents such Obligor from selling or manufacturing all or a material portion of the Products.

11.02 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h)), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be immediately due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor; and in case of an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h), the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

SECTION 12

THE COLLATERAL AGENT

12.01 Authority. The Collateral Agent is authorized to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or any other Loan Document, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12 are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Lender, and no Obligor shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

 

75


12.02 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief Law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Obligors or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Collateral Agent in writing by the Borrower.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

12.03 Reliance by Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Lender, the Collateral Agent may

 

76


presume that such condition is satisfactory to the Lender unless the Collateral Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from the Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

12.04 Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Collateral Agent. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with their activities as Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Collateral Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

12.05 Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any Insolvency Proceeding or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Obligor, the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent shall have made any demand on any Obligor) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lender and the Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lender and the Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lender and the Collateral Agent) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by the Lender to make such payments to the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lender, to pay to the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Collateral Agent.

 

77


12.06 Collateral Matters.

(a) Without limiting the provisions of Section 12.05, the Collateral Agent is authorized, at its option and in its discretion to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent obligations); or (B) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Obligor in connection therewith, nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Lender for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

(c) The Collateral Agent is authorized from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens on the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents or protect and preserve the Collateral Agent’s ability to enforce the Liens or realize upon the Collateral.

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

13.01 The Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally Guarantee to the Secured Parties, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans, all fees and other amounts and Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by the Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Subsidiary Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

13.02 Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other Guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor (other than payment in full in cash of the

 

78


Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claims have been made)), it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be waived or any other Guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Secured Parties as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other Guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.03 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Secured Parties on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by such Persons in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar Law.

13.04 Subrogation. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that, until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments, they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their Guarantee in Section 13.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

79


13.05 Remedies. The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01.

13.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Secured Parties, at their sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

13.07 Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing Guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

13.08 Rights of Contribution. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Fair Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations.

 

80


For purposes of this Section 13.08, (i) “Excess Funding Guarantor” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Subsidiary Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Fair Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “Excess Payment” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Fair Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “Fair Share” means, for any Subsidiary Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of Equity Interest of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a party hereto on the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, and (B) with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

13.09 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate Law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08, be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Lender or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

SECTION 14

MISCELLANEOUS

14.01 No Waiver. No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or the Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

 

81


14.02 Notices. All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy) delivered, if to the Borrower, another Obligor, or the Lender, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. All such communications provided for herein by telecopy shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication).

14.03 Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.

(a) Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Collateral Agent and the Lender for all of their reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Collateral Agent and the Lender, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Collateral Agent and the Lender for all of their reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall have no obligation to pay more than $125,000 in the aggregate pursuant to clauses (i)(x) and (i)(y) of this Section 14.03(a).

(b) Indemnification. The Borrower hereby indemnifies the Collateral Agent, the Lender, and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any and all Claims and Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Transactions or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower, any of its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Obligor shall assert any claim against any Indemnified Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the

 

82


Transactions or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans. The Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “Borrower Party.” No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Transactions or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

14.04 Amendments, Etc. The provisions of each Loan Document may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Required Lenders and the Borrower; provided, however, that the consent of all the Lenders shall be required to:

(a) amend this Section 14.04;

(b) amend the definition of Required Lenders;

(c) postpone or delay any date fixed for, or reduce or waive, any scheduled installment of principal or any payment of interest, fees or other amounts (other than principal) due to the Lenders;

(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein (it being agreed that waiver of the default interest shall only require the consent of Required Lenders) or the amount of interest payable in cash specified herein on any Loan, or of any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(e) amend or waive compliance with the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make Loans in Section 6.02;

(f) amend the definition of “Commitments”; and

(g) discharge the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from its respective payment Obligations under the Loan Documents, or release all or substantially all of the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by the Lender under any Loan Document shall, except as may be otherwise stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions. No waiver or approval hereunder shall require any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

 

 

83


14.05 Successors and Assigns.

(a) General. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Lender. The Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.05(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.05(e) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.05(f). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 14.05(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lender. The Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Transferees (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any Person) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) and the other Loan Documents; provided that no such assignment shall be made to the Borrower, an Affiliate of the Borrower, or any employees or directors of the Borrower at any time; provided that the assigning Lender shall provide a notice of such assignment promptly after such assignment. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lender pursuant to Section 14.05(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of the Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) and the other Loan Documents but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 14.03. Any assignment or transfer by the Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 14.05(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.05(e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lender may not assign its Commitment to make the Delayed Draw Loan before December 22, 2017.

(c) Amendments to Loan Documents. Each of the Collateral Agent, the Lender and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, the Lender and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 14.05.

(d) Register. The Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lender and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

 

84


(e) Participations. The Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, sell participations to any Person which would constitute and Eligible Assignee (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of the Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection therewith. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which the Lender sells such a participation shall provide that the Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of the Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest (other than with respect to default interest). Subject to Section 14.05(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were the Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.05(b). To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.03(a) as though it were the Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(f) Limitations on Rights of Participants. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.03 than the Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Certain Pledges. The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.

 

85


14.06 Survival. The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 14.03, 14.05, 14.09, 14.10, 14.11, 14.12, 14.13, 14.14 and 14.16, and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13 (solely to the extent Guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lender’s assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lender may cease to be “Lender” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a Borrowing Notice, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

14.07 Captions. The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

14.08 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

14.09 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

14.10

Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue.

(a) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in New York, New York or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 14.10(a) is for the benefit of the Lender only and, as a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by any Law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

86


(b) Alternative Process. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lender to serve any process or summons in any other manner permitted by a Law.

(c) Waiver of Venue, Etc. Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

14.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OBLIGOR AND THE LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

14.12 Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to so claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

14.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, including any confidentiality (or similar) agreements. EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDER OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

87


14.14 Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by any Law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

14.15 No Fiduciary Relationship. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender has no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lender and the Borrower is solely that of creditor and debtor. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

14.16 Confidentiality. The Collateral Agent agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to them by any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with its customary procedures for handling its own confidential information and use such information solely for purposes of the lending activities of the Lender under the Loan Documents; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to the Lender, any Affiliate of the Lender or any Eligible Transferee or other assignee permitted under Section 14.05(b), (ii) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedging Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (iii) to its employees, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants, trustees and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates who have a need to know such information (collectively, its “Related Parties”); provided that, to the extent any such confidential information is provided by the Collateral Agent or any Lender to a Related Party, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall remain liable for breaches of confidentiality by any such Related Party to which it has provided confidential information, as applicable, shall be liable for breaches of confidentiality by its Related Parties (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority or any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (v) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Law, (vi) if required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (vii) that has been publicly disclosed (other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 14.16), (viii) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to the Lender, (ix) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (x) on a confidential basis to (A) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Loan or (B) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers of other market identifiers with respect to the Loan or (xi) to any other party hereto; provided, further, that, (1) no Lender shall use any Obligor’s non-public information for the purposes of engaging in hedging or short-selling activities of the Borrower’s Equity Interests and (2) unless specifically prohibited by applicable Law or court order, the Lender shall notify the Borrower of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of the Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

 

88


14.17 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Obligor against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not the Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of the Borrower or such Obligor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to an Affiliate of the Lender. The rights of the Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Lender and Affiliates may have. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

14.18 Judgment Currency.

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in US Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Lender could purchase US Dollars with such other currency at the buying spot rate of exchange in the New York foreign exchange market on the Business Day immediately preceding that on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is given.

(b) The obligations of the Obligors in respect of any sum due to the Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than US Dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency the Lender may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase US Dollars with such other currency. If the amount of US Dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in US Dollars, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss. If the amount of US Dollars so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in US Dollars, the Lender shall remit such excess to the Borrower.

14.19 USA PATRIOT Act. The Lender hereby notifies the Obligors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), that it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of each Obligor and other information that will allow such Person to identify such Obligor in accordance with the Act.

 

89


14.20 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

90


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By   /s/ John Glenn
  Name: John Glenn
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

S-1


SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By   /s/ John Glenn
  Name: John Glenn
  Title: Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Address for Notices:
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

S-1


LENDER AND COLLATERAL AGENT:
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ Sandeep Dixit
  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:   /s/ Sam Chawla
  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

S-2


Schedule 1

to Credit Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment      Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 20,000,000        100

TOTAL

   $ 20,000,000        100 % 

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY, dated as of October 3, 2018 (this “Amendment”), is among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party hereto (the “Lenders”), Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, “Collateral Agent”). Reference is made to the Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Collateral Agent amend the Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, provide an additional tranche of senior, secured, delayed-draw term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders party hereto and the Collateral Agent are willing to agree to such amendments and other modifications.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS.

A. Each of the following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Borrowing” means, as the context may require, (i) the borrowing of the Initial Loan on the Closing Date, (ii) the borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan on the Delayed Draw Date, (iii) the initial borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date or (iv) the second borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loans on the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date.

Borrowing Date” means, (i) with respect to the Initial Loan, the Closing Date, (ii) with respect to the Delayed Draw Loan, the Delayed Draw Date, (iii) with respect to the initial Tranche 3 Loans, the initial Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date and, (iv) with respect to the second Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loans, the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; provided that there shall be no more than one (1) Borrowing Date for the Delayed Draw Loan and no more than two (2) Borrowing Dates for Tranche 3 Loans.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise. The aggregate Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date equal $20,000,000.


Delayed Draw Date Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the Delayed Draw Date pursuant to Section 6.02(e), exercisable into 90,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock.

Loans” means, collectively, the Initial Loan, the Delayed Draw Loan, the Tranche 3 Loans and any PIK Loan, and “Loan” means any of the foregoing.

Warrant” means, as the context may require, the Closing Date Warrant, the Delayed Draw Date Warrant, the Tranche 3 Initial Warrant or the Tranche 3 Subsequent Warrant.

Warrant Obligations” means any and all Obligations of the Borrower arising out of, under or in connection with the Warrants.

B. Clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Acquisition set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(f) with respect to any acquisition other than the Surf Acquisition (which shall be ignored (and not included) for all purposes of this clause (f)), the purchase price for such acquisition (i) when taken together with the purchase price for all other acquisitions consummated or effected in the prior 12-month period, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) when taken together with the purchase price for all other such acquisitions consummated or effected since the Closing Date, does not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate (in each case, the purchase price being determined by including all deferred purchase price payments, whether in the form of earn-outs, post-closing adjustments, payment on seller notes or otherwise, to the extent actually paid or payable);

C. The following definitions are added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:

Amendment No. 1” means Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 3, 2018, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” means October 3, 2018.

Surf Acquisition” means the acquisition by Borrower of all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Dog Breath Software, Inc., a California corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Surf Acquisition Agreement.

Surf Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of or about October 3, 2018 by and among Borrower, Dog Breath Software, Inc. and Dr. Gary B. Carr.

Surf Earnout” means, collectively, the obligations of Borrower to make each License Earnout Payment (as defined in the Surf Acquisition Agreement) and each Unit Earnout Payment (as defined in the Surf Acquisition Agreement).

 

2


Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b).

Tranche 3 Borrowing Date” means, as the context may require, either (i) the date of the initial Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on which the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall have occurred and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.03 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing, (ii) the date of the second Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans hereunder, which shall be after the initial Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans and no sooner than the date on which each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.03 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing, or (iii) each of the foregoing dates.

Tranche 3 Loan” means any Borrowing of term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof on a Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; provided that each individual Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans made hereunder shall be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of at least $5,000,000 and the aggregate principal amount of all Borrowings of Tranche 3 Loans made hereunder shall not exceed the Tranche 3 Maximum Amount.

Tranche 3 Maximum Amount” means $10,000,000.

Tranche 3 Initial Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date pursuant to Section 6.03(e), exercisable into the number of shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock equal to (i) 90,000 multiplied by (ii) a fraction having as a numerator the aggregate principal amount of the Tranche 3 Loans made on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date and a denominator equal to $10,000,000.

Tranche 3 Subsequent Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date pursuant to Section 6.03(e), exercisable into the number of shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock equal to (i) 90,000 less (ii) the original number of shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the Tranche 3 Initial Warrant.

D. Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) re-designating clauses (c) and (d) as clauses (d) and (e), respectively, and (2) adding a new clause (c) to read as follows:

(c) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make (i) the initial Tranche 3 Loans to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date and (ii) additional Tranche 3 Loans to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; provided that, without limiting any other term, provision or condition hereunder related to the making of Tranche 3 Loans, no Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans shall be made hereunder unless it is in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000.

 

3


E. Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(a) At least ten Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date (or one Business Day with respect to the Borrowings on the Closing Date and the Delayed Draw Date), the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender an irrevocable Borrowing Notice (which notice, if received by the Lender on a date that is not a Business Day or after 10:00 A.M. Eastern time on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next Business Day).

F. Section 2.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

2.04 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general purposes, including, without limitation, for Permitted Acquisitions, the payment of costs and expenses in connection therewith and the payment of fees and expenses associated with this Agreement.

G. Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(a) Delayed Draw Date. The Delayed Draw Date shall have occurred on or before October 31, 2018.

H. Section 6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.03 to read as follows:

6.03 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loans. The obligation of the Lenders to fund any Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans shall be subject to satisfaction of the requirements of Section 2.01(c), the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Borrowing as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a), and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.03.

(a) Tranche 3 Borrowing Date. No Borrowing of any Tranche 3 Loans shall have been made or requested to be made after December 31, 2019.

(b) Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate. The Lenders shall have received, on each applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, a certificate, dated as of such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders (each, a “Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date and on the applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered and on such Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the making of the applicable Tranche 3 Loans, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be

 

4


continuing, or would result from the Tranche 3 Loans to be advanced on its applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.03 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Closing Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to the applicable “Tranche 3 Borrowing Date” for the Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans to be made on such day, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lenders reasonably determine that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to a Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate or an updated Perfection Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. Each Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date and reflecting the Borrowing made (or to be made) on such date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lenders shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of each Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the Borrowing of the applicable Tranche 3 Loans and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(e) Tranche 3 Warrants. With respect to the initial Borrowing of a Tranche 3 Loan on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart of the Tranche 3 Initial Warrant. With respect to the subsequent Borrowing of a Tranche 3 Loan on the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart of the Tranche 3 Subsequent Warrant.

(f) Perfection Certificate. On each Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of such date, that is true and correct as of the applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h), or as updated on a previous Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, remains true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; provided that each reference therein to the Closing Date shall be deemed to refer to such applicable Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, and each reference to the Initial Loan shall be deemed to refer to the applicable Tranche 3 Loans being made on such Borrowing Date.

 

5


(g) Lien Searches. The Lenders shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days (or such earlier date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) prior to any Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans.

(h) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2017.

(i) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lenders or their counsel may reasonably request.

(j) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) On each Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received a delayed draw fee in an amount equal to (x) the aggregate original principal amount of the Tranche 3 Loans to be made on such date multiplied by (y) 1.50%, and (ii) on each Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, each of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lenders’ legal fees and expenses).

I. Section 7.13(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(a) The pro forma balance sheets delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e) and, if the Delayed Draw Loan or any Tranche 3 Loan is made, 6.02(d) and 6.03(d), as applicable, each set forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of such balance sheet.

J. Section 8.18 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph at the end thereof:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 8.18 shall not apply to any Subsidiary which is formed or acquired after the Closing Date until the date that is 60 days following the formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary.

K. Section 9.01(m) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(m) (i) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of seller notes, earn-outs and similar obligations in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (other than the Surf Acquisition), not exceeding, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, $3,000,000 and (ii) the Surf Earnout; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness shall not exceed 50% of the original purchase price of the Permitted Acquisition to which such Indebtedness is applicable;

 

6


L. Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “The Borrower” set forth therein with a reference to “The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, collectively,”.

M. Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as Exhibit A hereto.

N. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto hereby agree that with respect to the Persons acquired pursuant to the Surf Acquisition, the Borrower shall cause to be completed the actions required by Section 8.12 of the Credit Agreement within the 60 day period of such acquisition as provided in Section 8.12 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, AGREEMENT AND CONSENT AND REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

A. Each Obligor confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, the obligations of such Obligor under each Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party shall not be impaired and each Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects.

B. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will include all Obligations under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

C. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

D. In order to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Obligor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the following statements are true, correct and complete:

(i) such Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Amendment and perform its obligations under this Amendment and each Loan Document as amended hereby or thereby;

(ii) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment are within such Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Obligor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

7


(iii) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (1) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (2) will not violate (x) any Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Organic Documents of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Obligor or its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries; and

(iv) both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from this Amendment or the transaction contemplated hereby.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred to as the “Amendment Effective Date”):

A. The Obligors, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have indicated their consent to this Amendment by the execution and delivery of the signature pages hereto to the Collateral Agent.

B. The Borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan shall have occurred in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 and all conditions precedent thereto shall have been satisfied.

C. The Lenders shall have received (i) an officer’s certificate of each Obligor, either confirming that (x) there have been no changes to its Organic Documents since June 23, 2017, or if there have been changes to its Organic Documents since such date, certifying as to such changes and (y) (1) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document (including the Credit Agreement both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment) are, in each case, true and correct and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from this Amendment or the transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) copies of resolutions of each Obligor’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment certified by a Responsible Officer of such Obligor, (iii) a copy of a good standing certificate of each Obligor dated a date reasonably close to the date hereof, and (iv) an incumbency certificate from each Obligor.

D. The Lenders shall have received one or more customary opinions (including from such local counsel as the Lenders may determine, in their sole discretion, is reasonably necessary), each dated the Amendment Effective Date and addressed to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent, from independent legal counsel to the Borrower and the other Obligors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders.

 

8


E. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for which the Borrower agrees it is responsible pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Credit Agreement) that are due and payable in connection with this Amendment.

F. The Surf Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Surf Acquisition Agreement.

G. The Lender shall have received one or more executed payoff letters terminating all the Indebtedness of the Persons being acquired pursuant to the Surf Acquisition and UCC-3 termination statements and all other termination and releases necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any of the assets of the Persons being acquired pursuant to the Surf Acquisition, in each case, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.

(i) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in any Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(ii) Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. The amendments, consents and modifications set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein or otherwise modified or consented to hereby and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of any Obligor which would require the consent of the Lenders or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(iv) This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

B. Captions. The captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

 

9


C. Governing Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

D. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP, as Collateral Agent and Lender
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager


Exhibit A

Schedule 1

to Credit Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Delayed
Draw Loan)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
3 Loans)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

This AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY, dated as of October 7, 2019 (this “Amendment”), is among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders party hereto (the “Lenders”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”). Reference is made to the Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on or around the date of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower borrowed an initial term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000;

WHEREAS, as a condition to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 3, 2018 (“Amendment No. 1”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent, the Borrower borrowed the first senior, secured, delayed-draw term loan provided for under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000;

WHEREAS, the Borrower requested that the Lenders and the Collateral Agent amend the Credit Agreement in the form of Amendment No. 1 in order to, among other things, provide an additional, third tranche of senior, secured, delayed-draw term loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

WHEREAS, as a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower will borrow the third tranche of senior, secured, delayed-draw term loan provided for under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Collateral Agent amend the Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, provide an additional fourth and fifth tranche of senior, secured, delayed-draw term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $20,000,000; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders party hereto and the Collateral Agent are willing to agree to such amendments and other modifications.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS.

A. Each of the following definitions in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Borrowing” means, as the context may require, (i) the borrowing of the Initial Loan on the Closing Date, (ii) the borrowing of the Delayed Draw Loan on the Delayed Draw Date, (iii) the initial borrowing of Tranche 3 Loans on the initial Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; (iv) the second borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loans on the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; (v) the borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date; or (vi) the borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date.

Borrowing Date” means, (i) with respect to the Initial Loan, the Closing Date, (ii) with respect to the Delayed Draw Loan, the Delayed Draw Date, (iii) with respect to the initial Tranche 3 Loans, the initial Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, (iv) with respect to the second Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loans, the second Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, (v) with respect to the Tranche 4 Loan, the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, and (vi) with respect to the Tranche 5 Loan, the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date ; provided that there shall be no more than one (1) Borrowing Date for the Delayed Draw Loan and no more than two (2) Borrowing Dates for Tranche 3 Loans.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise. The aggregate unused Commitments on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date equal $20,000,000 (after giving effect to the Borrowing of all Tranche 3 Loans).

Loans” means, collectively, the Initial Loan, the Delayed Draw Loan, the Tranche 3 Loans, the Tranche 4 Loan, the Tranche 5 Loan, and any PIK Loan, and “Loan” means any of the foregoing.

Warrant” means, as the context may require, the Closing Date Warrant, the Delayed Draw Date Warrant, the Tranche 3 Initial Warrant, the Tranche 3 Subsequent Warrant, the Tranche 4 Warrant or the Tranche 5 Warrant.

B. The following definitions are added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:

Amendment No. 2” means Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 7, 2019, among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” means October 7, 2019.

Tranche 4 Borrowing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

Tranche 4 Borrowing Date” means the date of the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on which the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall have occurred and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.04 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing.

 

2


Tranche 4 Loan” means the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.04 hereof on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date.

Tranche 4 Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date pursuant to Section 6.04(e), substantially in the form of Exhibit I, and exercisable into 60,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock.

Tranche 5 Borrowing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(b).

Tranche 5 Borrowing Date” means the date of the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on which the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall have occurred and each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.05 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing.

Tranche 5 Loan” means the term loans made by the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date.

Tranche 5 Warrant” means the warrant to be issued on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date pursuant to Section 6.05(e), substantially in the form of Exhibit I, and exercisable into 60,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock.

C. Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) re-designating clauses (d) and (e) as clauses (f) and (g), respectively, and (2) adding new clauses (d) and (e) to read as follows:

(d) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make the Tranche 4 Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

(e) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree to make the Tranche 5 Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

D. Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

3.01 Repayment. There will be no scheduled repayments of principal on the Loans prior to the Maturity Date. Except as earlier provided pursuant to Sections 3.03(b) and 11.02, the Borrower shall repay the entire outstanding balance of the Loans in full, in cash, on the Maturity Date.

E. Section 6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding new Sections 6.04 and 6.05 to read as follows:

6.04 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan. The obligation of the Lenders to fund the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan shall be subject to the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Borrowing as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.04.

 

3


(a) Tranche 4 Borrowing Date. No Borrowing of any Tranche 4 Loan shall have been made or requested to be made after December 31, 2020.

(b) Tranche 4 Borrowing Certificate. The Lenders shall have received, on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, a certificate, dated as of such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders (each, a “Tranche 4 Borrowing Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date and on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered and on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the making of the Tranche 4 Loan, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Tranche 4 Loan to be advanced on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.04 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Closing Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to the “Tranche 4 Borrowing Date” for the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan to be made on such day, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lenders reasonably determine that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to a Tranche 4 Borrowing Certificate or an updated Perfection Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. Each Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date and reflecting the Borrowing made (or to be made) on such date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lenders shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

4


(e) Tranche 4 Warrants. The Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart of the Tranche 4 Warrant.

(f) Perfection Certificate. On the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of such date, that is true and correct as of the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h), remains true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date; provided that each reference therein to the Closing Date shall be deemed to refer to such Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, and each reference to the Initial Loan shall be deemed to refer to the Tranche 4 Loan being made on such Borrowing Date.

(g) Lien Searches. The Lenders shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days (or such earlier date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) prior to the Borrowing of the Tranche 4 Loan.

(h) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2018.

(i) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lenders or their counsel may reasonably request.

(j) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) On the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received a delayed draw fee in an amount equal to $150,000, and (ii) on the Tranche 4 Borrowing Date, each of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lenders’ legal fees and expenses).

6.05 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan. The obligation of the Lenders to fund the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan shall be subject to the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Borrowing as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.05.

(a) Tranche 5 Borrowing Date. No Borrowing of any Tranche 5 Loan shall have been made or requested to be made after December 31, 2020.

(b) Tranche 5 Borrowing Certificate. The Lenders shall have received, on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, a certificate, dated as of such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders (each, a “Tranche 5 Borrowing Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made

 

5


therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date and on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered and on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the making of the Tranche 5 Loan, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Tranche 5 Loan to be advanced on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.05 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Closing Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to the “Tranche 5 Borrowing Date” for the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan to be made on such day, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lenders reasonably determine that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to a Tranche 5 Borrowing Certificate or an updated Perfection Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. Each Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date and reflecting the Borrowing made (or to be made) on such date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lenders shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(e) Tranche 5 Warrants. The Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart of the Tranche 5 Warrant.

(f) Perfection Certificate. On the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of such date, that is true and correct as of the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h), remains true, correct and complete in all

 

6


material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date; provided that each reference therein to the Closing Date shall be deemed to refer to such Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, and each reference to the Initial Loan shall be deemed to refer to the Tranche 5 Loan being made on such Borrowing Date.

(g) Lien Searches. The Lenders shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days (or such earlier date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) prior to the Borrowing of the Tranche 5 Loan.

(h) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2018.

(i) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lenders or their counsel may reasonably request.

(j) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) On the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, the Lenders shall have received a delayed draw fee in an amount equal to $150,000, and (ii) on the Tranche 5 Borrowing Date, each of the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lenders’ legal fees and expenses).

(k) Achievement of Revenue Milestone. For any period of twelve (12) consecutive months ending no later than December 31, 2020, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have generated at least $40,000,000 in Revenue and the Borrower shall have provided evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that it has generated such levels of Revenue during such period.

F. Section 7.13(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(a) The pro forma balance sheets delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e) and, if the Delayed Draw Loan, any Tranche 3 Loan, the Tranche 4 Loan or the Tranche 5 Loan is made, Sections 6.02(d), 6.03(d), 6.04(d) and 6.05(d), as applicable, each set forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of such balance sheet.

G. Section 10.03 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “Administrative Agent” therein with “Collateral Agent”.

H. Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as Exhibit A hereto.

 

7


SECTION 2. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, AGREEMENT AND CONSENT AND REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

A. Each Obligor confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, the obligations of such Obligor under each Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party shall not be impaired and each Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects.

B. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will include all Obligations under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

C. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

D. In order to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Obligor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the following statements are true, correct and complete:

(i) such Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Amendment and perform its obligations under this Amendment and each Loan Document as amended hereby or thereby;

(ii) (1) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment are within such Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary holders of Equity Interests and (2) this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Obligor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(iii) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (1) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any Person, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (2) will not violate (x) any Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Organic Documents of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Obligor or its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries; and

 

8


(iv) both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of such conditions being referred to as the “Amendment Effective Date”):

A. The Obligors, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have indicated their consent to this Amendment by the execution and delivery of the signature pages hereto to the Collateral Agent.

B. The Borrowing of all Tranche 3 Loans shall have occurred in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 and all conditions precedent thereto shall have been satisfied.

C. The Lenders shall have received (i) an officer’s certificate of each Obligor, either confirming that (x) there have been no changes to its Organic Documents since October 16, 2018, or if there have been changes to its Organic Documents since such date, certifying as to such changes and (y) (1) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document (including the Credit Agreement both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment) are, in each case, true and correct and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from this Amendment or the transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) copies of resolutions of each Obligor’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and performance of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Obligor, (iii) a copy of a good standing certificate of each Obligor dated a date reasonably close to the date hereof, and (iv) an incumbency certificate from each Obligor.

D. The Lenders shall have received one or more customary opinions (including from such local counsel as the Lenders may determine, in their sole discretion, is reasonably necessary), each dated the Amendment Effective Date and addressed to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent, from independent legal counsel to the Borrower and the other Obligors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lenders.

E. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for which the Borrower agrees it is responsible pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Credit Agreement) that are due and payable in connection with this Amendment.

 

9


SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.

(i) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in any Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(ii) Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. The amendments, consents and modifications set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein or otherwise modified or consented to hereby and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of any Obligor which would require the consent of the Lenders or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(iv) This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

B. Captions. The captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

C. Governing Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

D. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer
TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael Watts

Name:  

Michael Watts

(Print)

Title:   Chief Financial Officer


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP, as the Collateral Agent and a Lender
By: Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

Name:   Sandeep Dixit
  (Print)
Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

Name:   Sam Chawla
  (Print)
Title:   Portfolio Manager


Exhibit A

Schedule 1

to Credit Agreement

COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
3 Loans)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
4 Loans)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
5 Loans)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

AMENDMENT NO. 3 AND WAIVER

TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY, dated as of May 15, 2020 (this “Amendment”), is among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders party hereto and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”). Reference is made to the Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 3, 2018 and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 7, 2019 and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, the Borrower applied for, and received, an unsecured loan (the “PPP Loan”) in an aggregate principal amount of $5,137,505 provided by Silicon Valley Bank (the “PPP Lender”) under and pursuant to the U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program established under section 1102 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act, as amended;

WHEREAS, prior to the date hereof, the Borrower repaid the outstanding principal amount of the PPP Loan to the PPP Lender in full;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has informed the Lenders that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 11.01(d) of the Credit Agreement as a result of the failure by the Borrower to comply with the covenants set forth in (i) Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement by incurring the PPP Loan (the “PPP Loan Default”) and (ii) Section 9.07 of the Credit Agreement by repaying the outstanding principal amount of the PPP Loan to the PPP Lender in full (the “PPP Repayment Default” and together with the PPP Loan Default, the “Specified Defaults”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders waive the Specified Defaults and agree to amend Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lenders party hereto and the Collateral Agent are willing to agree to such amendments and other modifications.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS.

A. Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the Calculation Date of “June 30, 2020” and deleting the amount set forth opposite such Calculation Date.


SECTION 2. WAIVERS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.

A. Limited Waiver. The provisions of the Credit Agreement referred to below are hereby waived in accordance with this Section 2; provided that except as expressly so waived, the parties hereto expressly acknowledge and agree that (i) all other terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and (ii) this Amendment constitutes a limited waiver and, except as expressly set forth herein, neither this Amendment nor any term or provision hereof shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of any Default or Event of Default for any future breach of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

B. Waiver of Specified Defaults. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders hereby waive any Event of Default that has arisen due to the Specified Defaults.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

A. Each Obligor confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, the obligations of such Obligor under each Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party shall not be impaired and each Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects.

B. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will include all Obligations under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

C. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

D. In order to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Obligor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the following statements are true, correct and complete:

(i) such Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Amendment and perform its obligations under this Amendment and each Loan Document as amended hereby or thereby;

(ii) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment are within such Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, by all necessary holders of the Equity Interests of such Obligor;

(iii) this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Obligor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (y) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

 

2


(iv) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (1) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any Person, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (2) will not violate (x) any Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Organic Documents of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Obligor or its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries; and

(v) both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document are, in each case, true and correct and (y) no Default or Event of Default (other than the Specified Defaults) has occurred and is continuing, or could reasonably be expected to result from this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of all such conditions being referred to as the “Amendment Effective Date”):

A. The Obligors, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have each indicated their consent to this Amendment by the execution and delivery of the signature pages hereto to the Collateral Agent.

B. (i) The statements, representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 above shall each be true and correct, both immediately before and after the effectiveness of this Amendment; and (ii) the Lenders shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying as to the foregoing.

C. The Lenders shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Obligor, (i) confirming that there have been no changes to such Obligor’s Organic Documents since October 16, 2018, or if there have been any changes to such Obligor’s Organic Documents since such date, certifying as to such changes and (ii) copies of resolutions of each Obligor’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Obligor.

D. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for which the Borrower is responsible pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Credit Agreement) that are due and payable in connection with this Amendment.

 

3


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.

(i) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in any Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(ii) Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. The amendments, waivers and modifications set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein or otherwise modified or consented to hereby and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of any Obligor which would require the consent of the Lenders or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(iv) This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

B. Captions. The captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

C. Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by any Law, the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

D. Integration. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

E. Governing Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

4


F. Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile or .pdf signature) hereto or to any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Amendment, and any contract formation or record-keeping, in each case, through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and the parties hereto hereby waive any objection to the contrary.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP, as the

Collateral Agent and a Lender

By: Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC,

its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

Name:  

Sandeep Dixit

(Print)

Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

Name:  

Sam Chawla

(Print)

Title:   Portfolio Manager

 

2

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY, dated as of October 13, 2020 (this “Amendment”), is among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, the Lenders party hereto and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”). Reference is made to the Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 3, 2018, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 7, 2019, and Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of May 15, 2020, and as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and the Collateral Agent. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Required Lenders agree to amend Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lender party hereto and the Collateral Agent are willing to agree to such amendments and other modifications; and

WHEREAS, the Lender party hereto constitutes the Required Lenders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS.

A. As of, and subject to the occurrence of, the Amendment Effective Date, Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the Calculation Dates of “September 30, 2020” and “December 31, 2020” and deleting the Revenue amount set forth opposite each such Calculation Date.

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

A. Each Obligor confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Amendment, the obligations of such Obligor under each Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party shall not be impaired and each Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects.

B. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will include all Obligations under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

1


C. Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Subsidiary Guarantor is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Subsidiary Guarantor to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

D. In order to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Obligor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the following statements are true and correct:

(i) the representations and warranties made by each Obligor party hereto in each Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of such date (or in the case of any representation or warranty qualified by materiality, Material Adverse Effect or similar qualification, true and correct in all respects) unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations or warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(ii) such Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Amendment and perform its obligations under this Amendment and each Loan Document as amended hereby or thereby;

(iii) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment are within such Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and, if required, by all necessary holders of the Equity Interests of such Obligor;

(iv) this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such Obligor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (y) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law);

(v) the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (1) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any Person, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (2) will not violate (x) any Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Organic Documents of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon such Obligor or its Subsidiaries or assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of such Obligor or its Subsidiaries; and

(vi) both immediately before and after giving effect to this Amendment, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment and each other Loan Document are, in each case, true and correct and (y) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or could reasonably be expected to result from this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

2


SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of all such conditions being referred to as the “Amendment Effective Date”):

A. The Obligors, the Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders shall have each indicated their consent to this Amendment by the execution and delivery of the signature pages hereto to the Collateral Agent.

B. (i) The statements, representations and warranties set forth in Section 2 above shall each be true and correct, both immediately before and after the effectiveness of this Amendment; and (ii) the Lenders shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifying as to the foregoing.

C. The Lenders shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Obligor, (i) confirming that there have been no changes to such Obligor’s Organic Documents since October 16, 2018, or if there have been any changes to such Obligor’s Organic Documents since such date, certifying as to such changes and (ii) copies of resolutions of each Obligor’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance of the Credit Agreement as amended hereby, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Obligor.

D. The Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel for which the Borrower is responsible pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Credit Agreement) that are due and payable in connection with this Amendment.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.

(i) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in any Loan Document to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

(ii) Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. The amendments and modifications set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein or otherwise modified or consented to hereby and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of any Obligor which would require the consent of the Lenders or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

3


(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Collateral Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document or applicable Law.

(iv) This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

B. Captions. The captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Amendment.

C. Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by any Law, the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

D. Integration. This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

E. Governing Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

F. Costs and Expenses. Each Obligor party hereto agrees to pay or reimburse the Collateral Agent and the Lenders for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs of and in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket fees and expenses of outside counsel for the Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

G. Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile or .pdf signature) hereto or to any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Amendment, and any contract formation or record-keeping, in each case, through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and the parties hereto hereby waive any objection to the contrary.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By  

/s/ Michael Watts

  Name: Michael Watts
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 4]


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP, as the
Collateral Agent and a Lender

By: Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

 

 

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 4]

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Version

ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT NO. 5

TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

REFERENCE IS MADE to that certain Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 3, 2018, Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 7, 2019, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of May 15, 2020, and Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of October 13, 2020) (as so amended or otherwise modified, the “Original Credit Agreement”), by and among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party hereto (collectively, and together with any of their respective transferees, successors or assigns since the original execution and delivery of the Original Credit Agreement, the “Original Lender”), and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Original Collateral Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Original Credit Agreement.

THIS ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY, dated as of August 23, 2021 (this “Agreement”), is made by and among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “New Lender”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “New Collateral Agent”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the New Credit Agreement (defined below), the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent wish to facilitate the transfer and assignment of all rights, title and interests of the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent, other than the Excluded Interests (defined below), to the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent, respectively and as applicable;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the New Credit Agreement, the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent agree to accept and assume, as applicable, all such rights, title and interests of the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent; and

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the assignment and assumption referenced above, the Original Credit Agreement and, to the extent necessary, certain related Loan Documents, shall be amended in part or amended and restated in full to read as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the Original Credit Agreement, as so amended and restated in full, is herein referred to as the “New Credit Agreement”, and the Loan Documents (as shall be defined in the New Credit Agreement, are herein referred to as the “New Loan Documents”).

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. ASSIGNMENTS, ASSUMPTIONS, ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENTS

A. Assignment and Assumption of Original Lender Rights, Title and Interests, etc.

(i) As of, and subject to the occurrence of, the Effective Date, in consideration of the payment of the Transfer Payment (defined below) by the New Lender to the Original Lender and for other good and sufficient consideration the payment and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Original Lender hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the New Lender, and the New Lender hereby irrevocably accepts and assumes from the Original Lender, all of the following, exclusive of the Excluded Interests (collectively, the “Assigned Loan Interest”): (a) all rights, title, interests and obligations of the Original Lender owned or held by it (other than the Excluded Interests) in its capacity as a Lender and Secured Party under and pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement and, except for any Warrants or Warrant Agreements executed and delivered pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement prior to the Effective Date, the other Loan Documents (such non-excluded Loan Documents being herein referred to as the “Original Loan Documents”) and (b) exclusive of any claims, suits, causes of action or other rights in respect of the Excluded Interests, all other claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Original Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement, any Original Loan Document or any transaction, event or occurrence related to or arising in connection with any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations transferred and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above. Such transfer and assignment is expressly made without recourse to the Original Lender and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, without representation or warranty by the Original Lender or Original Collateral Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, “Excluded Interests” means all rights, title and interests of the Original Lender and any other holder of Warrants or Warrant Agreements (each as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) issued by the Borrower pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement at any time immediately prior to the Effective Date, including all Warrant Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) resulting therefrom. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Excluded Interests are expressly excluded from all transfers, assignments, acceptances and assumptions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.

(ii) The Original Lender (a) represents and warrants that (x) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Loan Interest, (y) the Assigned Loan Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, and (z) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Section 1(A); and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (w) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement or any other Original Loan Document, (x) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any Original Loan Document or any collateral thereunder or related thereto, (y) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (z) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Original Loan Document.

 

2


(iii) The New Lender (a) represents and warrants that (x) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Section 1(A) and to become a “Lender” under the New Credit Agreement, (y) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the New Credit Agreement as a “Lender” thereunder and shall have the obligations of a “Lender” thereunder, and (z) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions in respect of acquiring, holding and analyzing assets of the type represented by the Assigned Loan Interest, and it has made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and to accept and assume the transfer and assignment to it of the Assigned Loan Interest, and (b) agrees that (x) it will, independently and without reliance on the Original Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate from time to time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the New Loan Documents, and (y) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the New Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a “Lender”, “Secured Party” or equivalent thereunder.

B. Assignment and Assumption of Original Collateral Agent Rights, Title and Interests, etc.

(i) As of, and subject to the occurrence of, the Effective Date, for good and sufficient consideration the payment and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Original Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the New Collateral Agent, and the New Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably accepts and assumes from the Original Collateral Agent, (a) all of the Original Collateral Agent’s rights, title, interests and obligations in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and Secured Party under and pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement and the other Original Loan Documents, and (b) all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Original Collateral Agent (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement, any Original Loan Document or any transaction, event or occurrence related to or arising in connection with any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations transferred and assigned pursuant to clause (a) above (the rights and obligations transferred and assigned by the Original Collateral Agent to the New Collateral Agent pursuant to this clause (i) being collectively referred to herein as the “Assigned Collateral Agent Interest”; and, together with the Assigned Loan Interest, the “Assigned Interests”). Such transfer and assignment is expressly made without recourse to the Original Collateral Agent and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, without representation or warranty by the Original Lender or Original Collateral Agent.

(ii) The Original Collateral Agent (a) represents and warrants that (x) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Collateral Agent Interest, (y) the Assigned Collateral Agent Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, and (z) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Section 1(B); and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (w) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Original Credit Agreement or any other Original Loan Document, (x) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of any Original

 

3


Loan Document or any collateral thereunder or related thereto, (y) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (z) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Original Loan Document.

(iii) The New Collateral Agent (a) represents and warrants that (x) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Section 1(B) and to become the “Collateral Agent” under the New Credit Agreement, (y) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the New Credit Agreement and the other New Loan Documents as the “Collateral Agent” (or equivalent) thereunder, and (z) it is sophisticated with respect to performance of the duties and obligations associated with its role as the New Collateral Agent, and (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance on the Original Collateral Agent, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate from time to time, perform its duties and obligations required to be performed by it as the “Collateral Agent” (or equivalent) under and pursuant to the New Credit Agreement and the other New Loan Documents.

C. Consents, Acknowledgements and Agreements of the Obligors, etc.

(i) The Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally acknowledge, consent and agree to the transfers, assignments, acceptances, assumptions and other transactions contemplated by Section 1(A) and Section 1(B) above, and the retention of the Excluded Interests by the Original Lender and any other holders or beneficiaries thereof.

(ii) The Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally acknowledge, consent and agree that, notwithstanding any term or provision hereof, the Original Credit Agreement, the New Credit Agreement, any Original Loan Document, any New Loan Document or any other document, agreement or instrument delivered in connection therewith, and subject to the transfers, assignments, acceptances and assumptions contemplated in this Section 1, the Obligations of the Obligors under and pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement and each Original Loan Document to which any such Obligor is a party (whether in respect of principal, interest, fees or other amounts) shall not be impaired, extinguished, novated, waived, canceled or otherwise satisfied, in whole or in part as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent expressly provided in the New Credit Agreement or other New Loan Documents, and each such other Original Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and ratified in all respects. It is the agreement and intention of the parties hereto that all such Obligations of the Obligors shall remain in full force and effect, except that, upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the terms, conditions, rights and remedies with respect to such Obligations of such Obligors shall be governed by the New Credit Agreement and the New Loan Documents as in effect on and after the Effective Date.

 

4


SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS.

A. In order to induce the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent to enter into this Agreement, the Obligors represent and warrant, jointly and severally, to the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent that the following statements are true and correct:

(i) Each Obligor has full power, authority and legal right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(ii) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are within each Obligor’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and, if required, by all necessary holders of the Equity Interests of such Obligor.

(iii) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (y) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(iv) The transactions contemplated by this Agreement (1) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any Person, except for such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (2) will not violate (x) any Law or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) the Organic Documents of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries, (3) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or its Subsidiaries or assets in any material respect, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (4) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. This Agreement shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of all such conditions being referred to as the “Effective Date”):

A. The Obligors, the Original Collateral Agent, the New Collateral Agent, the Original Lender and the New Lender shall have each indicated their consent and agreement to this Agreement by the execution of the signature pages hereto and the delivery thereof to the New Collateral Agent.

B. The Borrower, each Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined in the New Credit Agreement), the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent shall have executed and delivered the New Credit Agreement and shall have executed and delivered, as applicable, (i) each other applicable New Loan Document or (ii) amendments or other appropriate modifications the Original Loan Documents.

 

5


C. The New Lender shall have paid to the Original Lender, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Original Lender, an amount equal to $30,215,625.00 representing the aggregate amount of outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due and payable to the Original Lender pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement as of the Effective Date (other than the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Original Lender for which the Borrower is responsible pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Original Credit Agreement, which will be payable by the Borrower pursuant to the New Credit Agreement).

D. All conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 6.01 of the New Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.

E. All reasonable and documented out of pocket expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) for which the Borrower is responsible pursuant to either Section 14.03 of the Original Credit Agreement or Section 14.03 of the New Credit Agreement, as the case may be, and that are due and payable, shall have been paid.

SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Effect of This Agreement.

(i) Except as expressly provided herein or in the New Credit Agreement, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any provision of the Original Credit Agreement or any other Original Loan Document, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Original Lender or the Original Collateral Agent under any Original Loan Document or applicable Law.

(ii) This Agreement shall constitute a Loan Document (as defined in the New Credit Agreement).

B. Captions. The captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

C. Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by any Law, the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

D. Integration. This Agreement, together with the other New Loan Documents, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

E. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

6


F. Waiver and Release. To induce the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent to agree to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Releasing Parties”) represent and warrant that, as of the date hereof, there are no claims or offsets against, or rights of recoupment with respect to, or disputes of, or defenses or counterclaims to, their obligations under the Original Loan Documents, and in accordance therewith they: (i) waive any and all such claims, offsets, rights of recoupment, disputes, defenses and counterclaims, whether known or unknown, arising prior to the date hereof; (ii) forever release, relieve, and discharge the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent and each of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, predecessors, successors, assigns, attorneys, accountants, agents, employees and representatives (collectively, the “Released Parties”), and each of them, from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, debts, obligations, promises, acts, agreements and damages, of whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, contingent or fixed, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, whether at law or in equity, which the Releasing Parties ever had, now have, or may, shall or can hereafter have, directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way based upon, connected with, or related to matters, things, acts, conduct and/or omissions at any time to and including the date hereof, including without limitation any and all claims against the Released Parties arising under or related to any of the Original Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby; (iii) covenant and agree not to bring any claim, action, suit or proceeding against the Released Parties, directly or indirectly, regarding or related in any manner to the matters released hereby; and (iv) represent and warrant to the Released Parties that they have not heretofore assigned or transferred, or purported to assign or transfer, to any Person or entity any claims or other matters herein released. In connection with the release contained in this Section 4(F), the Releasing Parties acknowledge that they are aware that they may hereafter discover claims presently unknown or unsuspected, or facts in addition to or different from those which they know or believe to be true, with respect to the matters released herein. Nevertheless, it is the intention of the Releasing Parties, through this Agreement and with advice of counsel, fully, finally and forever to release all such matters, and all claims related thereto, which do now exist, or heretofore have existed. In furtherance of such intention, the releases herein given shall be and remain in effect as a full and complete release of such matters notwithstanding the discovery or existence of any such additional or different claims or facts related thereto.

G. Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record and (y) any facsimile or .pdf signature) hereto or to any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement, and any contract formation or record-keeping, in each case, through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and the parties hereto hereby waive any objection to the contrary.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page – Assignment, Assumption and Amendment No. 5]


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS, LP, as the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent:
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name:   Sandeep Dixit
  Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name:   Sam Chawla
  Title:   Portfolio Manager
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as the New Lender and the New Collateral Agent:
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name:   Sandeep Dixit
  Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name:   Sam Chawla
  Title:   Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page – Assignment, Assumption and Amendment No. 5]

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

dated as of

August 23, 2021

between

SONENDO, INC.

as the Borrower,

The Subsidiary Guarantors from Time to Time Party Hereto,

and

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP,

as the Lender and the Collateral Agent

U.S. $50,000,000

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.01

     Certain Defined Terms      1  

1.02

     Accounting Terms and Principles      27  

1.03

     Interpretation      27  

1.04

     Divisions      28  

1.05

     LIBOR Replacement.      28  

SECTION 2 THE COMMITMENT AND THE LOANS

     29  

2.01

     Loans      29  

2.02

     Borrowing Procedures      30  

2.03

     Notes      30  

2.04

     Use of Proceeds      30  

SECTION 3 PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

     30  

3.01

     Repayment      30  

3.02

     Interest      31  

3.03

     Prepayments      31  

SECTION 4 PAYMENTS, ETC.

     32  

4.01

     Payments      32  

4.02

     Computations      33  

4.03

     Set-Off      33  

SECTION 5 YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

     34  

5.01

     Additional Costs      34  

5.02

     Illegality      35  

5.03

     Taxes      35  

5.04

     Mitigation Obligations      38  

5.05

     Replacement of Lenders      38  

5.06

     Survival      39  

SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     39  

6.01

     Conditions to Effectiveness      39  

6.02

     Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan      42  

6.03

     Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loan      43  

SECTION 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     45  

7.01

     Power and Authority      45  

7.02

     Authorization; Enforceability      45  

7.03

     Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts      45  

7.04

     Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change      46  

7.05

     Properties      46  

7.06

     No Actions or Proceedings      49  

7.07

     Compliance with Laws and Agreements      50  

7.08

     Taxes      50  

7.09

     Full Disclosure      51  

7.10

     Regulation      51  

7.11

     Solvency      51  

7.12

     Equity Holders; Subsidiaries and Investments      51  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

7.13

     Indebtedness      52  

7.14

     Material Agreements      52  

7.15

     Restrictive Agreements      52  

7.16

     Real Property      52  

7.17

     Pension Matters      52  

7.18

     Collateral; Security Interest      52  

7.19

     Regulatory Approvals      53  

7.20

     Transactions with Affiliates      55  

7.21

     OFAC      55  

7.22

     Anti-Corruption      55  

7.23

     Deposit and Disbursement Accounts      55  

7.24

     Royalty and Other Payments      55  

SECTION 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     56  

8.01

     Financial Statements and Other Information      56  

8.02

     Notices of Material Events      58  

8.03

     Existence; Conduct of Business      59  

8.04

     Payment of Obligations      60  

8.05

     Insurance      60  

8.06

     Books and Records; Inspection Rights      61  

8.07

     Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations      61  

8.08

     Maintenance of Properties, Etc      61  

8.09

     Licenses      61  

8.10

     Action under Environmental Laws      61  

8.11

     Use of Proceeds      61  

8.12

     Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances      62  

8.13

     Termination of Non-Permitted Liens      63  

8.14

     Intellectual Property      63  

8.15

     Litigation Cooperation      63  

8.16

     Maintenance of Regulatory Approvals, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc      63  

8.17

     ERISA Compliance      64  

8.18

     Cash Management      64  

SECTION 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     64  

9.01

     Indebtedness      64  

9.02

     Liens      66  

9.03

     Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions      67  

9.04

     Lines of Business      68  

9.05

     Investments      68  

9.06

     Restricted Payments      69  

9.07

     Payments of Indebtedness      69  

9.08

     Change in Fiscal Year      70  

9.09

     Sales of Assets, Etc      70  

9.10

     Transactions with Affiliates      71  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

9.11

     Restrictive Agreements      71  

9.12

     Modifications and Terminations of Material Agreements and Organic Documents      71  

9.13

     Inbound and Outbound Licenses      72  

9.14

     Sales and Leasebacks      72  

9.15

     Hazardous Material      72  

9.16

     Accounting Changes      73  

9.17

     Compliance with ERISA      73  

SECTION 10 FINANCIAL COVENANTS

     73  

10.01

     Minimum Liquidity      73  

10.02

     Minimum Revenue      73  

SECTION 11 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     74  

11.01

     Events of Default      74  

11.02

     Remedies      77  

SECTION 12 THE COLLATERAL AGENT

     78  

12.01

     Authority      78  

12.02

     Exculpatory Provisions      78  

12.03

     Reliance by Collateral Agent      79  

12.04

     Delegation of Duties      79  

12.05

     Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim      79  

12.06

     Collateral Matters.      80  

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE

     80  

13.01

     The Guarantee      80  

13.02

     Obligations Unconditional      81  

13.03

     Reinstatement      81  

13.04

     Subrogation      82  

13.05

     Remedies      82  

13.06

     Instrument for the Payment of Money      82  

13.07

     Continuing Guarantee      82  

13.08

     Rights of Contribution      82  

13.09

     General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations      83  

SECTION 14 MISCELLANEOUS

     83  

14.01

     No Waiver      83  

14.02

     Notices      83  

14.03

     Expenses, Indemnification, Etc      84  

14.04

     Amendments, Etc      85  

14.05

     Successors and Assigns      86  

14.06

     Survival      88  

14.07

     Captions      88  

14.08

     Counterparts; Electronic Signatures      88  

14.09

     Governing Law      89  

14.10

     Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue      89  

14.11

     Waiver of Jury Trial      89  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

14.12

     Waiver of Immunity      90  

14.13

     Entire Agreement      90  

14.14

     Severability      90  

14.15

     No Fiduciary Relationship      90  

14.16

     Confidentiality      90  

14.17

     Right of Setoff      91  

14.18

     Judgment Currency      91  

14.19

     USA PATRIOT Act      92  

14.20

     Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      92  

14.21

     Prepayment Premium      92  

14.22

     Interest Rate Limitation      93  

14.23

     Effect of Amendment and Restatement      93  

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule 1        Commitments
Schedule 2        Products
Schedule 7.05(b)        Certain Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.05(c)        Material Intellectual Property
Schedule 7.06(a)        Certain Litigation
Schedule 7.06(c)        Labor Matters
Schedule 7.08        Taxes
Schedule 7.12(b)        Information Regarding Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.12(c)        Equity Interests
Schedule 7.13(a)        Existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.13(b)        Liens Granted by the Obligors
Schedule 7.14        Material Agreements of Obligors
Schedule 7.15        Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 7.16        Real Property Owned or Leased by any Obligor
Schedule 7.19(b)        Material Regulatory Approvals
Schedule 7.19(e)        Adverse Findings
Schedule 7.20        Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 7.23        Deposit and Disbursement Accounts
Schedule 7.24        Royalties etc.
Schedule 9.05        Existing Investments
Schedule 9.10        Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 9.13(a)        Inbound Licenses
Schedule 9.13(b)        Outbound Licenses
Schedule 9.14        Permitted Sales and Leasebacks
Exhibit A        Form of Guarantee Assumption Agreement
Exhibit B        Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit C        Form of Note
Exhibit D-1        Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-2        Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-3        Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit D-4        Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit E        Form of Compliance Certificate

 

-v-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

Exhibit F         Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit G         Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit H         Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit I         Form of Warrant Agreement
Exhibit J         Form of Effective Date Certificate
Exhibit K         Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit L         Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement

 

-vi-


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND GUARANTY

This Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (this “Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender (defined below) hereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, together with Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (the “Original Lender”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, as collateral agent (“Original Collateral Agent”), entered into that certain Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as subsequently amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Original Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Original Lender provided a senior, secured, delayed-draw term loan facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Assignment, Assumption and Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof (the “Restatement Amendment”), the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, the Lender and the Collateral Agent agreed, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restatement Amendment, (i) to transfer and assign all rights, title, interests and obligations of the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent to the Lender and the Collateral Agent, respectively and as applicable, and (ii) to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement in full as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the Original Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

510(k)” means (i) any premarket notification and corresponding FDA clearance for a Device pursuant to FDA regulations, and (ii) all substantially equivalent or similar notifications, applications and clearances required pursuant to any other Regulatory Authority in the European Union or in any other non-U.S. jurisdictions, including, in each case, all amendments, supplements and other additions and modifications thereto, and all documents, data and other information concerning any applicable Device which are necessary for, filed with, incorporated by reference in or otherwise support any of the foregoing.

Account Control Agreement” means a control agreement or other similar agreement with respect to one or more Controlled Accounts, entered into by the applicable depositary bank, one or more Obligors and the Collateral Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in order to give the Collateral Agent “control” (within the meaning set forth in Section 9-104 of the UCC) of such account(s).

 

1


Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.19.

Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Person directly or indirectly, by means of a take-over bid, tender offer, amalgamation, merger, purchase of assets, or similar transaction having the same effect as any of the foregoing, (i) acquires any business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, (ii) acquires control of Equity Interests of a Person representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power (determined on a fully-diluted basis) for the election of directors of such Person’s Board, if the business affairs of such Person are managed by a Board, or (iii) acquires control of more than 50% of the Equity Interests in any Person (determined on a fully-diluted basis) engaged in any business that is not managed by a Board.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified; provided that, with respect to the Lender, “Affiliate” shall include any Related Fund of the Lender.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Applicable Margin” means 9.25%, as potentially increased pursuant to Section 3.02(b).

Asset Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.09.

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by the Lender and an assignee of the Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, (i) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (ii) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bailee Letter” means a bailee letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Security Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy.”

Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (whether governed by the Laws of the United States or otherwise) to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

2


Board” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or equivalent management or oversight body of such Person or any committee thereof authorized to act on behalf of such board (or equivalent body).

Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Borrower Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03(b).

Borrowing” means, as the context may require, (i) the borrowing of the Existing Term Loan, which occurred on the Original Closing Date, (ii) the borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan on the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, and (iii) the borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loan on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date.

Borrowing Date” means, (i) with respect to the Existing Term Loan, the Original Closing Date, (ii) with respect to the Tranche 2 Loan, the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, and (iii) with respect to the Tranche 3 Loan, the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date.

Borrowing Notice” means a written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

Capital Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of any such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Casualty Event” means the damage, destruction or condemnation, as the case may be, of property of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

Change of Control” means (i) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group of Persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person or its Subsidiaries and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) acting jointly or otherwise in concert of Equity Interests representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (x) nominated by the Board of the Borrower, nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated, (iii) the sale, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (iv) the Borrower shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens (except as otherwise permitted hereunder).

 

3


Claims” includes claims, demands, complaints, grievances, actions, applications, suits, causes of action, orders, charges, indictments, prosecutions, information (brought by a public prosecutor without grand jury indictment) or other similar processes, assessments or reassessments.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Collateral” means any property in which a Lien is purported to be granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders under any of the Security Documents (or all such property, as the context may require).

Collateral Agent” has the meaning set forth in the introduction hereto.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which commitment is in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 under the caption “Commitment”, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise. The aggregate unused Commitments of the Lenders as of the Effective Date equal $20,000,000.

Commodity Account” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(d).

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Contracts” means contracts, licenses, leases, agreements, obligations, promises, undertakings, understandings, arrangements, documents, commitments, entitlements or engagements pursuant to which a Person has, or will have, any actual or contingent obligations or liabilities (in each case, whether written or oral, express or implied). “Contractual” has a meaning correlative thereto.

Control” means, in respect of a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by Contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlled Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.18(a).

Copyright” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Default” means any Event of Default and any event that, upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

4


Default Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

Deposit Account” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Designated Jurisdiction” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory is the subject of any Sanction.

Device” means any medical instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent or other similar or related item, including any component, part or accessory, that (i) is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions or in the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease, in man or other animals, or is intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals, (ii) does not achieve its primary intended purpose or purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and (iii) is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of its primary intended purpose or purposes.

Device Clearance Application” means any premarket approval application submitted under Section 515 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360e), any de novo request submitted under Section 513(f) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360c(f)), or any 510(k) submitted under Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. § 360(k)) seeking clearance from the FDA for a Device that is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed predicate Device, as defined in the FD&C Act, or any corresponding foreign application in any other jurisdiction, including, with respect to the European Union, any equivalent submission to a Standard Body pursuant to an applicable directive of the European Council with respect to CE marking (or, if applicable, a self-certification of conformity with respect to any such directive through a “declaration of conformity”).

Disqualified Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), including pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 90 days after the Maturity Date.

Dollars” and “$” means lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or similar business entity incorporated, formed or organized under the Laws of the United States, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

5


EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date” means August 23, 2021

Effective Date Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

Effective Date Warrant” means the warrant issued on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 6.01(j), exercisable into 275,000 shares of the Borrower’s Series E preferred stock.

Eligible Transferee” means and includes (i) any commercial bank, (ii) any insurance company, (iii) any finance company, (iv) any financial institution, (v) any Related Fund or other investment Fund that invests in loans, (vi) with respect to the Lender, any of its Affiliates, and (vii) any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act) that is principally engaged in the business of managing investments or holding assets for investment purposes.

Environmental Law” means any applicable federal, state, provincial or local law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree relating to pollution or protection of the environment or the treatment, storage, disposal, release, threatened release or handling of hazardous materials, and all local laws and regulations related to environmental matters and any specific agreements entered into with any competent authorities which include commitments related to environmental matters.

Equity Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents, including membership interests (however designated, and whether voting or nonvoting), representing equity ownership or participation of such Person, including, if such Person is a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on another Person the right to receive a share of the profits and Losses of, or distributions of property of, such Person.

Equivalent Amount” means, with respect to an amount denominated in one currency, the amount in another currency that could be purchased by the amount in the first currency determined by reference to the Exchange Rate at the time of determination.

ERISA” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate” means, collectively, any Obligor, Subsidiary thereof, and any Person under common control, or treated as a single employer, with any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

6


ERISA Event” means (i) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA with respect to a Title IV Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (ii) a withdrawal by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof from a Title IV Plan or the termination of any Title IV Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (iii) the withdrawal of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefore, or the receipt by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in insolvency pursuant to Section 4245 of ERISA; (iv) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (v) the imposition of liability on any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) the failure by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to make any required contribution to a Title IV Plan, or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the determination that any Title IV Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered to critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (viii) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ix) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof; (x) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Title IV Plan; or (xi) the imposition of any lien (or the fulfillment of the conditions for the imposition of any lien) on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV, including Section 302(f) or 303(k) of ERISA or to Section 401(a)(29) or 430(k) of the Code.

ERISA Funding Rules” means the rules regarding minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Title IV Plans, as set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Deposit Accounts” has the meaning set for in Section 8.18.

 

7


Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (x) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of the Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivisions thereof) or (y) that are Other Connection Taxes, (ii) in the case of the Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of the Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (1) the Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 5.04 or (2) the Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.03, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to the Lender’s assignor immediately before the Lender became a party hereto or to the Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (iii) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.03(f), and (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Existing Term Loans” means all Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement immediately prior to the Effective Date, it being agreed by the parties hereto that (i) such Loans and all Obligations in respect thereof have been assigned by the Original Lender to the Lender and remain in full force and effect, as provided herein and in the Restatement Amendment, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Loans is as set forth on Schedule 1 under the heading “Existing Term Loans”.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any Law or official governmental agreement with respect thereto.

FD&C Act” means the U.S. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1938 (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.) (or any successor thereto), as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

FDA” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and any successor entity.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (i) the rate calculated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions (as determined in such manner as the Federal Reserve Bank of New York sets forth on its public website from time to time) and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the federal funds effective rate and (ii) zero percent (0%).

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

8


GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time, set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. Subject to Section 1.02, all references to “GAAP” shall be to GAAP applied consistently with the principles used in the preparation of the financial statements described in Section 7.04(a).

Governmental Approval” means any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” means any nation, government, branch of power (whether executive, legislative or judicial), state, province or municipality or other political agency, department or subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, monetary, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation regulatory authorities, governmental departments, agencies, commissions, bureaus, officials, ministers, courts, bodies, boards, tribunals and dispute settlement panels, and other Law-, rule- or regulation-making organizations or entities of any State, territory, county, city or other political subdivision of any country, including the United States.

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (the “guarantor”) guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against Loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guarantor securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by the guarantor (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of the obligee of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guarantor in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantee Assumption Agreement” means a Guarantee Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A by an entity that, pursuant to Section 8.12(a), is required to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor.”

 

9


Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.

Hazardous Material” means any substance, element, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, by-product, pollutant, contaminant or material which is classified or regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law and includes, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof).

Healthcare Laws” means, collectively, all Laws applicable to the business of the Borrower or any other Obligor, regulating the manufacturing, labeling, promotion and provision of and payment for healthcare products, items and services, including HIPAA, Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b (Criminal Penalties Involving Medicare or State Health Care Programs), commonly referred to as the “Federal Anti-Kickback Statute”; Section 1877 of the Social Security Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1395nn (Limitation on Certain Physician Referrals), commonly referred to as “Stark Statute”; U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended from time to time (21 U.S.C. § 301 et seq.); all applicable Good Manufacturing Practice requirements addressed in the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (21 C.F.R. Part 820); the Medical Devices Regulations, 21 C.F.R. Part 812, and Parts 50, 54, and 56; all applicable labeling requirements addressed in the FDA’s Device Labeling Regulation (21 C.F.R. Part 801); all rules, regulations and guidance with respect to the provision of Medicare and Medicaid programs or services (42 C.F.R. Chapter IV et seq.); and all rules, regulations and guidance promulgated under or pursuant to any of the foregoing.

Hedging Agreement” means any interest rate exchange agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

IDE” means an application, including any Device Clearance Application or any other application filed with any Regulatory Authority, for authorization to commence human clinical studies with respect to any Device, including (i) an Investigational Device Exemption as defined in the FD&C Act or any successor application or procedure filed with the FDA, (ii) an abbreviated Investigational Device Exemption as specified in FDA regulations in 21 C.F.R. § 812.2(b), (iii) any equivalent of a United States Investigational Device Exemption in countries, jurisdictions or Governmental Authorities outside of the United States, (iv) all amendments, variations, extensions and renewals thereof that may be filed with respect to the foregoing and (v) all related documents and correspondence thereto, including documents and correspondence with Institutional Review Boards (an “IRB”).

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or obligations of such Person with respect to deposits or advances of any kind by third parties, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (iv) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business not overdue by more than 180 days), (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether

 

10


or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (vi) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (vii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (viii) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (ix) obligations under any Hedging Agreement, currency swaps, forwards, futures or derivatives transactions, (x) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances, (xi) all obligations of such Person under license or other agreements containing a guaranteed minimum payment or purchase by such Person, (xii) all other obligations required to be classified as indebtedness of such Person under GAAP, excluding any of the foregoing to the extent comprised of an obligation in respect of a trade payable, a commercial letter of credit supporting one or more trade payables or similar obligations to a trade creditor, in each case in the ordinary course of business and (xiii) any Disqualified Equity Interests of or issued by such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.03(b).

Indemnified Taxes” means (i) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any Obligation and (ii) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (i), Other Taxes.

Initial Lender” means Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP.

Insolvency Proceeding” means (i) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (ii) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of any Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of such Person’s creditors, in each case undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign Law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Intellectual Property” means all Patents, Trademarks, Copyright, and Technical Information, whether registered or not, domestic and foreign. Intellectual Property shall include, without limitation, all:

(a) applications or registrations relating to such Intellectual Property;

(b) rights and privileges arising under any Law with respect to such Intellectual Property;

(c) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements of such Intellectual Property; and

(d) rights of the same or similar effect or nature in any jurisdiction corresponding to such Intellectual Property throughout the world.

 

11


Intercompany Subordination Agreement” means that certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement executed and delivered by each Obligor and each of their Subsidiaries, pursuant to which all obligations in respect of any Indebtedness owing to any such Person by an Obligor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations, such agreement to be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit L.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Borrowing, (i) initially, the period commencing on (and including) the Borrowing Date thereof and ending on (and including) the last day of the calendar month in which such Borrowing was made, and (ii) thereafter, the period beginning on (and including) the first day following the last day of the preceding Interest Period and ending on the earlier of (and including) (x) the last day of the calendar month next following such preceding Interest Period and (y) the Maturity Date.

Interest Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the sum of (i) the Applicable Margin plus (ii) the greater of (x) the Reference Rate as of the second Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Interest Period and (y) 2.00%.

Invention” means any novel, inventive and useful art, apparatus, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter, or any novel, inventive and useful improvement in any art, method, process, machine (including article or device), manufacture or composition of matter.

Investment” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or other securities of another Person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other Indebtedness or Equity Interest (or similar equity participation) in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees any Indebtedness of such other Person, or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance hereunder or under any other Loan Document, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

IRB” is defined within the definition of “IDE”.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or any successor agency, and to the extent relevant, the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Key Person” means Bjarne Bergheim.

Key Person Event” means that (i) the Key Person (a) has failed to hold the office of chief executive officer of the Borrower or has failed to possess the power and authority typically associated with individuals holding the office of chief executive officer, or (b) for any period of twenty (20) consecutive days or fifty (50) days in the aggregate, whether consecutive or non-consecutive, has failed to (x) be directly and actively involved in the day to day management and direction of the Borrower or (y) devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Borrower (in the case of (x) and (y), excluding up to 20 vacation days taken by the Key Person), and (ii) the Key Person is not replaced with a new Key Person reasonably acceptable to the Lender within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of any event described in clause (i).

 

12


Landlord Consent” means a landlord consent substantially in the form of Exhibit E to the Security Agreement or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Law” means any U.S., international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code or administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and any applicable determination, order, injunction or judgment of any applicable arbitrator, court, or other Government Authority, administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization or permit of, or agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lender” means, collectively, the Initial Lender, any of its assignees that have executed an Assignment and Assumption pursuant to Section 14.05(b), any assign of any such assignee that has executed an Assignment and Assumption, as well as any successor entities of any of the foregoing Persons pursuant to an amendment or other modification hereof.

LIBO Rate” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “One-Month LIBOR”.

LIBOR Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to One-Month LIBOR or the LIBO Rate:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Screen Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the Screen Rate, permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Screen Rate;

(b) a public statement or publication of information by the Governmental Authority governing or regulating the administrator of the Screen Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Screen Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Screen Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the Screen Rate, which in any case states that the administrator of the Screen Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Screen Rate; or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by the Governmental Authority governing or regulating the administrator of the Screen Rate announcing that the Screen Rate is no longer representative.

Lien” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge or other security interest, or any lease, title retention agreement, mortgage, restriction, easement, right-of-way, option or adverse claim (of ownership or possession) or other encumbrance of any kind or character whatsoever or any preferential arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security interest.

 

13


Loans” means, collectively, the Existing Term Loan, the Tranche 2 Loan and the Tranche 3 Loan, and “Loan” means any of the foregoing.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement (as subsequently amended or otherwise modified), the Restatement Amendment, the Notes, the Security Documents, the Warrant Agreement and the Warrant, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and any subordination agreement, intercreditor agreement or other present or future document, instrument, agreement or certificate delivered to the Collateral Agent or the Lender in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, as amended or otherwise modified.

Loss” means judgments, debts, liabilities, expenses, costs, damages or losses, contingent or otherwise, whether liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, disputed or undisputed, Contractual, legal or equitable, including loss of value, professional fees, including fees and disbursements of legal counsel on a full indemnity basis, and all costs incurred in investigating or pursuing any Claim or any proceeding relating to any Claim.

Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations U and X.

Material Adverse Change” and “Material Adverse Effect” mean a material adverse change in or material adverse effect upon (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations, performance, assets or liabilities of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party, or (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability of the Loan Documents or the rights and remedies of any Secured Party under any of the Loan Documents.

Material Agreements” means (i) each Product Agreement, (ii) each Contract listed in Schedule 7.14, (iii) all other Contracts to which any Obligor is a party or a beneficiary from time to time, the absence or termination of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) all Contracts directly or indirectly associated with contract manufacturing, distribution of Products and the payment of royalties by any Obligor to third parties, if any, in the case of clause (iv) only, (x) the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) such Contract involves monetary liability of or to any Person in an amount in excess of $3,000,000.

Material Indebtedness” means, at any time, any Indebtedness of any Obligor, the outstanding principal amount of which, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount thereof in other currencies).

Material Intellectual Property” means (i) all Obligor Intellectual Property described in Schedule 7.05(c), and (ii) any other Obligor Intellectual Property, whether currently owned or licensed or acquired, developed or otherwise licensed or obtained after the Original Closing Date (x) the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (y) that has a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000; provided that, for purposes of Sections 8 and 9 hereof, “Material Intellectual Property” shall only constitute Intellectual Property of the type described in clause (ii) above and, notwithstanding any Intellectual Property described on

 

14


Schedule 7.05(c), such Intellectual Property shall only qualify as Material Intellectual Property for purposes of Sections 8 and 9 if it meets the qualifications set forth in clause (ii) above.

Maturity Date” means August 23, 2026

Medicaid” means that government-sponsored entitlement program under Title XIX, P.L. 89-97 of the Social Security Act, which provides federal grants to states for medical assistance based on specific eligibility criteria, as set forth on Section 1396, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code.

Medicare” means that government-sponsored insurance program under Title XVIII, P.L. 89-97, of the Social Security Act, which provides for a health insurance system for eligible elderly and disabled individuals, as set forth at Section 1395, et seq. of Title 42 of the United States Code.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any ERISA Affiliate incurs or otherwise has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 14.04 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Note” means a promissory note, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, executed and delivered by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.03.

NYUCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

Obligations” means, with respect to any Obligor, all amounts, obligations, liabilities, covenants and duties of every type and description owing by such Obligor to any Secured Party (including all Guaranteed Obligations and Warrant Obligations), any other indemnitee hereunder or any participant, arising out of, under, or in connection with, any Loan Document, whether direct or indirect (regardless of whether acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, whether liquidated or not, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired, and whether or not evidenced by any instrument or for the payment of money, including, without duplication, (i) if such Obligor is the Borrower, all Loans, (ii) all interest, whether or not accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or after the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding, and whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any such proceeding, and (iii) all other fees, expenses (including fees, charges and disbursement of counsel), interest, commissions, charges, costs, disbursements, indemnities and reimbursement of amounts paid and other sums chargeable to such Obligor under any Loan Document; provided that, for all purposes of this Agreement and each Security Document, once all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations and contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been satisfied in full as provided in the applicable Loan Documents, Warrant Obligations shall cease to be Obligations hereunder or under any such Security Document.

 

15


Obligor Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any of the Obligors.

Obligors” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

One-Month LIBOR” means, with respect to any applicable Interest Period hereunder, the rate appearing on the appropriate Bloomberg or Telerate screen page or any successor or substitute thereof or similar source as reasonably determined by the Lender from time to time (as applicable from time to time, the “Screen Rate”), which shall be the one-month London interbank offered rate (the “LIBO Rate”) for deposits in Dollars in effect at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, rounded up to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of one percent (1%). The Lender’s determination of interest rates shall be binding on all parties to the Loan Documents in the absence of manifest error.

Organic Document” means, for any Person, its certificate of incorporation, by-laws, certificate of partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, operating agreement and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to such Person’s Equity Interests.

Original Closing Date” means June 23, 2017.

Original Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Included Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Original Lender” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Warrant Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.04).

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.05(e).

 

16


Patents” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Payment Date” means (i) the last day of each Interest Period and (ii) the Maturity Date.

PBGC” means the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Perfection Certificate” means a Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided that:

(a) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(b) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all Laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Approvals;

(c) in the case of the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of such Person, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such Equity Interests in the nature of directors’ qualifying Equity Interest required pursuant to any Law) acquired, or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with such acquisition, shall be owned 100% by an Obligor or any other Subsidiary, and the Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Section 8.12, if applicable;

(d) such Person (in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests) or assets (in the case of an acquisition of assets or a division) (i) shall be engaged or used, as the case may be, in the same business or lines of business in which the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged (including, without limitation, any dentistry related business) or (ii) shall have a similar customer base as the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries;

(e) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 10;

(f) with respect to any acquisition other than the Surf Acquisition (which shall be ignored (and not included) for all purposes of this clause (f)), the purchase price for such acquisition (i) when taken together with the purchase price for all other acquisitions consummated or effected in the prior 12-month period, does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) when taken together with the purchase price for all other such acquisitions consummated or effected since the Effective Date, does not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate (in each case, the purchase price being determined by including all deferred purchase price payments, whether in the form of earn-outs, post- closing adjustments, payment on seller notes or otherwise, to the extent actually paid or payable);

 

17


(g) the Borrower shall have provided the Lender with at least thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice of any such acquisition, together with summaries, prepared in reasonable detail, of all due diligence conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, as applicable, as of the date of such notice; and

(h) the Lender shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (prepared in reasonable detail), certifying as to any contingent liabilities, prospective research and development costs associated with the Person or assets being acquired and any earn-outs, post-closing adjustments, payment on seller notes or similar obligations to be incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition.

Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments” means (a) any readily-marketable securities (i) issued by, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States federal government or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States federal government the obligations of which are fully backed by the full faith and credit of the United States federal government, (b) any readily-marketable direct obligations issued by any other agency of the United States federal government, any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case having a rating of at least “A-1” from S&P or at least “P-1” from Moody’s, (c) any commercial paper rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s and issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States, (d) any Dollar-denominated time deposit, insured certificate of deposit, overnight bank deposit or bankers’ acceptance issued or accepted by (i) any Lender or (ii) any commercial bank that is (A) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary federal banking regulators) and (C) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) in excess of $500,000,000, (e) shares of any United States money market fund that (i) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) above with maturities as set forth in the proviso below, (ii) has net assets in excess of $500,000,000 and (iii) has obtained from either S&P or Moody’s the highest rating obtainable for money market funds in the United States; provided, however, that the maturities of all obligations specified in any of clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall not exceed 365 days, and (f) with respect to Foreign Subsidiaries, in addition to the types of investments referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, investments denominated in the currency of the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized or has its principal place of business which are similar to the items specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above.

Permitted Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01.

Permitted Liens” means any Liens permitted under Section 9.02.

Permitted Priority Liens” means (i) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f) or (i), and (ii) Liens permitted under Section 9.02(b); provided that such Liens are also of the type described in Section 9.02(c), (d), (e), (f) or (i).

 

18


Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any extensions, renewals and replacements of such Indebtedness; provided that such extension, renewal or replacement (i) shall not increase the outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness, (ii) contains terms relating to outstanding principal amount, amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms taken as a whole no less favorable in any material respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Secured Parties than the terms of any agreement or instrument governing such existing Indebtedness, (iii) shall have an applicable yield which does not exceed the yield of the Indebtedness being replaced by more than 2.00%, (iv) shall not contain any new requirement to grant any lien or security or to give any Guarantee that was not an existing requirement of such Indebtedness, and (v) after giving effect to such extension, renewal or replacement, no Default shall have occurred as a result thereof.

Person” means any individual, corporation, company, voluntary association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

PIPSTEK Unit Purchase Agreement” means that certain Unit Purchase Agreement dated December 20, 2016, by and between PIPSTEK, LLC, Endo 1, LLC and the Borrower (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified through the Original Closing Date).

Prepayment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a)(i).

Prepayment Premium” means, with respect to any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 3.03(a) or (b) occurring:

(i) on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, an amount equal to 7.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date;

(ii) after the first anniversary of the Effective Date and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, an amount equal to 4.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date;

(iii) after the second anniversary of the Effective Date and on or prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, an amount equal to 2.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date;

(iv) after the third anniversary of the Effective Date and on or prior to the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans being prepaid on such Prepayment Date; and

(v) after the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date, no Prepayment Premium will be payable.

Product” means (i) those Devices set forth (and described in reasonable detail) on Schedule 2 attached hereto, and (ii) any current or future Device developed, manufactured, licensed, marketed, sold or otherwise commercialized by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any such Device currently in development.

 

19


Product Agreement” means, with respect to any Product, any Contract, license, document, instrument, interest (equity or otherwise) or the like under which one or more Persons grants or receives (i) any right, title or interest with respect to the Product Development and Commercialization Activities of any Product, or (ii) any right to exclude any other Person from engaging in, or otherwise restricting any right, title or interest as to, any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to such Product, including any Contract with suppliers, manufacturers, distributors, clinical research organizations, hospitals, group purchasing organizations, wholesalers, pharmacies or any other Person related to such entity.

Product Authorizations” means any and all Regulatory Approvals (including all applicable IDEs, 510(k)s, Product Standards, supplements, amendments, pre- and post- approvals, governmental price and reimbursement approvals and approvals of applications for regulatory exclusivity), clearances, licenses, notifications, registrations or authorizations of any Regulatory Authority necessary for the ownership, use or other commercialization of any Product or for any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect thereto in any country or jurisdiction.

Product Development and Commercialization Activities” means, with respect to any Product, any combination of research, development, manufacture, importation, use, sale, storage, design, labeling, marketing, promotion, supply, distribution, testing, packaging, purchasing or other commercialization activities, receipt of payment in respect of any of the foregoing, or like activities the purpose of which is to commercially exploit such Product.

Product Related Information” means, with respect to any Product, all Product Agreements, books, records, lists, ledgers, files, manuals, Contracts, correspondence, reports, plans, drawings, data and other information of every kind (in any form or medium), and all techniques and other know-how, owned or possessed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is necessary or useful for any Product Development and Commercialization Activities relating to such Product, including (i) brand materials, packaging and other trade dress, customer targeting and other marketing, promotion and sales materials and information, referral, customer, supplier and other contact lists and information, product, business, marketing and sales plans, research, studies and reports, sales, maintenance and production records, training materials and other marketing, sales and promotional information, (ii) clinical data, information included or supporting any Product Authorization or other Regulatory Approval, any regulatory filings, updates, notices and correspondence (including adverse event and other pharmacovigilance and other post-marketing reports and information, etc.), technical information, product development and operational data and records, and all other documents, records, files, data and other information relating to product development, manufacture and use, (iii) litigation and dispute records, and accounting records; (iv) all documents, records and files relating to Intellectual Property, including all correspondence from and to third parties (including Intellectual Property counsel and patent, trademark and other intellectual property registries, including the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office), and (v) all other information, techniques and know-how necessary or useful in connection with the Product Development and Commercialization Activities for any Product.

Product Standards” means all safety, quality and other specifications and standards applicable to any Product, including all medical device and other standards promulgated by Standards Bodies.

 

20


Prohibited Payment” means any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other payment or gift of money or anything of value (including meals or entertainment) to any officer, employee or ceremonial office holder of any government or instrumentality thereof, political party or supra-national organization (such as the United Nations), any political candidate, any royal family member or any other person who is connected or associated personally with any of the foregoing that is prohibited under any Law for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of such payee in his official capacity, inducing such payee to do or omit to do any act in violation of his lawful duty, securing any improper advantage or inducing such payee to use his influence with a government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality.

Public Offering” means any sale of Equity Interests of a Person pursuant to an offering that is underwritten on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking firm and, as a result of which, such Person becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15 of the Exchange Act immediately following such offering.

Qualified Equity Interest” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest of such Person that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Qualified IPO” means an initial Public Offering by the Borrower of Equity Interests that results in (i) such Equity Interests being listed on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market and (ii) the receipt by the Borrower of gross proceeds from such offering that equal or exceed $50,000,000.

Real Property Security Documents” means any Landlord Consents, Bailee Letters and any mortgage or deed of trust or any other real property security document executed or required hereunder to be executed by any Obligor and granting a security interest in real property owned or leased (as tenant) by any Obligor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Recipient” means any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation.

Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a)(i).

Reference Rate” means One-Month LIBOR; provided that if One-Month LIBOR can no longer be determined by the Lender for any reason (in its sole discretion, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), including as a result of the Screen Rate not being available or published on a current basis or as a result of the occurrence of a LIBOR Transition Event, then the Lender and the Borrower shall endeavor, in good faith, to establish an alternate rate of interest to One-Month LIBOR that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for middle-market loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable; provided, further that, until such alternate rate of interest is agreed upon by the Lender and the Borrower, the Reference Rate for purposes hereof and of each other Loan Document shall be the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate.

Referral Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07(b).

 

21


Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.05(d).

Regulation T” means Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulation X” means Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended.

Regulatory Approvals” means any Governmental Approval relating to any Product or Product Development and Commercialization Activities, including all Product Authorizations held by any Obligor or any of their respective licensors, as applicable, or that are pending before the FDA or equivalent non-U.S. Governmental Entity with respect to the Products.

Regulatory Authority” means any Governmental Authority (including the FDA and all equivalent Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction outside the U.S.) that is concerned with or has regulatory oversight with respect to the use, permitting, control, safety, efficacy, reliability, manufacturing, marketing, distribution, sale or other Product Development and Commercialization Activities relating to any Device, including any Product, of an Obligor.

Related Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Related Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.16.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Responsible Officer” means, for any Person, each of the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of such Person.

Restatement Amendment” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

22


Restrictive Agreement” means any indenture, agreement, instrument or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, except to the extent (i) existing on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 7.15 and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not expand the scope of the restrictive provisions contained therein, (ii) consisting of customary provisions in Contracts (including, without limitation, leases, licenses of Intellectual Property) restricting the assignment thereof, (iii) consisting of customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or property pending such sale and (iv) imposed by any agreement relating to Permitted Indebtedness and secured by Permitted Liens with respect to the assets subject to such Liens; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or property that is to be sold or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests, incur any Indebtedness, transfer any of its property to an Obligor or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, except to the extent existing on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 7.15 and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not expand the scope of the restrictive provisions contained therein.

Revenue” means, for any relevant fiscal period, the consolidated net revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries related to the sale of Products for such fiscal period generated from Product Development and Commercialization Activities in respect of Products, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding any one-time payments (including license fees, milestones and other similar one-time payments) not related to the sale of Products.

Sanction” means any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including, without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or its Member States, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Screen Rate” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “One-Month LIBOR”.

Secured Parties” means the initial Lender and any other Person that becomes a “Lender” hereunder, the Collateral Agent, each other Indemnified Party and any other holder of any Obligation.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, among the Obligors and the Collateral Agent, granting a security interest in the Obligors’ personal property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H.

Security Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each Short-Form IP Security Agreement, each Real Property Security Document, and each other security document, control agreement or financing statement required or recommended to perfect Liens in favor of the Secured Parties.

 

23


Securities Account” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Short-Form IP Security Agreements” means short-form copyright, patent or trademark (as the case may be) security agreements, substantially in the form attached as Exhibits B, C, and D to the Security Agreement, entered into by one or more Obligors in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (as assigned to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Restatement Amendment and as amended, modified or replaced from time to time).

Solvent” means, with respect to any Person at any time, that (i) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such Person, (ii) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured and (iii) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent or one or more Subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more Subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary Guarantors” means each of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified under the caption “SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS” on the signature pages hereto and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes, or is required to become, a “Subsidiary Guarantor” after the date hereof pursuant to Section 8.12(a).

Surf Acquisition” means the acquisition by Borrower of all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Dog Breath Software, Inc., a California corporation, pursuant to the terms of the Surf Acquisition Agreement.

Surf Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of or about October 3, 2018 by and among Borrower, Dog Breath Software, Inc. and Dr. Gary B. Carr.

Surf Earnout” means, collectively, the obligations of Borrower to make each License Earnout Payment (as defined in the Surf Acquisition Agreement) and each Unit Earnout Payment (as defined in the Surf Acquisition Agreement).

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

24


Technical Information” means all trade secrets and other proprietary or confidential information, public information, non-proprietary know-how, any information of a scientific, technical, or business nature in any form or medium, standards and specifications, conceptions, ideas, innovations, discoveries, Invention disclosures, all documented research, developmental, demonstration or engineering work and all other information, data, plans, specifications, reports, summaries, experimental data, manuals, models, samples, know-how, technical information, systems, methodologies, computer programs, information technology and any other information.

Title IV Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (i) that is or was at any time maintained or sponsored by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof has ever made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (ii) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Trademarks” is defined in the Security Agreement.

Tranche 2 Borrowing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(b).

Tranche 2 Borrowing Date” means the date of the Borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.02 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing.

Tranche 2 Loan” means the term loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof on the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date.

Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b).

Tranche 3 Borrowing Date” means the date of the Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loan hereunder, which shall be no sooner than the date on the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.03 shall have been satisfied for such Borrowing.

Tranche 3 Loan” means the term loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date.

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is intended to be a party, the Borrowings of the Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, the granting and perfection of the Liens created under and pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all other transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

United States” or “U.S.” means the United States of America.

U.S. Person” means a “United States Person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

25


U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(3).

UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction, as may be modified from time to time.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Wall Street Journal Prime Rate” means the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, as published and defined in The Wall Street Journal.

Warrant” means each Warrant delivered pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement, the Effective Date Warrant and any other warrant or similar instrument or security, if any, delivered pursuant hereto after the Effective Date.

Warrant Agreement” means a Warrant Certificate and Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit I, by and between the Borrower and the Lender (or one or more Affiliates), pursuant to which a Warrant is issued.

Warrant Obligations” means any and all Obligations of the Borrower arising out of, under or in connection with the Warrants.

Withdrawal Liability” means, at any time, any liability incurred (whether or not assessed) by any ERISA Affiliate and not yet satisfied or paid in full at such time with respect to any Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4201 of ERISA.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (i) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (ii) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

26


1.02 Accounting Terms and Principles.

(a) Unless otherwise specified, all accounting terms used in each Loan Document shall be interpreted, and all accounting determinations and computations thereunder (including under Section 10 and any definitions used in such calculations) shall be made, in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all financial covenants and defined financial terms shall be computed on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case without duplication.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP or the application thereof would affect the computation of any financial term, covenant, ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Lender shall so request, the Lender and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such term, covenant, ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof set forth in the applicable Loan Document in light of such change in GAAP or application thereof; provided that, until so amended, (i) such term, covenant, ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Lender financial statements, Compliance Certificates and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such term, covenant, ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or application thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any change to GAAP that would require operating leases to be treated similarly to Capital Lease Obligations shall not be given effect to the definition of Indebtedness or any related definitions or in the computation of any financial ratio or requirement hereunder.

1.03 Interpretation. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) the terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as the singular and vice versa;

(b) words importing gender include all genders;

(c) any reference to a Section, Annex, Schedule or Exhibit refers to a Section of, or Annex, Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement;

(d) any reference to “this Agreement” refers to this Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto, and the words herein, hereof, hereto and hereunder and words of similar import refer to this Agreement and its Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits as a whole and not to any particular Section, Annex, Schedule, Exhibit or any other subdivision;

(e) references to days, months and years refer to calendar days, months and years, respectively;

(f) all references herein to “include” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

27


(g) the word “from” when used in connection with a period of time means “from and including” and the word “until” means “to but not including”;

(h) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer broadly to any and all assets and properties, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal, including cash, Equity Interests, rights under Contractual obligations and permits and any right or interest in any such assets or property;

(i) the word “will” shall have the same meaning as the word “shall”;

(j) where any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refers to an action to be taken by any Person, or an action which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly;

(k) references to any Lien granted or created hereunder or pursuant to any other Loan Document securing any Obligations shall deemed to be a Lien for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(l) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other Contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto not prohibited by the Loan Documents; and

(m) accounting terms not specifically defined herein (other than “property” and “asset”) shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.

1.04 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware Law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s Laws): (i) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (ii) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

1.05 LIBOR Replacement. For purposes of this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the Obligors jointly and severally acknowledge and agree for the benefit of each Secured Party as follows:

(a) One-Month LIBOR and the Reference Rate are each determined by reference to the LIBO Rate. The LIBO Rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market.

(b) In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the LIBO Rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the LIBO Rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the LIBO Rate.

 

28


(c) Upon the occurrence of an event of the type described in the first proviso of the definition of “Reference Rate”, the Lender will promptly notify the Borrower thereof and, as set forth in such proviso, the Lender and the Borrower shall endeavor, in good faith, to establish an alternate rate of interest to One-Month LIBOR. However, the Lender does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the LIBO Rate or any other rate referenced herein or in any other Loan Document or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, One-Month LIBOR or the LIBO Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the LIBO Rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability).

There is no assurance that the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to or produce the same value or economic equivalence as One-Month LIBOR or the LIBO Rate or that it will have the same volume or liquidity as did LIBO Rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

SECTION 2

THE COMMITMENT AND THE LOANS

2.01 Loans.

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and subject to the terms and provisions of the Restatement Amendment, including the assignments and assumptions contemplated by Section 1 thereof, (i) with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) outstanding on the date hereof, but excluding any and all Warrant Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement; such included Obligations being, collectively, referred to herein as the “Original Included Obligations”, and such excluded Warrant Obligations being, collectively, referred to herein as the “Original Warrant Obligations”), as of the Effective Date all such Original Included Obligations (including in respect of all outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and fees, costs and expenses) remain outstanding and payable pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) with respect to all Original Warrant Obligations, all such obligations remain outstanding and in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Warrants and Warrant Agreements (each as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) that gave rise to such Original Warrant Obligations, and (iii) without limiting any term or provision of Section 14.23, nothing pursuant to this Agreement, the Restatement Amendment or any other Loan Document shall cause (nor is anything herein or therein intended to cause) any novation, termination or other cancellation of any Original Included Obligations or Original Warrant Obligations or any Liens securing such Obligations, each as created, existing or defined in the Original Loan Documents. Each of the parties hereto hereby further agrees and acknowledges that the Existing Term Loans have been made to the Borrower and remain outstanding as of (and after giving effect to) the Effective Date as set forth on Schedule 2 hereof under the caption “Existing Term Loans.”

 

29


(b) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make the Tranche 2 Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Tranche 2 Draw Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

(c) On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Lender agrees to make the Tranche 3 Loan to the Borrower in a single Borrowing on the Tranche 3 Draw Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000.

(d) No amounts paid or prepaid with respect to any Loan may be reborrowed.

(e) Any term or provision hereof (or of any other Loan Document) to the contrary notwithstanding, Loans made to the Borrower will be denominated solely in Dollars and will be repayable solely in Dollars and no other currency.

2.02 Borrowing Procedures.

(a) At least ten Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender an irrevocable Borrowing Notice (which notice, if received by the Lender on a date that is not a Business Day or after 10:00 A.M. Eastern time on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the next Business Day).

(b) After receipt of a Borrowing Request, the Lender shall, on the applicable Borrowing Date and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, make the proceeds of the requested Loan available to the Borrower by wire transfer to the account the Borrower shall have specified in its Borrowing Request.

2.03 Notes. If requested by the Lender, the Loans shall be evidenced by one or more Notes. The Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to the Lender such promissory note(s) payable to the Lender (or, if requested by the Lender, to the Lender and its registered assigns) and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Thereafter, the Loans and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 14.05) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

2.04 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loans for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, for Permitted Acquisitions, the payment of costs and expenses in connection therewith and the payment of fees and expenses associated with this Agreement.

SECTION 3

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

3.01 Repayment. There will be no scheduled repayments of principal on the Loans prior to the Maturity Date. Except as earlier provided pursuant to Sections 3.03(b) and 11.02, the Borrower shall repay the entire outstanding balance of the Loans in full, in cash, on the Maturity Date.

 

30


3.02 Interest.

(a) Interest Generally. The outstanding principal amount of the Loans, as well as all other outstanding Obligations, shall accrue interest at the Interest Rate.

(b) Default Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Applicable Margin shall increase automatically by 3.00% per annum (the Interest Rate, as increased pursuant to this Section 3.02(b), being the “Default Rate”). If any Obligation is not paid when due under any applicable Loan Document, the amount thereof shall accrue interest at the Default Rate until paid.

(c) Interest Payment Dates. Accrued interest on the Loans shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date, and on any date of payment or prepayment of the Loans, in whole or in part (on the principal amount being so paid or prepaid); provided that interest payable at the Default Rate shall also be payable from time to time on demand by the Lender. The Obligors jointly and severally acknowledge and agree that, immediately prior to the Effective Date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement was $30,000,000, and interest (pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement) had accrued and was unpaid on such aggregate principal amount since the Payment Date (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) immediately preceding the Effective Date. The Obligors further jointly and severally acknowledge and agree that such accrued and unpaid interest, together with all additional interest accrued and unpaid hereunder since the Effective Date, will be due and payable on the first Payment Date immediately following the Effective Date as provided pursuant to the terms hereof.

3.03 Prepayments.

(a) Optional Prepayments.

(i) Subject to prior written notice pursuant to clause (ii) below, the Borrower shall have the right to optionally prepay in whole or in part the outstanding principal amount of the Loans on any Business Day (a “Prepayment Date”); provided that, in addition to the amount of the Loans so prepaid, the Borrower will pay to the Lender the sum of (x) the applicable Prepayment Premium on the principal amount of the Loans being so prepaid and (y) any accrued but unpaid interest on such principal amount of the Loans being so prepaid (such aggregate principal amount of the Loans being prepaid, plus the sum of clauses (x) and (y) above, being, the “Redemption Price”).

(ii) A notice of optional prepayment shall be effective only if received by the Lender not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on a date not less than three (nor more than five) Business Days prior to the proposed date of prepayment. Each notice of optional prepayment shall specify the Redemption Price and the principal amount to be prepaid, as well as the date of prepayment.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments. Upon the occurrence of (x) a Casualty Event which, when take together with all other Casualty Events occurring in any fiscal year, results in net insurance proceeds in excess of $500,000 in such fiscal year, or (y) an Asset Sale (not otherwise permitted by Section 9.09) which, when take together with all other such Asset Sales occurring in any fiscal year, results in net sale proceeds in excess of $500,000 in such fiscal year, the Borrower

 

31


shall make a mandatory prepayment to the Lender in an amount equal to 100% of the net insurance or net sale proceeds, as the case may be, received by the Borrower in respect of the forgoing, which amount shall be applied as set forth in Section 3.03(c); provided that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result therefrom, the Borrower may use proceeds received in connection with any Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, to acquire or repair fixed or capital assets useful in the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ businesses, as long as such investment is made within six (6) months of such Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, or nine (9) months of such Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, so long as Borrower or its Subsidiaries has entered into a binding contract therefor within six (6) months of the Casualty Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, in which case, no prepayment is required hereunder. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent in writing, no Asset Sale is permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document other than as expressly permitted pursuant to Section 9.09.

(c) Application. All prepayments made pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above shall be applied as follows:

(i) first, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any costs or expenses referred to in Section 14.03 then due and owing until paid in full;

(ii) second, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any unpaid interest and any fees (including the applicable Prepayment Premium) then due and owing until paid in full;

(iii) third, to the payment of any Obligations of the Obligors in respect of any amounts due and owing on account of the unpaid principal amount of the Loans until paid in full;

(iv) fourth, to the payment of any other Obligation then due and owing until paid in full; and

(v) fifth, to the Borrower or such other Persons as may lawfully be entitled to or directed by the Borrower to receive the remainder.

(d) Prepayment Premium. Without limiting the foregoing, whenever any prepayment of Loans is made hereunder pursuant to Section 3.03(a) or Section 3.03(b) or otherwise, whether voluntary, involuntary, as a result of a Default, acceleration or otherwise, the Prepayment Premium shall be payable in full in cash on the applicable Prepayment Date for such prepayment.

SECTION 4

PAYMENTS, ETC.

4.01 Payments.

(a) Payments Generally. Each payment of principal, interest and other amounts to be made by the Obligors under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set off or counterclaim, to an account to be designated by the Lender by notice to the Borrower, not later than 2:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date on which such payment shall become due (each such payment made after such time on such due date to be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day).

 

32


(b) Application of Payments. Unless otherwise agreed by the Lender, all amounts received by the Lender in respect of the Obligations will be applied as set forth in Section 3.03(c).

(c) Non-Business Days. If the due date of any payment under this Agreement would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, such date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall continue to accrue and be payable through the period of such extension.

4.02 Computations. All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed during the period for which payable.

4.03 Set-Off.

(a) Set-Off Generally. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Lender and any of its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Obligor against any and all of the Obligations, whether or not such Person shall have made any demand and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such set-off and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Lender and each of its Affiliates under this Section 4.03 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Persons may have.

(b) Exercise of Rights Not Required. Nothing contained in Section 4.03(a) shall require the Lender and any of its Affiliates to exercise any such right or shall affect the right of such Persons to exercise, and retain the benefits of exercising, any such right with respect to any other indebtedness or obligation of any Obligor.

(c) Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Obligor is made to the Collateral Agent or the Lender, or the Collateral Agent, the Lender or any Affiliate of the foregoing exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Collateral Agent, the Lender or such Affiliate in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (ii) the Lender severally agrees to pay to the Collateral Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Collateral Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect.

 

33


SECTION 5

YIELD PROTECTION, ETC.

5.01 Additional Costs.

(a) Change in Laws Generally. If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Law, or any change in any Law, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any court or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Lender (or its lending office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, contribution, insurance assessment or similar requirement, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Lender (or its lending office) or shall impose on the Lender (or its lending office) any other condition affecting the Loans or the Commitment, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender of making or maintaining the Loans, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or subject the Lender to any Taxes on its Loan, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital (if any) attributable thereto by an amount deemed by the Lender to be material (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clause (ii) through (iv) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”) and (iii) Connection Income Taxes, then the Borrower shall pay to the Lender within ten (10) Business Days following demand therefor such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender for such increased cost or reduction.

(b) Change in Capital Requirements. If the Lender shall have determined that, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of the Lender (or its parent) as a consequence of the Lender’s obligations hereunder or the Loans to a level below that which the Lender (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, request or directive by an amount reasonably deemed by it to be material, then the Borrower shall pay to the Lender within ten (10) Business Days following demand therefor such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender (or its parent) for such reduction.

(c) Notification by Lender. The Lender promptly will notify the Borrower in writing of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle the Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the compensation being requested. Before giving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) the Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation (x) will, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and (y) will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, be materially disadvantageous to the Lender. A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this

 

34


Section 5.01, setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to constitute a change in Law for all purposes of this Section 5.01, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

5.02 Illegality. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that on or after the date hereof the adoption of or any change in any Law or in the interpretation or application thereof by any competent Governmental Authority shall make it unlawful for the Lender or its lending office to make or maintain the Loans (and, in the opinion of the Lender, the designation of a different lending office would either not avoid such unlawfulness or would be disadvantageous to the Lender), then the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof, following which (i) the Lender’s Commitment shall be suspended until such time as the Lender may again make and maintain the Loans hereunder and (ii) if such Law shall so mandate, the Loans shall be prepaid by the Borrower on or before such date as shall be mandated by such Law in an amount equal to the Redemption Price applicable on the date of such prepayment in accordance with Section 3.03(a).

5.03 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments to any Lender by or on account of any Obligation shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by any Law. If any Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Borrower) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by an Obligor in respect of any Obligation, then such Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by such Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Law, or at the option of the applicable Lender, timely reimburse it for, Other Taxes.

(c) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5, the Borrower shall deliver to each applicable Recipient the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Recipient.

 

35


(d) Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify each applicable Recipient, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by such applicable Recipient shall be conclusive absent manifest error

(e) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Recipient that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, each applicable Recipient shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Law as reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Recipient is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.03(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B), and (ii)(D)) shall not be required if in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Recipient to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Recipient.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person:

(A) any Recipient that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower on or prior to the date on which such Recipient becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or successor form) certifying that such Recipient is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(B) any non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

36


(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form);

(3) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 to the effect that such non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the applicable the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E as applicable (or successor forms); or

(4) to the extent a non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2 or D-3, IRS Form W-9 (or successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one (1) or more direct or indirect partners of such non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner.

(C) any non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower), executed copies of any other form prescribed by Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(D) any non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower any forms and information necessary to establish that such non-U.S. Lender is not subject to withholding tax under FATCA.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(f) Treatment of Certain Tax Benefits. If any party to this Agreement determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified

 

37


party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.03(f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.03(f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the indemnification payments or additional amounts giving rise to such refund had never been paid. This Section 5.03(f) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

5.04 Mitigation Obligations. If the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Recipient or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Recipient pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03, then such Recipient shall (at the request of the Borrower) use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office, if in existence, for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates if, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Recipient, such designation or assignment and delegation would (i) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or this Section 5.03, as the case may be, in the future, (ii) not subject such Recipient to any unreimbursed cost or expense and (iii) not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Recipient. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Recipient in connection with any such designation or assignment and delegation.

5.05 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of such Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.04, or if any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Collateral Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 14.04), all, but not less than all, of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations; provided that:

(a) each Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees (including Prepayment Premiums) and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, as if such purchase and assignment was an optional prepayment pursuant to Section 3.03(a) hereof, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

38


(b) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.01 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03 such assignment will only be permitted hereunder if it results in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;

(c) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law; and

(d) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

5.06 Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 5 shall survive the assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01 Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement shall be subject to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Restatement Amendment by the parties hereto, and the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in the Restatement Amendment and below in this Section 6.01.

(a) Officers Certificate, Etc. The Lender shall have received from each Obligor (i) a copy of a good standing certificate, dated a date reasonably close to the Effective Date, for each such Person and (ii) a certificate, dated as of the Effective Date, duly executed and delivered by such Person’s secretary, assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer of such Person as to:

(i) resolutions of each such Person’s Board then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to be executed by such Person and the Transactions;

(ii) the incumbency and signatures of those of its officers, managing member or general partner, as applicable, authorized to act with respect to each Loan Document to be executed by such Person; and

(iii) the full force and validity of each Organic Document of such Person and copies thereof;

upon which certificates the Lender may conclusively rely until it shall have received a further certificate of the secretary, assistant secretary or Responsible Officer of any such Person cancelling or amending the prior certificate of such Person.

 

39


(b) Effective Date Certificate. The Lender shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Effective Date (the “Effective Date Certificate”), substantially in the form of Exhibit J, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Restatement Amendment and this Agreement, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in each Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the transactions contemplated to occur on the Effective Date and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.01 have been satisfied. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Effective Date Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. The Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Effective Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Financial Information, Etc. The Lender shall have received unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, together with a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

(e) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lender shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur on the Effective Date.

(f) Solvency Certificate. The Lender shall have received a Solvency Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, duly executed and delivered by the chief financial or accounting Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Effective Date.

(g) Security Documents. The Lender shall have received executed counterparts of each Security Document and each other applicable Loan Document, dated as of the date hereof, duly executed and delivered by each Obligor, together with financing statements suitable in form for naming each Obligor as a debtor and the Collateral Agent as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents to be filed under the UCC of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Lender shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all Account Control Agreements in favor of the Original Collateral Agent have been assigned to the Collateral Agent.

 

40


(h) Perfection Certificate. The Lender shall have received a Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Effective Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(i) Lien Searches. The Lender shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days prior to the Effective Date.

(j) Effective Date Warrant. The Lender shall have received an executed counterpart of the Effective Date Warrant.

(k) Insurance. The Lender shall have received certificates of insurance reflecting the insurance policies, evidencing coverage required to be maintained pursuant to each Loan Document. All such insurance policies required pursuant to this Section 6.01(k) shall (i) name the Collateral Agent as mortgagee (in the case of property insurance) or loss payee or additional insured (in the case of liability insurance), as applicable, and provide that no cancellation or modification of the policies will be made without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent and (ii) be in addition to any requirements to maintain specific types of insurance contained in the other Loan Documents.

(l) Opinions of Counsel. The Lender shall have received one or more customary opinions (including from such local counsel as the Lender may determine, in its sole discretion, is reasonably necessary), each dated the Effective Date and addressed to the Lender, from independent legal counsel to the Borrower and the other Obligors, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

(m) Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Lender shall have received, as applicable, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities requested by the Lender at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Effective Date with respect to applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

(n) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2020.

(o) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of each Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

(p) Closing Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) The Lender shall have received a closing fee in the total amount of $450,000, and (ii) each of the Collateral Agent and the Lender shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03, including all reasonable closing costs and fees and all unpaid reasonable expenses of the Lender incurred in connection with the Transactions (including the Lender’s legal fees and expenses).

 

41


6.02 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Tranche 2 Loan shall be subject to the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Tranche 2 Loan as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a), and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.02.

(a) Tranche 2 Borrowing Dates. The Tranche 2 Borrowing Date shall have occurred on or before December 31, 2021.

(b) Tranche 2 Borrowing Certificate. The Lender shall have received a certificate, dated as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date and in form reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (the “Tranche 2 Borrowing Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the Tranche 2 Loan (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Tranche 2 Loan to be advanced on the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.02 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Effective Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to “the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date”, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lender reasonably determines that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lender under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Tranche 2 Borrowing Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. The Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. Each Lender shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

42


(e) Perfection Certificate. The Lender shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, that is true and correct as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h) remains true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date; provided that each reference therein to the Effective Date shall be deemed to refer to the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date.

(f) Lien Searches. The Lender shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days prior to the Borrowing of the Tranche 2 Loan.

(g) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2020.

(h) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

(i) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) The Lender shall have received a $150,000 delayed draw fee, and (ii) each of the Collateral Agent and the Lender shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lender’s legal fees and expenses).

6.03 Conditions to the Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Tranche 2 Loan shall be subject to the prior making of the Tranche 2 Loan, the delivery of a Borrowing Notice for such Tranche 2 Loan as required pursuant to Section 2.02(a), and the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth below in this Section 6.03.

(a) Tranche 3 Borrowing Date. The Tranche 3 Borrowing Date shall have occurred on or before March 31, 2022.

(b) Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate. The Lender shall have received, on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, a certificate, dated as of such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (the “Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate”), duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which certificate the Borrower shall agree and acknowledge, among other things, that the statements made therein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of such date and on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, and, at the time such certificate is delivered and on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, such statements shall in fact be true and correct, and such statements shall include that (i) both immediately before and after giving effect to the making of the Tranche 3 Loan, (x) the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (y) no Default shall

 

43


have then occurred and be continuing, or would result from the Tranche 3 Loan to be advanced on the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, and (ii) all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.03 have been satisfied; provided that, with respect to the certification referenced in clause (x) above relating to representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (1) references in such representations and warranties to “the Effective Date” or “the date hereof” shall be deemed to be references to the “Tranche 3 Borrowing Date” for the Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loan, and (2) the Borrower may supplement the Schedules hereto and the other Loan Documents as reasonably necessary in order for such certification to be true and correct; provided that no such supplement shall be permitted in the event that the Lender reasonably determines that the circumstance or event necessitating such supplement constituted a Material Adverse Effect or (with respect to any supplement that does not reflect a transaction permitted pursuant to this Agreement) was otherwise materially adverse to the interests of the Lender under the Loan Documents. All documents and agreements required to be appended to the Tranche 3 Borrowing Certificate or an updated Perfection Certificate, if any, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, shall have been executed and delivered by the requisite parties, and shall be in full force and effect.

(c) Delivery of Note. Each Lender shall have received a Note, dated as of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet. The Lender shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently with the Borrower’s previous audited financial statements, giving effect to the Borrowing of the Tranche 3 Loan and the application of the proceeds thereof.

(e) Perfection Certificate. On the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, the Lender shall have received (i) an updated Perfection Certificate, dated as of such date, that is true and correct as of the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date, duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, or (ii) a certificate duly executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the information disclosed in the Perfection Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(h), or as updated on a previous Tranche 2 Borrowing Date, remains true, correct and complete in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) as of the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date; provided that each reference therein to the Effective Date shall be deemed to refer to the Tranche 3 Borrowing Date.

(f) Lien Searches. The Lender shall be satisfied with Lien searches regarding the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made within two Business Days (or such earlier date as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) prior to the Borrowing of Tranche 3 Loan.

(g) Material Adverse Change. No Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2020.

(h) Satisfactory Legal Form. All documents executed or submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and its counsel, and the Lender and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, resolutions, opinions, documents or instruments as the Lender or its counsel may reasonably request.

 

44


(i) Fees, Expenses, Etc. (i) The Lender shall have received a $150,000 delayed draw fee, and (ii) each of the Collateral Agent and the Lender shall have received all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 14.03 (including the Lender’s legal fees and expenses).

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:

7.01 Power and Authority. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) has all requisite corporate or other power, and has all Governmental Approvals necessary to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that failure to have the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) is qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to qualify (either individually or in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) has full power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to borrow the Loans hereunder.

7.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Obligor’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, by all necessary shareholder action. Each Loan Document to which such Obligor is a party has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents to which such Obligor is a party when executed and delivered after the date hereof by such Obligor will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws of general applicability affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

7.03 Governmental and Other Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (i) do not require any Governmental Approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any third party, except for (x) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (y) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents, (ii) will not violate any Law or the Organic Documents of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, other than any such violations that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money or equivalent binding upon any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or assets in any material respect, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any such Person, and (iv) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

45


7.04 Financial Statements; Material Adverse Change.

(a) Financial Statements. The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lender certain consolidated financial statements as provided for in Section 8.01. Such financial statements, and all other financial statements delivered by the Borrower to the Lender (whether prior to the Effective Date or otherwise) present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements of the type described in Section 8.01(c). Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities or unusual forward or long-term commitments not disclosed in the aforementioned financial statements.

(b) No Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2020, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

7.05 Properties.

(a) Property Generally. Each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has good and marketable fee simple title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, subject only to Permitted Liens and except for minor defects in title that (i) do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes and (ii) could not reasonably be expected to prevent or interfere with the ability of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct any Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to any of its Products.

(b) Intellectual Property.

(i) Schedule 7.05(b) contains, with respect to Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries:

(A) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered or issued Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number;

(B) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date; and

(C) a complete and accurate list of all applied for or registered Copyrights.

(ii) Each Obligor is the absolute beneficial owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Material Intellectual Property that it owns, with no breaks in chain of title with good and marketable title, free and clear of any Liens or Claims of any kind whatsoever other than Permitted Liens, and each Obligor has the right to use all Material Intellectual Property. Without limiting the foregoing, and except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b):

 

46


(A) other than with respect to the Material Agreements, or as permitted by Section 9.09, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has transferred ownership of Material Intellectual Property, in whole or in part, to any Person who is not an Obligor;

(B) other than (i) the Material Agreements, (ii) customary restrictions in in-bound licenses of Intellectual Property and non-disclosure agreements, or (iii) as would have been or is permitted by Section 9.09, there are no judgments, covenants not to sue, permits, grants, licenses, Liens (other than Permitted Liens), Claims, or other Contracts relating to any Material Intellectual Property, including any development, submission, services, research, license or support agreements, which bind, obligate or otherwise restrict in any material manner any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Material Intellectual Property;

(C) neither the use by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of any of such Person’s Material Intellectual Property, nor the operations by any such Person of its business, violates, infringes or interferes with or constitutes a misappropriation of any valid rights arising under any Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(D) there are no pending or, to the Borrower’s best knowledge, threatened Claims against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries asserted by any other Person relating to such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s Material Intellectual Property, including any Claims of adverse ownership, invalidity, infringement, misappropriation, violation or other opposition to or conflict with such Material Intellectual Property; no Obligor nor any Subsidiary of such Obligor has received any written notice from any Person that such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s business, the use of such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s Material Intellectual Property, or the manufacture, use or sale of any Product or the performance of any service by any such Person infringes upon, violates or constitutes a misappropriation of, or may infringe upon, violate or constitute a misappropriation of, or otherwise interfere with, any other Intellectual Property of any other Person;

(E) except as set forth on Schedule 7.06(a), no Material Intellectual Property is being infringed, violated, misappropriated or otherwise used by any other Person without the express authorization of the Borrower, and without limiting the foregoing, except as set forth in Schedule 7.06(a), no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has put any other Person on notice of actual or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation of any of the Material Intellectual Property; no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has initiated the enforcement of any Claim with respect to any of the Material Intellectual Property;

(F) to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, all relevant current and former employees and contractors of and Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries have executed written confidentiality and invention assignment Contracts with the Borrower that irrevocably assign to the Borrower or its designee all of their rights to any Inventions relating to the Borrower’s business;

(G) the Obligor Intellectual Property is all the Intellectual Property necessary for the operation of the Borrower’s consolidated business as it is currently conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted;

 

47


(H) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has taken reasonable precautions to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of its Material Intellectual Property consisting of trade secrets and confidential information;

(I) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to the Lender accurate and complete copies of all Material Agreements relating to the Material Intellectual Property; and

(J) there are no pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened Claims against the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries asserted by any other Person relating to the Material Agreements, including any Claims of breach or default under such Material Agreements.

(iii) With respect to the Material Intellectual Property consisting of Patents, except as set forth in Schedule 7.05(b), and without limiting the representations and warranties in Section 7.05(b)(ii):

(A) each of the issued claims in such Patents is valid and enforceable;

(B) the named inventors claimed in such Patents have executed written Contracts with the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest that properly and irrevocably assign to the Borrower or such predecessor-in-interest all of their rights, title and interest to any of the Inventions claimed in such Patents to the extent permitted by Laws;

(C) none of the Patents, or the Inventions claimed in them, have been dedicated to the public except as a result of intentional decisions made by the Borrower or its predecessor-in-interest;

(D) all prior art material to the Patents listed on Schedule 7.05(b) was adequately disclosed to or considered by the respective patent offices during prosecution of such Patents to the extent required by Laws;

(E) subsequent to the issuance of such Patents, neither any Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective predecessors in interest, have filed any disclaimer or filed any other voluntary reduction in the scope of the Inventions claimed in such Patents;

(F) except as expressly indicated on Schedule 7.05(b), no allowable or allowed subject matter of such Patents is subject to any competing conception claims of allowable or allowed subject matter of any patent applications or patents of any third party and have not been the subject of any interference, re-examination, opposition or any other post-grant proceedings, nor is there basis for any such interference, re-examination, opposition or any other post-grant proceedings;

(G) no such Patents have ever been finally adjudicated to be invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable for any reason in any administrative, arbitration, judicial or other proceeding, and, with the exception of publicly available documents in the applicable patent office recorded with respect to any Patents, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice asserting that such Patents are invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable; if any of such Patents is terminally disclaimed to another patent or patent application, all patents and patent applications subject to such terminal disclaimer are included in the Collateral;

 

48


(H) no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received an opinion, whether preliminary in nature or qualified in any manner, which concludes that a challenge to the validity or enforceability of any of such Patents is more likely than not to succeed;

(I) no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has any knowledge that it or any prior owner of such Patents or their respective agents or representatives have engaged in any conduct, or omitted to perform any necessary act, the result of which would invalidate or render unpatentable or unenforceable any such Patents; and

(J) except as expressly indicated on Schedule 7.05(b), all maintenance fees, annuities, and the like due or payable on the Patents have been timely paid or the failure to so pay was the result of an intentional decision by the applicable Obligor or its Subsidiary or would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(c) Material Intellectual Property. Schedule 7.05(c) sets forth an accurate list of the Obligor Intellectual Property that is material to the Borrower’s current consolidated business with an indication as to whether the applicable Obligor owns or has an exclusive or non-exclusive license to such Obligor Intellectual Property.

7.06 No Actions or Proceedings.

(a) Litigation. There is no litigation, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened with respect to the Borrower of any of its Subsidiaries by or before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator (i) that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specified in Schedule 7.06(a) or (ii) that involves this Agreement or the Transactions.

(b) Environmental Matters. The operations and property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent the failure to so comply (either individually or in the aggregate) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Labor Matters. There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any such Subsidiary, and no material unfair labor practice complaint is pending against the Borrower or any such Subsidiary or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threated against any of them before any Governmental Authority. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.06(c), neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreements or Contracts, no union representation exists on any facilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no union organizing activities are taking place in respect thereof.

 

49


7.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements.

(a) Each of the Obligors and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and all Material Agreements binding upon it or its property; provided that, for purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “property” shall not include any Obligor Intellectual Property, which is covered by Section 7.05.

(b) Any physician, other licensed healthcare professional, or any other Person who is in a position to refer patients or other business to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, a “Referral Source”) who has a direct ownership, investment, or financial interest in such Obligor or such Subsidiary paid fair market value for such ownership, investment or financial interest; any ownership or investment returns distributed to any Referral Source is in proportion to such Referral Source’s ownership, investment or financial interest; and no preferential treatment or more favorable terms were or are offered to such Referral Source compared to investors or owners who are not in a position to refer patients or other business. No Obligor, nor any of its respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has Guaranteed any Indebtedness, made a payment toward any Indebtedness or otherwise subsidized any Indebtedness for any Referral Source including, without limitation, any Indebtedness related to financing the Referral Source’s ownership, investment or financial interest in such Obligor or such Subsidiary.

(c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except where noncompliance individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

(i) all financial relationships between or among any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Referral Source, on the other hand (i) comply with all applicable Healthcare Laws including, without limitation, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law and applicable state antikickback and self-referral laws; (ii) reflect fair market value, have commercially reasonable terms and were negotiated at arm’s length; and (iii) do not obligate the Referral Source to purchase, use, recommend or arrange for the use of any products or services of any Obligor or any of its respective Subsidiaries; and

(ii) each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries has implemented policies and procedures to monitor, collect, and report, any payments or transfers of value to certain healthcare providers and teaching hospitals, in accordance with industry standards and the Affordable Care Act of 2010 and its implementing regulations and any applicable state disclosure and transparency laws.

(d) The Obligors and their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with 21 CFR §§210-211 and 21 CFR §§600-610.

7.08 Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.08, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all material Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all material Taxes required to have been paid by it, except such Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

 

50


7.09 Full Disclosure. To the best knowledge of the Borrower, none of the representations or warranties made by any Obligor in any of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as of the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and none of the statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Loan Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, misleading as of the time when made or delivered.

7.10 Regulation.

(a) Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(b) Margin Stock. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock in violation of Regulation T, U or X.

7.11 Solvency. The Borrower is (and, immediately after giving effect to any Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof, will be) Solvent. The Obligors, taken as a whole, are (and, immediately after giving effect to the Borrowing and the use of proceeds thereof, will be) Solvent.

7.12 Equity Holders; Subsidiaries and Investments.

(a) The capitalization table of the Borrower provided to the Lender prior to the Effective Date contains a complete and correct list of all holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower, setting forth the name of such Holder, the series of class of Equity Interest of the Borrower held by such Holder, and the fully-diluted percentage ownership of the Borrower held beneficially by such Holder.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 7.12(b) is a complete and correct list of all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the jurisdiction of its organization shown in said Schedule 7.12(b), and the percentage ownership by the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) of each such Subsidiary is as shown in said Schedule 7.12(c).

(c) Set forth on Schedule 7.12(c) is a complete and correct list of all other Equity Interests held by each Obligor in any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower. Such Schedule 7.12(c) also sets forth, in reasonable detail, the type of Equity Interest held by each such Obligor in such Person and the fully-diluted percentage ownership held beneficially by such Obligor in such Person.

 

51


7.13 Indebtedness. The pro forma balance sheets delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(e) and, if the Tranche 2 Loan or Tranche 3 Loan is made, Sections 6.02(d), and 6.03(d), as applicable, each set forth a complete and correct list of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding as of the date of such balance sheet.

7.14 Material Agreements. Set forth on Schedule 7.14 is a complete and correct list of (i) each Material Agreement and (ii) each Contract creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in material default under any such Material Agreement or Contract creating or evidencing any Material Indebtedness. Except as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 7.14, all material vendor purchase Contracts and provider Contracts of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries are in full force and effect without material modification from the form in which the same were disclosed to the Lender.

7.15 Restrictive Agreements. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except those listed on Schedule 7.15 or otherwise permitted under Section 9.11.

7.16 Real Property. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or leases (as tenant thereof) any real property, except as described on Schedule 7.16.

7.17 Pension Matters. Each Benefit Plan, and each trust thereunder, intended to qualify for tax exempt status under Section 401 or 501 of the Code or other Laws so qualifies. Each Benefit Plan is in material compliance with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Laws; there are no existing or pending (or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened) Claims (other than routine Claims for benefits in the normal course), sanctions, actions, lawsuits or other proceedings or investigations involving any Benefit Plan to which any Obligor or Subsidiary thereof incurs or otherwise has or could have an obligation or any liability or Claim which would result in a material liability. The Borrower and each of its ERISA Affiliates has met all applicable requirements under the ERISA Funding Rules with respect to each Title IV Plan, and no waiver of the minimum funding standards under the ERISA Funding Rules has been applied for or obtained. As of the most recent valuation date for any Title IV Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and neither the Borrower nor any of its ERISA Affiliates knows of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage to fall below 60% as of the most recent valuation date. As of the date hereof, no ERISA Event has occurred in connection with which material obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) remain outstanding and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to occur that would result in a material liability. No ERISA Affiliate would have any material Withdrawal Liability as a result of a complete withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan on the date this representation is made.

7.18 Collateral; Security Interest. Each Security Document is effective to create in favor of the Secured Parties legal, valid and enforceable security interests in the Collateral subject thereto to the extent required by the applicable Security Document, which security interests are, to the extent required by the Security Documents, perfected and first-priority (subject only to Permitted Priority Liens).

 

52


7.19 Regulatory Approvals.

(a) Each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries holds, either directly or through licensees and agents, all Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations necessary or required for such Obligor and its Subsidiaries to conduct its operations and businesses in the manner currently conducted, including all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 7.19(b) is a complete and accurate list as of the date hereof of all material Regulatory Approvals relating to each Obligor and each of its Subsidiaries, the conduct of their business (including all Product Development and Commercialization Activities) and each of their Products (on a per Product basis). All such material Regulatory Approvals are (i) legally and beneficially owned or held exclusively by such Obligors or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, (ii) validly registered and on file with the applicable Governmental Authority, in material compliance with all registration, filing and maintenance requirements (including any fee requirements) thereof, and (iii) in good standing, valid and enforceable with the applicable Governmental Authority in all material respects.

(c) (i) All material regulatory filings, notices, registrations, listings, reports and similar items required to be filed or made by any Regulatory Authority or in respect of any Regulatory Approval or Product Authorization with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities have been made, and all such filings are complete and correct in all material respects and have complied in all material respects with all Laws, (ii) all clinical and pre-clinical trials, if any, of investigational Products have been and are being conducted by each Obligor according to all Laws in all material respects along with appropriate monitoring of clinical investigator trial sites for their compliance, and (iii) each Obligor has disclosed to the Lender all such material regulatory filings and all material communications between representatives of each Obligor and any Regulatory Authority.

(d) Each Obligor and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, each agent of any Obligor are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws (including all Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations) with respect to each Product and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto.

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 7.19(e), and without limiting the generality of any other representation or warranty made by any Obligor hereunder or under any other Loan Document: (i) all Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities comply in all material respects with (A) all applicable Laws of the FDA and each other applicable Regulatory Authority, whether U.S. or non-U.S., and (B) all Product Authorizations and other Regulatory Authorizations; (ii) no Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensors or licensees have received any inspection reports, warning letters or notices or similar documents with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities from any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years that assert lack of compliance with any applicable Laws or Regulatory Approvals or other orders, injunctions or decrees; (iii) no Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensors or licensees have received any notification from any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years, asserting that any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization

 

53


Activities lacks a required Regulatory Approval or Product Authorization; (iv) there is no pending regulatory action, investigation or inquiry (other than non-material routine or periodic inspections or reviews) against any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective suppliers, licensors or licensees with respect to any Product, and, to the best knowledge of any Obligor, there is no reasonable basis for any adverse regulatory action against such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective suppliers agents, licensors or licensees with respect to any Product; and (v) without limiting the foregoing, (A) (1) there have been no product recalls, safety alerts, corrections, withdrawals, marketing suspensions, removals or similar action conducted, undertaken or issued by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, whether voluntary, at the request, demand or order of any Regulatory Authority or otherwise, with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities within the last three (3) years, (2) no such product recall, safety alert, correction, withdrawal, marketing suspension, removal or similar action has been requested, demanded or ordered by any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years, and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there is no reasonable basis for the issuance of any such product recall, safety alert, correction, withdrawal, marketing suspension, removal or similar action with respect to any Product, and (B) no criminal, injunctive, seizure, detention or civil penalty action has been commenced or threatened in writing by any Regulatory Authority within the last three (3) years with respect to or in connection with any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, there are no consent decrees (including plea agreements) that relate to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there is no reasonable basis for the commencement of any criminal injunctive, seizure, detention or civil penalty action by any Regulatory Authority relating to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities or for the issuance of any consent decree. No Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective agents, suppliers, licensees or licensors is employing or utilizing the services of any individual who has been debarred or temporarily suspended under any applicable Law.

(f) Neither any Obligor nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any officer, employee or agent thereof, has made an untrue statement of a material fact or fraudulent statements to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority, or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that, at the time such disclosure was made (or was not made), could reasonably be expected to provide a basis for the FDA or any such other Regulatory Authority to invoke its policy respecting Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery and Illegal Gratuities, set forth in 56 Fed. Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991) or any similar policy.

(g) The clinical, preclinical, safety and other studies and tests conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by each Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or in respect of which any Products or Product candidates under development have participated, were (and if still pending, are) being conducted materially in accordance with standard medical and scientific research procedures and all applicable Regulatory Approvals and Product Authorizations. No Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notices or other correspondence from the FDA or any such other Regulatory Authority requiring the termination or suspension of any clinical, preclinical, safety or other studies or tests used to support regulatory clearance of, or any Product Authorization or Regulatory Approval for, any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities.

 

54


7.20 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.20, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into, renewed, extended or been a part to, any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease, transfer or exchange of property or assets of any kind or the rendering of services of any kind) with any Affiliate during the three-year period prior to the Effective Date.

7.21 OFAC. No Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers or employees nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any agents or other persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing (i) is currently the target of any Sanctions, (ii) is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction, (iii) is or has been (within the previous five years) engaged in any transaction with, or for the benefit of, any Person who is now or was then the target of Sanctions or who is located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or (iv) is or has ever been in violation of or subject to an investigation relating to Sanctions. No Loan, nor the proceeds from any Loan, has been or will be used, directly or indirectly, to lend, contribute or provide to, or has been or will be otherwise made available to fund, any activity or business in any Designated Jurisdiction or to fund any activity or business of any Person located, organized or residing in any Designated Jurisdiction or who is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including the Lender and its Affiliates) of Sanctions.

7.22 Anti-Corruption. No Obligor, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers, or employees nor, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, any agents or other persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, directly or indirectly, has (i) violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-corruption Law, (ii) made, offered to make, promised to make or authorized the payment or giving of, directly or indirectly, any Prohibited Payment or (iii) been subject to any investigation by any Governmental Authority with regard to any actual or alleged Prohibited Payment.

7.23 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts. Schedule 7.23 contains a list of all banks and other financial institutions at which any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries maintains deposit accounts, lockboxes, disbursement accounts, investment accounts or other similar accounts, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and telephone number of each bank or financial institution, the name in which the account is held, the type of account, and the complete account number therefor.

7.24 Royalty and Other Payments. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.24, no Obligor nor any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay any royalty, milestone payment, deferred payment or any other contingent payment in respect of any Product.

 

55


SECTION 8

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor jointly and severally covenants and agrees with the Lender that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been paid in full in cash:

8.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Lender:

(a) Prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal month of each fiscal year (excluding the last month of each fiscal quarter and each fiscal year), a consolidated balance sheet for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal month, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ (or members’) equity and cash flows for such fiscal month and the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes), all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

(b) As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes), all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period in the preceding fiscal year, together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes.

(c) As soon as available and in any event within (i) 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year together with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such financial statements fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP

 

56


consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal, year-end audit adjustments and except for the absence of notes) and (ii) 180 days after the end of each fiscal year, the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, all in reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by a report and opinion thereon of Ernst & Young or another firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

(d) Together with the financial statements required pursuant to Sections 8.01(a), (b) and (c), a compliance certificate of a Responsible Officer as of the end of the applicable accounting period, substantially in the form of Exhibit E (a “Compliance Certificate”) including details of any issues that are material that are raised by auditors.

(e) Prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, as soon as available and in any event no later than 45 days following the end of any fiscal year, copies of an annual budget (or equivalent) for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, approved by the Board, for the then current fiscal year, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) such budget was prepared by the Borrower, in good faith, (ii) the Borrower had at the time of preparation of the budget, and at all times thereafter (including on and as of the date of delivery to the Collateral Agent of such budget) has continued to have, a reasonable basis for all of the assumptions contained in such budget and (iii) such budget was prepared in accordance with, and based upon, such assumptions.

(f) Prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, copies of all letters of representation signed by the Borrower to its auditors and, promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all auditor reports delivered for each fiscal quarter.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) Promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any securities regulator or exchange to the authority of which the Borrower may become subject from time to time concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of such Obligor.

(i) The information regarding insurance maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as required under Section 8.05.

(j) [Reserved].

(k) Within five Business Days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices (including board kits) made available to holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests; provided that any such material may be redacted by the Borrower to exclude information relating to the Lender (including the Borrower’s strategy regarding the Loans).

 

57


(l) As soon as possible and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower obtains knowledge of any return, recovery, dispute or Claim related to any Product or inventory that involves more than $500,000, written notice thereof from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such return, recovery, dispute or Claim.

(m) Such other information respecting the operations, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the Collateral) as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

8.02 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Collateral Agent written notice of the following promptly, but in any event within five Business Days, after a Responsible Officer first learns of the existence of:

(a) The occurrence of any Default.

(b) Notice of the occurrence of any event with respect to its property or assets resulting in an uninsured Loss aggregating $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) or more.

(c) The occurrence of any event or circumstance giving rise to (or reasonably expected to give rise to) any environmental liability under Environmental Laws, including any action, suit, Claim, notice of violation, hearing, investigation or proceeding pending, or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the ownership, use, maintenance and operation of their respective businesses, operations or properties, relating to Environmental Laws or Hazardous Materials.

(d) The filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) (i) On or prior to any filing by any ERISA Affiliate of any notice of intent to terminate any Title IV Plan, a copy of such notice and (ii) promptly, and in any event within ten days, after any Responsible Officer of any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been filed with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan, a notice (which may be made by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing) describing such waiver request and any action that any ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining thereto.

(f) (i) The termination of any Material Agreement; or (ii) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any material adverse notice under any Material Agreement (and a copy thereof).

(g) The reports and notices as required by the Security Documents.

 

58


(h) Within thirty (30) days of the date thereof, or, if earlier, on the date of delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01, notice of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Obligors.

(i) Promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any labor controversy resulting in or threatening to result in any strike, work stoppage, boycott, shutdown or other material labor disruption against or involving an Obligor.

(j) A licensing agreement or arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with (or as a result of) any infringement or alleged infringement by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Intellectual Property of another Person.

(k) Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(c), a list of any new Material Intellectual Property created or acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof and during such prior fiscal year which is registered or becomes registered or the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, or with any other equivalent foreign Governmental Authority

(l) Any change to any Obligor’s ownership of Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts (in each case, other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts), by delivering the Collateral Agent an updated Schedule 7 to the Security Agreement setting forth a complete and correct list of all such accounts as of the date of such change.

(m) The occurrence or existence of any event, circumstance, act or omission that would cause any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.07, Section 7.18 or Section 7.19 to be incorrect in any material respect if such representation or warranty was to be made at the time the Borrower learned of such event, circumstance, act or omission.

(n) Any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, as a result of a Public Offering by the Borrower it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15 of the Exchange Act, the Borrower covenants and agrees that neither it, nor any other Person acting on its behalf, will provide, or be obligated to provide, the Collateral Agent or any Lender or their respective representatives or agents with any information that the Borrower reasonably believes constitutes material non-public information, unless prior thereto such receiving Person shall have confirmed to the Borrower in writing that it consents to receive such information. The Borrower acknowledges and confirms that each Secured Party shall be relying on the foregoing covenant in effecting transactions in securities of the Borrower.

8.03 Existence; Conduct of Business. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.03.

 

59


8.04 Payment of Obligations. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its properties or assets prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any properties or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Taxes or such claims are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and are adequately reserved against in accordance with GAAP.

8.05 Insurance.

(a) Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations. Upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, the Borrower shall furnish the Lender from time to time with (i) full information as to the insurance carried by it and, if so requested, copies of all such insurance policies and (ii) a certificate from the Borrower’s insurance broker or other insurance specialist stating that all premiums then due on the policies relating to insurance on the Collateral have been paid, that such policies are in full force and effect. The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure, or cause others to ensure, that all insurance policies required under this Section 8.05(a) shall provide that they shall not be terminated or cancelled nor shall any such policy be materially changed in a manner adverse to the Borrower without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Agent (or ten (10) days in the case of non-payment of premiums). Receipt of notice of termination or cancellation of any such insurance policies shall, if new policies are not obtained by the Borrower, entitle the Secured Parties to renew any such policies, cause the coverages and amounts thereof to be maintained at levels required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05(a) or otherwise to obtain similar insurance in place of such policies, in each case at the expense of the Borrower (payable on demand). The amount of any such expenses shall accrue interest at the Default Rate if not paid on demand and shall constitute “Obligations.”

(b) Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, in the event any landlord of any Obligor has demanded that the Collateral Agent obtain liability insurance before entering the landlord’s premises in connection with any remedial action to be taken by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent may make a demand upon the Borrower to (i) purchase insurance in such amounts, against such risks and covering such Persons as required to be maintained by such landlord and (ii) deliver to the applicable landlord (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) any endorsement to such insurance policy as required by such landlord. In the event the Borrower shall fail to purchase such insurance or deliver such endorsement within five (5) Business Days of demand therefor, the Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance and the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Collateral Agent for such expense on demand. Such reimbursement obligation shall constitute an Obligation hereunder and, if not paid within three (3) Business Days of demand made by the Collateral Agent, shall accrue interest at the Default Rate.

 

60


8.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times (but not more often than once a year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) as the Lender may request. The Obligors shall pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs of all such inspections.

8.07 Compliance with Laws and Other Obligations. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply in all material respects with all Laws (including applicable Environmental Laws), and (ii) comply in all material respects with all terms of Indebtedness and all other Material Agreements, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.08 Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its properties necessary in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition in accordance with the general practice of other Persons of similar character and size, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty or condemnation excepted.

8.09 Licenses. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, obtain and maintain all Regulatory Approvals and other Governmental Approvals necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, the consummation of the Transactions or the operation and conduct of its business and ownership of its properties, including the ownership and use of its Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities related thereto, except where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Action under Environmental Laws. Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, upon becoming aware of the presence of any Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or the existence of any environmental liability under applicable Environmental Laws with respect to their respective businesses, operations or properties, take all actions, at their cost and expense, required under applicable Environmental Laws to investigate and clean up the condition of their respective businesses, operations or properties, including all required removal, containment and remedial actions, and restore their respective businesses, operations or properties to a condition in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

8.11 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only as provided in Section 2.04. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, including Regulations T, U and X.

 

61


8.12 Certain Obligations Respecting Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.

(a) Such Obligor will take such action, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action, from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that all Domestic Subsidiaries are “Subsidiary Guarantors” hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that any Obligor or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary, such Obligor will (or will cause such Subsidiary to) no later than within 60 days of such formation or acquisition:

(i) cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” hereunder pursuant to a Guarantee Assumption Agreement;

(ii) take such action or cause such Domestic Subsidiary to take such action (including joining the Security Agreement, delivering such shares of stock together with undated transfer powers executed in blank) as shall be necessary to create and perfect valid and enforceable first priority (subject to Permitted Priority Liens) Liens on substantially all of the personal property of such new Domestic Subsidiary as collateral security for the obligations of such new Domestic Subsidiary hereunder;

(iii) to the extent that the parent of such Subsidiary is not a party to the Security Agreement or has not otherwise pledged Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and this Agreement, cause the parent of such Subsidiary to execute and deliver a pledge agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in respect of all outstanding issued shares of such Subsidiary if it is a Domestic Subsidiary or 65% of the issued shares of such Subsidiary if it is a Foreign Subsidiary, to the extent not prohibited or otherwise restricted by applicable law;

(iv) with respect to any Subsidiary, deliver such proof of corporate action, incumbency of officers, opinions of counsel and other documents as is consistent with those delivered by each Obligor pursuant to Section 6.01 or as the Lender shall have requested; and

(v) shall cause each new Subsidiary to become party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

(b) Such Obligor will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, take such action from time to time as shall reasonably be requested by the Lender to effectuate the purposes and objectives of this Agreement.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Obligor will, and will cause each Person that is required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to, take such action from time to time (including executing and delivering such assignments, security agreements, control agreements and other instruments) as shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to create, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, perfected security interests and Liens in substantially all of the personal property of such Obligor and its Subsidiaries as collateral security for the Obligations; provided that any such security interest or Lien shall be subject to the relevant requirements of the Security Documents.

 

62


8.13 Termination of Non-Permitted Liens. In the event that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall become aware or be notified by the Collateral Agent or the Lender of the existence of any outstanding Lien against any asset or property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which Lien is not a Permitted Lien, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to promptly terminate or cause the termination of such Lien.

8.14 Intellectual Property. In the event that the Obligors acquire or create Obligor Intellectual Property during the term of this Agreement, then the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto and any such Obligor Intellectual Property shall automatically constitute part of the Collateral under the Security Documents, without further action by any party, in each case from and after the date of such acquisition or creation (except that any representations or warranties of any Obligor shall apply to any such Obligor Intellectual Property only from and after the date, if any, subsequent to such acquisition or creation that such representations and warranties are brought down or made anew as provided herein).

8.15 Litigation Cooperation. The Borrower shall make available to the Collateral Agent, without expense to the Collateral Agent, reasonable access to each Obligor and such Obligor’s officers, employees and agents and such Obligor’s books and records, to the extent that the Collateral Agent may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against the Collateral Agent or the Lender with respect to any Collateral, the subject of any Loan Document or relating to any Obligor.

8.16 Maintenance of Regulatory Approvals, Contracts, Intellectual Property, Etc. With respect to the Products and all Product Development and Commercialization Activities, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Obligor and each of their respective Subsidiaries (to the extent applicable) to, (i) maintain in full force and effect all material Regulatory Approvals (including all Product Authorizations), Material Agreements, Product Related Information, Material Intellectual Property, and other rights, interests or assets (whether tangible or intangible) necessary for the operations of the Borrower’s or such Obligor’s business, as the case may be, including any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, (ii) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of (x) any product recalls, safety alerts, corrections, withdrawals, marketing suspensions, removals or similar action conducted, to be undertaken or issued by the Borrower, any such Obligor or any of their respective suppliers, as the case may be, whether or not at the request, demand or order of any Governmental Authority or otherwise with respect to any Product or any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, in each case, solely in the event such action could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (y) any basis that would lead the Borrower to reasonably expect or anticipate the undertaking or issuing any such action or item, (iii) maintain in full force and effect, and pay all costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, all Material Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the Borrower or any such Obligor that is used in and is necessary for the operations of the business of such Person, including Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and all Material Agreements, (iv) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of any material Infringement or other violation by any Person of the Borrower’s or any other Obligor’s Material Intellectual Property that is used in the operations of the business of such Person, or in connection with any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and aggressively pursue any such Infringement or other violation, to the extent the Borrower deems it commercially reasonable to do so, (v) use commercially

 

63


reasonable efforts to pursue and maintain in full force and effect legal protection for all new Material Intellectual Property developed or controlled by the Borrower or any other Obligor, as the case may be, that is used in and necessary for the operations of the business of such Person, or in connection with any Product Development and Commercialization Activities, and (vi) notify the Collateral Agent, promptly after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, of any non-frivolous and material claim by any Person that the conduct of the Borrower’s or any such Obligor’s business (including any Product Development and Commercialization Activities) Infringes any Intellectual Property of such Person.

8.17 ERISA Compliance. The Borrower will comply, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with the provisions of ERISA with respect to any Benefit Plan to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as employer.

8.18 Cash Management. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Domestic Subsidiaries to:

(a) maintain all deposit accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts (and other similar accounts) and lockboxes with a bank or financial institution that has executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent an Account Control Agreement (provided that no Account Control Agreement shall be required for any payroll or payroll tax account of the Borrower or any deposit account maintained in connection with any the Borrower employee benefit plan, to the extent the funds on deposit therein are held for the benefit of the Borrower’s employees (collectively, the “Excluded Deposit Accounts”)); each such deposit account, disbursement account, investment account (or similar account) and lockbox (each, a “Controlled Account”) shall be a cash collateral account, with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such account securing payment of the Obligations, and each Obligor shall have granted a Lien to the Collateral Agent over such Controlled Accounts;

(b) arrange for all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting Revenue or otherwise received in respect of Product Development and Commercialization Activities to be directly deposited into Controlled Accounts; and

(c) cause each Controlled Account, at all times, to be subject to a legal, valid and binding Account Control Agreement in favor of the Secured Parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 8.18 shall not apply to any Subsidiary which is formed or acquired after the Effective Date until the date that is 60 days following the formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary.

SECTION 9

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor jointly and severally covenants and agrees with the Lender that, until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and all Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) have been paid in full in cash:

9.01 Indebtedness. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, whether directly or indirectly, except:

 

64


(a) the Obligations;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(a) and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to the Lender;

(c) accounts payable to trade creditors for goods and services and current operating liabilities (not the result of the borrowing of money) incurred in the ordinary course of such Obligor’s or such Subsidiary’s business in accordance with customary terms and paid within the specified time, unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserved for in accordance with GAAP;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of Guarantees resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection by any Obligor in the ordinary course of business;

(e) unsecured Indebtedness of an Obligor, including in respect of Guarantees owed, to any other Obligor; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness is subject to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement;

(f) normal course of business equipment financing (including Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money debt); provided that (i) if any such financing is secured, the collateral therefor shall consist solely of the assets being financed pursuant to such financing, the products and proceeds thereof and books and records related thereto, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (f) shall not exceed $3,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time in the aggregate;

(g) unsecured Indebtedness under Hedging Agreements permitted by Section 9.05(f);

(h) Indebtedness under a revolving credit line secured solely by accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and proceeds thereof and no other property or assets; provided that the loan documents with respect to such Indebtedness shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion) and such Indebtedness shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion); provided, further, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness in respect of such revolving credit line does not exceed $3,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(i) Indebtedness incurred in order to finance the payment of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business;

(j) unsecured Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment and action to the Obligations pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (in its sole discretion); provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such unsecured subordinated Indebtedness shall not exceed $2,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(k) other unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding, in the aggregate, at any time outstanding $500,000;

 

65


(l) unsecured Indebtedness from the use of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries credit cards in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, in the aggregate, at any time outstanding $1,000,000; and

(m) (i) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of seller notes, earn-outs and similar obligations in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (other than the Surf Acquisition), not exceeding, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, $3,000,000 and (ii) the Surf Earnout; provided that, in each case, such Indebtedness shall not exceed 50% of the original purchase price of the Permitted Acquisition to which such Indebtedness is applicable;

provided that, no Indebtedness otherwise permitted by clauses (f), (j), (k) or (m) of this Section 9.01 shall be assumed, created or otherwise incurred if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.02 Liens. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property now owned by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Liens securing the Obligations;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.13(b); provided that (i) no such Lien shall extend to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) and (h) of Section 9.01; provided that such Liens are restricted solely to the collateral described in such clause (f) or (h), as applicable;

(d) Liens imposed by Law which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, including (but not limited to) carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and which (x) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the use thereof in the operations of the business of such Person or (y) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to such Liens and for which adequate reserves have been made if required in accordance with GAAP;

(e) pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other similar social security legislation;

(f) Liens securing Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, the payment of which is not yet due or is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted and for which such reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made;

 

66


(g) servitudes, easements, rights of way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on real property imposed by any Law and encumbrances consisting of zoning or building restrictions, easements, licenses, restrictions on the use of property or minor imperfections in title thereto which, in the aggregate, are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(h) with respect to any real property, (i) such defects or encroachments as might be revealed by an up-to-date survey of such real property; (ii) the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in the original grant, deed or patent of such property by the original owner of such real property pursuant to Laws; and (iii) rights of expropriation, access or use or any similar right conferred or reserved by or in any Law, which, in the aggregate for (i), (ii) and (iii), are not material, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any of the Obligors;

(i) bankers’ liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits made in Deposit Accounts in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens (other than for the payment of Taxes) in respect of judgments, the existence of which do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 11.01(i);

(k) licenses (including licenses of Intellectual Property), sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to third parties in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by the terms hereof or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, Section 9.13(b); and

(l) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.01(i);

provided that no Lien otherwise permitted under any of clauses (c), (g), (h) and (i) above shall apply to any Material Intellectual Property.

9.03 Fundamental Changes and Acquisitions. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (i) enter into any transaction of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (ii) liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), (iii) sell or issue any of its Equity Interests, or (iv) make any Acquisition or otherwise acquire any business or substantially all the property from, or Equity Interests in, or be a party to any acquisition of, any Person, except:

(a) Investments permitted under Section 9.05(e);

(b) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary with or into any Obligor;

(c) the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition by any Subsidiary of any or all of its property (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any Obligor;

 

67


(d) the sale, transfer or other disposition of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to any Obligor;

(e) Permitted Acquisitions;

(f) Asset Sales permitted pursuant to Section 9.09;

(g) mergers, amalgamations and consolidations between Foreign Subsidiaries;

(h) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets by one Foreign Subsidiary to another Foreign Subsidiary;

(i) the sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets by an Obligor to Foreign Subsidiaries not to exceed an aggregate amount (or value) of $250,000 per year for all Obligors collectively;

(j) sale or issuance by the Borrower of its Equity Interests for financing purposes or in connection with a Qualified IPO; provided that all such Equity Interests sold or issued qualify as Qualified Equity Interests; and

(k) the issuance of up to 410,337 shares of Series D preferred stock of the Borrower pursuant to Section 1.2(c) of the PIPSTEK Unit Purchase Agreement;

provided no action otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (f), or (i) of this Section 9.03 shall be permitted if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.04 Lines of Business. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the business engaged in or planned to be engaged in on the date hereof by the Borrower or and its Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto, which shall include, without limitation, any business related to dentistry.

9.05 Investments. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make, directly or indirectly, or permit to remain outstanding any Investments except:

(a) Investments outstanding on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 9.05;

(b) operating deposit accounts with banks that comply with Section 8.18;

(c) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Permitted Cash Equivalent Investments;

(e) Investments by any Obligor in the Subsidiary Guarantors;

(f) Hedging Agreements entered into in the Borrower’s ordinary course of business for the purpose of hedging currency or interest rate risks (and not for speculative purposes);

 

68


(g) Investments consisting of security deposits with utilities and other like Persons made in the ordinary course of business;

(h) employee loans, travel advances and Guarantees in accordance with the Borrower’s usual and customary practices with respect thereto (if permitted by Laws) which in the aggregate shall not exceed $100,000 outstanding at any time (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies);

(i) Investments received in connection with any Insolvency Proceedings in respect of any customers, suppliers or clients and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers, suppliers or clients;

(j) Investments permitted under Section 9.03;

(k) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(l) Investments by an Obligor in Foreign Subsidiaries not exceeding $300,000 per year; provided that such Investments (together with the Indebtedness permitted by Section 9.01(e)) does not exceed $1,000,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) at any time;

(m) Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in other Foreign Subsidiaries;

(n) Investments consisting of non-cash loans or advances to officers, directors and employees solely for the purpose of financing the purchase by such Persons of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower; and

(o) other Investments not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) through (m); provided that such Investments do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

provided that, no Investment otherwise permitted by clauses (e) or (j) through (o) of this Section 9.05 shall be made or assumed if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

9.06 Restricted Payments. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, other than:

(a) dividends with respect to the Borrower’s Equity Interests payable solely in additional Equity Interests that constitute common stock (or the equivalent);

(b) the Borrower’s purchase, redemption, retirement, or other acquisition of its Equity Interests with the proceeds received from a substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its Qualified Equity Interests; and

(c) dividends paid by any Subsidiary to any Obligor.

9.07 Payments of Indebtedness. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payments in respect of any Indebtedness other than (i) payments of the Obligations, (ii) scheduled payments of other Permitted Indebtedness and (iii) repayment of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness created or incurred pursuant to Section 9.01(e).

 

69


9.08 Change in Fiscal Year. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change the last day of its fiscal year from that in effect on the date hereof, except to change the fiscal year of a Subsidiary acquired in connection with an Acquisition to conform its fiscal year to that of the Borrower.

9.09 Sales of Assets, Etc. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property (including accounts receivable and Equity Interests of Subsidiaries), or forgive, release or compromise any amount owed to such Obligor or Subsidiary, in each case, in one transaction or series of transactions (any thereof, an “Asset Sale”), except:

(a) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business on ordinary business terms;

(b) the forgiveness, release or compromise of any amount owed to any other Obligor in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Asset Sales that constitute outbound licenses permitted pursuant to Section 9.13(b);

(d) transfers of property by any Subsidiary to any other Obligor;

(e) dispositions of any property that is obsolete or worn out or no longer used or useful in the Business;

(f) in connection with any transaction permitted under Section 9.03 or 9.05;

(g) dispositions of equipment to the extent that such equipment is simultaneously exchanged for credit against the purchase price of replacement equipment;

(h) dispositions for cash of past due accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business (including any discount and/or forgiveness thereof) or, in the case of accounts receivable in default, in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

(i) dispositions of non-core assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition;

(j) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder which are made for fair market value; provided that (i) not less than seventy five percent (75%) of the aggregate sales price from such disposition shall be paid in cash and (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all assets so sold by the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries, together, shall not exceed in any fiscal year $500,000 in the aggregate; and

(k) disposition of accounts receivable pursuant to a financing transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.01(h);

provided that, no Asset Sale otherwise permitted by clauses (i) or (j) of this Section 9.09 shall be made or assumed if a Default has occurred and is then continuing or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom.

 

70


9.10 Transactions with Affiliates. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, license or otherwise transfer any assets to, or purchase, lease, license or otherwise acquire any assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except:

(a) transactions between or among Obligors (other than any Foreign Subsidiary);

(b) any transaction not prohibited under this Agreement so long as the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by the Borrower) to the Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower;

(c) customary compensation and indemnification of, and other employment arrangements with, directors, officers and employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(d) issuances of Equity Interests by the Borrower constituting common stock (or the equivalent thereof) to Affiliates in exchange for cash; provided that the terms thereof are no less favorable (including the amount of cash received by the Borrower) to the Borrower than those that would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower; and

(e) the transactions set forth on Schedule 9.10.

9.11 Restrictive Agreements. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any Restrictive Agreement other than (i) restrictions and conditions imposed by Law or by the Loan Documents and (ii) the Restrictive Agreements listed on Schedule 7.15, which Restrictive Agreements may not be amended or otherwise modified in any manner so as to make such agreements more restrictive than as in effect on the date hereof without the consent of the Collateral Agent.

9.12 Modifications and Terminations of Material Agreements and Organic Documents. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) waive, amend, terminate, replace or otherwise modify any term or provision of any Organic Document, in any manner that would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties or any of the Obligations (including any Warrant Obligations); or

(b) (x) take or omit to take any action that results in the termination of any Material Agreement (other than the expiration of such Material Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof) or (y) take any action that permits any Material Agreement to be terminated by any counterparty thereto prior to its stated date of expiration (in each case, unless such terminated Material Agreement is replaced with another agreement that, viewed as a whole, is on equal or better terms for the Borrower or such Subsidiary), except to the extent such omission or action could not reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

71


9.13 Inbound and Outbound Licenses.

(a) Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.13(a), no Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become or remain bound by any inbound license agreement requiring any such Person, during any twelve-month period during the term of such license agreement, to make aggregate payments in excess of $1,000,000 for any such individual license or agreement or in excess of $2,000,000 when taken together with all other such licenses agreements, unless (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii)(x) the Borrower has provided prior written notice to the Collateral Agent of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its anticipated and projected impact on the relevant Obligor’s consolidated business or financial condition, (y) such license or agreement has been approved pursuant to the Borrower’s internal customary approval process for inbound licenses, and (z) the Borrower has taken such commercially reasonable actions as the Lender may reasonably request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for the Collateral Agent to be granted a valid and perfected Lien on such license agreement (subject to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 and 9-409 of the NYUCC) for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the right to fully exercise its rights under any of the Loan Documents, including upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default; provided that inbound licenses agreements in the nature of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public shall not be prohibited by or subject to this clause (a).

(b) Outbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.13(b), no Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become or remain bound by any outbound license of Material Intellectual Property unless such outbound license (i) is duly authorized by the Borrower in accordance with its customary internal approval process for outbound licenses and is entered into on an arm’s-length basis and in the ordinary course of business, (ii) is entered into for the purpose of Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to a Product, (iii) does not otherwise constitute an Asset Sale prohibited under Section 9.09, (iv) to the extent such Material Intellectual Property subject to such outbound license constitutes Collateral, does not impair the Secured Parties from fully exercising their rights under any of the Loan Documents in the event of a disposition or liquidation (including in connection with a foreclosure) of such Intellectual Property upon the exercise of remedies, (v) is not an exclusive license (whether as to use, geography or otherwise), and (vi) is not perpetual.

9.14 Sales and Leasebacks. Except as disclosed on Schedule 9.14, such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any lease, whether an operating lease or a Capital Lease Obligation, of any property (whether real, personal, or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (i) which such Obligor or Subsidiary has sold or transferred or is to sell or transfer to any other Person, and (ii) which such Obligor or Subsidiary intends to use for substantially the same purposes as property which has been or is to be sold or transferred.

9.15 Hazardous Material. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use, generate, manufacture, install, treat, release, store or dispose of any Hazardous Material, except in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

72


9.16 Accounting Changes. Such Obligor will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

9.17 Compliance with ERISA. No ERISA Affiliate shall cause or suffer to exist (i) any event that could result in the imposition of a Lien with respect to any Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan or (ii) any other ERISA Event that would, in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 10

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

10.01 Minimum Liquidity. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, collectively, shall at all times, except for not more than three (3) Business Days (whether or not consecutive) during any calendar month, maintain a minimum aggregate balance of $3,000,000 in cash in one or more Controlled Accounts, which cash and Controlled Accounts shall be free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens granted hereunder in favor of the Secured Parties for purposes of securing the Obligations and Liens permitted by Section 9.02(i) hereof.

10.02 Minimum Revenue. On each calculation date set forth below (each, a “Calculation Date”), Revenue for the twelve consecutive month period ended on such Calculation Date shall not be less than the amount set forth opposite such Calculation Date:

 

Calculation Date

   Revenue  

September 30, 2021

   $ 26,400,000  

December 31, 2021

   $ 24,900,000  

March 31, 2022

   $ 23,200,000  

June 30, 2022

   $ 24,900,000  

September 30, 2022

   $ 26,500,000  

December 31, 2022

   $ 29,500,000  

March 31, 2023

   $ 31,600,000  

June 30, 2023

   $ 34,300,000  

September 30, 2023

   $ 36,600,000  

December 31, 2023

   $ 39,300,000  

 

73


Calculation Date

   Revenue  

March 31, 2024

   $ 42,400,000  

June 30, 2024

   $ 47,200,000  

September 30, 2024

   $ 52,000,000  

December 31, 2024

   $ 58,600,000  

March 31, 2025

   $ 63,900,000  

June 30, 2025

   $ 69,700,000  

September 30, 2025

   $ 74,400,000  

December 31, 2025

   $ 81,000,000  

March 31, 2026

   $ 86,800,000  

June 30, 2026

   $ 95,300,000  

SECTION 11

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Principal or Interest Payment Default. The Borrower shall fail to pay: (i) when and as the same shall become due and payable, any amount of principal of on the Loans, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same shall become due and payable, any interest on the Loans.

(b) Other Payment Defaults. Any Obligor shall fail to pay any Obligation (other than an amount referred to in Section 11.01(a)) when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days.

(c) Representations and Warranties. Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall: (i) prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty contains any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier; or (ii) prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made to the extent that such representation or warranty does not otherwise contain any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifier.

 

74


(d) Certain Covenants. Any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 8.02, 8.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 8.11, 8.12, 8.18, 8.19, Section 9 or Section 10.

(e) Other Covenants. Any Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in Section 11.01(a), (b) or (d)) or any other Loan Document, and, in the case of any failure that is capable of cure, such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days.

(f) Payment Default on Other Indebtedness. Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period as originally provided by the terms of such Indebtedness.

(g) Other Defaults on Other Indebtedness. (i) Any material breach of, or “event of default” or similar event under, the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness shall occur, or (ii) any event or condition occurs (x) that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or (y) that enables or permits the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity and, in each case set forth in this clause (y) all applicable cure or grace periods have expired; provided that this Section 11.01(g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a casualty event or the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Material Indebtedness.

(h) Insolvency, Bankruptcy, Etc.

(i) Any Obligor becomes insolvent, or generally does not or becomes unable to pay its debts or meet its liabilities as the same become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or declares any general moratorium on its indebtedness.

(ii) Any Obligor commits an act of bankruptcy or makes an assignment of its property for the general benefit of its creditors.

(iii) Any Obligor institutes any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it an insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), or composition of it or its debts or any other relief, under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity, or files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding.

(iv) Any Obligor applies for the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property.

 

75


(v) Any Obligor takes any action, corporate or otherwise, to approve, effect, consent to or authorize any of the actions described in this Section 11.01(h).

(vi) Any petition is filed, application made or other proceeding instituted against or in respect of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

(A) seeking to adjudicate it as insolvent;

(B) seeking a receiving order against it;

(C) seeking liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, adjustment, protection, moratorium, relief, stay of proceedings of creditors generally (or any class of creditors), deed of company arrangement or composition of it or its debts or any other relief under any federal, provincial or foreign Law now or hereafter in effect relating to bankruptcy, winding-up, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, plans of arrangement or relief or protection of debtors or at common law or in equity; or

(D) seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, interim receiver, receiver/manager, sequestrator, conservator, custodian, administrator, trustee, liquidator, voluntary administrator, receiver and manager or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property, and such petition, application or proceeding continues undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 days after the institution thereof; provided that if an order, decree or judgment is granted or entered (whether or not entered or subject to appeal) against the Borrower or such Subsidiary thereunder in the interim, such grace period will cease to apply; provided, further, that if the Borrower or such Subsidiary files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, such grace period will cease to apply.

(vii) Any other event occurs which, under the Laws of any applicable jurisdiction, has an effect equivalent to any of the events referred to in this Section 11.01(h).

(i) Judgments. One or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000 (or the Equivalent Amount in other currencies) shall be rendered against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 calendar days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Obligor to enforce any such judgment.

(j) ERISA and Pension Plans. (i) An ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable opinion of the Lender, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $300,000 in any year or (ii) $1,000,000 for all periods until repayment of all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations).

(k) Change of Control. A Change of Control shall have occurred.

(l) Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since December 31, 2020.

 

76


(m) Key Person Event. At any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, a Key Person Event shall have occurred.

(n) Regulatory Matters, Etc. If any of the following occurs: (i) the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority (whether U.S. or non-U.S.) initiates enforcement action against, or issues a warning letter with respect to, any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, any Product or any manufacturing facilities for any Product that causes any Obligor to discontinue or withdraw, or could reasonably be expected to cause any Obligor to discontinue or withdraw, Product Development and Commercialization Activities with respect to any Product, or otherwise causes a delay in the manufacture or sale of any Product, which discontinuance or delay could reasonably be expected to last for more than 30 days, (ii) a recall of any Product that has generated or is expected to generate at least $5,000,000 in revenue for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries over any period of twelve consecutive months, or (iii) any Obligor enters into a settlement agreement with the FDA or any other Regulatory Authority that results in aggregate liability as to any single or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, in excess of $2,000,000.

(o) Impairment of Security, Etc. (i) Any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall at any time fail to constitute (x) a valid and perfected (to the extent required by the Security Documents) Lien on the applicable Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, free and clear of all other Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or (y) a first priority Lien on the applicable Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (except for Permitted Priority Liens), (ii) except for expiration in accordance with its terms, any of the Security Documents or any Guarantee of any of the Obligations (including that contained in Section 13) shall for whatever reason cease to be in full force and effect, (iii) any Obligor shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature, priority or enforceability of any such Lien, Loan Document or Guarantee, or (iv) any injunction, whether temporary or permanent, shall be rendered against any Obligor that prevents such Obligor from selling or manufacturing all or a material portion of the Products.

11.02 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, then, and in every such event (other than an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h)), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be immediately due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor; and in case of an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(h), the Commitment shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations, shall automatically become due and payable immediately (in the case of the Loans, at the Redemption Price therefor), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Obligor.

 

77


SECTION 12

THE COLLATERAL AGENT

12.01 Authority. The Collateral Agent is authorized to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or any other Loan Document, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12 are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Lender, and no Obligor shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

12.02 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) The Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Collateral Agent is required to exercise; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Collateral Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief Law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Obligors or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Collateral Agent in writing by the Borrower.

(c) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 6 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

 

78


12.03 Reliance by Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of the Lender, the Collateral Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to the Lender unless the Collateral Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from the Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

12.04 Delegation of Duties. The Collateral Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Collateral Agent. The exculpatory provisions of this Section shall apply to any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with their activities as Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that the Collateral Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

12.05 Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any Insolvency Proceeding or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Obligor, the Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Collateral Agent shall have made any demand on any Obligor) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lender and the Collateral Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lender and the Collateral Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lender and the Collateral Agent) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

79


(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by the Lender to make such payments to the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Collateral Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lender, to pay to the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Collateral Agent.

12.06 Collateral Matters.

(a) Without limiting the provisions of Section 12.05, the Collateral Agent is authorized, at its option and in its discretion to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent obligations); or (B) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Obligor in connection therewith, nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible or liable to the Lender for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.

(c) The Collateral Agent is authorized from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Security Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens on the Collateral granted pursuant to the Security Documents or protect and preserve the Collateral Agent’s ability to enforce the Liens or realize upon the Collateral.

SECTION 13

GUARANTEE

13.01 The Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally Guarantee to the Secured Parties, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Loans, all fees and other amounts and Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by the Borrower under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document and by any other Obligor under any of the Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby further jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Subsidiary Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

80


13.02 Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13.01 are absolute and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other Guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor (other than payment in full in cash of the Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claims have been made)), it being the intent of this Section 13.02 that the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, joint and several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

(a) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(b) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted;

(c) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be waived or any other Guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

(d) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Secured Parties as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other Guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.03 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Section 13 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify the Secured Parties on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by such Persons in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar Law.

 

81


13.04 Subrogation. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that, until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments, they shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by them of their Guarantee in Section 13.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

13.05 Remedies. The Subsidiary Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 11) for purposes of Section 13.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for purposes of Section 13.01.

13.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Guarantee in this Section 13 constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that the Secured Parties, at their sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to proceed by motion for summary judgment in lieu of complaint pursuant to N.Y. Civ. Prac. L&R § 3213.

13.07 Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee in this Section 13 is a continuing Guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

13.08 Rights of Contribution. The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, as between themselves, that if any Subsidiary Guarantor shall become an Excess Funding Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations, each other Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on demand of such Excess Funding Guarantor (but subject to the next sentence), pay to such Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Fair Share (as defined below and determined, for this purpose, without reference to the properties, debts and liabilities of such Excess Funding Guarantor) of the Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The payment obligation of a Subsidiary Guarantor to any Excess Funding Guarantor under this Section 13.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the other provisions of this Section 13 and such Excess Funding Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy with respect to such excess until payment and satisfaction in full of all of such obligations.

For purposes of this Section 13.08, (i) “Excess Funding Guarantor” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, a Subsidiary Guarantor that has paid an amount in excess of its Fair Share of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) “Excess Payment” means, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess of its Fair Share of such Guaranteed Obligations and (iii) “Fair Share” means, for any Subsidiary Guarantor, the ratio

 

82


(expressed as a percentage) of (x) the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all properties of such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of Equity Interest of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary Guarantor that have been Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which the aggregate fair saleable value of all properties of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors exceeds the amount of all the debts and liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding the obligations of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder and under the other Loan Documents) of all of the Subsidiary Guarantors, determined (A) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a party hereto on the Effective Date, as of the Effective Date, and (B) with respect to any other Subsidiary Guarantor, as of the date such Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

13.09 General Limitation on Guarantee Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any provincial, territorial or state corporate Law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 13.01 would otherwise, taking into account the provisions of Section 13.08, be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 13.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Lender or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

SECTION 14

MISCELLANEOUS

14.01 No Waiver. No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or the Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

14.02 Notices. All notices, requests, instructions, directions and other communications provided for herein (including any modifications of, or waivers, requests or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including by telecopy) delivered, if to the Borrower, another Obligor, or the Lender, to its address specified on the signature pages hereto or its Guarantee Assumption Agreement, as the case may be, or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt of a legible copy thereof, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. All such communications provided for herein by telecopy shall be confirmed in writing promptly after the delivery of such communication (it being understood that non-receipt of written confirmation of such communication shall not invalidate such communication).

 

83


14.03 Expenses, Indemnification, Etc.

(a) Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse (i) the Collateral Agent and the Lender for all of their reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP, special counsel to the Collateral Agent and the Lender, and any sales, goods and services or other similar taxes applicable thereto, and printing, reproduction, document delivery, communication and travel costs) in connection with (x) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of the Loans (exclusive of post-closing costs), (y) post-closing costs and (z) the negotiation or preparation of any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether or not consummated) and (ii) the Collateral Agent and the Lender for all of their reasonable and documented out of pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with any enforcement or collection proceedings resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall have no obligation to pay more than $125,000 in the aggregate pursuant to clauses (i)(x) and (i)(y) of this Section 14.03(a). The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, immediately prior to the Effective Date, reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Morrison & Foerster LLP have accrued (pursuant to Section 14.03 of the Original Credit Agreement) and were unpaid. The Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that such reasonable and documented fees and expenses, together with all additional reasonable and documented fees and expenses will be due and payable pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) Exculpation, Indemnification, etc.

(i) In no event shall the Collateral Agent, the Lender, any successor, transferee or assignee of the Collateral Agent or the Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors or controlling parties (each, an “Exculpated Party”) have any obligation or responsibility for (and the Obligors jointly and severally waive any claims they may have in respect of) any Loss, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any of the Transactions or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans; provided that, nothing in this clause (i) shall relieve any Obligor of any obligation such Obligor may have to indemnify an Indemnified Party, as provided in clause (ii) below, against any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnified Party by a third party. Each Obligor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, that it will not assert, directly or indirectly, any Claim against any Exculpated Party with respect to any of the foregoing.

(ii) Each Obligor, jointly and severally, hereby indemnifies the Collateral Agent, the Lender, each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns and each of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties (each, an “Indemnified Party”) from and against, and agrees to hold them harmless against, any and all Claims and Losses of any kind (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), joint or several, that may be incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or relating to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (each, a “Proceeding”) or the preparation of any defense with respect thereto arising

 

84


out of or in connection with or relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Transactions or any use made or proposed to be made with the proceeds of the Loans, whether or not such Proceeding is brought by any Obligor, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its shareholders or creditors, an Indemnified Party or any other Person, or an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6 are satisfied or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except to the extent such Claim or Loss is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. This Section 14.03 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent Losses arising from any non-Tax Claim. The Borrower, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties are each sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “Borrower Party.” No Lender shall assert any claim against any Borrower Party, on any theory of liability, for consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages arising out of or otherwise relating to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the Transactions or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Loans.

(iii) No Obligor shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding if the amount of such settlement was effected without such Obligor’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), but if settled with such Obligor’s written consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such Proceeding, each Obligor agrees to, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Loss and related expenses by reason of such settlement or judgment in accordance with the terms of clause (ii) above. No Obligor shall, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceedings in respect of which indemnity could have been sought hereunder by any Indemnified Party unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent from all liability on Claims that are the subject matter of such Proceedings and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party or any injunctive relief or other non-monetary remedy. Each Obligor acknowledges that any failure to comply with the obligations under the preceding sentence may cause irreparable harm to the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnified Parties.

14.04 Amendments, Etc. The provisions of each Loan Document may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Required Lenders and the Borrower; provided, however, that the consent of all the Lenders shall be required to:

(a) amend this Section 14.04;

(b) amend the definition of “Required Lenders”;

(c) postpone or delay any date fixed for, or reduce or waive, any scheduled installment of principal or any payment of interest, fees or other amounts (other than principal) due to the Lenders;

 

85


(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein (it being agreed that waiver of the default interest shall only require the consent of Required Lenders) or the amount of interest payable in cash specified herein on any Loan, or of any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

(e) amend or waive compliance with the conditions precedent to the obligations of Lenders to make Loans in Section 6.02;

(f) amend the definition of “Commitments”; and

(g) discharge the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from its respective payment Obligations under the Loan Documents, or release all or substantially all of the Collateral, except as otherwise may be provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by the Lender under any Loan Document shall, except as may be otherwise stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions. No waiver or approval hereunder shall require any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

14.05 Successors and Assigns.

(a) General. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Lender. The Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.05(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.05(e) or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.05(f). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 14.05(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnified Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lender. The Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Transferees (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to any Person) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) and the other Loan Documents; provided that no such assignment shall be made to the Borrower, an Affiliate of the Borrower, or any employees or directors of the Borrower at any time; provided that the assigning Lender shall provide a notice of such assignment promptly after such assignment. Subject to the recording thereof by the Lender pursuant to Section 14.05(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and

 

86


Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of the Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and correspondingly the assigning Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) and the other Loan Documents but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 and Section 14.03. Any assignment or transfer by the Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 14.05(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.05(e).

(c) Amendments to Loan Documents. Each of the Collateral Agent, the Lender and the Obligors agrees to enter into such amendments to the Loan Documents, and such additional Security Documents and other instruments and agreements, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, the Lender and the Obligors, as shall reasonably be necessary to implement and give effect to any assignment made under this Section 14.05.

(d) Register. The Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a register for the recordation of the name and address of any assignee of the Lender and the Commitment and outstanding principal amount of the Loans owing thereto (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the “Lender” hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(e) Participations. The Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, sell participations to any Person which would constitute and Eligible Assignee (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of the Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection therewith. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which the Lender sells such a participation shall provide that the Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (i) increase or extend the term of the Lender’s Commitment, (ii) extend the date fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the Loans or any portion of any fee hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal, or (iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon to a level below the rate at which the Participant is entitled to receive such interest (other than with respect to default interest). Subject to Section 14.05(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5 to the same extent as if it were the Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.05(b). To the extent permitted

 

87


by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.03(a) as though it were the Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(f) Limitations on Rights of Participants. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or 5.03 than the Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

(g) Certain Pledges. The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and any other Loan Document to secure obligations of the Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from any of their obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.

14.06 Survival. The obligations of the Borrower under Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.03, 14.03, 14.05, 14.09, 14.10, 14.11, 14.12, 14.13, 14.14 and 14.16, and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 13 (solely to the extent Guaranteeing any of the obligations under the foregoing Sections) shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitment and, in the case of the Lender’s assignment of any interest in the Commitment or the Loans hereunder, shall survive, in the case of any event or circumstance that occurred prior to the effective date of such assignment, the making of such assignment, notwithstanding that the Lender may cease to be “Lender” hereunder. In addition, each representation and warranty made, or deemed to be made by a Borrowing Notice, herein or pursuant hereto shall survive the making of such representation and warranty.

14.07 Captions. The table of contents and captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

14.08 Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Any signature (including, without limitation, (x) any electronic symbol or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept

 

88


such contract or record and (y) any facsimile or .pdf signature) hereto or to any other certificate, agreement or document related to this Agreement, and any contract formation or record-keeping, in each case, through electronic means, shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and the parties hereto hereby waive any objection to the contrary.

14.09 Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

14.10 Jurisdiction, Service of Process and Venue.

(a) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Obligor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought initially in the federal or state courts in New York, New York or in the courts of its own corporate domicile and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 14.10(a) is for the benefit of the Lender only and, as a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by any Law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(b) Alternative Process. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the Lender to serve any process or summons in any other manner permitted by a Law.

(c) Waiver of Venue, Etc. Each Obligor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Obligor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

14.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OBLIGOR AND THE LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

 

89


14.12 Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that any Obligor may be or become entitled to claim for itself or its property or revenues any immunity on the ground of sovereignty or the like from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed such an immunity (whether or not claimed), such Obligor hereby irrevocably agrees not to so claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

14.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, including any confidentiality (or similar) agreements. EACH OBLIGOR ACKNOWLEDGES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IN DECIDING TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN TAKING OR NOT TAKING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, IT HAS NOT RELIED, AND WILL NOT RELY, ON ANY STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, OF OR WITH THE LENDER OTHER THAN THOSE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

14.14 Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by any Law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

14.15 No Fiduciary Relationship. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender has no fiduciary relationship with, or fiduciary duty to, the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Lender and the Borrower is solely that of creditor and debtor. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not create a joint venture among the parties.

14.16 Confidentiality. The Collateral Agent agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to them by any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with its customary procedures for handling its own confidential information and use such information solely for purposes of the lending activities of the Lender under the Loan Documents; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Lender from disclosing any such information (i) to the Lender, any Affiliate of the Lender or any Eligible Transferee or other assignee permitted under Section 14.05(b), (ii) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedging Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (iii) to its employees, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants, trustees and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates who have a need to know such information (collectively, its “Related Parties”); provided that, to the extent any such confidential information is provided by the Collateral Agent or any Lender to a Related Party, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall remain liable for breaches of confidentiality by any such Related Party to which it has provided confidential information, as applicable, shall be liable for breaches of confidentiality by its Related Parties (iv) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority or any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (v) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Law, (vi) if

 

90


required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (vii) that has been publicly disclosed (other than as a result of a disclosure in violation of this Section 14.16), (viii) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to the Lender, (ix) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (x) on a confidential basis to (A) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Loan or (B) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers of other market identifiers with respect to the Loan or (xi) to any other party hereto; provided, further, that, (1) no Lender shall use any Obligor’s non-public information for the purposes of engaging in hedging or short-selling activities of the Borrower’s Equity Interests and (2) unless specifically prohibited by applicable Law or court order, the Lender shall notify the Borrower of any request by any Governmental Authority or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of the Lender by such Governmental Authority) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information.

14.17 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Obligor against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender or its Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not the Lender or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of the Borrower or such Obligor may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to an Affiliate of the Lender. The rights of the Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Lender and Affiliates may have. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

14.18 Judgment Currency.

(a) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in US Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Lender could purchase US Dollars with such other currency at the buying spot rate of exchange in the New York foreign exchange market on the Business Day immediately preceding that on which any such judgment, or any relevant part thereof, is given.

(b) The obligations of the Obligors in respect of any sum due to the Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than US Dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency the Lender may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase US Dollars with such other currency. If the amount of US Dollars so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Lender in US Dollars, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss. If the amount of US Dollars so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to the Lender in US Dollars, the Lender shall remit such excess to the Borrower.

 

91


14.19 USA PATRIOT Act. The Lender hereby notifies the Obligors that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), that it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of each Obligor and other information that will allow such Person to identify such Obligor in accordance with the Act.

14.20 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) (i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership shall be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

14.21 Prepayment Premium. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, to the extent the Prepayment Premium is applicable to any repayment or prepayment of principal of any Loan at any time, such Prepayment Premium is not intended to be a penalty assessed as a result of any such repayment or prepayment of the Loans, but rather is the product of a good faith, arm’s length commercial negotiation between the Borrower and the Lender relating to the mutually satisfactory compensation payable to the Lender by the Borrower in respect of the Loans made hereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Obligors hereby jointly and severally waive any rights or Claims any of them may have under any such applicable Law (whether or not in effect on the Effective Date) that would prohibit or restrict the payment of the Prepayment Premium under any of the circumstances provided herein or in any other Loan Document, including payment after acceleration of the Loans.

 

92


14.22 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts that are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable Law (collectively, “charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) that may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Collateral Agent and the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable Law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate. To the extent lawful, the interest and charges that would have been paid in respect of such Loan but were not paid as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the amount collectible at the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate for each day to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender. Any amount collected by such Lender that exceeds the maximum amount collectible at the Maximum Rate shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of such Loan so that at no time shall the interest and charges paid or payable in respect of such Loan exceed the maximum amount collectible at the Maximum Rate.

14.23 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates the Original Credit Agreement but does not constitute and, is not intended to create, a novation or accord and satisfaction. All security interests and other Liens granted or conveyed with respect to the Collateral pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) shall continue in full force and effect and shall constitute Collateral hereunder, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a termination, release or extinguishment of any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent that was in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date. By executing this Agreement, the Borrower hereby ratifies and reaffirms all Obligations (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and agrees that Original Included Obligations are carried forward in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In addition to the additional Loan Documents executed and delivered on the Effective Date pursuant to this Agreement, (i) the guaranties, Liens, security interests, pledges, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) and each of the other collateral security documents entered into in connection with the Original Credit Agreement are made and granted to secure and support the Obligations under this Agreement as if the same were made or granted on the Effective Date and (ii) the Loan Documents (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) entered into in connection with the Original Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate and use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to promptly do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

93


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

S- 1


SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
PIPSTEK, LLC
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By  

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

  Name: Bjarne Bergheim
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Address for Notices:
26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

S- 1


LENDER AND COLLATERAL AGENT:

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP

By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its

general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Sandeep Dixit

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:  

/s/ Sam Chawla

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Email: [Redacted]

 

S- 2


Schedule 1

to Agreement

COMMITMENTS

Existing Term Loans

 

Lender

   Existing Term
Loans
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP

   $ 30,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 30,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tranche 2 Loan

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
2 Loan)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tranche 3 Loan

 

Lender

   Commitment (to
make the Tranche
3 Loan)
     Proportionate
Share
 

Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 10,000,000        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


Exhibit A

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

GUARANTEE ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT dated as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR], a ________ [corporation][limited liability company] (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor”), under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 8.12(a) of the Credit Agreement, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to become a “Subsidiary Guarantor” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, and a “Grantor” for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, guarantees to the Lenders and its successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in Section 13.01 of the Credit Agreement) in the same manner and to the same extent as is provided in Section 13 of the Credit Agreement. In addition, as of the date hereof, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement and in Section 3 of the Security Agreement, with respect to itself and its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if each reference in such Sections to the Loan Documents included reference to this Agreement, such representations and warranties to be made as of the date hereof.

The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby instructs its counsel to deliver the opinions referred to in Section 8.12(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement to the Lenders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
By  

     

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit A-1


Exhibit B

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF BORROWING NOTICE

Date : [__________]

 

To:

Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, as Lender

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Email: [Redacted]

 

  Re:

Borrowing under the Credit Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), refers to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The Borrower hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement, of the borrowing of the Loan specified herein:

1. The proposed Borrowing Date is [                    ].1

2. The amount of the proposed Borrowing is $[                    ].

3. The payment instructions with respect to the funds to be made available to the Borrower are as follows:

Bank name: [                    ]

Bank Address: [                    ]

Routing Number: [                    ]

Account Number: [                    ]

Swift Code: [                    ]

 

1 

Pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement, this Borrowing Notice must be delivered to the Lender at least three (but not more than five) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date (or one Business Day with respect to the Borrowing on the Closing Date).

 

Exhibit B-1


The Borrower hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed borrowing of the Loan, before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

a) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement shall be true on and as of the Borrowing Date and immediately after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Borrowing with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date except that the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be that they were true on such earlier date;

b) on and as of the Borrowing Date, there shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change since December 31, 2020; and

c) no Default exists or would result from such proposed borrowing.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Borrowing Notice to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
SONENDO, INC.
By  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Exhibit B-3


Exhibit C

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF NOTE

 

U.S. $[                    ]    [                    ], 20[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to [___________] (the “Lender”), in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal sum set forth above, or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties, on the date or dates specified in the Credit Agreement, together with interest on the principal amount of such Loans from time to time outstanding thereunder at the rates, and payable in the manner and on the dates, specified in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is a Note issued pursuant to the terms of Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement, and this Note and the holder hereof are entitled to all the benefits and security provided for thereby or referred to therein, to which Credit Agreement reference is hereby made for a statement thereof. All defined terms used in this Note, except terms otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; PROVIDED THAT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW SHALL APPLY.

The Borrower hereby waives demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind hereunder, other than notices provided for in the Loan Documents. The non-exercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in such particular or any subsequent instance.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

 

Exhibit C-1


SONENDO, INC.
By  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D-1

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(3) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Lender and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Lender, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                         , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit D-1-1


Exhibit D-2

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(4) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code].

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                         , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit D-2-1


Exhibit D-3

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(4) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit D-3-1


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date:                     , 20[    ]

 

Exhibit D-3-2


Exhibit D-4

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(e)(ii)(B)(4) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

The undersigned has furnished the Lender and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Lender, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit D-1


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Date: ________ __, 20[     ]

 

Exhibit D-2


Exhibit E

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[DATE]

This certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(d) of, and in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated in, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned, a duly authorized Responsible Officer of the Borrower having the name and title set forth below under his signature, hereby certifies, on behalf of the Borrower for the benefit of the Secured Parties and pursuant to Section 8.01(d) of the Credit Agreement that such Responsible Officer of the Borrower is familiar with the Credit Agreement and that, in accordance with each of the following sections of the Credit Agreement, each of the following is true on the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to any Loan to be made on or before the date hereof:

In accordance with Section 8.01[(a)/(b)/(c)] of the Credit Agreement, attached hereto as Annex A are the financial statements for the [fiscal month/fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [__________] required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.01[(a)/(b)/(c)] of the Credit Agreement. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated therein and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosure and normal year-end audit adjustments)1.

Attached hereto as Annex B are the calculations used to determine compliance with each financial covenant contained in Section 10 of the Credit Agreement.

No Default or Event of Default is continuing as of the date hereof[, except as provided for on Annex C attached hereto, with respect to each of which the Borrower proposes to take the actions set forth on Annex C].

[In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Security Agreement, attached hereto as Annex D is a detailed description of the following actions that have been undertaken during the [fiscal month/fiscal quarter/fiscal year] ended [__________] (unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this list are used herein as defined in the Security Agreement):

(a) any Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement) formed or acquired by any Grantor;

 

 

1 

Insert language in brackets only for quarterly and monthly certifications.

 

Exhibit E-1


(b) any Pledged Equity or Investment Property acquired by any Grantor;

(c) any change in name or jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor as permitted by the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

(d) any new location of Inventory or Equipment of any Grantor;

(e) all Promissory Notes, Instruments or Chattel Paper received by any Grantor;

(f) any Securities Account, Commodities Account or Deposit Account opened by any Grantor;

(g) the creation or acquisition of any Intellectual Property (as defined in the Credit Agreement) by any Grantor that is registered or becomes registered or is the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, or with any other equivalent foreign Governmental Authority (as defined in the Credit Agreement);

(h) any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Rights acquired by any Grantor; and

(i) any Commercial Tort Claims acquired by any Grantor.]

The representations and warranties made by the Borrower in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement are true on and as of the date hereof, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the date hereof (except that the representation regarding representations and warranties that refer to a specific earlier date shall be that they were true on such earlier date).

 

Exhibit E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate on the date first written above.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit E-3


Annex A to Compliance Certificate

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

[see attached]

 

Exhibit E-4


Annex B to Compliance Certificate

CALCULATIONS OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

 

    

Section 10.01: Minimum Liquidity

    

I.A

   Balance of cash in the Controlled Account with account number _________    $__________

I.B

   Balance of cash in the Controlled Account with account number _________   

I.C

   Balance of cash in the Controlled Account with account number _________2   

I.D

   $3,000,000    $__________
   Is the sum of Lines I.A + I.B + I.C equal to or greater than Line I.D?    Yes: In compliance;
No: Not in compliance
    

Section 10.02: Minimum Revenue

    

II.A

  

Revenue for twelve consecutive month period ending on

[DATE]

   $__________

II.B

   Amount listed opposite such date in Section 10.02   
   Is line II.A equal to or greater than Line II.B?    Yes: In compliance;
No: Not in compliance

 

 

2 

Add more lines, if necessary, to list all controlled accounts.

 

Exhibit E-5


Annex C to Compliance Certificate

DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT

[IF NEEDED]

 

Exhibit E-6


Annex D to Compliance Certificate

REPORTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT

[IF NEEDED]

 

Exhibit E-7


Exhibit F

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (this “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [______________] (the “Assignor”) and [______________] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Lender below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, any guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page(s) follow]

 

Exhibit F-1


Effective Date:    _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY THE LENDER AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit F-2


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, [(ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Transferee under the Credit Agreement]4, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(a), (b) and (c) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, and [(vii) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee]5; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on any other Lender or the Assignor, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

 

4 

To be deleted if assignment occurs during an Event of Default

5 

To be included only if Assignee is a Foreign Lender

 

Exhibit F-3


2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to the Assignee.

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

Exhibit F-4


Exhibit G

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

(Please see attached.)

 

Exhibit G-1


Execution Version

Exhibit H

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of August 23, 2021, among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), certain subsidiaries of the Borrower that are party hereto (together with the Borrower, the “Grantors” and each a “Grantor”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP as collateral agent for the Lender (as defined below) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”; and together with the Lender, the “Secured Parties”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Original Credit Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP (collectively, and together with any of their respective transferees, successors or assigns since the original execution and delivery of the Original Credit Agreement, the “Original Lender”), and Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Original Collateral Agent”), the Original Lender has made Loans to the Borrower;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2017 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “Original Security Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Grantors from time to time party thereto and the Original Collateral Agent, each Grantor granted a security interest in the Collateral (as defined therein) of such Grantor in favor of the Original Collateral as security for the Secured Obligations (as defined therein);

WHEREAS, pursuant to (i) the Assignment, Assumption and Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof (the “Restatement Amendment”), and (ii) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of the date hereof (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Original Lender, the Original Collateral Agent, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP (the “Lender”), and the Collateral Agent agreed, among other things and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Restatement Amendment and the Credit Agreement, (a) to transfer and assign all rights, title, interests and obligations of the Original Lender and the Original Collateral Agent to the Lender and the Collateral Agent, respectively and as applicable, (b) to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement in full as set forth in the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, each Grantor (other than the Borrower) has guaranteed the obligations of the Borrower to the Secured Parties under the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, to induce the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Restatement Amendment and the Credit Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor has agreed to grant a security interest in the Collateral of such Grantor as security for the Secured Obligations and to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.

 


NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree that the Existing Security Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 2. Definitions, Etc.

2.01 Certain Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

2.02 Certain Uniform Commercial Code Terms. As used herein, the terms “Account”, “Chattel Paper”, “Commercial Tort Claim”, “Commodity Account”, “Commodity Contract”, “Deposit Account”, “Document”, “Electronic Chattel Paper”, “Encumbrance,” “Equipment”, “Fixture”, “General Intangible”, “Goods”, “Instrument”, “Inventory”, “Investment Property”, “Letter of Credit”, “Proceeds,” “Promissory Note,” “Record” and “Supporting Obligation” have the respective meanings set forth in Article 9 of the UCC.

2.03 Additional Definitions. As used herein:

Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Borrower” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Collateral Agent” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

Copyrights” means all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications for copyright registrations, including all renewals and extensions thereof, all rights to recover for past, present or future infringements thereof and all other rights whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

Excluded Asset” means any property excluded from the Collateral by operation of Section 2.02.

Excluded Equity” means stock in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting stock of each Foreign Subsidiary.

Grantor” and “Grantors” have the meanings specified in the preamble.

Initial Pledged Equity” means the Equity Interests of each Issuer beneficially owned by any Grantor on the date hereof and identified in Schedule 2.

Intellectual Property Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(a).

 

2


Issuers” means, collectively, (i) the respective Persons identified on Schedule 2 under the caption “Issuer”, (ii) any other Person that shall at any time be a Subsidiary of The Borrower, and (iii) the issuer of any equity securities hereafter owned by any Grantor.

Joinder” has the meaning specified in Section 4.05(b).

Lender” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

New Grantor” has the meaning specified in Section 4.05(b).

Original Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Lender” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Original Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in the first recital.

Patents” means all patents and patent applications, including the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein together with the reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations in part thereof, all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, all damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof and rights to sue therefor, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

Pledged Equity” means, collectively, (i) the Initial Pledged Equity and (ii) all other Equity Interests of any Issuer now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, together in each case with (x) all certificates representing the same, if any, (y) all shares, securities, moneys or other property representing a dividend on or a distribution or return of capital on or in respect of any such Pledged Equity, or resulting from a split-up, revision, reclassification or other like change of any such Pledged Equity or otherwise received in exchange therefor, and any warrants, rights or options issued to the holders of, or otherwise in respect of, any such Pledged Equity, and (z) without prejudice to any provision of any of the Loan Documents prohibiting any merger or consolidation by an Issuer, all Equity Interests of any successor entity of any such merger or consolidation, but in all cases excluding all Excluded Equity.

Restatement Amendment” has the meaning specified in the second recital.

Secured Obligations” means the Obligations, other than the Warrant Obligations.

Secured Parties” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

Securities Account” has the meaning given to it in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC.

Trademarks” means all trade names, trademarks and service marks, logos, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for trademark and service mark registrations, including all renewals of trademark and service mark registrations, all rights to recover for all past, present and future infringements thereof and all rights to sue therefor, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, together, in each case, with the product lines and goodwill of the business connected with the use thereof.

 

3


Section 3. Security Interest.

3.01 Granting Clause. As collateral security for the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations, each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, a Lien in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of its property, in each case whether tangible or intangible, wherever located, and whether now owned by such Grantor or hereafter acquired and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence, including without limitation all of the following, but excluding all Excluded Assets (collectively, and subject to the proviso at the end of this Section 2.01, “Collateral”):

(a) Accounts;

(b) Chattel Paper;

(c) Commercial Tort Claims;

(d) Commodities Accounts and Commodity Contracts;

(e) Deposit Accounts;

(f) Documents;

(g) Equipment;

(h) Fixtures;

(i) General Intangibles;

(j) Goods;

(k) Instruments;

(l) Intellectual Property;

(m) Inventory;

(n) Investment Property;

(o) Letter of Credit Rights and Letters of Credit;

(p) Supporting Obligations;

(q) Securities Accounts;

 

4


(r) all books, records, writings, databases, information and other property relating to, used or useful in connection with, evidencing, embodying, incorporating or referring to, any of the foregoing in this Section 2.01;

(s) all other property and rights of every kind and description and interests therein; and

(t) all Proceeds of the foregoing and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments under or in respect of insurance or insurance policies (whether or not Lender is the loss payee thereof).

3.02 Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include, and each Grantor shall not be deemed to have granted a security interest in, any of such Grantor’s right, title or interest in:

(a) any Contract to which any Grantor is a party, in each case, if and only if, and solely to the extent that, (i)(x) the grant of a security interest therein shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default or invalidity thereunder or thereof (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law or principles of equity), and (y) if such Contract existed or was in effect on the Closing Date and constituted either a Material Agreement or a Contract related to Material Intellectual Property, such Contract is listed on Schedule 10 hereto together with a summary explanation (in reasonable detail) of the reason a security interest cannot be granted therein, or (ii) such Contract (x) is an “off the shelf” license of intellectual property that does not qualify as a Material Agreement or relate to any Material Intellectual Property or that can be replaced without a material expenditure, or (y) is executed by the applicable Grantor after the date hereof (provided that the applicable Grantor, prior to entering into or obtaining such Contract, used commercially reasonable efforts to permit the collateral assignment thereof but was unsuccessful in obtaining such permission); provided that immediately upon the time at which the consequences described in the foregoing clause (i)(x) shall no longer exist, the Collateral shall include, and the applicable Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in such Contract;

(b) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, in each case other than to the extent a Lien thereon can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC;

(c) any application for registration of a Trademark filed on an intent-to-use basis, solely to the extent that the grant of a security interest in any such trademark application would materially adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the resulting trademark registration or result in cancellation of such trademark application; provided that immediately upon the time at which the consequences described in the foregoing clause (c) shall no longer exist, the Collateral shall include, and the applicable Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in such Trademark;

 

5


(d) any property owned by any Grantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a Lien securing a Capital Lease Obligation, in each case permitted to be incurred under the Credit Agreement;

(e) any Excluded Deposit Accounts; and

(f) any Excluded Equity.

3.03 Perfection and Recordation. Each Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to file UCC financing statements in any jurisdiction that the Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable, which financing statements may describe the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property and fixtures” of such Grantor (provided that no such description shall be deemed to modify the description of Collateral set forth herein).

3.04 Rights to Certain Collateral. Until the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Grantors shall:

(a) have the right to exercise all voting, consensual and other powers of ownership pertaining to the Pledged Equity for all purposes not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other Instrument or agreement referred to herein or therein; provided that the Grantors jointly and severally agree that they will not vote the Pledged Equity in any manner that is in violation of with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) be entitled to receive and retain any dividends, distributions or proceeds on the Pledged Equity paid in cash out of earned surplus; and

(c) be permitted to exploit, use, enjoy, protect, defend, enforce, license, sublicense, assign, sell, dispose of or take other actions with respect to the Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business.

3.05 Grantors Remain Liable. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a) each Grantor will remain liable under all Contracts included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein and will perform all of its duties and obligations under such Contracts to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed;

(b) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder will not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under any such Contracts included in the Collateral; and

(c) the Collateral Agent will not have any obligation or liability under any Contracts included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor will the Collateral Agent be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

6


3.06 Security Interest Absolute, etc. This Agreement shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable grant of security interest, and shall remain in full force and effect until the date on which the Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted) are paid in full in cash. All rights of the Collateral Agent and the security interests and Liens granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder for the benefit of the Secured Parties in and on the Collateral, and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder, shall, in each case, be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of any Loan Document;

(b) the failure of the Collateral Agent (i) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Grantors or any other Person under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, or (ii) to exercise any right or remedy against (x) any other Person who may from time to time be a guarantor of, or grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in or Lien on any of such Person’s assets as collateral security for, all or any of the Obligations or (y) any Collateral securing all or any of the Obligations;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any part of the Secured Obligations, or any other extension, compromise or renewal of any Secured Obligations;

(d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Secured Obligations for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and each Grantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Secured Obligations or otherwise;

(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to or departure from, any of the terms of any Loan Document;

(f) any addition, exchange or release of any Collateral or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any surrender or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any amendment, addition to or other modification or waiver or release of, or consent to or departure from, any guaranty from time to time in favor of the Collateral Agent securing all or any of the Secured Obligations; or

(g) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Grantors or any other Person (including any Person who may from time to time be a surety or a guarantor of all or any of the Secured Obligations) other than payment in full in cash of the Obligations (excluding contingent obligations as to which no claims have been asserted).

Section 4. Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

 

7


4.01 [Reserved].

4.02 The Collateral.

(a) Such Grantor is the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral in which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, and no Lien exists upon such Collateral (and no right or option to acquire the same exists in favor of any other Person) other than Permitted Liens.

(b) As soon as Section 4.01 has been complied with, the security interest created hereby will constitute a valid first-priority (subject to Permitted Priority Liens) perfected Lien on the Collateral.

4.03 Names, Etc. The full and correct legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, organizational ID number and notice address of such Grantor as of the date hereof are correctly set forth in Schedule 1 and Schedule 1 correctly specifies the place of business of such Grantor or, if such Grantor has more than one place of business, the location of the chief executive office of such Grantor.

4.04 Changes in Circumstances. Such Grantor has not (i) within the period of four months prior to the date hereof, changed its location (as defined in Section 9-307 of the NYUCC), or (ii) within the period of five years prior to the date hereof, except as specified in Schedule 1, heretofore changed its name.

4.05 Pledged Equity.

(a) The Initial Pledged Equity constitutes 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Issuer that are beneficially owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (other than Excluded Equity and any Equity Interests held in a Securities Account referred to in Schedule 7), whether or not registered in the name of such Grantor. Schedule 2 correctly identifies, as at the date hereof, (i) the respective Issuers of the Initial Pledged Equity, (ii) (in the case of any corporate Issuer) the respective class and par value of such Equity Interests, (iii) the respective number of such Equity Interests (and registered owner thereof) represented by each such certificate pledged hereunder, and (iv) the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Issuer that is beneficially owned by such Grantor, and thus pledged hereunder. There are no issued and outstanding certificates representing any of the Pledged Equity, and all of the Initial Pledged Equity constitutes “uncertificated securities” under the UCC.

(b) The Initial Pledged Equity are, and all other Pledged Equity that in the future will constitute Collateral will be, (i) duly authorized, validly existing, fully paid and non-assessable (in the case of any Equity Interests issued by a corporation) and (ii) duly issued and outstanding (in the case of any equity interest in any other entity). None of such Pledged Equity are or will be subject to any Contractual restriction, or any restriction under the Organic Documents of the respective Issuer thereof, upon the transfer of such Pledged Equity (except for any such restriction contained in or expressly permitted under any Loan Document, including any Restrictive Agreement permitted under Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement).

 

8


4.06 Promissory Notes. Schedule 3 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Promissory Notes (other than any held in a Securities Account referred to in Schedule 7) held by such Grantor on the date hereof.

4.07 Intellectual Property.

(a) Schedules 4, 5 and 6, respectively, set forth a complete and correct list of all of the following owned by such Grantor on the date hereof (or, in the case of any supplement to said Schedules 4, 5 and 6, effecting a pledge thereof, as of the date of such supplement):

(i) applied for or registered Copyrights,

(ii) applied for or registered Patents, including the jurisdiction and patent number,

(iii) applied for or registered Trademarks, including the jurisdiction, trademark application or registration number and the application or registration date, and

(iv) trade names.

(b) Except as permitted by Section 9 of the Credit Agreement or pursuant to licenses and other user agreements entered into by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business that are listed in said Schedules 4, 5 and 6 (including as supplemented by any supplement effecting a pledge thereof), such Grantor has done nothing to authorize or enable any other Person to use any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed in said Schedules 4, 5 and 6 (as so supplemented) which constitutes Material Intellectual Property, and all registrations listed in said Schedules 4, 5 and 6 (as so supplemented) relating to Material Intellectual Property are, except as noted therein, in full force and effect.

(c) Such Grantor owns and possesses the right to use all Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks listed on Schedules 4, 5 and 6 which constitutes Material Intellectual Property, respectively. To such Grantor’s knowledge, (i) except as set forth on Schedule 4, 5 or 6 (as supplemented by any supplement effecting a pledge thereof), there is no violation by others of any right of such Grantor with respect to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule 4, 5 or 6 (as so supplemented) which constitutes Material Intellectual Property, respectively, and (ii) such Grantor is not infringing in any respect upon any Copyright, Patent or Trademark of any other Person, in the case of clause (i) and (ii), except such violation or infringement which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No proceedings alleging such infringement have been instituted or are pending against such Grantor and no written claim against such Grantor has been received by such Grantor, alleging any such violation, except as may be set forth on Schedule 4, 5 or 6 (as so supplemented).

4.08 Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts. Schedule 7 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts of such Grantor on the date hereof.

 

9


4.09 Commercial Tort Claims. Schedule 8 sets forth a complete and correct list of all Commercial Tort Claims having a value in excess of $250,000 individually or in the aggregate of such Grantor in existence on the date hereof.

4.10 Inventory and Equipment. Schedule 9 sets forth all locations where any Inventory or Equipment owned by such Grantor (other than goods in transit, goods being repaired by a third party or goods that do not have a value in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate) are kept.

4.11 Possession of Inventory, Control; etc. Such Grantor has, and agrees that it will maintain, exclusive possession of its Documents, Instruments, Promissory Notes, Goods, Equipment and Inventory, other than (i) Equipment or Inventory in transit in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods in the possession of employees that do not have a value in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate and (iii) Instruments or Promissory Notes that have been delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

4.12 Compliance with Requirements of Law. Such Grantor has paid, and agrees to pay, promptly when due, all Claims upon the Collateral or incurred in connection with the use or operation of the Collateral or incurred in connection with this Agreement. All Claims imposed upon or assessed against the Collateral have been paid and discharged, except to the extent such Claims constitute a Permitted Lien. In the event any Grantor shall fail to make any such payment contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent may (following written notice to the Grantor) do so for the account of such Grantor and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent for all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Agent under this Section 3.12 in accordance with Section 7.05.

4.13 Accuracy of Information. All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in any documents, schedules and lists previously delivered to the Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, is true, accurate and complete in all material respects.

Section 5. Covenants. In furtherance of the grant of the security interest pursuant to Section 2, Grantors hereby jointly and severally agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

5.01 Delivery and Other Perfection. Each Grantor shall, on the Closing Date and thereafter promptly, upon the written reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, from time to time give, execute, deliver, file, record, authorize or obtain all financing statements, continuation statements, notices, Instruments, documents, agreements or consents or other papers as may be necessary or desirable in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent to create, preserve, perfect, maintain the perfection of or validate the security interest granted pursuant hereto or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights hereunder with respect to such security interest. Without limiting the foregoing, each Grantor shall, on the Closing Date and thereafter promptly from time to time upon written request from the Collateral Agent:

 

10


(a) with respect to any Pledged Equity or Investment Property constituting part of the Collateral that are represented by a certificate or Instrument, (x) deliver to the Collateral Agent any such certificates or Instruments, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by such instruments of assignment and transfer in such form and substance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all of which thereafter shall be held by the Collateral Agent, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, as part of the Collateral and (y) take such other action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created hereunder in such Collateral;

(b) with respect to any Pledged Equity or Investment Property constituting part of the Collateral that are not represented by a certificate or Instrument, (x) cause the Issuer either (i) to register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner of such securities or (ii) to agree in a record with such Grantor and the Collateral Agent that such issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such securities originated by the Collateral Agent without further consent of such Grantor, (y) unless expressly requested or consented to (in writing) by the Collateral Agent, not take or permit to be taken any action that could result in such Pledged Equity or Investment being represented by a certificate or Instrument, including “opting-in” to Article 8 of the UCC to become a “certificated security” for purposes thereof, and (z) take such other action as the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to duly record or otherwise perfect the security interest created hereunder in such Collateral;

(c) deliver to the Collateral Agent any and all Instruments constituting part of the Collateral and having a value in excess of $250,000 individually or in the aggregate, endorsed and/or accompanied by such instruments of assignment and transfer in such form and substance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request; provided, that (other than in the case of the Promissory Notes described in Schedule 3) until the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor may retain for collection in the ordinary course any Instruments received by such Grantor in the ordinary course of business and the Collateral Agent shall, promptly upon request of such Grantor, make appropriate arrangements for making any Instrument delivered by such Grantor available to such Grantor for purposes of presentation, collection or renewal (any such arrangement to be effected, to the extent requested by the Collateral Agent, against a trust receipt or like document);

(d) enter into control agreements, each in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, as required to perfect the security interest created hereby in any and all Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts and Letter of Credit Rights;

(e) to the extent it owns any Intellectual Property, (x) execute a Copyright Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B, a Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C and/or a Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D, as applicable, in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable; and (y) deliver, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed, registered or recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, any and all agreements, Instruments, documents, and papers which the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence, create, record, preserve, protect or perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral;

 

11


(f) keep full and accurate books and records relating to the Collateral, and stamp or otherwise mark such books and records in such manner as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require in order to reflect the security interests granted by this Agreement;

(g) subject to Section 8.06 of the Credit Agreement, permit representatives of the Collateral Agent, upon reasonable notice, at any time during normal business hours, to inspect and make abstracts from its books and records pertaining to the Collateral, and permit representatives of the Collateral Agent to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants;

(h) within 60 days of any Grantor acquiring any real property, execute and deliver a first priority mortgage in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such real property of such Grantor and cause any such mortgage to be recorded in the appropriate real property records;

(i) use commercially reasonable efforts to (x) execute and deliver a Landlord Consent, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with respect to any and all real property leased by such Grantor and (y) with respect to any location that is not covered by clause (h) or clause (i)(x) where such Grantor maintains Collateral at any time having a value in excess of $250,000 individually or in the aggregate, execute and deliver a Bailee Letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F;

(j) deliver to the Collateral Agent the original of each item of tangible Chattel Paper at any time constituting part of the Collateral and having a value in excess of $250,000 individually or in the aggregate and cause each such original and each copy thereof to bear a conspicuous legend, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, indicating that such tangible Chattel Paper is subject to the Lien granted hereby and that purchase of such tangible Chattel Paper by a Person other than the Collateral Agent without the consent of the Collateral Agent would violate the rights of the Secured Parties; and

(k) vest in the Collateral Agent control under Section 9-105 of the NYUCC of any electronic Chattel Paper at any time constituting part of the Collateral and having a value in excess of $250,000 individually or in the aggregate.

5.02 Other Financing Statements or Control. Except as otherwise permitted under the Loan Documents, no Grantor shall (i) file or suffer to be on file, or authorize or permit to be filed or to be on file, in any jurisdiction, any financing statement or like instrument with respect to any of the Collateral in which the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, is not named as the sole secured party (except to the extent that such financing statement or instrument relates to a Permitted Lien), or (ii) cause or permit any Person other than the Collateral Agent to have “control” (as defined in Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of the UCC) of any Deposit Account (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts), Securities Account, Commodity Account, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property or Letter Of Credit Right constituting part of the Collateral.

5.03 Pledged Equity. Grantors will cause the Pledged Equity to constitute at all times 100% of the total Equity Interests of each Issuer then outstanding that are beneficially owned by such Grantor (other than any Excluded Equity and Equity Interests held in a Securities Account referred to in Schedule 7), whether or not registered in the name of such Grantor.

 

12


5.04 Locations; Names, Etc. No Grantor shall (i) change its location (as defined in Section 9-307 of the NYUCC), (ii) change its name from the name shown as its current legal name on Schedule 1, or (iii) agree to or authorize any modification of the terms of any item of Collateral that would result in a change thereof from one NYUCC category to another such category (such as from a General Intangible to Investment Property), if the effect thereof would be to result in a loss of perfection of, or diminution of priority for, the security interests created hereunder in such item of Collateral, or the loss of control (within the meaning of Section 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 or 9-107 of the NYUCC) over such item of Collateral, unless in each case 10 days’ prior written notice has been provided to the Collateral Agent, or in the case of any modification of the terms of any item of Collateral, the provisions of this Agreement with respect to perfection therein are complied with, and in each case such change is not otherwise restricted by the terms of any Loan Document.

5.05 Further Assurances.

(a) Each Grantor agrees that, at its own expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents and take all other commercially reasonable actions that may be necessary or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect, preserve and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.

(b) If any Grantor forms or acquires any new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) (the “New Grantor”), within 60 days of such formation or acquisition, such Grantor will cause the New Grantor to, concurrently with the requirements of Section 8.12(a) of the Credit Agreement, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (x) a supplemental agreement (together with all schedules thereto, a “Joinder”) to this Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, and (y) to the extent New Grantor owns any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver a Copyright Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B, a Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C and/or a Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D, as applicable. Accordingly, upon the execution and delivery of any such Joinder by any such New Grantor, such New Grantor shall automatically and immediately, and without any further action on the part of any New Grantor, become a “Grantor” under and for all purposes of this Agreement, and each of the schedules hereto shall be supplemented in the manner specified in such Joinder.

5.06 Reporting. Concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01(b) or (c) of the Credit Agreement (and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 8.01(a) of the Credit Agreement), the Grantors shall furnish the Collateral Agent with a report that lists, with respect to such fiscal period:

(a) any Subsidiary formed or acquired by any Grantor;

(b) any Pledged Equity or Investment Property acquired by any Grantor;

 

13


(c) any change in name or jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor as permitted by the Loan Documents;

(d) any new location of Inventory or Equipment of any Grantor;

(e) all Promissory Notes, Instruments or Chattel Paper received by any Grantor;

(f) any Securities Account, Commodities Account or Deposit Account opened by any Grantor;

(g) the creation or acquisition of any Intellectual Property by any Grantor that is registered or becomes registered or is the subject of an application for registration with the U.S. Copyright Office or the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, or with any other equivalent foreign Governmental Authority;

(h) any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Rights acquired by any Grantor; and

(i) any Commercial Tort Claims acquired by any Grantor.

Section 6. The Collateral Agent.

6.01 Attorney in Fact. Without limiting any rights or powers granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Collateral Agent (acting through any of its officers, employees or agents) is hereby appointed the attorney in fact of each Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instruments that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof, in each of the foregoing instances, when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, which appointment as attorney in fact is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have the right and power to receive, endorse and collect all checks made payable to the order of any Grantor representing any dividend, payment or other distribution in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same.

6.02 Conditional Licensee.

(a) Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent a conditional, limited, non-exclusive, worldwide license to use or license, with the right to grant sublicenses, any of the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor and wherever the same may be located (“Intellectual Property Collateral”). The license shall include reasonable access to all media in which any of the Intellectual Property Collateral may be recorded or stored. The license will be without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor.

(b) The license takes effect if and only if an Event of Default occurs. The license will be in effect and irrevocable only for so long as the Event of Default continues, and will terminate on the date on which all Secured Obligations are paid in full.

 

14


(c) The Collateral Agent may use the license granted pursuant to this Section 5.02 as it deems necessary to exercise its rights and remedies under Section 6 or any other Loan Document or rights and remedies available to the Collateral Agent at law. Any rights that the Collateral Agent is granted under such license will be limited to the extent they would violate or conflict with any then-existing licensing agreements to the extent waivers cannot be obtained by such Grantor using commercially reasonably efforts. Such Grantor will use commercially reasonable efforts to remove any restrictions preventing such Grantor from granting the full scope of rights described in Section 5.02(a). Any use, license, or sublicense of the Intellectual Property Collateral must be conditioned on the user, licensee, or sublicensee agreeing to maintain the same quality of the goods and services that such Grantor offered and maintained immediately prior to the Event of Default.

6.03 No Duty. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for reasonable care of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or responsibility for:

(a) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Investment Property, whether or not the Collateral Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or

(b) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior or other parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.

6.04 No Assumption of Obligations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Collateral Agent is not assuming any liability or obligation of any Grantor or any of its Affiliates of whatever nature, whether presently in existence or arising or asserted hereafter. All such liabilities and obligations shall be retained by and remain obligations and liabilities of the applicable Grantor and/or its Affiliates, as the case may be. Without limiting the foregoing, the Collateral Agent is not assuming and shall not be responsible for any liabilities or Claims of any Grantor or its Affiliates, whether present or future, absolute or contingent, and each Grantor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent from and against all such liabilities, Claims and Liens.

Section 7. Remedies.

7.01 Event of Default. Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the NYUCC (whether or not a version of the NYUCC is in effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted) and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the Law in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies hereunder may be asserted, including the right, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to exercise all voting, consensual and other powers of ownership pertaining to the Collateral as if the Collateral Agent was the sole and absolute owner thereof (and each Grantor agrees to take all such action as may be appropriate to give effect to such right). Without limiting the foregoing:

 

15


(a) the Collateral Agent may, in its name or in the name of any Grantor or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or other property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so;

(b) the Collateral Agent may make any reasonable compromise or settlement it deems desirable with respect to any of the Collateral and may extend the time of payment, arrange for payment in installments, or otherwise modify the terms of, any of the Collateral;

(c) the Collateral Agent may require Grantors to notify (and each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to so notify) each account debtor in respect of any Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible, and each obligor on any Instrument, constituting part of the Collateral that such Collateral has been assigned to Secured Parties hereunder, and to instruct that any payments due or to become due in respect of such Collateral shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent or as it may direct (and if any such payments, or any other Proceeds of Collateral, are received by any Grantor they shall be held in trust by such Grantor for the benefit of Secured Parties and be promptly remitted or delivered to the Collateral Agent for application as provided herein);

(d) the Collateral Agent may require Grantors to assemble the Collateral at such place or places convenient to the Collateral Agent, as the Collateral Agent may direct;

(e) the Collateral Agent may require Grantors to cause the Pledged Equity to be transferred of record into the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee (and the Collateral Agent agrees that if any of such Pledged Equity is transferred into its name or the name of its nominee, the Collateral Agent will thereafter promptly give to the respective Grantor copies of any notices and communications received by it with respect to such Pledged Equity); and

(f) the Collateral Agent may sell, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral, at such place or places as the Collateral Agent deems best, and for cash or for credit or for future delivery (without thereby assuming any credit risk), at public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to effect any such disposition or of the time or place thereof (except such notice as is required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and the Secured Parties, the Collateral Agent or anyone else may be the purchaser, lessee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral so disposed of at any public sale (or, to the extent permitted by law, at any private sale) and thereafter hold the same absolutely, free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any right or equity of redemption (statutory or otherwise), of Grantors, any such demand, notice and right or equity being hereby expressly waived and released. In the event of any sale, assignment, or other disposition of any of the Collateral consisting of Trademarks, the goodwill connected with and symbolized by the Trademarks subject to such disposition shall be included. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for the sale, and such sale may be made at any time or place to which the sale may be so adjourned.

7.02 Deficiency. If the proceeds of any sale, collection or other realization of or upon the Collateral pursuant to Section 6.01 are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been made), Grantors shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

16


7.03 Sale of Collateral.

(a) The Grantors agree that to the extent the Collateral Agent is required by any applicable Law to give reasonable prior notice of any sale or other disposition of any Collateral, ten days’ notice shall be deemed to constitute reasonable prior notice.

(b) The Collateral Agent shall incur no liability as a result of the sale of the Collateral, or any part thereof, at any private sale conducted in a commercially reasonable manner (except to the extent of Collateral Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith and willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment). Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent, the Secured Parties or any of them arising by reason of the fact that the price at which the Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale or was less than the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations, even if the Collateral Agent, the Secured Parties or any of them accepts the first offer received and does not offer the Collateral to more than one offeree.

(c) Grantors recognize that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Collateral for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Grantors acknowledge that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Collateral Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agree that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for public sale.

7.04 Rights in Pledged Equity. During the existence of an Event of Default, whether or not the Collateral Agent exercises any available right to declare any Secured Obligations due and payable or seeks or pursues any other relief or remedy available to them under applicable law or under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement relating to such Secured Obligation:

(a) all dividends and other distributions on the Pledged Equity shall be paid directly to the Collateral Agent for distribution to Secured Parties and retained by it as part of the Collateral, subject to the terms of this Agreement, and, if the Collateral Agent shall so request in writing, Grantors jointly and severally agree to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent appropriate additional dividend, distribution and other orders and documents to that end; and

(b) the Collateral Agent may exercise (to the exclusion of the applicable Obligor) the voting power and all other incidental rights of ownership with respect to any Pledged Equity, and the applicable Obligor hereby grants the Collateral Agent an irrevocable proxy (which proxy is coupled with an interest), and such Obligor shall promptly deliver to the Collateral Agent such additional proxies or other documents as may be necessary or desirable to allow the Collateral Agent to exercise such voting power.

 

17


7.05 Application of Proceeds. Except as otherwise herein expressly provided and except as provided below, the Proceeds of any collection, sale or other realization of all or any part of the Collateral pursuant hereto, and any other cash at the time held by the Collateral Agent, shall be applied by the Collateral Agent as set forth in Section 4.01(b) of the Credit Agreement.

Section 8. Miscellaneous.

8.01 Loan Document. This Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof.

8.02 Notices. All notices, requests, consents and demands hereunder shall be delivered in accordance with Section 14.02 of the Credit Agreement.

8.03 No Waiver. No failure on the part of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Collateral Agent of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

8.04 Amendments, Etc. The terms of this Agreement may be waived, altered or amended only in accordance with Section 14.04 of the Credit Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

8.05 Expenses.

(a) Grantors shall pay or reimburse the Collateral Agent for costs and expenses in accordance with Section 14.03(a) of the Credit Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

(b) Grantors shall hereby indemnify the Collateral Agent, its Affiliates and its directors, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, advisors and controlling parties in accordance with Section 14.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, mutatis mutandis.

8.06 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each Grantor, each Secured Party and the Collateral Agent (provided, that no Grantor shall assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent).

8.07 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

18


8.08 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction, except to the extent that the perfection, effect of perfection or nonperfection, and priority of the security interest hereunder, or remedies hereunder, in respect of any particular Collateral are governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the state of New York.

(b) Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Grantor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or any judgment entered by any court in respect thereof may be brought in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court for the purpose of any such suit, action, proceeding or judgment. This Section 7.08(b) is for the benefit of the Secured Parties only and, as a result, no Secured Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by applicable Laws, the Secured Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(c) Waiver of Venue. Each Grantor irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and hereby further irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment (in respect of which time for all appeals has elapsed) in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which such Grantor is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment.

(d) Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.02. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

8.09 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

8.10 Captions. The table of contents, captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

8.11 Agents and Attorneys in Fact. The Collateral Agent may employ agents and attorneys in fact in connection herewith and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys in fact selected by it in good faith.

 

19


8.12 Severability. If any provision hereof is found by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the parties agree that such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

8.13 Termination. When all Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full in cash, this Agreement automatically shall terminate, and the Collateral Agent shall, upon request of Grantors, cause to be assigned, transferred and delivered, against receipt but without any recourse, warranty or representation whatsoever, any remaining Collateral and money received in respect thereof, to or on the order of the respective Grantor, at such Grantor’s sole expense. The Collateral Agent shall also, at the sole expense of such Grantor, promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor, upon such termination any documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the respective Grantor to effect the termination and release of the liens on the Collateral.

8.14 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement amends and restates the Original Security Agreement but does not constitute and, is not intended to create, a novation or accord and satisfaction. All security interests and other Liens granted or conveyed with respect to the Collateral (As defined in the Original Security Agreement) pursuant to the Original Security Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall constitute Collateral hereunder, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute a termination, release or extinguishment of any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent that was in effect immediately prior to the date hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

PIPSTEK, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

TDO SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to A&R Security Agreement]


COLLATERAL AGENT:
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By  

 

Name: Sandeep Dixit
Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By  

 

Name: Sam Chawla
Title: Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to A&R Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

to Security Agreement

CERTAIN GRANTOR INFORMATION

 

Grantor

   Legal Name      Type of
Organization
     Jurisdiction
of
Organization
     Organization
ID Number
(if
applicable)
     Mailing
Address
     Chief
Executive
Office
     Other Places
of Business
     Former
Names (both
legal names
and d/b/as)
     Former
Chief
Executive
Offices or
Places of
Business
 
                          

 


SCHEDULE 2

to Security Agreement

PLEDGED SHARES

1. Pledged LLC Interests. Interests in each limited liability company as follows:

2. Pledged Partnership Interests. Interests in each general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership as follows:

3. Pledged Stock. Interests in each corporation as follows:


SCHEDULE 3

to Security Agreement

PROMISSORY NOTES


SCHEDULE 4

to Security Agreement

COPYRIGHTS, COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS FOR COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS


SCHEDULE 5

to Security Agreement

PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS


SCHEDULE 6

to Security Agreement

TRADE NAMES, TRADEMARKS, SERVICES MARKS, TRADEMARK AND SERVICE MARK REGISTRATIONS AND APPLICATIONS FOR TRADEMARK AND SERVICE MARK REGISTRATIONS


SCHEDULE 7

to Security Agreement

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS, SECURITIES ACCOUNTS AND COMMODITY ACCOUNTS


SCHEDULE 8

to Security Agreement

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS


SCHEDULE 9

to Security Agreement

LOCATIONS OF INVENTORY AND EQUIPMENT


SCHEDULE 10

to Security Agreement

RESTRICTIVE CONTRACTS


EXHIBIT A

to Security Agreement

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “Joinder Agreement”), dated as of [__________], is made by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL GRANTOR], a [__________] ( “Joining Grantor”), in favor of Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, “Collateral Agent”) under that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement (as amended, supplemented, restated, extended, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”; capitalized terms used herein by not defined shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms therein), dated as of August 23, 2021, among the Borrower, the other Grantors party thereto and Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS, Joining Grantor is required by Section 4.05(a) of the Security Agreement and Section 8.12(a) of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Joining Grantor will materially benefit directly and indirectly from the Loans made available and to be made available to the Borrower by the Lender under the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, Joining Grantor hereby agrees as follows with Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties:

 

1.

Joinder. Joining Grantor hereby irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally becomes a party to the Security Agreement as a Grantor and agrees to be bound by all the terms, conditions, covenants, obligations, liabilities and undertakings of each Grantor or to which each Grantor is subject thereunder, all with the same force and effect as if Joining Grantor were a signatory to the Security Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Joining Grantor hereby pledges and grants to Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral owned by it, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder.

 

2.

Affirmations. Joining Grantor hereby makes, as to itself, each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Grantors contained in the Security Agreement. Joining Grantor also represents and warrants to Collateral Agent that (i) it has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Joinder Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Joinder Agreement; (ii) no consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance, validity or enforceability of this Joinder Agreement; (iii) this Joinder Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of Joining Grantor; and (iv) this Joinder Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Joining Grantor enforceable against such Joining Grantor in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).


3.

Supplemental Schedules. Attached to this Joinder Agreement are duly completed schedules (the “Supplemental Schedules”) supplementing the respective Schedules to the Security Agreement. Joining Grantor represents and warrants that the information contained on each of the Supplemental Schedules with respect to such Joining Grantor and its properties is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as of the date hereof. Such Supplemental Schedules shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement.

 

4.

Severability. The provisions of this Joinder Agreement are independent of and separable from each other. If any provision hereof shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, but this Joinder Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

5.

Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile or in electronic format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

 

6.

Delivery. Joining Grantor hereby irrevocably waives notice of acceptance of this Joinder Agreement and acknowledges that the Secured Obligations are incurred, and Loans under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents made and maintained, in reliance on this Joinder Agreement and Joining Grantor’s joinder as a party to the Security Agreement as herein provided.

 

7.

Governing Law. This Joinder Agreement and any claim, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Joinder Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

A-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Joining Grantor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[INSERT NAME OF JOINING GRANTOR], as Grantor
By           
  Name:
  Title:

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as
Collateral Agent
By PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP,
LLC, its general partner
By           
  Name:
  Title:
By           
  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


[ATTACH APPROPRIATE SCHEDULE SUPPLEMENTS]

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

to Security Agreement

FORM OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [__________], 20[__] (“Copyright Security Agreement”), made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “Copyright Grantors”), is in favor of Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Copyright Grantors are party to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of August 23, 2021 (the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Copyright Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement, each Copyright Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in, and the Collateral Agent has become a secured creditor with respect to, the Copyright Collateral (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lender to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Copyright Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Copyright Grantor or in which such Copyright Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

(a) all Copyrights of such Copyright Grantor, including, without limitation, the registered and applied-for Copyrights of such Copyright Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto;

(b) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all Proceeds of any of the foregoing; and

(c) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all causes of action arising prior to or after the date hereof for infringement of any of the Copyrights.

The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement, and the Copyright Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall govern.

 

B-1


Each Copyright Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the United States Copyright Office record this Copyright Security Agreement.

THIS COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Copyright Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Copyright Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Copyright Grantor has caused this COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

[ASSIGNOR(S)]

By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Address:   _________________________________
  _________________________________
  _________________________________
  _________________________________
  _________________________________

 

Accepted and Agreed:
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as Collateral Agent
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By                   
Name:
Title:
By                   
Name:
Title:

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

B-3


Schedule 1

COPYRIGHTS

Copyright Registrations

 

Title of Work

  

Reg. No.

  

Reg. Date

  

Owner

        

 

B-4


Exhibit C

to Security Agreement

FORM OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [__________], 20[__] (“Patent Security Agreement”), made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “Patent Grantors”), is in favor of Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Patent Grantors are party to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of August 23, 2021 (the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Patent Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement, each Patent Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in, and the Collateral Agent has become a secured creditor with respect to, the Patent Collateral (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lender to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Patent Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Patent Grantor or in which such Patent Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

(a) all Patents of such Patent Grantor, including, without limitation, the registered and applied-for Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto;

(b) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all Proceeds of any of the foregoing; and

(c) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all causes of action arising prior to or after the date hereof for infringement of any of the Patents.

The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement, and the Patent Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall govern.

 

C-1


Each Patent Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks record this Patent Security Agreement.

THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

This Patent Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Patent Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Patent Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Patent Grantor has caused this PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

[ASSIGNOR(S)]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as Collateral Agent
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

C-3


Schedule 1

PATENTS

Patent Registrations and Applications

 

Patent

   Reg. No.
(App. No.)
   Reg. Date
(App. Date)
   Owner

 

C-4


Exhibit D

to Security Agreement

FORM OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of [__________], 20[__] (“Trademark Security Agreement”), made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “Trademark Grantors”), is in favor of Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Trademark Grantors are party to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as August 23, 2021 (the “Security Agreement”) in favor of the Collateral Agent, pursuant to which the Trademark Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement (capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement, each Trademark Grantor has created in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in, and the Collateral Agent has become a secured creditor with respect to, the Trademark Collateral (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Collateral Agent and the Lender to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lender to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Trademark Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”), as collateral security for the complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all Secured Obligations:

(a) all Trademarks of such Trademark Grantor, including, without limitation, the registered and applied-for Trademarks of such Grantor listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto;

(b) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

(c) to the extent not covered by clause (a), the goodwill of the businesses with which the Trademarks are associated; and

(d) to the extent not covered by clause (a), all causes of action arising prior to or after the date hereof for infringement of any of the Trademarks or unfair competition regarding the same.

The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement, and the Trademark Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall govern.

 

D-1


Each Trademark Grantor hereby authorizes and requests that the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks record this Trademark Security Agreement.

THIS TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Trademark Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Trademark Security Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Trademark Grantor has caused this TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

[ASSIGNOR(S)]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as Collateral Agent
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

D-3


Schedule 1

TRADEMARKS

Trademark Registrations and Applications

 

Trademark

   Reg. No.
(App. No.)
   Reg. Date
(App. Date)
   Owner

 

D-4


Exhibit E

to Security Agreement

FORM OF LANDLORD CONSENT

This CONSENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [                ], 20[ ], by and between [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD] (“Landlord”), [INSERT NAME OF TENANT] (“Tenant”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP (“Collateral Agent”), with reference to the following facts:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain lease, dated as of [                ], 20[ ] (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) more fully described in Annex A;

WHEREAS, Tenant has entered into (i) that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021, among [Sonendo, Inc.] [Tenant], as borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto [including Tenant], the Lender and the Collateral Agent (the “Credit Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2021, among [Sonendo, Inc.] [Tenant], the other Grantors from time to time party thereto [including Tenant], and Collateral Agent (the “Security Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Collateral Agent has obtained a continuing security interest, which includes Tenant’s personal property located within the Premises described in Annex A attached hereto (the “Collateral”), until all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations) under the Credit Agreement have been repaid in full in cash and the Commitment thereunder has been terminated (the capitalized terms used above but not defined shall have the definition provided in the Credit Agreement);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Landlord waives and releases each and every right which Landlord now has under applicable law or by virtue of the lease for the Premises now in effect, to levy or distrain upon for rent, in arrears, in advance or both, or to claim or assert title to the Collateral that is located on the Premises.

 

2.

The Collateral shall be considered to be personal property and shall not be considered part of the Premises regardless of whether or by what means it is or may become attached or affixed to the Premises. Landlord shall provide prompt written notice to Collateral Agent at the address set forth in its signature block of any early termination or expiration of the lease or any abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

 

E-1


3.

So long as Tenant remains in possession of the Premises, Landlord will not dispose of any of the Collateral nor assert any right or interest therein. If any Collateral remains on the Premises after Tenant has vacated the Premises (whether upon early termination or expiration of the lease or abandonment of the Premises or otherwise), Landlord (i) will not dispose of any of the Collateral nor assert any right or interest therein, unless Collateral Agent has had a reasonable period of time (in any case, not less than 30 days after Collateral Agent has actual knowledge that Tenant has vacated the Premises) to exercise Collateral Agent’s rights in and to the Collateral, and (ii) will permit Collateral Agent, or its agents or representatives, upon two business days’ prior written notice by Collateral Agent to Landlord at the address set forth in its signature block, to enter upon the Premises during such 30 day period for the purpose of exercising any right Collateral Agent may have under the terms of the Credit Agreement or Security Agreement, at law, or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to remove the Collateral.

If any order or injunction is issued or stay granted which prohibits Collateral Agent from exercising any of its rights hereunder, then, at Collateral Agent’s option, the period set forth in this Paragraph 3 shall be stayed during the period of such prohibition and shall continue thereafter for the greater of (x) the number of days remaining for Collateral Agent to perform under this Paragraph 3 or (y) 30 days.

 

4.

Collateral Agent and Tenant agree, jointly and severally, promptly to repair any damage to the Premises caused by Collateral Agent’s or its agent’s removal of the Collateral or, if Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall elect to make such repairs, to pay to Landlord promptly the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. Collateral Agent hereby indemnifies Landlord for any claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or in connection with Collateral Agent’s or its agent’s entry upon the Premises and removal of the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Collateral Agent shall not (a) be liable for any diminution in value of the Premises caused by the absence of any Collateral so removed or (b) have any duty or obligation to remove or dispose of any Collateral or any other property left on the Premises by Tenant.

 

5.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York.

 

6.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission (in PDF format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

7.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

(signatures on following page)

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument at                 , this                  day of                 , 20___.

 

[LANDLORD’S NAME], as Landlord
By _______________________________________
Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:
[__________]  
[__________]  
Attn: [__________]
Tel.: [__________]
Fax: [__________]
Email: [__________]

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as

Collateral Agent

By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES

GP, LLC, its general partner

By _______________________________________
Name:
Title:
By _______________________________________
Name:
Title:

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn: Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

E-3


Acknowledged and Agreed to:
[TENANT’S NAME], as Tenant
By  

 

Name:
Title:

 

E-4


ANNEX A

Description of Premises

 

E-5


Exhibit F

to Security Agreement

FORM OF BAILEE LETTER

[INSERT DATE]

 

To:

[INSERT NAME AND ADDRESS OF BAILEE]

                                                 

                                                 

                                                 

 

  Re:

[INSERT NAME OF RELEVANT OBLIGOR]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are the agent for certain lending institutions that are making or have made certain credit extensions to [Sonendo, Inc. (the “Company”)]6 [Sonendo, Inc., the [direct] [indirect] parent of [OBLIGOR] (the “Company”), and Company has provided a guaranty thereof]7. The Company has entered into (i) that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021, among [Sonendo, Inc.] [the Company], as borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto [including the Company], the Lender and ourselves, as Collateral Agent (the “Credit Agreement”) and (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2021 among [Sonendo, Inc.] [the Company], the other Grantors from time to time party thereto [including the Company], and ourselves, as Collateral Agent (the “Security Agreement”).

Pursuant to the Security Agreement, we have obtained a continuing security interest in all of the Company’s personal property (the “Collateral”), until all Obligations (other than Warrant Obligations) under the Credit Agreement have been repaid in full in cash and the Commitment thereunder has been terminated (the capitalized terms used above but not defined shall have the definition provided in the Credit Agreement).

We understand that the Company has made arrangements with you to locate from time to time certain Collateral at the location(s) described in Annex A hereto (the “Premises”). (The agreement between you and the Company governing the location of the Collateral at the Premises shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement.”)

Because Collateral will be located at the Premises, we will require certain agreements and acknowledgments from you. Accordingly, we would appreciate your execution of this letter.

By your signature below you acknowledge notice of our security interest in the Collateral.

 

 

6 

Insert if obligor is Sonendo, Inc.

7 

Insert if obligor is a guarantor

 

Exhibit H-1


This letter will also confirm your agreement to the following:

The Collateral located at the Premises will be and remain personal property of the Company, and such Collateral will not be deemed a fixture or part of the Premises.

Until such time as the security interests in the Collateral granted to us by the Company have been terminated, you disclaim any liens on, claims to, or interest in the Collateral and the proceeds thereof and agree not to assert any claim against the Collateral or proceeds thereof.

You will allow us, or our auditors or other agents or representatives, reasonable access to the Premises from time to time to inspect the Collateral.

In the event that the Company defaults in its obligations under the Agreement or abandons or surrenders the Premises, or you desire or elect to terminate or exercise remedies under the Agreement for any reason, you will provide notice to us in writing of this fact, at the address provided beneath our signature block, prior to your terminating or exercising remedies under the Agreement and retaking possession of the Premises. In such event, you will allow us, at our option, 30 days from our receipt of such notice in which to cure or request the Company to cure such default.

Upon our request, you will grant us, or our agents or representatives on our behalf, access to the Premises at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice so that we may preserve, protect and enforce our security interests. In such event you will allow us, or our agents or representatives on our behalf, access to the Premises to assemble, appraise, repair, service and maintain the Collateral, to show the Collateral to potential purchasers or lessees, to prepare the Collateral for removal for return to us or for other sale or disposition and to remove the Collateral from the Premises. At your option, you may elect to have an agent accompany us or our agents or representatives while on the Premises; provided that your failure to have your agent accompany us or our agents or representatives will not in any way limit our right to enter upon the Premises. While on the Premises, we will use reasonable efforts so as not to disturb any other tenant, occupant or you. We will reimburse you for, or repair, at our cost, any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of the Collateral or otherwise caused by us or our agents or representatives during our possession of the Premises.

You will permit us to remain on the Premises for a period of up to 30 days following receipt by us of written notice from you that you are in possession and control of the Premises, have terminated the Agreement and are directing removal of the Collateral. Any extensions of the foregoing period shall be with your written consent.

Nothing herein contained will be deemed to make us a tenant at the Premises, or be deemed to delegate any duties or obligations to us under the Agreement or constitute any assumption thereof by us of any unperformed or unpaid obligations of the Company under the Agreement. This letter will be governed and controlled by, and interpreted under, the laws of the State of New York. You will notify any purchaser or successor owner or landlord of the Premises of the existence of this letter, which will be binding upon your executors, administrators, successors, transferees or assignees.

 

 

Exhibit H-2


This letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this letter by facsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this letter.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

Exhibit H-3


Very truly yours,
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP
By: PERCEPTIVE CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES GP, LLC, its general partner
By  

     

Name:
Title:
By  

     

Name:
Title:

Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor place, 10th floor

New York, NY 10003
Attn:   Sandeep Dixit
Email: [Redacted]

 

Accepted and approved:
[BAILEE’S NAME]
By  

     

Name:
Title:
Address for Notices:
[                    ]
[                    ]
Attn:   [                    ]
Tel.:   [                    ]
Fax:   [                    ]
Email:   [                    ]

 

Exhibit H-4


Acknowledged and agreed to:
[COMPANY’S NAME]
By  

 

Name:
Title:

 

Exhibit H-5


Exhibit I

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF WARRANT AGREEMENT

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.3 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    SONENDO, INC. a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    275,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred Stock
Stock Warrant Price:    $11.00 per share
Issue Date:    August 23, 2021
Expiration Date:    August 23, 2031
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021, among Perceptive Credit Holdings, LP III, as Lender and Collateral Agent, the Company, and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP (“Perceptive”) and, together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant (in whole or in part) or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the Company at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

Section 1. EXERCISE.

1.01 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (the “Aggregate Warrant Price”).

 

Exhibit H-6


1.02 Cashless Exercise. In lieu of paying the cash amount upon exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1, if the Fair Market Value (defined below in Section 1.3) of one Share is greater than the Warrant Price (at the date of calculation described below in Section 1.3), the Holder may elect to pay the Aggregate Warrant Price in Shares rather than cash by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of such date of calculation equal to the Aggregate Warrant Price.

1.03 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.04 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days following the date the Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company pursuant to Section 5.5), the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares (and portion of this Warrant) that are not subject to the Holder’s Notice of Exercise.

1.05 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.06 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which (pursuant to any such event) the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s

 

Exhibit H-7


(or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately simultaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) Notice of Cash/Public Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with prior written notice of any Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which Notice shall be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Non-Cash/Public Acquisitions. Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) Limitations On Exercise. Any term or provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not effect the exercise of this Warrant, and no Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such Person (together with such Person’s affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Company’s common stock beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates shall include the number of shares of such common stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to

 

Exhibit H-8


which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of common stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such Person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 (defined below). For purposes of this Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Company’s common stock, a Holder of this Warrant may rely on the number of outstanding shares of common stock as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or other public filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or its transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm to the Holder the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then outstanding.

(f) Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Warrant:

(1) “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of California or the State of New York are closed.

(2) “Investors’ Rights Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, made as of October 26, 2018, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

(3) “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the Holder in connection with any Acquisition were the Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in a Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

(4) “Voting Agreement” means that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, made as of December 10, 2019, by and among the Company and its various shareholders party thereto, as subsequently amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Exhibit H-9


Section 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.01 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired upon such exercise, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.02 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.03 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.04 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

 

Exhibit H-10


2.05 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant (including as a result of a cashless exercise pursuant to Section 2.2 above), the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.06 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.01 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms- length transaction.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that upon any exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to permit the Holder to become a party to (and beneficiary of) the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement. The Holder (and any assignee hereof) agrees that, upon exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, it shall take all commercially reasonable action necessary to become a party to the Investors’ Rights Agreement and the Voting Agreement.

3.02 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

Exhibit H-11


(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition;

(e) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

(f) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(i) at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (c), (d) and (e) above at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) with respect to an IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days (but not more than thirty (30) Business Days) prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

Section 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.01 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a current view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

Exhibit H-12


4.02 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.03 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.04 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.05 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof (and the shares of common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of any such Shares or upon the exercise of this Warrant) have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof (and such shares of common stock) must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.06 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions substantially in the form of Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

4.07 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

Section 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.01 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Eastern time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

Exhibit H-13


(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the Fair Market Value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days), deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.02 Legends. Each certificate evidencing Shares (and each certificate evidencing the securities issued upon conversion of any Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP DATED AUGUST 23, 2021 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.03 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is an affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5.04 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Perceptive of the executed Warrant, Perceptive may transfer all or part of this Warrant to one or more of its affiliates (each, an “Perceptive Affiliate”), by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Perceptive, any such Perceptive Affiliate and any subsequent Holder, may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any other transferee; provided that, in connection with any such transfer, the Perceptive Affiliate(s) or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s

 

Exhibit H-14


prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.05 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

c/o Perceptive Advisors LLC

51 Astor Place, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10003

Attn: Sandeep Dixit

Telephone: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55th Street,

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Mark Wojciechowski, Esq.

Telephone: [Redacted]

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

SONENDO, INC.

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Fax: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Reed Smith LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: [Redacted]

Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email: [Redacted]

 

Exhibit H-15


5.06 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.07 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.08 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.09 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit H-16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
SONENDO, INC.
By:  

         

Name:  

         

  (Print)
Title:  

         

 

“HOLDER”
PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

         

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:  

         

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

 

Exhibit H-17


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase _____ shares of the Common/Series _____ Preferred [circle one] Stock of SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

        [        ]    check in the amount of $__ payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
        [        ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account
        [        ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
        [        ]    Other [Describe]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

Holder:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Exhibit H-18


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

               Names: PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE
  Address:                                              
  Tax ID:                                              

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by SONENDO, INC. (the “Company”), on August 23, 2021 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

  Name: Sandeep Dixit
  Title: Chief Credit Officer
By:  

 

  Name: Sam Chawla
  Title: Portfolio Manager

Date:                                     

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, [PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE] makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

[PERCEPTIVE TRANSFEREE]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

Exhibit H-19


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

 

Exhibit I-1


Exhibit J

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF EFFECTIVE DATE CERTIFICATE

[_], 2021

The undersigned does hereby certify on behalf of Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), that he or she is the duly elected, qualified and acting [Chief Executive Officer][President][Chief Financial Officer] of the Borrower and that, as such, he or she is authorized to execute and deliver this certificate pursuant to Section 6.01(b) of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned hereby further certifies for and on behalf of the Borrower, and not in his or her personal capacity, as follows:

 

  (a)

that the statements made herein shall be deemed to be true and correct representations and warranties of the Borrower as of the date hereof, and, the statements herein shall in fact be true and correct;

 

  (b)

both immediately before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement, (i) the representations and warranties set forth in each Loan Document shall, in each case, be true and correct in all material respects (except for any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Effect which such representation and warranty shall, in each case, be true and correct in all respects) and (ii) no Default shall have then occurred and be continuing; and

 

  (c)

all of the conditions set forth in Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows.]

 

Exhibit J-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Effective Date Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Exhibit J-2


Exhibit K

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[_], 2021

This Solvency Certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(f) of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

The undersigned hereby certifies on behalf of the Borrower as of the date hereof as follows:

1. I am the chief [financial][accounting] officer of the Borrower and am duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of the Borrower. I have been employed in positions involving responsibility for the management of the financial affairs of the Borrower. I have, together with other officers of the Borrower, acted on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

2. I have carefully reviewed the contents of this Certificate and have conferred with legal counsel for the Borrower for the purpose of discussing the meaning of its contents.

3. In connection with preparing for the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, I have reviewed unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, together with the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for such fiscal year (the information set forth in this paragraph being the “Financial Statements”).

4. I have no reason to believe that the Financial Statements are not fair and reasonable presentations as of the dates thereof of the financial condition of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries. The assumptions stated in the Financial Statements were prepared in good faith based on assumptions believed to be reasonable.

The undersigned has concluded, in good faith and to the best of his knowledge and belief, that as of the date hereof and after giving effect to all the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the incurrence of any other Indebtedness contemplated thereunder, and after giving effect to all rights of indemnity, obligation and contribution, as follows:

(i) The Borrower is Solvent.

(ii) The Obligors, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

 

Exhibit K-1


(iii) No transfer of property is being made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and no obligation is being incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

The undersigned understands that the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of this Certificate and that the delivery of this Certificate is a material inducement for the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and the undersigned hereby consents to such reliance.

[Signature page follows]

 

Exhibit K-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Certificate as of the date first above written.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit K-3


Exhibit L

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This Intercompany Subordination Agreement, dated as of [__], 2021 (as subsequently amended or otherwise modified, this “Subordination Agreement”), is entered into by and among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), certain subsidiaries of the Borrower that are parties hereto, and certain other subsidiaries of the Borrower that may, from time to time in the future, become parties hereto by executing and delivering a joinder agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (any such subsidiary being herein, individually, a “Subsidiary Party” and collectively the “Subsidiary Parties”) and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as a lender under the Credit Agreement (as defined below) (together with its successors and assigns, the “Lender”).

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Guaranty, dated as of August 23, 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in both its capacity as a Lender thereunder and as the collateral agent for the Secured Parties. Unless otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Subordination Agreement is being executed and delivered by the parties hereto pursuant to Section 9.01(e) of the Credit Agreement.

One or more of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Parties (individually, a “Sonendo Party” and collectively, the “Sonendo Parties”), in their capacities as lenders (each such entity, together with its successors, assigns and transferees in such capacity, individually, a “Junior Creditor”, and, collectively, “Junior Creditors”) has made, or may from time to time may make, loans or extend other financings to one or more of the Sonendo Parties that is an Obligor (each such Obligor, in its capacity as a borrower from any Junior Creditor (together with its successors, assigns and transferees) being herein, individually, a “Debtor Obligor”, and, collectively, “Debtor Obligors”) in aggregate amounts permitted pursuant to Section 9.01(e) of the Credit Agreement. All such Indebtedness resulting from the making of any such loan or financing, together with all principal, interest, fees, costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and other amounts of any type or nature owing or arising in respect thereof, is herein collectively referred to as the “Junior Obligations”.

Each of the Junior Creditors and each of the Debtor Obligors, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and each of their permitted successors, transferees and assigns, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree as follows:

 

1.

All payment obligations and other monetary obligations of any Debtor Obligor to any Junior Creditor arising from time to time under or in connection with the Junior Obligations are, and shall at all times be, subordinated in right of payment and performance to the prior Payment in Full of all Obligations owing under or in connection with the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents, whether in respect of principal, interest, fees or other monetary obligations or liabilities of any type or nature, including costs and expenses of enforcement, if any (collectively the “Senior Obligations”), notwithstanding the maturity date or amortization date of any Junior Obligations or any acceleration of the maturity date related thereto, any default by or insolvency of any Debtor Obligor or any other Person, or otherwise.


2.

This Subordination Agreement is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the Lender.

 

3.

At all times from and after the date of this Subordination Agreement until Payment in Full of all Senior Obligations, (i) no Debtor Obligor shall make, and no Junior Creditor shall accept, receive or collect from or on behalf of any Debtor Obligor, any direct or indirect payment or distribution of any kind or character whatsoever (whether in cash, securities, other property, by set-off, forgiveness of any Indebtedness of any Secured Party, or otherwise) on account of any of the Junior Obligations, and (ii) under no circumstance shall any payment of any of the Junior Obligations be accelerated, or any other remedy, enforcement action or other action be taken by any Junior Creditor against any Debtor Obligor or any property of any Debtor Obligor or of any other Person, in each case with respect to any of the Junior Obligations (including to assert, enforce or collect any of the Junior Obligations), in each case, without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

4.

No Junior Creditor shall, directly or indirectly, independently or with any other Person, take any action that would be in violation of, or inconsistent with, or result in a breach of this Subordination Agreement or challenge or contest (i) the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of any of this Subordination Agreement, any Senior Obligations or any Liens securing the Senior Obligations (“Senior Liens”), (ii) any of the rights of any Secured Party set forth in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (including with respect to the Senior Liens), or (iii) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or any portion thereof.

 

5.

In the event that, prior to Payment in Full of the Senior Obligations, any Junior Creditor shall receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character whatsoever (whether in cash, securities, other property, by set-off, forgiveness of any Indebtedness of any Secured Party, or otherwise) on or in respect of all or any portion of the Junior Obligations in violation of any of the provisions of this Subordination Agreement, then such payment or distribution shall be held in trust by such Junior Creditor for the benefit of, and promptly (and in any event within one (1) Business Day) paid over by such Junior Creditor to the Lender for application of such payment or distribution to repay the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, until Payment in Full of the Obligations as confirmed in writing by the Lender to the Borrower.

 

6.

For purposes of this Subordination Agreement, “Payment in Full” means, with respect to the Obligations, that all such obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and other amounts payable constituting Obligations have been paid in full in cash.

 

5


7.

Neither any Junior Creditor nor any Debtor Obligor may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder, except to another Obligor that becomes bound by the terms of this Subordination Agreement.

 

8.

This Subordination Agreement is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated therein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, including Section 14 thereof. The provisions of this Subordination Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

9.

This Subordination Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Subordination Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

 

10.

This Subordination Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws that would result in the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction; provided that Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law shall apply.

 

11.

Any Subsidiary of the Borrower may, without the consent of any other party to this agreement, become a Sonendo Party under this Subordination Agreement by executing and delivering to the Lender a Subordination Agreement Joinder in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit A.

 

12.

Except as modified in accordance with Section 11 to add any Subsidiary of the Borrower as an additional Sonendo Party to this Subordination Agreement, this Subordination Agreement may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the Lender.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Subordination Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SONENDO, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Subordination Agreement]


[ALL SUBSIDIARES OF THE BORROWER TO SIGN]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Subordination Agreement]


PERCEPTIVE CREDIT HOLDINGS III, LP, as the Lender
By Perceptive Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its general partner
By:  

 

Name: Sandeep Dixit
Title:   Chief Credit Officer
By:  

 

Name: Sam Chawla
Title:   Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Subordination Agreement]


Exhibit A

Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement Joinder

INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT JOINDER, dated as of [DATE] by [NAME OF ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY], a ________ [corporation][limited liability company] (the “Additional Sonendo Party”), under that certain Intercompany Subordination Agreement, dated as of [__], 2021 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Subordination Agreement”), among Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto and Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as a lender under the Credit Agreement (together with its successors and assigns, the “Lender”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Subordination Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 11 of the Subordination Agreement, the Additional Sonendo Party hereby agrees to become a “Sonendo Party” for all purposes of the Subordination Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Additional Sonendo Party has caused this Subordination Agreement Joinder to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

[ADDITIONAL SONENDO PARTY]
By  

 

Name:
Title:


Exhibit M

to Credit Agreement and Guaranty

FORM OF AMENDMENT OF ORIGINAL LOAN DOCUMENTS

[TBD]

Exhibit 10.10

SONENDO, INC.i

2007 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2007 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2.Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c)Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d)Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(f)Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

i 

The 2007 Stock Plan was adopted under the Company’s former name, “Dentatek Corporation”. This document has been updated to reflect the Company’s current name.


(g)Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(h)Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(i)Company means Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j)Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(k)Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(l)Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(m)Directormeans a member of the Board.

(n)Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(o)Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p)Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in The Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

 

-2-


(q)Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(r) “Listed Security” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(s)Named Executivemeans any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(t)Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(u)Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(v)Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

(w)Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(x)Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(y)Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(z)Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(aa)Participant means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(bb)Plan means this 2007 Stock Plan.

(cc)Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

-3-


(dd)Restricted Stock means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

(ee)Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(ff)Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(gg)Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(hh)Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(ii)Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

(jj)Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(kk)Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 2,813,844ii. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) General. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

 

ii 

This number reflects all prior approved increases to the number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan. The most recent increase occurred on August 20, 2014.

 

-4-


(b) Committee Composition. If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(p) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Plan awards may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Plan awards are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each award granted;

(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 10(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

 

-5-


(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility.

(a) Recipients of Grants. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation. Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights. The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

-6-


8. [Reserved.]

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to a person who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;

(B) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to any other eligible person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

(C) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other Corporate Transaction.

(b) Permissible Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 153 of the Delaware General

 

-7-


Corporation Law), delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate after taking into account the potential accounting consequences of permitting an Optionee to deliver a promissory note; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

10. Exercise of Option.

(a) General.

(i) Exercisability. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required under the Applicable Laws, the Option (or Shares issued upon exercise of the Option) shall comply with the requirements of Section 260.140.41(f) and (k) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

(ii) Leave of Absence. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

 

-8-


(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise. An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 9(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 10(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death. In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) and (iii) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for thirty (30) days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 10(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

 

-9-


(ii) Disability of Optionee. In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within six (6) months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee. In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty (30) days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(c) Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

11. Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) Rights to Purchase. When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option.

(i) General. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s Continuous Service Status with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 260.140.42(h) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner), the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

-10-


(ii) Leave of Absence. The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given “vesting” credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

12. Taxes.

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 12 (whether pursuant to Section 12(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

-11-


(c) This Section 12(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of a Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 12, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “Tax Date”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

13. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 13, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 13, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “Immediate Family Member” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-

 

-12-


law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding award and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to an award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “Successor Corporation”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall become fully exercisable immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, except in cases as otherwise provided in any applicable written agreement entered into between the Company and the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Corporation Transaction, the Administrator may cause any and all Options and Stock Purchase Rights outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including without limitation, the date of such Corporation Transaction, and shall give each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right the right to exercise such Options or Stock Purchase Rights during a period of time as the Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine.

 

-13-


For purposes of this Section 14(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 14); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions. In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

15. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights. The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination. Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

 

-14-


17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

18. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Agreements. Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

20. Stockholder Approval. If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

21. Information and Documents to Optionees and Purchasers. Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws, the Company shall provide financial statements at least annually to each Optionee and to each individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and in the case of an individual who acquired Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares. The Company shall not be required to provide such information if the issuance of Options or Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan is limited to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.

 

-15-

Exhibit 10.11

SONENDO, INC.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended on September 8, 2017)

1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

1.1. Establishment. The Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan is hereby established effective as of June 6, 2017.

1.2. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders and members by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3. Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board; provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. Definitions and Construction.

2.1. Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

a. “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including, but not limited to, all applicable U.S. federal or state laws, any stock exchange rules or regulations, and the applicable laws, rules or regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Restricted Stock are granted under the Plan or Participants reside or provide services, as such laws, rules, and regulations shall be in effect from time to time.

b. “Awardmeans an Option or Restricted Stock granted under the Plan.

c. Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

d. Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).


e. “Cashless Exercise” means a program approved by the Board (or any Committee thereof to whom administration of the Plan has been delegated) in which payment of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations or other required deductions may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with Shares subject to the Option, including by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Company) to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of such amount.

f. Cause means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

g. Change in Control means a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

i a merger, consolidation or other reorganization, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

ii a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

iii the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a transfer of the then issued and outstanding voting securities of the Company by one or more of the Company’s stockholders.

 

2


Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the legal jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction. In addition, a sale by the Company of its securities in a transaction, the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company’s operations and business activities including, without limitation, a public offering of the Company’s securities, shall not constitute a Change in Control.

h. Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

i. Committee means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly delegated to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

j. Companymeans Sonendo, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

k. Consultant means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

l. Director means a member of the Board.

m. Disability means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

n. Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service solely as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the

 

3


Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

o. Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

p. Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a Share or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

i If, on such date, the Shares is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the closing price of a Share as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Shares, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Shares have traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Shares were so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

ii If, on such date, the Shares are not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

q. Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

r. Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

s. Officer means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

t. Option means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

u. Option Exchange Program” means a program approved by the Board whereby outstanding Options (i) are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price, Restricted Stock, cash or other property or (ii) are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value.

 

4


v. Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

w. “Participant” means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

x. Participating Company means the Company and/or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

y. Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies.

z. Plan” means this Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.

aa. Restricted Stock Award means an Award of a Restricted Stock granted pursuant to Section 7.

bb. Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

cc. Service means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service (including (i) from Employee to Consultant or Director, (ii) from Consultant to Employee or Director and (iii) from Director to Employee or Consultant) or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

dd. Share means a share of the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

ee. Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

5


ff. Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

gg. Vesting Conditions mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which Shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such Shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service.

2.2. Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Administration.

3.1. Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.

3.2. Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3. Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

a. to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be subject to each Award;

b. to determine the type of Award granted;

c. to determine the Fair Market Value of Shares or other property;

 

6


d. to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any Shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of Shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for Shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto, including by the withholding or delivery of Shares, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, (vii) the performance criteria, if any, and level of achievement versus the performance criteria that shall determine the number of Securities granted, issued, retainable and/or vested, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or Shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

e. to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

f. to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any Shares acquired pursuant thereto;

g. to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any Shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

h. subject to Applicable Laws, to implement an Option Exchange Program and establish the terms and conditions of such Option Exchange Program without consent of the holders of capital stock of the Company, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant shall be made without his or her consent;

i. to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations or costs attendant to exercising an Award by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be delivered upon exercise or vesting of an Award that number of Shares represented by the Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld and/or the attendant costs. The Fair Market Value of any Shares to be withheld will be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld and/or costs imposed is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares or cash withheld for these purposes will be made in such form and under such conditions as the Board may deem necessary or advisable;

j. to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards;

k. to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law; and

 

7


l. to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

3.4. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. Shares Subject to Plan.

4.1. Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan shall be Two Million Seven Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand Seventy-Three (2,795,073) Shares, plus any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Company’s 2007 Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”) that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. The Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired Shares or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if Shares are acquired pursuant to an Award subject to an Option Exchange Program, forfeiture or repurchase and are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the Shares allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased Shares shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2. Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Shares (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of Shares, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3.a, and in the exercise or purchase price per Share of any outstanding Awards in order

 

8


to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of Shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per Share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per Share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the Shares subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. Eligibility and Option Limitations.

5.1. Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2. Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3. Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

a. Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed Five Hundred Eighty-Seven Thousand Three Hundred Ninety-Four (587,394) Shares (theISO Share Limit). The maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of Shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

b. Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

c. Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for Shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be

 

9


treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of Shares shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such Shares is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Upon exercise of the Option, Shares issued pursuant to each such portion shall be separately identified.

6. Stock Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of Shares covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1. Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per Share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per Share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2. Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

 

10


6.3. Payment of Exercise Price.

a. Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Shares owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) a Cashless Exercise, (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

b. Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

i Tender of Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Shares to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any Applicable Law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s Shares. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Shares unless such Shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and were not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

ii Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, to decline to approve or to terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

6.4. Effect of Termination of Service.

a. Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

i Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent vested and unexercised on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date).

ii Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent vested and unexercised on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on

 

11


which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within such period after the Participant’s termination of Service as may be set forth in the Option.

iii Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option, whether vested or unvested, shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

iv Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent vested and unexercised on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of such period as may be set forth in the Option (which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

b. Extension if Exercise Prevented by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4.a is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4.a, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5. Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. Restricted Stock Awards.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing Restricted Stock Awards may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

7.1. Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

 

12


7.2. Purchase Price. The purchase price for Shares issuable under each Restricted Stock Award shall be established by the Board in its discretion. Except as may be required by Applicable Law or established by the Board, no monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award.

7.3. Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price (if any) for the number of Shares being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

7.4. Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which Shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such Shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.7. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of Shares hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Shares acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

7.5. Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.4 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding Shares, including the right to vote such Shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares. However, in the event of a dividend or distribution paid in Shares or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.2, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

7.6. Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) if the Participant did not pay any consideration for any Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service then such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

13


7.7. Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

8. Standard Forms of Award Agreements.

8.1. Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Award Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Board may approve from time to time.

8.2. Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

9. Change in Control.

9.1. Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:

a. Accelerated Vesting. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with such Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, to such extent as the Board shall determine.

b. Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or

 

14


substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s shares. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each Share subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a Share on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award for each Share to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Shares pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Shares pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per Share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such Shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

c. Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested Share (and each unvested Share, if so determined by the Board) subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) shares of the corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per Share in the Change in Control, reduced by the exercise or purchase price per Share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Shares pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per Share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

 

15


9.2. Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

a. Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

b. Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2.a, no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2.a, the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the Accountants). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section.

10. Tax Withholding.

10.1. Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any social insurance tax), if any, required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to an Award or the Shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver Shares or to release Shares from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Company’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

10.2. Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the Shares issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole Shares having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Company. The Fair Market Value of any Shares withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

 

16


11. Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of Shares pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or Shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the Shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) the Shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Shares, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any Applicable Law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12. Amendment or Termination of Plan.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan in the form of Incentive Stock Options (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any Applicable Law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. Except as provided by the next sentence, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

13. Miscellaneous Provisions.

13.1. Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of Shares hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Shares acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

17


13.2. Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

13.3. Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan. In addition, any rights that a Participant has with respect to any Shares issued under any Award may be subject to the terms and conditions of any stockholder agreement adopted by the Company to which the Board determines shall be applicable to such Shares. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award unless the recipient of such Shares has executed a joinder to any such stockholder agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any provision in such stockholder agreement would result in the imposition of tax under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall not apply to Shares received pursuant to any Award.

13.4. Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the Shares acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such Shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry Shares credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such Shares for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such Shares to the Participant in certificate form.

13.5. Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor Shares or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

13.6. No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

13.7. Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreements hereunder, no Award shall be granted, deferred, accelerated, extended, paid out or modified under this Plan in a manner that would result in the imposition of an additional tax under Section 409A of the Code upon a Participant. In the event that it is reasonably determined by the Board or, if delegated by the Board to the Committee, by the

 

18


Committee that, as a result of Section 409A of the Code, payments in respect of any Award under the Plan may not be made at the time contemplated by the terms of the Plan or the relevant Award Agreement, as the case may be, without causing the Participant holding such Award to be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, including as a result of the fact that the Participant is a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code, the Company will make such payment on the first day that would not result in the Participant incurring any tax liability under Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the provisions of this Section 13.7 in good faith; provided that neither the Company, the Board nor any of the Company’s employees, directors or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 13.7.

13.8. Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.9. No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

13.10. Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

13.11. Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company entitled to vote within twelve (12) months before or after the date of adoption thereof by the Board and by any other vote required under the Company’s certificate of incorporation (as amended to date). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

19


SONENDO, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

The Participant has been granted an option (the Option) to purchase certain Shares of Sonendo, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), as follows:

 

Participant:    «ParticipantName»   
Date of Grant:    «GrantDate»   
Number of Option Shares:    «NoofShares»   
Exercise Price per Share:    $«ExercisePrice»   
Total Exercise Price:    $«TotalExercisePrice»   
Vesting Commencement Date:    «VestCommenceDate»   
Option Expiration Date:    «ExpirDate10_years_from_grant_minus_1»   
Tax Status of Option:    «ISONSO»   
Vesting Schedule:    «VestingSchedule»   

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan.

Upon termination of Participant’s Service, any portion of the Option that is not vested and not exercised as of such date of termination shall automatically expire in accordance with the attached Stock Option Award Agreement.

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a Share as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its Directors, Officers and stockholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL - PARTICIPANT HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT AND STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Notice of Grant of Stock Option and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Award Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Award Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

SONENDO, INC.    «PARTICIPANTNAME»
Signature:                                                                                               Signature:                                                                                       
Print Name: Michael Watts                                                                  Date: «GrantDate»                                                                        
Title: Chief Financial Officer                                                               Address:                                                                                         

Address:      26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

                                                                                                          
                Laguna Hills, CA 92653     

ATTACHMENTS: Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Award Agreement and Stock Option Exercise Notice

 

20


THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED WITH ANY OTHER STATE OR THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION OR REGISTRATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM CALIFORNIA QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND EXEMPTIONS UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE OR FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION AND/OR REGISTRATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

SONENDO, INC.

STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

Sonendo, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Award Agreement (this “Award Agreement”) is attached an Option to purchase certain Shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Award Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Sonendo, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan.

 

1.

Definitions and Construction.

1.1.    Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2.    Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Award Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

21


2.

Tax Consequences.

2.1.    Tax Status of Option. The Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

a.    Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that the Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of the Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements.

b.    Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, the Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2.    ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for Shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

3.

Administration.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Award Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or

 

22


other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

4.

Exercise of the Option.

4.1.    Right to Exercise – Immediate Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Date of Grant and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6). In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan.

4.2.    Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company, which as of the date hereof, is in the form of Stock Option Exercise Notice provided with this Award Agreement. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole Shares for which the Option is being exercised, spousal acknowledgement (if applicable), and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Award Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3.    Beneficial Ownership of Stock; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all Shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the Shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

 

23


4.4.    Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of Shares upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Shares may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.5.    No Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

5.

Nontransferability of the Option.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

6.

Termination of the Option.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided under or consistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

24


7.

Effect of Termination of Service.

7.1.    Option Exercisability. The Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

a.    Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

b.    Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s termination of Service.

c.    Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option, whether vested or unvested, shall terminate and cease to be exercisable in its entirety immediately upon such termination of Service.

d.    Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent vested and unexercised on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2.    Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.4, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

25


8.

Right of First Refusal.

8.1.    Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 8.7 and Section 13 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

8.2.    Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

8.3.    Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

8.4.    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares

 

26


other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

8.5.    Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 8.

8.6.    Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, including this Section 8 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of Section 8 are met.

8.7.    Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

8.8.    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.9.    Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Award Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

27


9.

Share Distributions Subject to Award Agreement.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

10.

Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition.

The Participant shall dispose of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Award Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the stock plan administrator for the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such Shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all Shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing Shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s Share to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

11.

LEGENDS.

11.1.    The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing Shares subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing Shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701

 

28


UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

12.

Lock-Up Agreement.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Shares of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

13.

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

No unvested Shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner, other than to the Company, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. No Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Award Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares will have been so transferred.

 

14.

Miscellaneous Provisions.

14.1.    Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 9 of the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Award Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

 

29


14.2.    Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Award Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Award Agreement. In any event, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

14.3.    Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Award Agreement.

14.4.    Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

14.5.    Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Award Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

a.    Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Award Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 above to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

b.    Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 14.5(a) of this Award Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the

 

30


Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 14.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 14.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 14.5(a).

14.6.    Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

14.7.    Applicable Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

14.8.    Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.9.    No Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided under the Plan. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

31

Exhibit 10.14

 

LOGO

November 28, 2012

Bjarne Bergheim

26362 Ibeza Rd

Mission Viejo, CA 92692

Dear Bjarne:

On behalf of Sonendo, Inc, (the “Company”), I am pleased to offer you the position of President & Chief Executive Officer, effective as of July 1, 2012 (the “Effective Date”).

The primary duties and areas of responsibility of this role have been discussed with you previously. Your compensation for this full-time position will be $250,000.00 per annum, paid semi-monthly. You will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in an amount of up to twenty percent (20%) of your base salary based upon mutually agreed upon objectives.

I will also recommend to the Sonendo Board of Directors that you receive stock options in accordance with Sonendo’s Stock Option Plan.

The company’s scheduled working hours are 8:00a-5:00p (PT), Monday through Friday, excluding holidays. It is of course understood that your role may require you to work outside of scheduled working hours as is customary for your position in the Company.

The Company offers a benefits package that includes medical and dental insurance. Details about these benefits will be discussed with you when you start in your position. You will receive five week’s vacation, which accrue on a monthly basis. In addition, the Company offers several paid holidays per year (see attached schedule).

Upon commencement of your employment you will need to sign the Company’s standard Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

Your employment with the Company will be “at will,” which means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason whatsoever upon thirty (30) days’ written notice. However, in the event that your employment is terminated by the Company without cause or there is a change of control of the Company, you shall be entitled to continue to be compensated by the Company, at your then annual base salary, for a period of twelve (12) months. A determination as to whether or not your employment is being terminated “for cause” shall be made in good faith by the Board.

 

26051 MERIT CIRCLE. SUITE 102

LAGUNA HILLS, CALIFORNIA 92653

PH:949.348.1188


LOGO

Bjame, this is a very exciting opportunity to be part of building a company from the ground floor. I am looking forward to your contributions to our success. If this offer meets with your approval, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter where indicated below.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Erik Amble
Erik Amble
Compensation Committee Chairman
Sonendo Board of Directors

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED this
28th day of November, 2012

/s/ Bjarne Bergheim

Bjarne Bergheim

 

26051 MERIT CIRCLE, SUITE 102

LAGUNA HILLS, CALIFORNIA 92653

PH: 949.348.1188

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO      

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Ph: 949.SONENDO

12/10/2019

Andrew Kirkpatrick

136 Lafayette Ave.

Annapolis, MD 21401

Dear Andrew:

On behalf of Sonendo, Inc., I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Operating Officer. Your start date will be 1/8/2020 and you will report to Bjarne Bergheim, President & CEO.

The primary duties and areas of responsibility of this role have been discussed with you previously. Your base salary for this Regular Full-Time Exempt position will be $350,000.00 per annum, which is $14,583.33 paid on a semi-monthly basis.

If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), then, subject to your executing and not revoking a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates within sixty (60) days of such termination, you will be entitled to receive six (6) months of your base salary as in effect immediately prior to such termination payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices with such installments to commence as soon as administratively practicable after the release becomes no longer subject to revocation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that such severance constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then such severance shall not commence payment until the sixtieth (60th) day following your “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (with the first installment to include any installments that would otherwise have been made during such sixty (60) day period). Your right to receive any installment payments as severance under this offer letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment under Section 409A.

For purposes of this offer letter, “Cause” means; (i) your material neglect or material failure to perform your job duties and responsibilities; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply in any material respect with lawful Company policies or directives; (iii) your breach of any statutory duty, fiduciary duty or any other obligation that you owe to the Company; (iv) your mission of an act of fraud, theft, embezzlement or other unlawful act against the Company or involving its property or assets or your engaging in unprofessional, unethical or other intentional acts that the Board reasonably believes discredit the Company or are detrimental to the reputation, character or standing of the Company; (v) your indictment, conviction or nolo contendre or guilty plea with respect to any felony or crime of moral turpitude; or (vi) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company, including, without limitation, the Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company.

You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus program, which may be amended from time to time, with a target incentive of 40% of your annual base salary (pro-rated as may be necessary to reflect your hire date). Your actual incentive bonus payout will depend on the achievement of pre-determined objectives and your individual performance. To be eligible for the incentive bonus, you must remain employed and in good standing with the Company through the date that the incentive bonus is paid. The incentive bonus will be paid annually, typically within two months after the fiscal year for which they are earned.


You will also receive a relocation package up to $65,000.00 which will be grossed up to cover taxes. The relocation amount will be comprised of costs reimbursed to you or directly paid by the Company to the provider.

The Company’s normal business hours are Monday through Friday 8:00am to 5:00pmPT, excluding holidays. However, in your capacity as Chief Operating Officer, it may be necessary for you to work outside of these hours from time to time, to fulfill the requirements of the role.

I will recommend to the Sonendo Board that you receive 1.25% stock options in accordance with the terms of the Company’s 2017 Stock Plan and the option agreement to be issued to you, which provides, among other things, for vesting over time based on your continued service.

The Company currently offers a benefits package that includes medical, dental, vision, FSA, HSA, 401(k), life and disability insurance. In addition, the Company provides paid holidays and you will be assigned the Permissive/Unlimited PTO policy. Details of these benefits will be discussed with you when you start the position.

This offer is contingent upon our obtaining:

 

  1.

Proof of eligibility to work in the United States in accordance with the Department of Homeland Security’s Form I-9.

 

  2.

Signed Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

 

  3.

Satisfactory outcome of a personal background check, which may include drug screening, professional references, verification of previous employment and education, social security verification, criminal background check and a motor vehicle report (MVR) check.

This offer of employment, if not previously accepted by you, will expire seven days from the date of this letter, although additional time for consideration of the offer can be made available if you find it necessary. If you wish to accept the offer, please sign in the place provided below and return it to me within the prescribed time.

While we hope our relationship will be long and mutually beneficial, it should be recognized that neither you, nor we, have entered into any contract of employment, expressed or implied. Our relationship is, and will always be, one of voluntary employment at will. At-will means that either the employee or the Company can terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause or reason.

On behalf of the Sonendo team, I’d like to extend a warm welcome to you. We hope that you will consider our offer favorable and choose to join Sonendo, Inc.

 

Very truly yours,    

/s/ Roy T. Chen

                                                                 

/s/ Andrew Kirkpatrick

Roy T. Chen,     Andrew Kirkpatrick
Chief Talent Officer    

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

September 26, 2014

Mehrzad Khakpour

25092 Northrup Drive

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Dear Mehrzad:

On behalf of Sonendo, Inc., I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Director of Research, Technology & Innovation, effective September 26, 2014 (the “Effective Date”). In your new capacity in the company, you will continue reporting to me.

Your base salary for this full-time exempt position will be $190,000 per annum, paid semi-monthly. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus program, which may be amended from time to time, with a target incentive of 15% of your annual base salary. Your actual incentive bonus payout will depend on the achievement of pre-determined objectives and, to the extent applicable, the Compensation Committee’s assessment of your individual performance. To be eligible for the incentive bonus, you must remain employed and in good standing with the Company through the date that the incentive bonus is paid. The incentive bonus will be paid annually, typically within two months after the fiscal year for which they are earned.

If you wish to accept the offer, please sign in the place provided below and return it to me within seven days from the date of this letter.

This new position does not change the at will nature of our relationship. Our relationship is, and will always be, one of voluntary employment at will. At will means that either the employee or the Company can terminate the employment relationship at any time with or without cause or reason.

On behalf of the Sonendo team, I’d like to congratulate you and wish you success in your new position.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Bjarne Bergheim
Bjarne Bergheim
President & Chief Executive Officer

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED this
26 day of September, 2014

/s/ Mehrzad Khakpour

Mehrzad Khakpour
Date updated: 27-Feb-2014

 

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Ph: 949.SONENDO

Fax: 949.305.5201

Exhibit 10.17

 

LOGO

April 7, 2021

 

TO:   

Mehrzad Khakpour

RE:   

Executive Severance Agreement

Dear Mehrzad:

On behalf of Sonendo, we are pleased to provide you the attached enhanced severance terms.

If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), then, subject to your executing and not revoking a general release of claims against the Company and its affiliates within sixty (60) days of such termination, you will be entitled to receive six (6) months of your base salary as in effect immediately prior to such termination payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices with such installments to commence as soon as administratively practicable after the release becomes no longer subject to revocation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that such severance constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, then such severance shall not commence payment until the sixtieth (60th) day following your “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (with the first installment to include any installments that would otherwise have been made during such sixty (60) day period. Your right to receive any installment payments as severance under this offer letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment under Section 409A.

For purposes of this letter. “Cause” means; (i) your material neglect or material failure to perform your job duties and responsibilities; (ii) your failure or refusal to comply in any material respect with lawful Company policies or directives; (iii) your breach of any statutory duty, fiduciary duty or any other obligation that you owe to the Company; (iv) your mission of an act of fraud, theft, embezzlement or other unlawful act against the Company or involving its property or assets or your engaging in unprofessional, unethical or other intentional acts that the Board reasonably believes discredit the Company or are detrimental to the reputation, character or standing of the Company; (v) your indictment, conviction or nolo contendre or guilty plea with respect to any felony or crime of moral turpitude; or (vi) your material breach of any agreement between you and the Company, including, without limitation, the Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company.

Please review and let me know if you have any questions.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Roy T. Chen
Roy T. Chen
Chief Talent Officer

 

26061 Merit Circle, Suite 102

Laguna Hills, California 92653

Ph: 949.SONENDO

Fax: 949.305.5201

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF SONENDO, INC.

 

Subsidiary Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

TDO Software, Inc.    California
Pipstek, LLC    Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 11, 2021, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Sonendo, Inc. dated October 8, 2021 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Irvine, California

October 8, 2021

Exhibit 99.1

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by Sonendo, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Sonendo, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: October 8, 2021

 

/s/ Carolyn Beaver
Carolyn Beaver

Exhibit 99.2

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by Sonendo, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Sonendo, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: October 8, 2021

 

/s/ Sadie M. Stern
Sadie M. Stern

Exhibit 99.3

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

In connection with the filing by Sonendo, Inc. of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of Sonendo, Inc. in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: October 8, 2021

 

/s/ Karen K. McGinnis
Karen K. McGinnis